Programs of Study
Course Descriptions
Arts and Entertainment Management
AADM 201 Working in the Arts and Entertainment Industries
This course provides students with an understanding of the business structures and organizations within the arts and entertainment industries. This course explores the role of the artist in arts and entertainment; influences on the industries including law, policy and labor unions; and contemporary issues facing the arts and entertainment industries as well as artists including intellectual property issues such as copyright and piracy.
AADM 225 Legal Issues in Arts and Entertainment
This course introduces students to legal issues that affect artists and administrators in the arts and entertainment industries. Topics examined include copyright, piracy, trademark protection, First Amendment rights and cultural property rights. Additionally, students explore the legal context of employment relationships including discrimination laws, labor unions, contracts, and regulated compensation and benefits. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
AADM 245 The Music Business and the Entertainment Industry
This course surveys the music industry, prominent commercial and regulatory organizations, and its developmental history and future directions. Topics include music business, music publishing, the record company, songwriting, artist management, promotion, merchandising, copyright, licensing and publishing, record markets, recording contracts, distribution and retailing, music in radio and television, music in advertising, and film scoring. This course is essential for students seeking success in the music business or for students pursuing a career that is reliant on working with the music industry.
AADM 310 Connecting Art and Audiences
This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of how arts organizations create goals and objectives, plan programs, fund and market programs to the public. An understanding of these processes is vital for both the arts administrator and artists working with arts organizations. Prerequisite: AADM 201.
AADM 410 Marketing Strategies in Arts and Entertainment
This course engages students in the process of analyzing and developing successful approaches to the marketing of arts products. Students learn practical strategies and solutions for building interest and audiences for art and entertainment products through market research, marketing principles and communication techniques. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110 or ELDS 205 or ELDS 225, ENGL 123.
AADM 415 The Art of Fundraising: Building Relationships with Sponsors and Donors
This course is a practical exploration of fundraising methods and strategies used in for-profit and non-profit settings. The course focuses on fundraising strategies used to develop lifelong relationships with donors. Students learn the process of donor / investor cultivation, acquisition, involvement, invitation and stewardship. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110 or ELDS 205 or ELDS 225, ENGL 123.
AADM 425 Career Management for Artists
This course introduces students to career planning and management issues that affect professional artists. Topics examined include self-promotion, launching careers, negotiating contracts, grant writing and generating income. Additionally, students explore career assessment tools to help them determine the best artistic environments, in which to achieve their personal career success. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
AADM 440 Event Planning for Artists and Arts Managers
From meetings to concerts to gallery exhibitions to fundraising galas, event planning is an essential skill for those working in arts and entertainment. This course engages students through theory and practice in the art of hosting a successful event. Course topics include creating an event plan, personnel management, event promotion and sponsorships, budgeting, assessment techniques, event design and security considerations. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110 or ELDS 205 or ELDS 225, ENGL 123.
AADM 465 The Business Behind Arts Administration
In bustling cultural hubs, students explore arts institutions from behind the scenes. This course features visits to arts organizations to tour the facilities and meet with management professionals. Additionally, students have the unique opportunity to meet arts service organization professionals and union leaders. By interacting with arts managers, students gain firsthand knowledge of the professional arts environment. The trips also include the opportunity to view arts exhibitions and programs.
This course provides students with an understanding of the business structures and organizations within the arts and entertainment industries. This course explores the role of the artist in arts and entertainment; influences on the industries including law, policy and labor unions; and contemporary issues facing the arts and entertainment industries as well as artists including intellectual property issues such as copyright and piracy.
AADM 225 Legal Issues in Arts and Entertainment
This course introduces students to legal issues that affect artists and administrators in the arts and entertainment industries. Topics examined include copyright, piracy, trademark protection, First Amendment rights and cultural property rights. Additionally, students explore the legal context of employment relationships including discrimination laws, labor unions, contracts, and regulated compensation and benefits. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
AADM 245 The Music Business and the Entertainment Industry
This course surveys the music industry, prominent commercial and regulatory organizations, and its developmental history and future directions. Topics include music business, music publishing, the record company, songwriting, artist management, promotion, merchandising, copyright, licensing and publishing, record markets, recording contracts, distribution and retailing, music in radio and television, music in advertising, and film scoring. This course is essential for students seeking success in the music business or for students pursuing a career that is reliant on working with the music industry.
AADM 310 Connecting Art and Audiences
This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of how arts organizations create goals and objectives, plan programs, fund and market programs to the public. An understanding of these processes is vital for both the arts administrator and artists working with arts organizations. Prerequisite: AADM 201.
AADM 410 Marketing Strategies in Arts and Entertainment
This course engages students in the process of analyzing and developing successful approaches to the marketing of arts products. Students learn practical strategies and solutions for building interest and audiences for art and entertainment products through market research, marketing principles and communication techniques. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110 or ELDS 205 or ELDS 225, ENGL 123.
AADM 415 The Art of Fundraising: Building Relationships with Sponsors and Donors
This course is a practical exploration of fundraising methods and strategies used in for-profit and non-profit settings. The course focuses on fundraising strategies used to develop lifelong relationships with donors. Students learn the process of donor / investor cultivation, acquisition, involvement, invitation and stewardship. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110 or ELDS 205 or ELDS 225, ENGL 123.
AADM 425 Career Management for Artists
This course introduces students to career planning and management issues that affect professional artists. Topics examined include self-promotion, launching careers, negotiating contracts, grant writing and generating income. Additionally, students explore career assessment tools to help them determine the best artistic environments, in which to achieve their personal career success. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
AADM 440 Event Planning for Artists and Arts Managers
From meetings to concerts to gallery exhibitions to fundraising galas, event planning is an essential skill for those working in arts and entertainment. This course engages students through theory and practice in the art of hosting a successful event. Course topics include creating an event plan, personnel management, event promotion and sponsorships, budgeting, assessment techniques, event design and security considerations. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110 or ELDS 205 or ELDS 225, ENGL 123.
AADM 465 The Business Behind Arts Administration
In bustling cultural hubs, students explore arts institutions from behind the scenes. This course features visits to arts organizations to tour the facilities and meet with management professionals. Additionally, students have the unique opportunity to meet arts service organization professionals and union leaders. By interacting with arts managers, students gain firsthand knowledge of the professional arts environment. The trips also include the opportunity to view arts exhibitions and programs.
Accessory Design
ACCE 110 Sewing Technology for Accessory Design
This course introduces students to machinery used in the accessory design program. Students also are introduced to decorative ornamentation techniques while applying these techniques to accessory design. Basic patternmaking skills are taught, and provide the foundation for future courses in accessory design.
ACCE 203 Sketching and Rendering for Accessory Design
This course introduces students to the 2-D concepts of accessory design. Students learn sketching, technical drawing skills and rendering as applicable to the accessory design industry. Students develop course portfolios consisting of handbags, footwear, belts, millinery styles, gloves and small leather goods. Prerequisite: DRAW 200 or DRAW 230 or FIBR 204.
ACCE 205 Introduction to Fashion Accessory Design
This course presents an overview of personal and historical antecedents of the visual forms familiar in the contemporary fashion market. Students discuss and analyze the forms within a contemporary, user-centered context and apply various design methodologies and tools in realizing studio projects. Prerequisite: ACCE 203 or FASH 110 or FIBR 101 or IDUS 213 or MTJW 102.
ACCE 300 Computer-aided Design for Accessory Design
This course provides the opportunity for students to integrate their accessory design development with computer-aided systems. The emphasis is on innovation and concept design exploration enhanced by computer applications. Prerequisites: ACCE 203, CMPA 100.
ACCE 360 Millinery Design
This course explores the dynamics and principles of millinery design. By understanding historically relevant models, students can interpret the design of these accessories within a contemporary context. Sketching, rendering, model-making and concept presentation are stressed and precede finished prototypes. Prerequisites: ACCE 205, FASH 100.
ACCE 362 Handbag Design I
This course explores the dynamics and principles of handbag design. By understanding historically relevant models, students interpret the design of these accessories within a contemporary context. Sketching, rendering, model-making and concept presentation are stressed and precede finished prototypes. Prerequisites: ACCE 110, ACCE 205.
ACCE 364 Footwear Design I
This course provides an opportunity for students to focus on developing conceptual footwear designs using a variety of material resources. It also provides an opportunity to work in an interdisciplinary environment with students from a range of majors. Prerequisites: ACCE 110, ACCE 205.
ACCE 366 Belt Design
This course explores the dynamics and principles of belt design. By understanding historically relevant models, students interpret the design of these accessories within a contemporary context. Patternmaking, technical sketching, rendering, and concept presentation are stressed and precede finished prototypes. Prerequisites: ACCE 110 and ACCE 362 or ACCE 364.
ACCE 372 Handbag Design II
This course explores the dynamics and principles of advanced handbag design. By understanding historically relevant models, students interpret the design of these accessories within a contemporary context. Patternmaking, technical sketching, rendering, and concept presentation are stressed and precede finished prototypes. Prerequisite: ACCE 362.
ACCE 374 Footwear Design II
This course explores the dynamics and principles of advanced footwear design. By understanding historically relevant models, students interpret the design of these accessories within a contemporary context. Patternmaking, technical sketching, rendering, and concept presentation are stressed and precede finished prototypes. Prerequisite: ACCE 364.
ACCE 415 Senior Collection in Accessory Design I
This is the first in a three-quarter sequence of courses in which the student focuses on conceptualizing an original 2-D collection specializing in accessory design. With a focus on line-building in accessory design, students explore identifying customer profiles, researching major areas of specialization, sources of inspiration and fabrication selection. Students develop portfolio-ready technical sketches, illustrations, flats, storyboards, color storyboards and fabric swatches in preparation for the Senior Collection II course. Prerequisites: ACCE 372, ACCE 374.
ACCE 420 Senior Collection in Accessory Design II
This is the second in a three-quarter sequence of courses in which the student focuses on conceptualizing an original 2-D collection specializing in accessory design. Students in this course develop skills necessary to create advanced sample accessories. Emphasis is placed on the production of the first sample prototype through the application of advanced pattern making techniques. Presentations of final prototypes are critiqued prior to the development of final accessories. Prerequisite: ACCE 415.
ACCE 430 Senior Collection in Accessory Design III
This is the final in a three-quarter sequence of courses in which the student focuses on conceptualizing an original 2-D collection specializing in accessory design. Advanced accessory design students have the opportunity to produce a senior collection of distinctive fashion accessories. Industry standard construction techniques are applied in the execution of the student’s final collection. Portfolio-quality presentation boards support the collection. Prerequisite: ACCE 420.
This course introduces students to machinery used in the accessory design program. Students also are introduced to decorative ornamentation techniques while applying these techniques to accessory design. Basic patternmaking skills are taught, and provide the foundation for future courses in accessory design.
ACCE 203 Sketching and Rendering for Accessory Design
This course introduces students to the 2-D concepts of accessory design. Students learn sketching, technical drawing skills and rendering as applicable to the accessory design industry. Students develop course portfolios consisting of handbags, footwear, belts, millinery styles, gloves and small leather goods. Prerequisite: DRAW 200 or DRAW 230 or FIBR 204.
ACCE 205 Introduction to Fashion Accessory Design
This course presents an overview of personal and historical antecedents of the visual forms familiar in the contemporary fashion market. Students discuss and analyze the forms within a contemporary, user-centered context and apply various design methodologies and tools in realizing studio projects. Prerequisite: ACCE 203 or FASH 110 or FIBR 101 or IDUS 213 or MTJW 102.
ACCE 300 Computer-aided Design for Accessory Design
This course provides the opportunity for students to integrate their accessory design development with computer-aided systems. The emphasis is on innovation and concept design exploration enhanced by computer applications. Prerequisites: ACCE 203, CMPA 100.
ACCE 360 Millinery Design
This course explores the dynamics and principles of millinery design. By understanding historically relevant models, students can interpret the design of these accessories within a contemporary context. Sketching, rendering, model-making and concept presentation are stressed and precede finished prototypes. Prerequisites: ACCE 205, FASH 100.
ACCE 362 Handbag Design I
This course explores the dynamics and principles of handbag design. By understanding historically relevant models, students interpret the design of these accessories within a contemporary context. Sketching, rendering, model-making and concept presentation are stressed and precede finished prototypes. Prerequisites: ACCE 110, ACCE 205.
ACCE 364 Footwear Design I
This course provides an opportunity for students to focus on developing conceptual footwear designs using a variety of material resources. It also provides an opportunity to work in an interdisciplinary environment with students from a range of majors. Prerequisites: ACCE 110, ACCE 205.
ACCE 366 Belt Design
This course explores the dynamics and principles of belt design. By understanding historically relevant models, students interpret the design of these accessories within a contemporary context. Patternmaking, technical sketching, rendering, and concept presentation are stressed and precede finished prototypes. Prerequisites: ACCE 110 and ACCE 362 or ACCE 364.
ACCE 372 Handbag Design II
This course explores the dynamics and principles of advanced handbag design. By understanding historically relevant models, students interpret the design of these accessories within a contemporary context. Patternmaking, technical sketching, rendering, and concept presentation are stressed and precede finished prototypes. Prerequisite: ACCE 362.
ACCE 374 Footwear Design II
This course explores the dynamics and principles of advanced footwear design. By understanding historically relevant models, students interpret the design of these accessories within a contemporary context. Patternmaking, technical sketching, rendering, and concept presentation are stressed and precede finished prototypes. Prerequisite: ACCE 364.
ACCE 415 Senior Collection in Accessory Design I
This is the first in a three-quarter sequence of courses in which the student focuses on conceptualizing an original 2-D collection specializing in accessory design. With a focus on line-building in accessory design, students explore identifying customer profiles, researching major areas of specialization, sources of inspiration and fabrication selection. Students develop portfolio-ready technical sketches, illustrations, flats, storyboards, color storyboards and fabric swatches in preparation for the Senior Collection II course. Prerequisites: ACCE 372, ACCE 374.
ACCE 420 Senior Collection in Accessory Design II
This is the second in a three-quarter sequence of courses in which the student focuses on conceptualizing an original 2-D collection specializing in accessory design. Students in this course develop skills necessary to create advanced sample accessories. Emphasis is placed on the production of the first sample prototype through the application of advanced pattern making techniques. Presentations of final prototypes are critiqued prior to the development of final accessories. Prerequisite: ACCE 415.
ACCE 430 Senior Collection in Accessory Design III
This is the final in a three-quarter sequence of courses in which the student focuses on conceptualizing an original 2-D collection specializing in accessory design. Advanced accessory design students have the opportunity to produce a senior collection of distinctive fashion accessories. Industry standard construction techniques are applied in the execution of the student’s final collection. Portfolio-quality presentation boards support the collection. Prerequisite: ACCE 420.
Advertising
ADVE 130 Introduction to Advertising Design
This course provides an overview of the advertising design industry. Students are introduced to the roles of advertisers, ad agencies and the use of various advertising media. Topics include the practice, theory and structure of the profession relative to roles in the creative process. Emphasis is placed on visual image development and execution, the generation of ideas, concepts and teamwork. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110, COMM 105.
ADVE 150 Creative Concepting
In this fundamental studio course, students learn and practice a set of concepting skills and techniques. Readings, lectures and in-class exercises emphasize creative thinking and specific methods for generating advertising ideas. Students develop proficiency at conceiving numerous, varied and original advertising ideas. Upon successful completion of this course, they have proven processes for idea generation that can be applied in subsequent courses. Prerequisites: ADVE 130, ARTH 100.
ADVE 200 Advertising Perspectives and Profiles
This course surveys the evolution and achievements of advertising through the investigation of advertising trends, past and present. Lectures, visual presentations, discussions and research promote students’ exploration of the leaders, agencies, events and campaigns that have influenced advertising, contributed to advertising innovations, and suggested directions in which advertising may be headed. Prerequisite: ARTH 100.
ADVE 204 Creative Copywriting
This course surveys the written expression and economy of words and thought associated with advertising and creative thinking. Students experience and learn the rudimentary techniques of writing persuasive advertising. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ADVE 207 Fundamentals of Typography for Advertising Designers
In this primary studio course, students learn the essentials of typography as it applies to advertising design. Its history, evolution, terminology, classifications and application principles are all explored through lectures, discussions and studio work. Students who successfully complete this course have a fundamental working knowledge of typography, and are prepared to take more advanced advertising design courses. Prerequisites: ADVE 130, and CMPA 100 or CMPA 110.
ADVE 210 Understanding Client Objectives
Advertising, as an extension of marketing, needs to be understood in context with all aspects of marketing. This course starts with the introduction of the four Ps: product, price, place and promotion, and then transitions into a deeper investigation of the latter of these principles. Presenting the rudiments of advertising and marketing in a way that is sensible and logical to the art director and copywriter, the course explains how the message, the target market and subsequent positioning impacts the overall advertising effort. Projects are used as primary tools for defining the principles. Prerequisite: ADVE 130.
ADVE 300 Digital Production Skills for Advertising Designers
Digital design software applications are the essential tools of the advertising designer today. Through lectures, demonstrations and guided classroom exercises, students explore the capabilities and uses of a range of digital design tools. Upon successful completion of this course, students have a working knowledge of the essential software applications, and are prepared to use them to produce projects in subsequent courses. Prerequisites: ADVE 207 or GRDS 205, CMPA 100 or CMPA 110.
ADVE 302 Business Practices for Advertising Design
Through readings and discussion about marketing, planning, strategy, estimating and pricing, management and employment in advertising, this course addresses fundamental business concepts particular to the advertising design industry, including creative development and professional practices. The readings and lectures, combined with self-examination of their own buying patterns to better understand consumer behavior, allows students to develop an integrated marketing communication program that is delivered as a new business pitch. Prerequisite: ADVE 210.
ADVE 304 Art Direction I
This course focuses on development of the skills required of an art director, concentrating on those associated with print-based advertising, specifically newspapers and magazines. Students learn to apply their creativity by translating marketing needs into innovative, effective advertising solutions through a series of challenging projects. In addition to developing their conceptual, verbal and design skills, students learn to direct the balance of various elements including page design, copywriting, typography, illustration, photography and visual effects to facilitate the communication of a message. Emphasis is placed on creativity, execution, resourcefulness, teamwork and project management skills required to generate compelling, effective, media-based communications. Prerequisite: ADVE 210.
ADVE 314 Specialized Copywriting
In this advanced studio course, aspiring copywriters develop the ability to create engaging, relevant verbal messaging for marketing components that demand extensive writing. These include print and broadcast vehicles for retail, direct response and business-to-business advertising, as well as specialized communications such as corporate and recruitment advertising. Prerequisite: ADVE 204.
ADVE 321 Copywriting for Print
Building on knowledge of copywriting fundamentals, this course enhances the student’s ability to influence human thinking and buying behaviors through the power of the written word. The course encompasses advertising copywriting for newspapers, magazines, outdoor, posters, Internet, brochures and miscellaneous categories, including nontraditional applications. Prerequisite: ADVE 204.
ADVE 323 Advertising Design and Typography
This course expands upon the fundamentals of design and typography as they relate to the field of advertising. Students explore the use of design principles and typographic communication and how they both influence consumers. Through a series of class projects, students in this course develop the ability to effectively use typographic and design centric solutions in all facets of advertising projects. Prerequisites: ADVE 207 or GRDS 205, ADVE 304.
ADVE 334 Art Direction II
This course further develops the skills required of an art director by focusing on creative executions across multiple-media applications, including print, direct mail, collateral, outdoor, online and other media. Through a series of challenging projects, students apply their creativity by translating marketing needs into innovative, effective advertising campaigns that are enticing, integrated and simultaneous. Emphasis is placed on creativity, execution, resourcefulness, teamwork and project management skills required to generate compelling, effective advertising campaigns. Prerequisites: ADVE 302, ADVE 304.
ADVE 351 Web Advertising
Focusing on production of Web-specific advertising materials, students demonstrate applied and theoretical knowledge of interactive advertising development. Through an exploration of the history and future of the infrastructure of the Web as medium for interactivity, as well as real-time interaction with professionals via real-time meetings utilizing the latest conferencing software, students learn how to create effective advertising solutions and communication specific to the various online media. Prerequisites: ADVE 304, and GRDS 243 or ITGM 353.
ADVE 354 Advertising Design for Alternative Media
This course explores advertising design opportunities beyond traditional media. Students conduct a thorough analysis of the application of alternative media opportunities resulting from changes in demographic and cultural tendencies, environmental development and technological advances. Prerequisite: ADVE 304.
ADVE 355 Not-for-Profit Advertising
This course addresses and debates a number of contemporary social issues, including environmental, preventative health, education, community well-being and corporate exploitation. Students are required to research issues from all sides, develop written plans and marketing strategies, and create a body of socially-conscious advertising campaigns and materials that communicate an expansive view to the public. The course also touches on the history of the public service announcement and protest or propaganda advertising in the United States and around the world. Prerequisite: ADVE 304.
ADVE 358 Public Relations and Special Events
This course takes a comprehensive approach to public relations and special events as interdisciplinary fields and as integral components of any organization’s brand strategy. Students are exposed to conceptual, theoretical and practical aspects of public relations, including strategic planning and message development, research techniques, media relations and crisis containment. Prerequisite: ADVE 304.
ADVE 401 Political Advertising
Offering a blend of political science and communication skills, this course educates students in political advertising, the full-time, well-practiced profession. Students study politics for its messages and themes rather than for parties’ ideologies. Projects include print and broadcast advertising along with communication support materials. Prerequisite: ADVE 302.
ADVE 410 Branding Theory
This course explores the sophisticated thinking and planning that go into establishing a successful brand position. Through reading, research, lectures, case studies and workshops, students learn the principles of modern branding. Students then apply those principles as they develop a brand strategy, brand position and brand personality for a specific product or service just as they would in the professional world of advertising. Prerequisite: ADVE 334.
ADVE 420 Branding Studio
This studio course emphasizes teamwork, strategic creative solutions and marketing formulas for building a brand within a product or service category for specific market segment. Assignments are based on actual clients and simulate real world demands. Prerequisite: ADVE 410.
ADVE 430 Advertising Design Self-promotion
This course focuses on the development of a job-seeking portfolio, interviewing skills and other self-promotion strategies. Students examine, analyze and evaluate the work produced during their course of study for possible redesign. Topics include self-promotion as well as interviewing skills and professional presentation techniques. Students develop a strategic self-promotion plan to target prospective employers. Prerequisite: ADVE 410.
ADVE 435 Global Advertising
This course concentrates on creating an awareness and understanding of global advertising. With the help of case studies, discussions, readings and assignments, students are exposed to marketing strategies employed in a foreign market. Topics covered include creative localization, economy structures, and cultural conditioning that affect communication across geographic and cultural boundaries. Students employ these techniques to produce advertising for a specific global market. Prerequisite: ADVE 410.
ADVE 438 Off-campus Advertising Seminar
Students travel to one of the great advertising capitals of the world to learn about its renowned advertising agencies. This course is conducted as a study trip to an exciting selection of agencies that have made important contributions to the industry, both nationally and internationally. Before traveling, students prepare case studies of the region’s advertising; during the seminar, they keep detailed journals and participate in end-of-day discussions. The result of their research and study is an integrated, multimedia campaign that reflects the essence of the destination’s unique culture and style. Prerequisite: ADVE 304.
ADVE 441 Copywriting for Broadcast
Refining their ability to develop commercial advertising concepts, students in this course create copy specifically suitable for television and radio broadcast. Areas of focus include advertising campaign concept development, tailoring concepts and copy to specific time constraints, and writing for the listener’s ear. Prerequisite: ADVE 321.
ADVE 447 Art Direction for Broadcast
Focusing on broadcast media, this course continues the development of the skills required of an art director. Students apply their creativity by translating marketing needs into innovative, effective television and radio campaigns through a series of challenging projects. They learn to develop and execute marketing solutions from concept to storyboard, from pre-production through postproduction. Terminology, protocol and production-based logistics are explored. Emphasis is placed on creativity, execution, resourcefulness, teamwork and project management skills required to generate compelling, effective advertising solutions in the broadcast environment. Prerequisite: ADVE 334.
ADVE 450 Competition Preparatory Work
Students team up to develop a campaign for entry in the National Student Advertising Competition. This course (part one of two) focuses on the important preliminary work—specifically research planning and development, media planning, ad planning and budgeting—that leads to the creative finished product. Starting with proprietary research and a brief provided by the client, students develop an overall advertising strategy and detailed campaign plan to set direction for the creative production in the second course. Whether the student takes the first course, the second course or both, each has the potential opportunity to represent SCAD at American Advertising Federation conferences. Prerequisite: By permission of the department chair.
ADVE 460 Competition Creative and Presentation Work
Students team up to develop a campaign for entry in the National Student Advertising Competition. Guided by the previous course, this course focuses on the creative work as well as oral and written presentations. Whether the student takes the first course, the second course or both, each has the opportunity to represent SCAD at The menswear minor offers courses in patternmaking, design and construction specific to the growing market of menswear apparel. Students apply historical references and social trends as related to the male body, image and lifestyle. conferences. Prerequisite: By permission of the department chair.
ADVE 495 Special Topics in Advertising Design
This course offers students the opportunity to focus on an advertising design project. The course emphasizes research analysis and the creative process that leads to strong advertising solutions. Students are expected to demonstrate relevant conceptual ideas and produce final solutions that reflect the creative strategy. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
This course provides an overview of the advertising design industry. Students are introduced to the roles of advertisers, ad agencies and the use of various advertising media. Topics include the practice, theory and structure of the profession relative to roles in the creative process. Emphasis is placed on visual image development and execution, the generation of ideas, concepts and teamwork. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110, COMM 105.
ADVE 150 Creative Concepting
In this fundamental studio course, students learn and practice a set of concepting skills and techniques. Readings, lectures and in-class exercises emphasize creative thinking and specific methods for generating advertising ideas. Students develop proficiency at conceiving numerous, varied and original advertising ideas. Upon successful completion of this course, they have proven processes for idea generation that can be applied in subsequent courses. Prerequisites: ADVE 130, ARTH 100.
ADVE 200 Advertising Perspectives and Profiles
This course surveys the evolution and achievements of advertising through the investigation of advertising trends, past and present. Lectures, visual presentations, discussions and research promote students’ exploration of the leaders, agencies, events and campaigns that have influenced advertising, contributed to advertising innovations, and suggested directions in which advertising may be headed. Prerequisite: ARTH 100.
ADVE 204 Creative Copywriting
This course surveys the written expression and economy of words and thought associated with advertising and creative thinking. Students experience and learn the rudimentary techniques of writing persuasive advertising. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ADVE 207 Fundamentals of Typography for Advertising Designers
In this primary studio course, students learn the essentials of typography as it applies to advertising design. Its history, evolution, terminology, classifications and application principles are all explored through lectures, discussions and studio work. Students who successfully complete this course have a fundamental working knowledge of typography, and are prepared to take more advanced advertising design courses. Prerequisites: ADVE 130, and CMPA 100 or CMPA 110.
ADVE 210 Understanding Client Objectives
Advertising, as an extension of marketing, needs to be understood in context with all aspects of marketing. This course starts with the introduction of the four Ps: product, price, place and promotion, and then transitions into a deeper investigation of the latter of these principles. Presenting the rudiments of advertising and marketing in a way that is sensible and logical to the art director and copywriter, the course explains how the message, the target market and subsequent positioning impacts the overall advertising effort. Projects are used as primary tools for defining the principles. Prerequisite: ADVE 130.
ADVE 300 Digital Production Skills for Advertising Designers
Digital design software applications are the essential tools of the advertising designer today. Through lectures, demonstrations and guided classroom exercises, students explore the capabilities and uses of a range of digital design tools. Upon successful completion of this course, students have a working knowledge of the essential software applications, and are prepared to use them to produce projects in subsequent courses. Prerequisites: ADVE 207 or GRDS 205, CMPA 100 or CMPA 110.
ADVE 302 Business Practices for Advertising Design
Through readings and discussion about marketing, planning, strategy, estimating and pricing, management and employment in advertising, this course addresses fundamental business concepts particular to the advertising design industry, including creative development and professional practices. The readings and lectures, combined with self-examination of their own buying patterns to better understand consumer behavior, allows students to develop an integrated marketing communication program that is delivered as a new business pitch. Prerequisite: ADVE 210.
ADVE 304 Art Direction I
This course focuses on development of the skills required of an art director, concentrating on those associated with print-based advertising, specifically newspapers and magazines. Students learn to apply their creativity by translating marketing needs into innovative, effective advertising solutions through a series of challenging projects. In addition to developing their conceptual, verbal and design skills, students learn to direct the balance of various elements including page design, copywriting, typography, illustration, photography and visual effects to facilitate the communication of a message. Emphasis is placed on creativity, execution, resourcefulness, teamwork and project management skills required to generate compelling, effective, media-based communications. Prerequisite: ADVE 210.
ADVE 314 Specialized Copywriting
In this advanced studio course, aspiring copywriters develop the ability to create engaging, relevant verbal messaging for marketing components that demand extensive writing. These include print and broadcast vehicles for retail, direct response and business-to-business advertising, as well as specialized communications such as corporate and recruitment advertising. Prerequisite: ADVE 204.
ADVE 321 Copywriting for Print
Building on knowledge of copywriting fundamentals, this course enhances the student’s ability to influence human thinking and buying behaviors through the power of the written word. The course encompasses advertising copywriting for newspapers, magazines, outdoor, posters, Internet, brochures and miscellaneous categories, including nontraditional applications. Prerequisite: ADVE 204.
ADVE 323 Advertising Design and Typography
This course expands upon the fundamentals of design and typography as they relate to the field of advertising. Students explore the use of design principles and typographic communication and how they both influence consumers. Through a series of class projects, students in this course develop the ability to effectively use typographic and design centric solutions in all facets of advertising projects. Prerequisites: ADVE 207 or GRDS 205, ADVE 304.
ADVE 334 Art Direction II
This course further develops the skills required of an art director by focusing on creative executions across multiple-media applications, including print, direct mail, collateral, outdoor, online and other media. Through a series of challenging projects, students apply their creativity by translating marketing needs into innovative, effective advertising campaigns that are enticing, integrated and simultaneous. Emphasis is placed on creativity, execution, resourcefulness, teamwork and project management skills required to generate compelling, effective advertising campaigns. Prerequisites: ADVE 302, ADVE 304.
ADVE 351 Web Advertising
Focusing on production of Web-specific advertising materials, students demonstrate applied and theoretical knowledge of interactive advertising development. Through an exploration of the history and future of the infrastructure of the Web as medium for interactivity, as well as real-time interaction with professionals via real-time meetings utilizing the latest conferencing software, students learn how to create effective advertising solutions and communication specific to the various online media. Prerequisites: ADVE 304, and GRDS 243 or ITGM 353.
ADVE 354 Advertising Design for Alternative Media
This course explores advertising design opportunities beyond traditional media. Students conduct a thorough analysis of the application of alternative media opportunities resulting from changes in demographic and cultural tendencies, environmental development and technological advances. Prerequisite: ADVE 304.
ADVE 355 Not-for-Profit Advertising
This course addresses and debates a number of contemporary social issues, including environmental, preventative health, education, community well-being and corporate exploitation. Students are required to research issues from all sides, develop written plans and marketing strategies, and create a body of socially-conscious advertising campaigns and materials that communicate an expansive view to the public. The course also touches on the history of the public service announcement and protest or propaganda advertising in the United States and around the world. Prerequisite: ADVE 304.
ADVE 358 Public Relations and Special Events
This course takes a comprehensive approach to public relations and special events as interdisciplinary fields and as integral components of any organization’s brand strategy. Students are exposed to conceptual, theoretical and practical aspects of public relations, including strategic planning and message development, research techniques, media relations and crisis containment. Prerequisite: ADVE 304.
ADVE 401 Political Advertising
Offering a blend of political science and communication skills, this course educates students in political advertising, the full-time, well-practiced profession. Students study politics for its messages and themes rather than for parties’ ideologies. Projects include print and broadcast advertising along with communication support materials. Prerequisite: ADVE 302.
ADVE 410 Branding Theory
This course explores the sophisticated thinking and planning that go into establishing a successful brand position. Through reading, research, lectures, case studies and workshops, students learn the principles of modern branding. Students then apply those principles as they develop a brand strategy, brand position and brand personality for a specific product or service just as they would in the professional world of advertising. Prerequisite: ADVE 334.
ADVE 420 Branding Studio
This studio course emphasizes teamwork, strategic creative solutions and marketing formulas for building a brand within a product or service category for specific market segment. Assignments are based on actual clients and simulate real world demands. Prerequisite: ADVE 410.
ADVE 430 Advertising Design Self-promotion
This course focuses on the development of a job-seeking portfolio, interviewing skills and other self-promotion strategies. Students examine, analyze and evaluate the work produced during their course of study for possible redesign. Topics include self-promotion as well as interviewing skills and professional presentation techniques. Students develop a strategic self-promotion plan to target prospective employers. Prerequisite: ADVE 410.
ADVE 435 Global Advertising
This course concentrates on creating an awareness and understanding of global advertising. With the help of case studies, discussions, readings and assignments, students are exposed to marketing strategies employed in a foreign market. Topics covered include creative localization, economy structures, and cultural conditioning that affect communication across geographic and cultural boundaries. Students employ these techniques to produce advertising for a specific global market. Prerequisite: ADVE 410.
ADVE 438 Off-campus Advertising Seminar
Students travel to one of the great advertising capitals of the world to learn about its renowned advertising agencies. This course is conducted as a study trip to an exciting selection of agencies that have made important contributions to the industry, both nationally and internationally. Before traveling, students prepare case studies of the region’s advertising; during the seminar, they keep detailed journals and participate in end-of-day discussions. The result of their research and study is an integrated, multimedia campaign that reflects the essence of the destination’s unique culture and style. Prerequisite: ADVE 304.
ADVE 441 Copywriting for Broadcast
Refining their ability to develop commercial advertising concepts, students in this course create copy specifically suitable for television and radio broadcast. Areas of focus include advertising campaign concept development, tailoring concepts and copy to specific time constraints, and writing for the listener’s ear. Prerequisite: ADVE 321.
ADVE 447 Art Direction for Broadcast
Focusing on broadcast media, this course continues the development of the skills required of an art director. Students apply their creativity by translating marketing needs into innovative, effective television and radio campaigns through a series of challenging projects. They learn to develop and execute marketing solutions from concept to storyboard, from pre-production through postproduction. Terminology, protocol and production-based logistics are explored. Emphasis is placed on creativity, execution, resourcefulness, teamwork and project management skills required to generate compelling, effective advertising solutions in the broadcast environment. Prerequisite: ADVE 334.
ADVE 450 Competition Preparatory Work
Students team up to develop a campaign for entry in the National Student Advertising Competition. This course (part one of two) focuses on the important preliminary work—specifically research planning and development, media planning, ad planning and budgeting—that leads to the creative finished product. Starting with proprietary research and a brief provided by the client, students develop an overall advertising strategy and detailed campaign plan to set direction for the creative production in the second course. Whether the student takes the first course, the second course or both, each has the potential opportunity to represent SCAD at American Advertising Federation conferences. Prerequisite: By permission of the department chair.
ADVE 460 Competition Creative and Presentation Work
Students team up to develop a campaign for entry in the National Student Advertising Competition. Guided by the previous course, this course focuses on the creative work as well as oral and written presentations. Whether the student takes the first course, the second course or both, each has the opportunity to represent SCAD at The menswear minor offers courses in patternmaking, design and construction specific to the growing market of menswear apparel. Students apply historical references and social trends as related to the male body, image and lifestyle. conferences. Prerequisite: By permission of the department chair.
ADVE 495 Special Topics in Advertising Design
This course offers students the opportunity to focus on an advertising design project. The course emphasizes research analysis and the creative process that leads to strong advertising solutions. Students are expected to demonstrate relevant conceptual ideas and produce final solutions that reflect the creative strategy. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
Anatomy
ANAT 100 General Anatomy
This introductory science course investigates the structures found inside the human body and relates these structures to their specific functions, reviewing all 11 human organ systems. Students also learn basic comparative anatomy by comparing human structures to those of other animals.
This introductory science course investigates the structures found inside the human body and relates these structures to their specific functions, reviewing all 11 human organ systems. Students also learn basic comparative anatomy by comparing human structures to those of other animals.
Animation
ANIM 202 Animation I
Students explore the basic principles of animation to develop an understanding of character and performance. Emphasis is placed on the analysis of actions. Prerequisite: DRAW 200.
ANIM 218 Stop Motion I
This course explores a wide range of stop motion styles, materials and techniques including clay, object and puppet animation, utilizing both tabletop and multiplane setups. Students are encouraged to develop a personal approach while exploring possibilities in character design, armature and set building, lighting, special effects and camera/motion capture techniques. Prerequisite: ANIM 202 or FILM 100 or FILM 101 or FILM 102.
ANIM 223 History of Animation
This course focuses on the history and aesthetics of animation, with references to related arts such as live-action cinema, puppetry and comics. Screenings include a wide range of commercial and experimental works produced throughout the world. Students create small projects and written works pertaining to course topics. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, CMPA 110.
ANIM 230 Action Analysis
This course concentrates on human and animal movement. Students explore issues of anatomical motion relevant to the animation industry, such as skeletal pivot points, figure weight, balance and momentum, through gestural, automatic and other drawing-in-motion techniques. Prerequisite: ANIM 202.
ANIM 250 Digital Form, Space and Lighting
Topics covered throughout this course include the theories of 3-D space, surface modeling, rendering, lighting and procedures for texture mapping. Students develop and construct 3-D computer models and sets. Prerequisite: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110.
ANIM 252 Animation II
Building on principles learned in Animation I, students are introduced to animating in 3-D, with an emphasis on character performance. Students may choose to specialize or further develop their skills in 2-D or 3-D animation. Prerequisite: ANIM 202.
ANIM 270 Principles of Screen Design
Screen design is fundamental to animation communication. In this course, students expand upon traditional media skills and animation craft by adding the element of screen design. Through individual approach and expression in traditional and digital media, students communicate by juxtaposing and sequencing imagery to develop a sense of artist-audience construct and consequence. Prerequisite: ANIM 202.
ANIM 280 3-D Character Setup and Animation
This course explores the basic principles of modeling and rigging as applied to a series of very different characters. Students explore basic tools and apply them to various anatomical problems to find modeling and rigging solutions for character motion. Major emphasis is placed on proper identification of controls for the end user. Prerequisite: ANIM 252 or ITGM 240 or VSFX 210.
ANIM 312 2-D Animation Production
Using perspective and other traditional design attributes to create a variety of shot compositions, students in this course learn the business of staging, posing and animating action in a sequential layout to create effective visual narrative. This course develops the student’s ability to rough, block and animate 2-D shots in sequence to meet the goals of the script to tell a story. Prerequisite: ANIM 280.
ANIM 313 3-D Animation Production
Through the process of learning to assemble the components necessary to allow for the efficient workflow in getting animated storytelling on the screen, students in this course focuses on pre-visualization, creating and texturing assets for camera, animating for camera, lighting and rendering in passes, and assembling shots in sequence to create effective storytelling. Prerequisite: ANIM 280.
ANIM 314 Facial Setup and Animation
Animated characters get much of their character from their faces. Design, style, texture, and expressive articulation all contribute toward more memorable animated storytelling. In this course, students explore all aspects of facial design, modeling, texturing, rigging and animation. Prerequisite: ANIM 280.
ANIM 318 Stop Motion II
Building on skills learned in Stop Motion I, students explore more advanced stop motion and clay animation production techniques. Topics include foam/latex build-up models, a survey of background construction techniques, basic casting, and further study in lighting and F/X. The course emphasizes art direction and project development. Prerequisite: ANIM 218.
ANIM 321 Stylizing Characters in 3-D
Starting with character development through writing and 2-D conceptualization, students translate their designs to fully textured 3-D models. Issues from stylizing anatomy to suitability for deformation and rigging are addressed. Prerequisite: ANIM 250.
ANIM 322 Acting for Animators
In this course, students further their studies in animation by exploring acting and public speaking in team environments. Students act out their characters and complete drawings of motion studies, expressions and poses. Prerequisite: ANIM 202.
ANIM 330 Animation Layout and Character Design
This course provides students with the background knowledge and practice methods necessary to plan and direct animation sequences with characters. Prerequisite: ANIM 202.
ANIM 332 2-D Character Animation I
Students learn to develop a better sense of timing, staging and fluid movement while continuing to develop sequential drawing skills. Prerequisite: ANIM 252.
ANIM 333 3-D Character Animation I
Concentrating on expressive timing, staging and fluid movement in character animation, students create original, high quality animated segments in preparation for senior projects and portfolio quality work. Additional techniques are taught in facial expression, lip-synch, gymnastic stunts, two-handed object control and climbing. Prerequisite: ANIM 252.
ANIM 342 Digital Cel Animation I
In this course, students study animation and its uses on the Internet. Students assess both the aesthetic and technical aspects of animation as they relate specifically to an online environment. Prerequisite: ANIM 202.
ANIM 350 Advanced Character Setup
This course explores the basic principles of creating an animatable skeleton for a 3-D puppet, as applied to a series of anatomically different biped and quadruped characters. Students are assigned a prebuilt model to rig, explore advanced tools and apply them to various anatomical problems to find modeling and rigging solutions for believable character motion, and finally test the rigs with basic motion assignments. Prerequisite: ANIM 280.
ANIM 351 Advanced Digital Modeling
This course emphasizes anatomical construction and digital re-creation of believable characters. Students develop and construct digital 3-D character models intended for animation. The course covers advanced topics in 3-D character design and modeling, with an emphasis on anatomy as it applies to predetermined movement requirements. Students explore the advanced subdivisional, polygon and NURBS modeling tools as they pertain to believable biped and quadruped characters. Prerequisite: ANIM 280.
ANIM 352 2-D Effects Animation
Applying the motion attributes of observable physical phenomena, including those which are both organic figurative and inorganic nonfigurative, students create 2-D animation effects such as fire, water and smoke in traditional pencil-drawn animations. Prerequisite: ANIM 312 or ANIM 313.
ANIM 353 3-D Quadruped Animation
Using quadruped pre-rigs, students produce a series of naturalistic animal motion exercises. Comparative action analysis studies is made on a variety of quadruped mammals. Students also learn how to animate an animal for use in a live action shot. Prerequisite: ANIM 333.
ANIM 385 Concept Development for Animation
Students explore methods for cultivating original ideas suitable for production as a short animated film. Preliminary exercises lead to the development of a production-ready concept package including storyboard, script, animatic with sound, art direction samples and research. Prerequisite: ANIM 312 or ANIM 313.
ANIM 390 Animation Professional Development
This course prepares students for professional situations through the creation of individual demo reels, r??sum??, Web sites and portfolios in relation to student aspirations in the context of contemporary animation industry practice. Through topics such as studio hierarchy, production bidding, media distribution, employee evaluation and professional growth, the course highlights many important aspects of the animation business in order for students to attain and sustain a professional career. Prerequisite: ANIM 312 or ANIM 313.
ANIM 395 Group Project in 3-D Animation
Working in small production teams, students in this course learn how to manage the production pipeline for a 3-D project. With the focus on working in a team environment to meet deadlines, students are expected to produce an animated film of 90-seconds duration or less. Prerequisite: ANIM 385 or VSFX 406.
ANIM 408 Senior Animation Project I
After completing preparatory assignments, students create a cohesive animation work using their acquired skills to express their artistic vision. Prerequisite: ANIM 385.
ANIM 410 Digital Ink and Paint
This course allows students to strengthen existing animation skills by emphasizing illustrative style and technique. Through lectures and practice, students explore the influence of the visual arts in independent production and develop a personal aesthetic. Prerequisite: ANIM 312 or ANIM 313.
ANIM 411 Dynamic Simulation and Secondary Motion
In this course, students increase artistic expression and improve realistic movement by developing dynamic motion simulation techniques that extend the realism of 3-D animation. Prerequisite: ANIM 250 or VSFX 210.
ANIM 413 Animation Off-campus: Tokyo
Through organized trips to cultural events and landmarks, students learn how to collect firsthand project reference material for their work. Through trips to animation studios, students also gain an understanding of the Japanese production environment and the nature of the Japanese animation market. Prerequisite: ANIM 312 or ANIM 313.
ANIM 426 Experimental Animation
Students develop a unique sense of style and material as alternatives to formulated classical animation or digital graphics. Students employ imagery, objects and different media types to develop a method and use of media appropriate to the subject. Prerequisite: ANIM 270.
ANIM 432 2-D Character Animation II
By interpreting a script and other given materials to determine character motivations and other unique traits of character personality, this course allows students to explore more advanced aspects of character animation. Topics addressed include sequence planning and pacing, subtle character gesture, and advanced action timing with emphasis on personal observation. Prerequisite: ANIM 332.
ANIM 433 3-D Character Animation II
By interpreting a script and other given materials to determine character and motivations, students explore more advanced aspects of 3-D character animation. Topics covered include sequence planning and pacing, subtle character gesture, and advanced action timing with emphasis on observation. Prerequisite: ANIM 333.
ANIM 440 2-D and 3-D Compositing
Students are challenged to integrate, both technically and aesthetically, 2-D and 3-D character and background elements in a project-based environment. Students master match-moving and compositing techniques, as well as exercise character animation and modeling skills. Prerequisite: ANIM 250.
ANIM 442 Digital Cel Animation II
In this advanced course in 2-D digital animation, students use their knowledge of the media to produce a short animated film, learning how to incorporate sound and render the output for broadcast. Course emphasis is on contemporary aesthetics and animation appeal. Prerequisite: ANIM 342.
ANIM 444 Visiting Artist in Animation
From commercial and independent filmmakers to industry practitioners, this course affords students opportunity and insight into a visiting artist and animator’s creative methodologies and production practices. Prerequisite: ANIM 385 or VSFX 406 or MOME 400.
ANIM 448 Senior Animation Project II
This project class builds on the technical and aesthetic skill set of the advanced animation major. Through the exploration of projects, students continue to develop content delivery, story and technical mastery. Emphasis is placed on the identification and utilization of individual strengths in the context of a production environment. Prerequisite: ANIM 408.
ANIM 450 Industry Insight: Los Angeles
Students gain exposure to industry professionals and animation cultures that range from high budget feature animation and game studios to smaller budget, independent studios. Students establish networking contacts and understand what career opportunities exist now and in the future. By seeing the industry as a whole, students are better equipped to establish their career objectives. The trip is preceded by animation industry research and preparation of a portfolio package and is followed with a paper summarizing the experience and detailing contacts made. Prerequisite: ANIM 250.
ANIM 459 The Short Short
Students explore and develop animated film content between five and 15 seconds in length. Emphasis is placed on the development and the production of a short animated format like a television commercial, a viral, a gag or a Web eCard. Students should complete content intended for portable media and the Web. Prerequisite: ANIM 252.
ANIM 488 Animation Postproduction
Postproduction is the business of wrapping up production. This course represents the third phase of the senior project and the final phase of animation career preparation. Students focus on the postproduction of their senior short including final edit and rendering, updating reel and self-promotional support items, and researching self-promotional opportunities such as competitions and festivals. Prerequisite: ANIM 448.
ANIM 495 Special Topics in Animation
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various problems in the field of animation and allows the advanced student an opportunity to pursue individual or collaborative projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisite: permission of the department chair.
Students explore the basic principles of animation to develop an understanding of character and performance. Emphasis is placed on the analysis of actions. Prerequisite: DRAW 200.
ANIM 218 Stop Motion I
This course explores a wide range of stop motion styles, materials and techniques including clay, object and puppet animation, utilizing both tabletop and multiplane setups. Students are encouraged to develop a personal approach while exploring possibilities in character design, armature and set building, lighting, special effects and camera/motion capture techniques. Prerequisite: ANIM 202 or FILM 100 or FILM 101 or FILM 102.
ANIM 223 History of Animation
This course focuses on the history and aesthetics of animation, with references to related arts such as live-action cinema, puppetry and comics. Screenings include a wide range of commercial and experimental works produced throughout the world. Students create small projects and written works pertaining to course topics. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, CMPA 110.
ANIM 230 Action Analysis
This course concentrates on human and animal movement. Students explore issues of anatomical motion relevant to the animation industry, such as skeletal pivot points, figure weight, balance and momentum, through gestural, automatic and other drawing-in-motion techniques. Prerequisite: ANIM 202.
ANIM 250 Digital Form, Space and Lighting
Topics covered throughout this course include the theories of 3-D space, surface modeling, rendering, lighting and procedures for texture mapping. Students develop and construct 3-D computer models and sets. Prerequisite: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110.
ANIM 252 Animation II
Building on principles learned in Animation I, students are introduced to animating in 3-D, with an emphasis on character performance. Students may choose to specialize or further develop their skills in 2-D or 3-D animation. Prerequisite: ANIM 202.
ANIM 270 Principles of Screen Design
Screen design is fundamental to animation communication. In this course, students expand upon traditional media skills and animation craft by adding the element of screen design. Through individual approach and expression in traditional and digital media, students communicate by juxtaposing and sequencing imagery to develop a sense of artist-audience construct and consequence. Prerequisite: ANIM 202.
ANIM 280 3-D Character Setup and Animation
This course explores the basic principles of modeling and rigging as applied to a series of very different characters. Students explore basic tools and apply them to various anatomical problems to find modeling and rigging solutions for character motion. Major emphasis is placed on proper identification of controls for the end user. Prerequisite: ANIM 252 or ITGM 240 or VSFX 210.
ANIM 312 2-D Animation Production
Using perspective and other traditional design attributes to create a variety of shot compositions, students in this course learn the business of staging, posing and animating action in a sequential layout to create effective visual narrative. This course develops the student’s ability to rough, block and animate 2-D shots in sequence to meet the goals of the script to tell a story. Prerequisite: ANIM 280.
ANIM 313 3-D Animation Production
Through the process of learning to assemble the components necessary to allow for the efficient workflow in getting animated storytelling on the screen, students in this course focuses on pre-visualization, creating and texturing assets for camera, animating for camera, lighting and rendering in passes, and assembling shots in sequence to create effective storytelling. Prerequisite: ANIM 280.
ANIM 314 Facial Setup and Animation
Animated characters get much of their character from their faces. Design, style, texture, and expressive articulation all contribute toward more memorable animated storytelling. In this course, students explore all aspects of facial design, modeling, texturing, rigging and animation. Prerequisite: ANIM 280.
ANIM 318 Stop Motion II
Building on skills learned in Stop Motion I, students explore more advanced stop motion and clay animation production techniques. Topics include foam/latex build-up models, a survey of background construction techniques, basic casting, and further study in lighting and F/X. The course emphasizes art direction and project development. Prerequisite: ANIM 218.
ANIM 321 Stylizing Characters in 3-D
Starting with character development through writing and 2-D conceptualization, students translate their designs to fully textured 3-D models. Issues from stylizing anatomy to suitability for deformation and rigging are addressed. Prerequisite: ANIM 250.
ANIM 322 Acting for Animators
In this course, students further their studies in animation by exploring acting and public speaking in team environments. Students act out their characters and complete drawings of motion studies, expressions and poses. Prerequisite: ANIM 202.
ANIM 330 Animation Layout and Character Design
This course provides students with the background knowledge and practice methods necessary to plan and direct animation sequences with characters. Prerequisite: ANIM 202.
ANIM 332 2-D Character Animation I
Students learn to develop a better sense of timing, staging and fluid movement while continuing to develop sequential drawing skills. Prerequisite: ANIM 252.
ANIM 333 3-D Character Animation I
Concentrating on expressive timing, staging and fluid movement in character animation, students create original, high quality animated segments in preparation for senior projects and portfolio quality work. Additional techniques are taught in facial expression, lip-synch, gymnastic stunts, two-handed object control and climbing. Prerequisite: ANIM 252.
ANIM 342 Digital Cel Animation I
In this course, students study animation and its uses on the Internet. Students assess both the aesthetic and technical aspects of animation as they relate specifically to an online environment. Prerequisite: ANIM 202.
ANIM 350 Advanced Character Setup
This course explores the basic principles of creating an animatable skeleton for a 3-D puppet, as applied to a series of anatomically different biped and quadruped characters. Students are assigned a prebuilt model to rig, explore advanced tools and apply them to various anatomical problems to find modeling and rigging solutions for believable character motion, and finally test the rigs with basic motion assignments. Prerequisite: ANIM 280.
ANIM 351 Advanced Digital Modeling
This course emphasizes anatomical construction and digital re-creation of believable characters. Students develop and construct digital 3-D character models intended for animation. The course covers advanced topics in 3-D character design and modeling, with an emphasis on anatomy as it applies to predetermined movement requirements. Students explore the advanced subdivisional, polygon and NURBS modeling tools as they pertain to believable biped and quadruped characters. Prerequisite: ANIM 280.
ANIM 352 2-D Effects Animation
Applying the motion attributes of observable physical phenomena, including those which are both organic figurative and inorganic nonfigurative, students create 2-D animation effects such as fire, water and smoke in traditional pencil-drawn animations. Prerequisite: ANIM 312 or ANIM 313.
ANIM 353 3-D Quadruped Animation
Using quadruped pre-rigs, students produce a series of naturalistic animal motion exercises. Comparative action analysis studies is made on a variety of quadruped mammals. Students also learn how to animate an animal for use in a live action shot. Prerequisite: ANIM 333.
ANIM 385 Concept Development for Animation
Students explore methods for cultivating original ideas suitable for production as a short animated film. Preliminary exercises lead to the development of a production-ready concept package including storyboard, script, animatic with sound, art direction samples and research. Prerequisite: ANIM 312 or ANIM 313.
ANIM 390 Animation Professional Development
This course prepares students for professional situations through the creation of individual demo reels, r??sum??, Web sites and portfolios in relation to student aspirations in the context of contemporary animation industry practice. Through topics such as studio hierarchy, production bidding, media distribution, employee evaluation and professional growth, the course highlights many important aspects of the animation business in order for students to attain and sustain a professional career. Prerequisite: ANIM 312 or ANIM 313.
ANIM 395 Group Project in 3-D Animation
Working in small production teams, students in this course learn how to manage the production pipeline for a 3-D project. With the focus on working in a team environment to meet deadlines, students are expected to produce an animated film of 90-seconds duration or less. Prerequisite: ANIM 385 or VSFX 406.
ANIM 408 Senior Animation Project I
After completing preparatory assignments, students create a cohesive animation work using their acquired skills to express their artistic vision. Prerequisite: ANIM 385.
ANIM 410 Digital Ink and Paint
This course allows students to strengthen existing animation skills by emphasizing illustrative style and technique. Through lectures and practice, students explore the influence of the visual arts in independent production and develop a personal aesthetic. Prerequisite: ANIM 312 or ANIM 313.
ANIM 411 Dynamic Simulation and Secondary Motion
In this course, students increase artistic expression and improve realistic movement by developing dynamic motion simulation techniques that extend the realism of 3-D animation. Prerequisite: ANIM 250 or VSFX 210.
ANIM 413 Animation Off-campus: Tokyo
Through organized trips to cultural events and landmarks, students learn how to collect firsthand project reference material for their work. Through trips to animation studios, students also gain an understanding of the Japanese production environment and the nature of the Japanese animation market. Prerequisite: ANIM 312 or ANIM 313.
ANIM 426 Experimental Animation
Students develop a unique sense of style and material as alternatives to formulated classical animation or digital graphics. Students employ imagery, objects and different media types to develop a method and use of media appropriate to the subject. Prerequisite: ANIM 270.
ANIM 432 2-D Character Animation II
By interpreting a script and other given materials to determine character motivations and other unique traits of character personality, this course allows students to explore more advanced aspects of character animation. Topics addressed include sequence planning and pacing, subtle character gesture, and advanced action timing with emphasis on personal observation. Prerequisite: ANIM 332.
ANIM 433 3-D Character Animation II
By interpreting a script and other given materials to determine character and motivations, students explore more advanced aspects of 3-D character animation. Topics covered include sequence planning and pacing, subtle character gesture, and advanced action timing with emphasis on observation. Prerequisite: ANIM 333.
ANIM 440 2-D and 3-D Compositing
Students are challenged to integrate, both technically and aesthetically, 2-D and 3-D character and background elements in a project-based environment. Students master match-moving and compositing techniques, as well as exercise character animation and modeling skills. Prerequisite: ANIM 250.
ANIM 442 Digital Cel Animation II
In this advanced course in 2-D digital animation, students use their knowledge of the media to produce a short animated film, learning how to incorporate sound and render the output for broadcast. Course emphasis is on contemporary aesthetics and animation appeal. Prerequisite: ANIM 342.
ANIM 444 Visiting Artist in Animation
From commercial and independent filmmakers to industry practitioners, this course affords students opportunity and insight into a visiting artist and animator’s creative methodologies and production practices. Prerequisite: ANIM 385 or VSFX 406 or MOME 400.
ANIM 448 Senior Animation Project II
This project class builds on the technical and aesthetic skill set of the advanced animation major. Through the exploration of projects, students continue to develop content delivery, story and technical mastery. Emphasis is placed on the identification and utilization of individual strengths in the context of a production environment. Prerequisite: ANIM 408.
ANIM 450 Industry Insight: Los Angeles
Students gain exposure to industry professionals and animation cultures that range from high budget feature animation and game studios to smaller budget, independent studios. Students establish networking contacts and understand what career opportunities exist now and in the future. By seeing the industry as a whole, students are better equipped to establish their career objectives. The trip is preceded by animation industry research and preparation of a portfolio package and is followed with a paper summarizing the experience and detailing contacts made. Prerequisite: ANIM 250.
ANIM 459 The Short Short
Students explore and develop animated film content between five and 15 seconds in length. Emphasis is placed on the development and the production of a short animated format like a television commercial, a viral, a gag or a Web eCard. Students should complete content intended for portable media and the Web. Prerequisite: ANIM 252.
ANIM 488 Animation Postproduction
Postproduction is the business of wrapping up production. This course represents the third phase of the senior project and the final phase of animation career preparation. Students focus on the postproduction of their senior short including final edit and rendering, updating reel and self-promotional support items, and researching self-promotional opportunities such as competitions and festivals. Prerequisite: ANIM 448.
ANIM 495 Special Topics in Animation
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various problems in the field of animation and allows the advanced student an opportunity to pursue individual or collaborative projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisite: permission of the department chair.
Anthropology
ANTH 101 Introduction to Anthropology
This course introduces the anthropological study of the human species, culture and society, exploring similarities and differences in the ways human beings adapt to the natural environment and to each other. By examining, through time and space, how different peoples sustain themselves, interact with one another, perceive art and react to the inevitability of death, students reach a better understanding of themselves and the basics of human biology, society and culture.
ANTH 106 Language, Culture and Society
This course provides an introduction to relationships between human language, culture and society. Students examine and explore the properties of human language that make it unique. The course encourages students to address the prominent role of language in cultural models and social organizations.
ANTH 201 North American Indians
This course explores the rich culture, history and development of different native peoples from select regions of North America, from the arrival of ice-age hunter-gatherers, through European contact, to the present. Topics such as social structure, subsistence, settlement, religion, technology, architecture and art are examined from regional perspectives. Prerequisite: ANTH 101.
This course introduces the anthropological study of the human species, culture and society, exploring similarities and differences in the ways human beings adapt to the natural environment and to each other. By examining, through time and space, how different peoples sustain themselves, interact with one another, perceive art and react to the inevitability of death, students reach a better understanding of themselves and the basics of human biology, society and culture.
ANTH 106 Language, Culture and Society
This course provides an introduction to relationships between human language, culture and society. Students examine and explore the properties of human language that make it unique. The course encourages students to address the prominent role of language in cultural models and social organizations.
ANTH 201 North American Indians
This course explores the rich culture, history and development of different native peoples from select regions of North America, from the arrival of ice-age hunter-gatherers, through European contact, to the present. Topics such as social structure, subsistence, settlement, religion, technology, architecture and art are examined from regional perspectives. Prerequisite: ANTH 101.
Architecture
ARCH 101 Introduction to Architecture
This lecture/seminar course introduces students to the theories and profession of architecture and encourages creative and analytical thought. By considering the entire scope of the discipline and the profession, the course focuses on developing an ability to ask appropriate questions in relation to decision making regarding the built environment. Students explore the abstract, spatial, social/cultural, environmental and tectonic concepts that affect the built environment.
ARCH 241 Construction Technology I
This course provides an introduction to building materials and their use in wood and masonry construction. The class also promotes an understanding of the various constructed assemblies, both structural and nonstructural, which, when combined, forms a complete building. Prerequisites: ARCH 101 or INDS 110, and DRAW 115.
ARCH 252 Structures I
This course introduces students to the basic principles of the strength of materials, applied mechanics and structural theory as a basis for structural problem solving. Prerequisites: MATH 201, PHYS 201.
ARCH 300 Architecture Design Studio I
This course is the first in a sequence of architectural design studio courses designed to develop students’ abilities to create meaningful architectural design solutions. In this course, students solve simple architectural design problems. The course concentrates on the ways in which basic human factors affect and inform architectural design. Lectures include topics such as behavioral aspects of design and human aspiration. Prerequisites: ARCH 101, ARCH 241, ARCH 252, ARTH 110, ARLH 208, DSGN 224, DSGN 225, ELDS 225.
ARCH 302 Architecture Design Studio II
This studio course concentrates on the ways in which a building’s site and environmental context influence architectural design. Students conduct simple site analyses and make design decisions on that basis. The ability to create meaningful design solutions and fulfill simple programmatic requirements is also emphasized. Lectures include topics such as environmental and site issues and the meaning of places. Prerequisite: ARCH 300.
ARCH 303 Architecture Design Studio III
This studio course concentrates on the ways in which the nature of structural systems, including long-span structures, affects and informs architectural design. Students design projects that address tectonic and structural issues. Lectures include topics such as structural systems and the tectonic language of architecture. Prerequisites: ARCH 252, ARCH 302.
ARCH 313 Gender in Architectural Theory and Practice
This seminar course introduces students to the achievements, contributions, and evidence of women in the male-dominated field of architecture in order to explore the theoretical and professional impacts of gender in the field. The course explores a group less represented in standard architectural education and the issues that make this group a minority in the field. Through this exploration, students of all genders understand the importance of the contribution of all groups, both major and minor, to the advancement and future of the profession of architecture.
ARCH 341 Construction Technology II
This course builds upon information introduced in Construction Technology I by emphasizing the various existing and emerging technologies, materials, assemblies and their characteristics. The influences of building codes, industry standards and programmatic requirements on the selection of both structural and nonstructural elements are discussed. The course also introduces students to construction drawings and detailing, and develops an understanding of the relationship between drawings and specifications. Prerequisite: ARCH 241.
ARCH 352 Structures II
This course introduces students to structural design with simple frame analysis and the design procedure of building structures with steel, wood, reinforced concrete and masonry. Prerequisite: ARCH 252.
ARCH 361 Environmental Control I
This course introduces students to the basics of environmental control systems for buildings and focuses on the thermal control of the built environment. Topics include energy sources, climate, human comfort and heat flow through building components, and students are introduced to the design of heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems as well as passive heating and cooling systems. The principles of energy economics and their implications for architectural design are also addressed. Prerequisite: PHYS 201.
ARCH 404 Architecture Design Studio IV
This studio course concentrates on the issues raised by creating new architecture in existing urban contexts with complex social and cultural characters. The class focuses on developing an ability to create well developed and artistically meaningful solutions to moderately complex architectural problems. In addition to performing in-depth analysis of the urban site and the functional program, students prepare formal building type analyses as a way of understanding the tradition of building in the city. Lectures include topics such as urban context; social, cultural and behavioral issues; and analytical methods. Prerequisites: ARCH 303, ARCH 341, ARCH 361.
ARCH 405 Architecture Design Studio V
This studio course addresses moderately complex architectural problems in large nonurban and natural sites. Projects include a variety of building types, complex functional programs and structural systems. In addition to performing in-depth analysis of the natural site and functional needs, students develop building programs as a way of understanding the relationship between analysis, synthesis and communication throughout the design process. Lectures include topics such as methods for site and program analysis, design methods and processes, global environmental issues and sustainable architecture. Prerequisite: ARCH 404.
ARCH 406 Architecture Design Studio VI
This studio course emphasizes holistic and integral architectural design. This course is a reinforcement of the conceptualization process introduced in earlier studios and the integration of knowledge gained in other major courses. The studio requires students to advance their architectural design skills to include the highest achievable level of detail. Students are expected to develop the ability to make theoretical and technical judgments with confidence and produce highly sophisticated design solutions. Lectures include topics such as materiality, details and connections, building systems integration, and simulation and representation. Prerequisites: ARCH 341, ARCH 352, ARCH 405, ARCH 461.
ARCH 421 Advanced Architectural Presentation
This studio course explores traditional and contemporary methods of advanced graphic presentations as means of communication in architectural design. Prerequisites: ARCH 101, DRAW 115.
ARCH 441 Construction Documentation
Expanding understanding of the use of materials and methods of construction and their application to details, this course increases students’ abilities to evaluate the properties of various materials and systems so they may design with the level of detail required in professional practice with confidence, consistency and finesse. An emphasis on creativity runs parallel to the development of a set of construction drawings, working from an existing studio design of the student’s choosing or a class project designated by the professor. Prerequisite: ARCH 341.
ARCH 452 Structures III
Students develop an ability to solve complex structural problems and make informed selections from structural system alternatives. Structural problems involve steel and reinforced concrete systems in large, complex and/or multi-story buildings. Special emphasis is given to the design of structures to withstand lateral forces. Prerequisites: ARCH 341, ARCH 352.
ARCH 454 Architecture Seminar
This seminar provides architecture students with an opportunity to investigate and understand new and emerging issues in the field of architecture. Such issues may include new research in computer-aided design, architectural materials, assemblies and/or technologies, sustainability, design method and integrated practice. In addition to actively participating in the seminar, all students are required to conduct an in-depth investigation of one emerging issue. Attendance at related professional conferences is strongly recommended. Prerequisite: permission of the professor.
ARCH 461 Environmental Control II
This course is complementary to ARCH 361 and focuses on the visual and acoustical aspects of the built environment and on other building service systems. The course covers illumination and lighting systems, day lighting, lighting design, electricity and electrical systems, architectural acoustics and building noise control, water supply and waste systems, and fire protection and fire alarm systems. Prerequisite: PHYS 201.
ARCH 465 Sustainable Design
The course provides an overview of critical developments in sustainable building design strategies by examining environmental problems and possible solutions through design. Readings, lectures, guest speaker presentations and class discussion introduce students to the needs and possibilities of being effective green builders and architects. Prerequisite: ARCH 461.
ARCH 471 Architectural Practice
The course presents a study of professionalism and ethics as they relate to design professionals. A detailed analysis of professional practice includes office and corporate structure, administration, public and client relations, consultant and contractor relations, project administration and procedures, and compensation. Prerequisite: ARCH 341.
ARCH 480 Master Builder
This course presents an option for students who want to design and build from their own ideas of architecture. The course starts as a three-week design project of their choosing, with direction from the professor with regard to scope and feasibility of construction. During this first phase, the students design and produce detailed drawings of a concept piece of architecture that they later build together. For the remaining seven weeks, the students engage in materials selection and acquisition and construction of their design. The team of students is led by the professor in an educational process of sequential building construction that moves systematically through the logical proceedings of building. Prerequisites: ARCH 303, ARCH 341, ARCH 352.
ARCH 481 Landscape Design
Students are introduced to the study of exterior spaces as they relate to and complement building designs. Through lectures, studio problems and field trips, the course explores the historical background of landscape design, theory, site analysis, environmental issues and plant materials. Prerequisite: DSGN 225.
ARCH 484 Nascent Materials and Construction Technology
This course explores nascent materials and construction technologies emerging in the fields of architecture and interior design. Through investigation, students document the development of new material technologies and fabrication techniques that re-evaluate the expected boundaries of typical construction and installation scenarios. Students also apply a system of construction that proposes a new technique and material relationship, positioned within an architectural context. Prerequisites: ARCH 252, ARCH 341.
ARCH 490 Portfolio Preparation and Presentation
This course focuses on the development and production of a portfolio containing material from the initial professional contact to presentation of the original portfolio. The letterhead and mailing package, business card and r??sum?? are discussed, as are ways to make the portfolio economically feasible and reproducible for mailing and tips on personally presenting the portfolio. A series of exercises explores the available media and design possibilities of packaging, graphic documentation of a student’s project and similar topics. Prerequisite: ARCH 303.
ARCH 495 Special Topics in Architecture
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of architecture and offers the student an opportunity to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
This lecture/seminar course introduces students to the theories and profession of architecture and encourages creative and analytical thought. By considering the entire scope of the discipline and the profession, the course focuses on developing an ability to ask appropriate questions in relation to decision making regarding the built environment. Students explore the abstract, spatial, social/cultural, environmental and tectonic concepts that affect the built environment.
ARCH 241 Construction Technology I
This course provides an introduction to building materials and their use in wood and masonry construction. The class also promotes an understanding of the various constructed assemblies, both structural and nonstructural, which, when combined, forms a complete building. Prerequisites: ARCH 101 or INDS 110, and DRAW 115.
ARCH 252 Structures I
This course introduces students to the basic principles of the strength of materials, applied mechanics and structural theory as a basis for structural problem solving. Prerequisites: MATH 201, PHYS 201.
ARCH 300 Architecture Design Studio I
This course is the first in a sequence of architectural design studio courses designed to develop students’ abilities to create meaningful architectural design solutions. In this course, students solve simple architectural design problems. The course concentrates on the ways in which basic human factors affect and inform architectural design. Lectures include topics such as behavioral aspects of design and human aspiration. Prerequisites: ARCH 101, ARCH 241, ARCH 252, ARTH 110, ARLH 208, DSGN 224, DSGN 225, ELDS 225.
ARCH 302 Architecture Design Studio II
This studio course concentrates on the ways in which a building’s site and environmental context influence architectural design. Students conduct simple site analyses and make design decisions on that basis. The ability to create meaningful design solutions and fulfill simple programmatic requirements is also emphasized. Lectures include topics such as environmental and site issues and the meaning of places. Prerequisite: ARCH 300.
ARCH 303 Architecture Design Studio III
This studio course concentrates on the ways in which the nature of structural systems, including long-span structures, affects and informs architectural design. Students design projects that address tectonic and structural issues. Lectures include topics such as structural systems and the tectonic language of architecture. Prerequisites: ARCH 252, ARCH 302.
ARCH 313 Gender in Architectural Theory and Practice
This seminar course introduces students to the achievements, contributions, and evidence of women in the male-dominated field of architecture in order to explore the theoretical and professional impacts of gender in the field. The course explores a group less represented in standard architectural education and the issues that make this group a minority in the field. Through this exploration, students of all genders understand the importance of the contribution of all groups, both major and minor, to the advancement and future of the profession of architecture.
ARCH 341 Construction Technology II
This course builds upon information introduced in Construction Technology I by emphasizing the various existing and emerging technologies, materials, assemblies and their characteristics. The influences of building codes, industry standards and programmatic requirements on the selection of both structural and nonstructural elements are discussed. The course also introduces students to construction drawings and detailing, and develops an understanding of the relationship between drawings and specifications. Prerequisite: ARCH 241.
ARCH 352 Structures II
This course introduces students to structural design with simple frame analysis and the design procedure of building structures with steel, wood, reinforced concrete and masonry. Prerequisite: ARCH 252.
ARCH 361 Environmental Control I
This course introduces students to the basics of environmental control systems for buildings and focuses on the thermal control of the built environment. Topics include energy sources, climate, human comfort and heat flow through building components, and students are introduced to the design of heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems as well as passive heating and cooling systems. The principles of energy economics and their implications for architectural design are also addressed. Prerequisite: PHYS 201.
ARCH 404 Architecture Design Studio IV
This studio course concentrates on the issues raised by creating new architecture in existing urban contexts with complex social and cultural characters. The class focuses on developing an ability to create well developed and artistically meaningful solutions to moderately complex architectural problems. In addition to performing in-depth analysis of the urban site and the functional program, students prepare formal building type analyses as a way of understanding the tradition of building in the city. Lectures include topics such as urban context; social, cultural and behavioral issues; and analytical methods. Prerequisites: ARCH 303, ARCH 341, ARCH 361.
ARCH 405 Architecture Design Studio V
This studio course addresses moderately complex architectural problems in large nonurban and natural sites. Projects include a variety of building types, complex functional programs and structural systems. In addition to performing in-depth analysis of the natural site and functional needs, students develop building programs as a way of understanding the relationship between analysis, synthesis and communication throughout the design process. Lectures include topics such as methods for site and program analysis, design methods and processes, global environmental issues and sustainable architecture. Prerequisite: ARCH 404.
ARCH 406 Architecture Design Studio VI
This studio course emphasizes holistic and integral architectural design. This course is a reinforcement of the conceptualization process introduced in earlier studios and the integration of knowledge gained in other major courses. The studio requires students to advance their architectural design skills to include the highest achievable level of detail. Students are expected to develop the ability to make theoretical and technical judgments with confidence and produce highly sophisticated design solutions. Lectures include topics such as materiality, details and connections, building systems integration, and simulation and representation. Prerequisites: ARCH 341, ARCH 352, ARCH 405, ARCH 461.
ARCH 421 Advanced Architectural Presentation
This studio course explores traditional and contemporary methods of advanced graphic presentations as means of communication in architectural design. Prerequisites: ARCH 101, DRAW 115.
ARCH 441 Construction Documentation
Expanding understanding of the use of materials and methods of construction and their application to details, this course increases students’ abilities to evaluate the properties of various materials and systems so they may design with the level of detail required in professional practice with confidence, consistency and finesse. An emphasis on creativity runs parallel to the development of a set of construction drawings, working from an existing studio design of the student’s choosing or a class project designated by the professor. Prerequisite: ARCH 341.
ARCH 452 Structures III
Students develop an ability to solve complex structural problems and make informed selections from structural system alternatives. Structural problems involve steel and reinforced concrete systems in large, complex and/or multi-story buildings. Special emphasis is given to the design of structures to withstand lateral forces. Prerequisites: ARCH 341, ARCH 352.
ARCH 454 Architecture Seminar
This seminar provides architecture students with an opportunity to investigate and understand new and emerging issues in the field of architecture. Such issues may include new research in computer-aided design, architectural materials, assemblies and/or technologies, sustainability, design method and integrated practice. In addition to actively participating in the seminar, all students are required to conduct an in-depth investigation of one emerging issue. Attendance at related professional conferences is strongly recommended. Prerequisite: permission of the professor.
ARCH 461 Environmental Control II
This course is complementary to ARCH 361 and focuses on the visual and acoustical aspects of the built environment and on other building service systems. The course covers illumination and lighting systems, day lighting, lighting design, electricity and electrical systems, architectural acoustics and building noise control, water supply and waste systems, and fire protection and fire alarm systems. Prerequisite: PHYS 201.
ARCH 465 Sustainable Design
The course provides an overview of critical developments in sustainable building design strategies by examining environmental problems and possible solutions through design. Readings, lectures, guest speaker presentations and class discussion introduce students to the needs and possibilities of being effective green builders and architects. Prerequisite: ARCH 461.
ARCH 471 Architectural Practice
The course presents a study of professionalism and ethics as they relate to design professionals. A detailed analysis of professional practice includes office and corporate structure, administration, public and client relations, consultant and contractor relations, project administration and procedures, and compensation. Prerequisite: ARCH 341.
ARCH 480 Master Builder
This course presents an option for students who want to design and build from their own ideas of architecture. The course starts as a three-week design project of their choosing, with direction from the professor with regard to scope and feasibility of construction. During this first phase, the students design and produce detailed drawings of a concept piece of architecture that they later build together. For the remaining seven weeks, the students engage in materials selection and acquisition and construction of their design. The team of students is led by the professor in an educational process of sequential building construction that moves systematically through the logical proceedings of building. Prerequisites: ARCH 303, ARCH 341, ARCH 352.
ARCH 481 Landscape Design
Students are introduced to the study of exterior spaces as they relate to and complement building designs. Through lectures, studio problems and field trips, the course explores the historical background of landscape design, theory, site analysis, environmental issues and plant materials. Prerequisite: DSGN 225.
ARCH 484 Nascent Materials and Construction Technology
This course explores nascent materials and construction technologies emerging in the fields of architecture and interior design. Through investigation, students document the development of new material technologies and fabrication techniques that re-evaluate the expected boundaries of typical construction and installation scenarios. Students also apply a system of construction that proposes a new technique and material relationship, positioned within an architectural context. Prerequisites: ARCH 252, ARCH 341.
ARCH 490 Portfolio Preparation and Presentation
This course focuses on the development and production of a portfolio containing material from the initial professional contact to presentation of the original portfolio. The letterhead and mailing package, business card and r??sum?? are discussed, as are ways to make the portfolio economically feasible and reproducible for mailing and tips on personally presenting the portfolio. A series of exercises explores the available media and design possibilities of packaging, graphic documentation of a student’s project and similar topics. Prerequisite: ARCH 303.
ARCH 495 Special Topics in Architecture
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of architecture and offers the student an opportunity to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
Archaeology
ARCL 200 Principles of Archaeology
This course explores how archaeology illuminates the past through the study of material remains. It introduces students to the history, methodology and practice of archaeology in America. Topics of inquiry include survey and excavation methods, artifact analysis, theory and interpretation, and ethics and public policy in American archaeology. Field trips to archaeological sites supplement lectures and discussions. Prerequisite: ANTH 101.
This course explores how archaeology illuminates the past through the study of material remains. It introduces students to the history, methodology and practice of archaeology in America. Topics of inquiry include survey and excavation methods, artifact analysis, theory and interpretation, and ethics and public policy in American archaeology. Field trips to archaeological sites supplement lectures and discussions. Prerequisite: ANTH 101.
Architectural History
ARLH 150 Architectural History in Savannah
This course introduces students to field of architectural history through the study of Savannah and the surrounding region. Lectures, discussions, guest speakers and numerous site visits and tours allow students to discover both the wide-ranging nature of the field and the defining historic characteristics of Savannah. Students explore different ways of reading the built environment through firsthand observation and the use of historical documents. Emphasis is placed on practical skills and an understanding of broad historical frameworks.
ARLH 200 Reading and Writing in Architectural History
Writing is the cornerstone of the architectural historian’s craft. Students in this course read and analyze selected writings about architecture, urbanism and the landscape as they develop their own writing skills. Emphasis is given to four aspects of architectural writing: description, analysis, interpretation and criticism. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 206 Modern Architecture I: 1750-1900
Beginning with the basis of modern architectural theory extending back to the mid-18th century, this course traces the progress of theory and design through the end of the 19th century. The phases of historicism are examined in detail, with added attention to urban planning and technological advances in architecture. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 208 Modern Architecture II: 1900-Present
This lecture course surveys and explores 20th-century architecture, urbanism and architectural theory principally in Europe and North America. Attention is given to the concept of modernity in an increasingly industrial, commercial, secular and international world as embodied both in acknowledged modernist masterpieces and in alternatives to mainstream modernism. Prerequisites: ARLH 206, ENGL 123.
ARLH 211 Survey of World Architecture and Urbanism
This course surveys the architecture and urbanism of China, Japan, Africa, India, the Muslim world, the South Pacific and the native cultures of the Americas from prehistory to the present. A comparative approach is used to illustrate how different cultural, religious and philosophical values and goals greatly affect built form. Emphasis is placed on the social and historical context of the sites discussed, and special attention is paid to vernacular traditions. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 213 Documenting the Built Environment
This course is intended primarily for students for whom documenting the built environment is a valuable skill. A wide range of lectures, discussions, workshops, fieldwork and assignments explores documentation of buildings and structures from historical, theoretical, aesthetic and practical points of view. Prerequisite: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 236 European Architecture: 1400-1750
“Architecture aims at the eternal,” said Sir Christopher Wren. Renaissance architects pursued this goal through the vehicle of an ancient and uncannily compelling language of architecture known as the classical. This course examines the development of that language in buildings, designs, city plans and architectural theories from 15th-century Florence to 18th-century England. The social, political, and religious contexts of Renaissance and Baroque architecture are given special consideration. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 306 Reading Urban Form
This course examines cities, the theaters in which history performs. The processes of building and rebuilding leave behind countless layers of evidence. Reading urban form is a key to understanding the real meaning of places. This course offers a hands-on exploration of transformations and continuities in urban design over two millennia from some of the richest examples in the world. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 307 American Architecture and Urbanism
This course examines North American architecture and urbanism from Colonial times to the present. Themes include domesticity, technology, commerce, politics, religion and institutional form. Special attention is given to such issues as the transmission and transformation of European influences, the development of regional patterns, and the emergence of uniquely American architectural and urban forms. Directed research is a significant part of the course. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 308 History of Urban Form
This course surveys urban form from its origins in ancient Mesopotamia to the controversies over contemporary urbanism, as well as analyzes ideal cities. Architecture, public space, city planning and public works are considered in relation to the social, political, economic and religious context of the city. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 309 Villa and Garden
The Hanging Gardens of Babylon, the Alhambra, Versailles, Monticello and Falling Water are all products of a restless longing for a peaceful and contemplative life in the country, where art and nature coexist in ideal harmony. This course explores the architectural and social history of country houses, villas and gardens from antiquity to the 21st century. Special attention is given to garden literature, landscape theory, the rise of public parks and the development of suburbia. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 310 American Vernacular Architecture
This course examines the history, characteristics and meaning of North American vernacular architecture, in particular that 95 percent of the built domain that does not exemplify academic “high style” design. Topics include ethnic traditions in built form; the architecture of traditional American houses; agrarian, industrial and commercial buildings; the influence of the automobile on the built environment; and issues of vernacular landscape. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 315 British Colonial Architecture in America
Students investigate historical, architectural and other factors that shaped the built environment of British colonial America. Lectures highlight English architecture, design and construction and the impact they had on public and private architecture, city planning and other aspects of the colonial American lifestyle such as interior arrangement and furnishings. Topics related to building preservation of key colonial monuments are also addressed. Prerequisite: ARLH 208 or ARTH 207.
ARLH 321 Ancient Architecture in Context
The ancient Greeks and Romans developed a remarkable range of building types to accommodate their religious, political and social practices. This course approaches ancient Greek and Roman architecture by considering how the intended use of these structures related to architectural form, decoration and location and stresses, in particular, the value of primary sources and archaeological material in enriching the understanding of built form during these eras. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 325 Islamic Art and Architecture
This course examines the evolution of art and architecture in the medieval Islamic world using a chronological and regional approach, ranging from the large unified empires of the Umayyads and Abbasids to the smaller successor states in Islamic Spain, sub-Saharan Africa and Mughal India. The course investigates the origins and nature of Islamic religion and culture and introduces students to the development of a unique Arab-Muslim civilization. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 336 Romanesque Art and Architecture
This course surveys the art and architecture of the Romanesque period, from the 10th through the 12th centuries. The course focuses on the development of Romanesque architecture and monumental sculpture but also includes manuscript illumination and the “minor arts.” Emphasis is placed on the social context of the monument, as explored through selected readings from original sources. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 344 African Art and Architecture
This course explores the indigenous art, architecture and cities of Africa, viewing the continent not as a region of cultural unity but as an interconnected territory with a long and varied history. The art and architecture begin in the ancient world with the development of urban civilizations in Egypt, Nubia, Kush and Aksum; continue into medieval times with the rise of kingdoms and trading empires in both East and West Africa; and continue into colonial times. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 355 Gothic Art and Architecture
This course surveys the art and architecture of the Gothic period, from the early 12th century to the late 14th century. The course focuses on the development of Gothic architecture, sculpture and stained glass but also encompasses manuscript illumination, metal work and ivory carving. Emphasis is placed on the social context of the monuments, as explored through selected readings from original sources. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 360 Architectural New York
This course examines two distinct facets: surviving monuments that illustrate the revivalism of the 19th century, and the development of the skyscraper during the 20th century, together with their various manifestations by important architects. Students record observations in journals and deliver on-site presentations in New York City. Final papers and/or projects are produced as statements of the discoveries and experiences of the students. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
ARLH 361 American Cultural Landscape
This lecture class addresses a variety of North American landscapes and how they link social groups and their spaces. Subjects include everyday homes, highways, factories, stores and recreation areas from the colonial era to the present. The guiding approach assumes that examining ordinary landscapes can help us understand the environmental experience and meaning of the majority of Americans. Prerequisite: ARLH 208 or ARTH 207.
ARLH 363 World Vernacular Architecture
Vernacular architectural traditions are explored from a global perspective as a broad-ranging, but selective, study of specific cultures and regions. The primary focus of the course is on domestic architecture and settlement forms, but also includes some vernacular religious and ceremonial structures. Through this course students acquire an appreciation of the range of building traditions found around the world, and explore the connection between architectural forms and the societies that created them. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
ARLH 375 Savannah: Architecture and Urban History
Savannah is a rare American city that possesses a distinctive local identity, yet its evolution mirrors broader trends. This course examines the various historical forces that have shaped the city by investigating different urban and architectural topics in a roughly chronological sequence. Topics include the Savannah plan, religion, workers and slaves, charitable institutions, forts, industrialization, local house forms, suburbanization and the preservation movement. Prerequisite: ARLH 208 or ARTH 207.
ARLH 401 Architectural Theory and Criticis
This course explores how architects and theorists have attempted to conceptualize the essence of architecture. Through class readings (drawn from Vitruvius, Leon Alberti, John Ruskin, Augustus Welby Northmore Pugin and Le Corbusier, among others) and discussions, students encounter the varied kinds of critical thought that have been applied to the field of architecture throughout history. Prerequisite: ARLH 208.
ARLH 404 Power and the Built Environment
This course explores the many ways that social, political and economic power relations have shaped the built environment and the human experience of it throughout history. The embodiment of power is examined within a range of scales, building types and social contexts, including urban design, public institutions, commemorative monuments, and corporate buildings. Extensive readings, class discussions, and presentations challenge students to develop critical thinking and communication skills. Prerequisite: ARLH 208 or ARTH 207.
ARLH 408 Monastic Architecture of the Western World
This seminar explores the history and development of monastic architecture in medieval and Renaissance Europe and the transference and assimilation of European traditions in the New World up to the present. The course focuses on architecture from a contextual standpoint, addressing historical, theological and socio-economic issues, and also from a practical standpoint, addressing building techniques and materials and site considerations such as topography and climate. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 450 Research Methods in Architectural History
This hands-on course introduces students to a wide range of research resources and the problems they pose. Particular attention is given to differing manifestations of each type of historical documentation and how that type has evolved over time. Textual accounts, maps, architectural drawings, measurement systems, models, photographs, terminology, legal documents such as censuses and tax records, and oral history are among the forms of documentation examined. Prerequisite: ARTH 207 or ARLH 208.
ARLH 495 Special Topics in Architectural History
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of architectural history and offers the student an opportunity to pursue individual research projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
ARLH 499 Architectural History B.F.A. Thesis
This course provides students with an opportunity to demonstrate sound scholarly methodology and critical thinking skills as they select a topic, research it and write an advanced research paper under the supervision of a faculty committee. The topic for the thesis must be approved in advance by a faculty adviser. The course is designed for senior architectural history majors. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair.
This course introduces students to field of architectural history through the study of Savannah and the surrounding region. Lectures, discussions, guest speakers and numerous site visits and tours allow students to discover both the wide-ranging nature of the field and the defining historic characteristics of Savannah. Students explore different ways of reading the built environment through firsthand observation and the use of historical documents. Emphasis is placed on practical skills and an understanding of broad historical frameworks.
ARLH 200 Reading and Writing in Architectural History
Writing is the cornerstone of the architectural historian’s craft. Students in this course read and analyze selected writings about architecture, urbanism and the landscape as they develop their own writing skills. Emphasis is given to four aspects of architectural writing: description, analysis, interpretation and criticism. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 206 Modern Architecture I: 1750-1900
Beginning with the basis of modern architectural theory extending back to the mid-18th century, this course traces the progress of theory and design through the end of the 19th century. The phases of historicism are examined in detail, with added attention to urban planning and technological advances in architecture. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 208 Modern Architecture II: 1900-Present
This lecture course surveys and explores 20th-century architecture, urbanism and architectural theory principally in Europe and North America. Attention is given to the concept of modernity in an increasingly industrial, commercial, secular and international world as embodied both in acknowledged modernist masterpieces and in alternatives to mainstream modernism. Prerequisites: ARLH 206, ENGL 123.
ARLH 211 Survey of World Architecture and Urbanism
This course surveys the architecture and urbanism of China, Japan, Africa, India, the Muslim world, the South Pacific and the native cultures of the Americas from prehistory to the present. A comparative approach is used to illustrate how different cultural, religious and philosophical values and goals greatly affect built form. Emphasis is placed on the social and historical context of the sites discussed, and special attention is paid to vernacular traditions. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 213 Documenting the Built Environment
This course is intended primarily for students for whom documenting the built environment is a valuable skill. A wide range of lectures, discussions, workshops, fieldwork and assignments explores documentation of buildings and structures from historical, theoretical, aesthetic and practical points of view. Prerequisite: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 236 European Architecture: 1400-1750
“Architecture aims at the eternal,” said Sir Christopher Wren. Renaissance architects pursued this goal through the vehicle of an ancient and uncannily compelling language of architecture known as the classical. This course examines the development of that language in buildings, designs, city plans and architectural theories from 15th-century Florence to 18th-century England. The social, political, and religious contexts of Renaissance and Baroque architecture are given special consideration. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 306 Reading Urban Form
This course examines cities, the theaters in which history performs. The processes of building and rebuilding leave behind countless layers of evidence. Reading urban form is a key to understanding the real meaning of places. This course offers a hands-on exploration of transformations and continuities in urban design over two millennia from some of the richest examples in the world. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 307 American Architecture and Urbanism
This course examines North American architecture and urbanism from Colonial times to the present. Themes include domesticity, technology, commerce, politics, religion and institutional form. Special attention is given to such issues as the transmission and transformation of European influences, the development of regional patterns, and the emergence of uniquely American architectural and urban forms. Directed research is a significant part of the course. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 308 History of Urban Form
This course surveys urban form from its origins in ancient Mesopotamia to the controversies over contemporary urbanism, as well as analyzes ideal cities. Architecture, public space, city planning and public works are considered in relation to the social, political, economic and religious context of the city. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 309 Villa and Garden
The Hanging Gardens of Babylon, the Alhambra, Versailles, Monticello and Falling Water are all products of a restless longing for a peaceful and contemplative life in the country, where art and nature coexist in ideal harmony. This course explores the architectural and social history of country houses, villas and gardens from antiquity to the 21st century. Special attention is given to garden literature, landscape theory, the rise of public parks and the development of suburbia. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 310 American Vernacular Architecture
This course examines the history, characteristics and meaning of North American vernacular architecture, in particular that 95 percent of the built domain that does not exemplify academic “high style” design. Topics include ethnic traditions in built form; the architecture of traditional American houses; agrarian, industrial and commercial buildings; the influence of the automobile on the built environment; and issues of vernacular landscape. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 315 British Colonial Architecture in America
Students investigate historical, architectural and other factors that shaped the built environment of British colonial America. Lectures highlight English architecture, design and construction and the impact they had on public and private architecture, city planning and other aspects of the colonial American lifestyle such as interior arrangement and furnishings. Topics related to building preservation of key colonial monuments are also addressed. Prerequisite: ARLH 208 or ARTH 207.
ARLH 321 Ancient Architecture in Context
The ancient Greeks and Romans developed a remarkable range of building types to accommodate their religious, political and social practices. This course approaches ancient Greek and Roman architecture by considering how the intended use of these structures related to architectural form, decoration and location and stresses, in particular, the value of primary sources and archaeological material in enriching the understanding of built form during these eras. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 325 Islamic Art and Architecture
This course examines the evolution of art and architecture in the medieval Islamic world using a chronological and regional approach, ranging from the large unified empires of the Umayyads and Abbasids to the smaller successor states in Islamic Spain, sub-Saharan Africa and Mughal India. The course investigates the origins and nature of Islamic religion and culture and introduces students to the development of a unique Arab-Muslim civilization. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 336 Romanesque Art and Architecture
This course surveys the art and architecture of the Romanesque period, from the 10th through the 12th centuries. The course focuses on the development of Romanesque architecture and monumental sculpture but also includes manuscript illumination and the “minor arts.” Emphasis is placed on the social context of the monument, as explored through selected readings from original sources. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 344 African Art and Architecture
This course explores the indigenous art, architecture and cities of Africa, viewing the continent not as a region of cultural unity but as an interconnected territory with a long and varied history. The art and architecture begin in the ancient world with the development of urban civilizations in Egypt, Nubia, Kush and Aksum; continue into medieval times with the rise of kingdoms and trading empires in both East and West Africa; and continue into colonial times. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 355 Gothic Art and Architecture
This course surveys the art and architecture of the Gothic period, from the early 12th century to the late 14th century. The course focuses on the development of Gothic architecture, sculpture and stained glass but also encompasses manuscript illumination, metal work and ivory carving. Emphasis is placed on the social context of the monuments, as explored through selected readings from original sources. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 360 Architectural New York
This course examines two distinct facets: surviving monuments that illustrate the revivalism of the 19th century, and the development of the skyscraper during the 20th century, together with their various manifestations by important architects. Students record observations in journals and deliver on-site presentations in New York City. Final papers and/or projects are produced as statements of the discoveries and experiences of the students. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
ARLH 361 American Cultural Landscape
This lecture class addresses a variety of North American landscapes and how they link social groups and their spaces. Subjects include everyday homes, highways, factories, stores and recreation areas from the colonial era to the present. The guiding approach assumes that examining ordinary landscapes can help us understand the environmental experience and meaning of the majority of Americans. Prerequisite: ARLH 208 or ARTH 207.
ARLH 363 World Vernacular Architecture
Vernacular architectural traditions are explored from a global perspective as a broad-ranging, but selective, study of specific cultures and regions. The primary focus of the course is on domestic architecture and settlement forms, but also includes some vernacular religious and ceremonial structures. Through this course students acquire an appreciation of the range of building traditions found around the world, and explore the connection between architectural forms and the societies that created them. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
ARLH 375 Savannah: Architecture and Urban History
Savannah is a rare American city that possesses a distinctive local identity, yet its evolution mirrors broader trends. This course examines the various historical forces that have shaped the city by investigating different urban and architectural topics in a roughly chronological sequence. Topics include the Savannah plan, religion, workers and slaves, charitable institutions, forts, industrialization, local house forms, suburbanization and the preservation movement. Prerequisite: ARLH 208 or ARTH 207.
ARLH 401 Architectural Theory and Criticis
This course explores how architects and theorists have attempted to conceptualize the essence of architecture. Through class readings (drawn from Vitruvius, Leon Alberti, John Ruskin, Augustus Welby Northmore Pugin and Le Corbusier, among others) and discussions, students encounter the varied kinds of critical thought that have been applied to the field of architecture throughout history. Prerequisite: ARLH 208.
ARLH 404 Power and the Built Environment
This course explores the many ways that social, political and economic power relations have shaped the built environment and the human experience of it throughout history. The embodiment of power is examined within a range of scales, building types and social contexts, including urban design, public institutions, commemorative monuments, and corporate buildings. Extensive readings, class discussions, and presentations challenge students to develop critical thinking and communication skills. Prerequisite: ARLH 208 or ARTH 207.
ARLH 408 Monastic Architecture of the Western World
This seminar explores the history and development of monastic architecture in medieval and Renaissance Europe and the transference and assimilation of European traditions in the New World up to the present. The course focuses on architecture from a contextual standpoint, addressing historical, theological and socio-economic issues, and also from a practical standpoint, addressing building techniques and materials and site considerations such as topography and climate. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARLH 450 Research Methods in Architectural History
This hands-on course introduces students to a wide range of research resources and the problems they pose. Particular attention is given to differing manifestations of each type of historical documentation and how that type has evolved over time. Textual accounts, maps, architectural drawings, measurement systems, models, photographs, terminology, legal documents such as censuses and tax records, and oral history are among the forms of documentation examined. Prerequisite: ARTH 207 or ARLH 208.
ARLH 495 Special Topics in Architectural History
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of architectural history and offers the student an opportunity to pursue individual research projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
ARLH 499 Architectural History B.F.A. Thesis
This course provides students with an opportunity to demonstrate sound scholarly methodology and critical thinking skills as they select a topic, research it and write an advanced research paper under the supervision of a faculty committee. The topic for the thesis must be approved in advance by a faculty adviser. The course is designed for senior architectural history majors. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair.
Art History
ARTH 100 Survey of Western Art I
This course is the first half of a two-part survey designed to introduce students to the historical and intellectual content of Western art. The class focuses on painting, sculpture and architecture from the Paleolithic to the late Gothic period in Europe as presented in terms of history, style, meaning and social context.
ARTH 110 Survey of Western Art II
This course is the second half of a two-part survey designed to introduce students to the historical and intellectual content of Western art. The class focuses on painting, sculpture and architecture from the Renaissance to the Modern period in Europe and the Americas as presented in terms of history, style, meaning and social context. Prerequisite: ARTH 100.
ARTH 204 17th-century Art
This course introduces students to the art and architecture of 17th and 18th-century Europe, particular the art of Italy, Spain, France, Flanders and the Dutch Republic. Individual artists are considered in view of their particular contributions to their cultures as well as their international influence. The course examines the relationship between science, religion, politics and the arts during this critical phase of history. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 205 19th-century Art
This course analyzes the innovative forms of art and culture that led to new ways for artists to view society and their place within it. Consideration is given to the influences of technology, politics, literature and music on painting and sculpture. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 207 20th-century Art
This course provides an in-depth analysis of the work of such revolutionary 20th-century artists as Matisse, Picasso, Duchamp, Pollock, Smithson and Beuys. A series of lectures is accompanied by slides and class discussions. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 209 Renaissance Art
This course provides an overview of the Renaissance, focusing on the role of patronage, the purpose and function of major works of the period, and the materials and techniques used. Students explore the artistic achievements of the Renaissance and explore connections to the period’s continuing impact on today’s art. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 212 18-century Art
With emphasis on the art of France, Spain, England, and Italy, the objective of this course is to educate the student on the art produced in 18th-century Europe. Distinction is made between the various stylistic periods that occurred during this century, namely the Rococo, Neoclassical, and Romantic periods. Art is discussed within its cultural and historical context with an emphasis on visual analysis. A research paper based on 18th-century art is required and introduces the student to effective research and writing skills. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 220 Survey of Asian Art
This course introduces students to the arts of India, China and Japan, with particular attention to technique, style, content and the role of the arts in Asian cultures. Lectures are focused on major topics. No familiarity with Asian studies is required. Foreign names and terms are de-emphasized in favor of general knowledge of the cultures and arts studied. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 226 American Art
This course offers a broad survey of American art, emphasizing painting and sculpture, yet covering other cultural manifestations as well. The social, political and intellectual contexts for the artworks are given strong consideration. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 240 Treasures of Provence
This course enables students to gain a deeper appreciation and understanding of the rich artistic traditions and the fascinating history of Provence. Class discussion and site visits focus on many of the art collections and architectural monuments found throughout southern France. Class assignments and research projects provide students the opportunity to complement their major or pursue areas of personal interest. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 250 Art Historical Methods
Undergraduate art history majors and minors are introduced to the fundamentals of visual description and analysis, academic research and writing, and the history of art history and a selection of its methodologies. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
ARTH 255 French Modernism
During the 19th century, Paris was the center for artistic change in Europe. This course explores the works and theories of major French painters, sculptors and architects, with special consideration given to history and the emerging technologies. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 265 Survey of New Media Art
This course introduces students to the breadth of new media in the digital and imaging arts and the recent history of artistic exploration into these media. Underscoring this survey is the concept that new media have forced art history into expanding the canon and its criteria for examining art. In particular, this course surveys their evolution out of traditional media. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 271 Art of China
This survey of Chinese art begins with the period of Neolithic ceramics, ritual bronze vessels, early pictorial art, Buddhist sculpture and architecture, and ink monochrome landscape painting and moves to the self-expressionistic paintings of the literati amateur tradition. The course provides an exploration of the content, style and role of the arts within the framework of Chinese culture and history. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 281 Ancient Art and Architecture
This course examines the formative and historical relationships between art and culture in ancient Mediterranean civilizations. Works of art and architecture are analyzed using a variety of archaeological and art historical approaches. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 282 Medieval Art and Architecture
This course traces the development of the major artistic styles of the Middle Ages (Early Christian, Byzantine, Romanesque and Gothic) as manifested in architecture, sculpture, painting and “minor” art forms such as manuscript illumination. The social and political currents of the times are also explored. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 283 Myth, Bible and Symbol in Art
The purpose of this course is to help students identify major mythological, biblical and symbolic themes in Western art. Students read excerpts from mythological and biblical literature and discuss their depiction in major works of art. Cultural symbols in art are also considered. This course is designed to further prepare student artists to incorporate and reinterpret these cultural resources in their own work and recognize it in the works of other artists. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 287 Ethnographic Art
The art and architectural traditions of Africa, native North America, Oceania, pre-Columbian Mesoamerica and/or South America are introduced. Lectures primarily focus on content, context, style, technique, and the role of art and architecture in these cultures, with some discussion concerning the interaction of these traditions with Western art and architectural styles. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 295 Off-campus Special Topics in Art History
The topic of this course, as well as its location, varies from quarter to quarter. Each class focuses on various issues in the art history field, giving students an opportunity to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
ARTH 300 Censored Art through 1945
Art has been and continues to be an arena for society’s expression of itself and its values. Throughout history, works of art that were deemed threatening to the status quo have been censored, whether for stylistic or thematic reasons. This course examines specific works of art that have been censored in European and American art through 1945. Prerequisite: ARLH 208 or ARTH 207.
ARTH 303 Contemporary African Art
This course examines the powerful influence of Western arts and culture on art and artists of Africa. The course seeks to establish the veracity of the concept termed “Reciprocity or Symbiotic Existences” between cultures and in the process, portray the reality in African art. The influence of African art on Western European art and culture has been exhaustively published, but not much has been said about the reciprocal gesture of Western arts. This course progresses along a structured path that guides the student from authentic traditional art/culture through the transitional and to the Modern/Contemporary; at which stage, Western arts and culture replaces the religious-spiritual-functional arts of traditional, or ancient Africa. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 311 Art and Architecture of India
This course surveys the architecture, painting and sculpture of the Indian subcontinent. The work is studied in context, with discussions of how Buddhist, Hindu, Jain and Muslim religions relate to the artistic production of the society. The purposes and functions of the various temples, sculptures and paintings are emphasized, and students gain an overall awareness of the different uses of art in India versus the West. Literary texts provide a contextual background. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 312 Latin American Art
This course explores issues in Latin American art history. The course concentrates on selected aspects of Latin American art, from the Pre-Columbian to contemporary 20th-century period. Specific areas covered include: pre-Columbian and colonial Mexico and Peru, images of revolution and independence, and 20th-century images from Mexico and South America as well as the artistic production of Latin American and Chicana/o artists in the United States. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 326 Early Medieval Art and Architecture of Western Europe
This course traces the development of the major artistic styles of the early Middle Ages (Hiberno-Saxon, Carolingian, Ottonian, Anglo-Saxon) as manifested in architecture, sculpture, painting and “minor” art forms such as manuscript illumination. The social and political currents of the times are also explored. Prerequisites: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 333 Egyptian Art and Archaeology
This course examines the artistic contribution of the ancient Egyptian civilization over a chronological continuum of more than three millennia, from the Predynastic cultures in the North and South through the Ptolemaic and Roman periods. Special attention is given to current archaeological discoveries in Egypt, the importance of hieroglyphs in the understanding of Egyptian art, and the phenomenon of Egyptianization throughout the history of Western art. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 335 Early Christian and Byzantine Art and Architecture
This course examines the major developments in the visual arts from 313 A.D. to the fall of the Byzantine Empire in 1453. Works of painting, sculpture, luxury arts and architecture are analyzed in terms of style and meaning (iconography), with an emphasis on the social and historical context in which these pieces were produced. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 337 Quattrocento Art
The focus of this course is on the works produced by great 15th-century Italian artists and architects such as Brunelleschi, Donatello, Masaccio, Leon Alberti, Andrea Mantegna and Sandra Botticelli. By examining their techniques, the patrons and the cultural considerations that informed their works, this course shows that the Italian Renaissance was more than a rebirth of ideals and art of classical antiquity. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 340 Art Since 1945
This course is a chronological survey of major theory, art movements and monuments from 1945 to the present. Each student is expected to develop verbal and written skills in discussing contemporary art and to learn to identify significant characteristics of art of the recent past and the present. This course is intended to promote the student’s understanding of artistic style and to expand knowledge of the debates regarding contemporary critical theory and art criticism. Prerequisite: ARTH 207.
ARTH 342 Art and Spirituality
The late 19th-century and early 20th-century witnessed the development of consciously abstracted and deliberately spiritual approaches to painting and sculpture in Europe. The most important styles, groups and artists of this trend include Symbolism, Nabis, Der Blaue Reiter and Suprematism, and key figures such as Wassily Kandinsky, Kazimir Malevich and Piet Mondrian. This course explores their art and aesthetic developments within their historical context. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 343 Installation and Environmental Art
This course focuses on the unique forms of installation and environmental art since 1960. Artists have created works that are directly dependent upon their interior or exterior settings. The class examines chronologically the post-World War II history of installation art, leading to the artistic move outside and into the natural landscape (a divergent tradition from historical public sculpture). Additionally, discussion focuses on the strong relationship that exists between architectural conceptualization and the notions underscoring these forms. In particular, these sculptural works are examined as representing a consequence, corollary, reaction or response to architecture and the landscape. Prerequisite: ARTH 207.
ARTH 347 Great Masters? Materials and Techniques
This course delves below the surface to explore the physical character of paintings, manuscripts and stained-glass windows by northern and southern European artists from 1100 to 1600. Antique treatises and recipe books regarding artists’ materials and techniques are studied. Emphasis is placed on how and with what artists created works of art, with recent results of the scientific examination of art providing substantial basis for insights. Conservation issues are also considered in light of new studies in this field. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 348 British Portraiture
Using the resources of the college’s Earle W. Newton Center for British and American Arts, British portraiture from the Renaissance to the early 20th century are examined. Course lectures focus on content, style and technique of work that is directly observable in the collection, and explores the context and role of portraiture in British society. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 350 Survey of Women in Art
This course surveys women’s involvement in and relationship to the visual arts from antiquity through postmodernism. Study focuses on the factors involved in women’s access to artistic production and their major contributions to the history of art. Students are encouraged to consider the historical reality of women’s participation in art and architecture through the ages. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 351 Native American Art I
This course is part of an investigation of the artistic traditions of native North America. Regions studied include the prehistoric Eastern Woodlands, historic Southeast, Northeast, Sub-Arctic, Arctic and Northwest Coast. Discussions are concerned primarily with content, context, style, technique and the role of art in these diverse cultures. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 354 Survey of African-American Art
This course comprehensively surveys the birth, growth and maturation of African-American art from the arts and crafts of the era of slave trade to the contemporary Postmodernist art styles. The course has therefore been designed/structured to grant students an insight to the history, production and evolution of African-American cultural traditions from the time of their detachment from Africa to their transplantation and attachment to the Euro-American culture. Considering the multiracial/multicultural nature of the African-American essence and therefore the diversity found in their arts and culture, the course content focuses on establishing the places of the different cultural environments, the socio-cultural relationships and the impacts of socio-political elements on the formation of the “philosophy” of African-American art and culture, as well as the conception and production of resultant artworks. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 356 Digital Art and Culture
This course examines the use of digital technology in art history and visual culture and provides a framework to discuss prevailing theoretical issues. Students explore the practice of digital art on a global level and are introduced to the relevant concepts involved in the discourse. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 357 Greek Art and Archaeology
This course examines the principal monuments of Greek art and archaeology. Works of painting, sculpture and architecture are discussed in terms of style, meaning and social context. The course provides a basic understanding of the so-called “cradle” of Western civilization and its influence on later Western art. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 358 Roman Art and Archaeology
This course examines the principal monuments of the Roman world and some of the archaeological practices that have brought them to light. Painting, sculpture, architecture and material culture in general are considered, as they reflect social, political and aesthetic attitudes in the ancient world. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 361 Native American Art II
This course is part of an introduction to the artistic traditions of native North America. Regions studied in this course include the Northwest Coast, plateau, Great Plains, Great Basin, California and the American Southwest. Discussions are primarily concerned with content, context, style, technique and the role of art in these diverse cultures. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 365 World Rock Art
Rock paintings or rock carvings from around the world are a record of people connecting meaning and place. Topics to be discussed would include site studies from Paleolithic Europe, Neolithic Africa, North America and Australia, as well as consideration of contemporary methodologies and issues in the field, with particular emphasis on site preservation and management. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 366 British Literary Art of the 19th Century
Literature of the 19th century had a strong influence on British painting. This course examines the visual and verbal dialogue between these two art forms through the reading of poetry, novels and other prose, as a means to comprehend their application in the visual art world of 19th-century Britain. Additionally students critically explore and evaluate the connections between the written word and the visual work through in-class discussion and written assignments. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 367 18th-century English Art and Design
Painting, sculpture, design, landscape and architecture are examined within the context of an English Georgian society that variously placed an emphasis on polite society, class distinction, the study of classical art and culture, nature, commerce and the romantic. Individual works are studied within the larger context of the patron’s and maker’s physical, social and psychological milieus. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 369 Russian Modernism
The history of modern Russian art is the product of the same discourses that defined all Western modernist movements. Through the study of Russian painting, sculpture, architecture, film and theatrical settings, this course addresses fundamental issues that are raised in an examination of modernism in any national context. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 372 French Impressionism
This course explores ideas and images pertinent to French Impressionism. Its objective is to increase students’ knowledge of French Impressionist art and to equip students with standard research methodologies employed for art historical analyses at their differing stages in professional development. Prerequisites: ENGL 123, ARTH 110, and ARTH 205 or ARTH 207.
ARTH 373 New York as an Art Capital of the World
Europeans acknowledged the status of the visual arts in New York only after World War II. This recognition was partly due to the new museums that were founded after the 1920s: The Museum of Modern Art, the Whitney Museum and the Guggenheim. Students in this course visit all of these museums, in addition to more recently founded institutions and current galleries of the 57th Street and Madison Avenue areas. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 374 African Art: Beyond the Object
This course is an introduction to the traditional art of Africa. The course explores the rich and “exotic” cultural traditions of African peoples outside the influence of Euro-American cultures. The class focuses on developing an appreciation of other cultures and exploring their limitless potentials to work with Western cultures in the spirit of reciprocity. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 375 Art and Architecture of 16th-century Italy
Michelangelo’s heroic masterpieces reflect many of the contradictions represented by Italian artists during the 16th century. This course focuses on developments in artistic theory and design that enlighten and explain the dramatic intensity and stylistic changes from the grandeur of High Renaissance art to the complexities presented by the Mannerists. Works of principal painters and sculptors of the period are studied: the Venetian masters Titian and Tintoretto, the Florentine masters Bronzino and Rosso, and others. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 378 Masterpieces in English Collections
Students explore the visual wealth of the great English collections. In particular, the course focuses on the National Gallery, the British Museum, the Victoria and Albert Museum and the Courtauld Institute in London. Students view works from the Parthenon sculptures, medieval treasures, Old Master paintings by Jan Van Eyck, Leonardo, Titian, works by English artists such as John Constable and a host of non-western treasures. The great English passion for collecting is explored in great country houses. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 380 Northern Renaissance Art
This course covers the great artistic achievements and the diverse social conditions north of the Alps from approximately 1350-1575. The role that the church and nobility played in the invention and development of oil painting is studied, as well as the role prints played in creating the unprecedented spread of information, leading to an awareness of classicism and playing a significant role in the Reformation. The technical development of prints and the importance of religious sculpture also is studied. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARTH class.
ARTH 381 Italian Renaissance Art
This course examines Italian art and architecture from the early 14th to the middle 16th century. The content and the context of the artworks, their form and function, and the lives of the artists and architects who produced them, are given special emphasis. Questions of patronage and the influence of humanism as seen through classical and contemporary literature are examined. The differences in regional styles are critically analyzed. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 383 Pre-Columbian Art and Architecture of Mesoamerica
This course explores the art and architecture of the major civilizations of Mesoamerica, including the Olmec, Teotihuacanos, Toltec, Mixtec, Zapotec, Aztec and Mayan peoples. Major architectural monuments dating from 1200 B.C. to 1520 A.D., sculpture, painting, manuscripts, fiber arts, ceramics and metalwork are discussed in terms of content, historical and social context, style, form and the role of art in their respective cultures. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 384 Art Highlights: Washington D.C.
The nation’s capitol, Washington, D.C., is recognized as a vital center for the arts. The history and heritage of the collections and monuments in this city attest to the tradition of the arts and cultural development in the United States. This course focuses on paintings, sculpture, as well as other arts during discussions and tours in and around Washington, D.C. The class visits institutions such as the Smithsonian, the National Gallery of Art, the Freer and Sackler galleries as well as the National Museums of the American Indian and African Art.
ARTH 385 Pre-Columbian Art and Architecture of Peru
This course explores the art and architecture of the major civilizations of Peru. Major architectural monuments dating from 2700 B.C. to 1532 A.D., sculpture, painting, fiber arts, ceramics and metalwork are discussed in terms of content, historical and social context, style, form and the role of art in their respective cultures. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 391 Roman Art and Architecture in Provence
The southern French region of Provence was one of the earliest provinces to be attached to the Roman Empire. Provence is fortunate to still possess many monuments from the Roman era, and affords students the opportunity to see and experience firsthand many examples of Roman art and architecture. In addition, class discussions and assignments provide the opportunity for the student to learn about the history of Roman Provence and its importance to the Roman Empire. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 395 Off-campus Special Topics in Art History
The topic of this course, as well as its location, varies from quarter to quarter. Each class focuses on various issues in the art history field, giving students an opportunity to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
ARTH 396 Art and Architectural Treasures of the Vatican
This course concentrates on the historical development of major art and architectural monuments at the Vatican. Topics include such themes as the Vatican area in classical times, the Vatican cemetery, the Petrine tradition, Constantine’s Church, New St. Peter’s, the Sistine Chapel, the Stanze, and the Vatican gardens and museum collections. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 400 Professional Practices
Students refine advanced research skills and build an annotated bibliography on a chosen topic in anticipation of pursuing their senior thesis. Students examine their bibliographic material within the framework of art history methodology as well as explore related career options, including writing exhibition reviews, practice grants and catalog entries. In addition they hone their professional presentation skills, both in formal conference-style presentations and practice interviews with guest speakers. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARTH course.
ARTH 404 Hogarth?s Satirical Art
William Hogarth was the foremost visual satirist of 18th-century Great Britain. His oeuvre’s commentary on the social, political and intellectual issues of 1720s-1760s Great Britain and (to a lesser extent) his influence on contemporaneous and subsequent artists is analyzed through readings, discussions, research and writings in this course. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 405 Problems in Art History: Perspective
This seminar explores the history and theory of perspective and projection drawing in Western art from the 15th to 18th centuries. The course examines the optical theories and practices developed during the early modern period. The methods explored are based on the geometric properties of Euclidean space and dependent on seeing, knowing and creating within scalable space. Among the construction systems included are linear perspective, orthographic projection, the distortion of the perception of the position in space, and the relative scale of objects by the use of anamorphosis. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 408 Museum Culture
This course provides an historical overview of the development, nature, evolution, form, function, purpose and meaning of the art museum in Europe, North America and in the developing world through course readings, class discussions and review of case studies of major museums. The structure of the art museum is discussed, along with museum theory and applied museology. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 409 Art History B.F.A. Thesis
This course provides an opportunity for students to demonstrate sound scholarly methodology and critical thinking skills as they select a topic, research it and write an advanced research paper under the supervision of a faculty committee. The thesis topic must be approved at least one quarter in advance by a faculty adviser. The course is designed for senior art history majors. Prerequisite: By permission of department chair.
ARTH 410 Arts of the African Diaspora
The modern African diasporic situation arguably begins with the forced exodus of African peoples as part of the trans-Atlantic slave trade. Beginning with the arts of the Antebellum South in the United States, this course examines the arts of Haiti, Cuba and Brazil, as well as the Harlem Renaissance, focusing on the materials in the Walter O. and Linda Evans Collection, recently donated to the SCAD Museum of Art. The course concludes with a review of contemporary African artists. The theory of Diaspora formation is explored in readings by James Clifford, Melville Herskovits, Fernando Ortiz and Robert Farris Thompson, among others. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 415 Medieval Manuscripts
The medieval manuscript provided artists with the most important venue for painting for more than 1200 years. Students learn how and why they were made by exploring production practices and patronage. The socio-historical context under which these fine works were created is a significant component of this course. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 420 Visual Culture
Students learn to use the language of visual culture with a particular focus on the symbols, strategies and messages employed. Incorporating the methods of art analysis, the course introduces students to different forms of visual culture (television, advertising, fashion, gaming, architecture and the media), while comparing and contrasting these within a philosophical and historical setting. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 440 Problems in Renaissance Art: Mannerism
This seminar examines the style titled “Mannerism” by scholars centuries after it had already ended. Art and artists considered are those from the 16th century in Italy who provided an alternative style to what is most often called the “High Renaissance” practiced by Leonardo, Michelangelo and Raphael. The term and the movement have been questioned repeatedly over the past five decades especially in regards to its proposed dates, influences, development and practitioners. After presenting a foundation for the etymology of Mannerism/maniera, this course includes intense reading, discussion and analysis of the scholarship since the International Conference on the style in question (1963). Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 476 Documentary Photography and the Portrait 1945?Present
Covering the history of documentary photography from c. 1945 to the present, students examine major photographic movements, styles, critics and theoretical perspectives. The focus is on the rich and varied critical and theoretical discourse circulating between photographs, or images using photography, and the texts which helped frame the most significant contributions to contemporary photography. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 480 After Postmodernism
During the first half of the last century Aby Warburg, Erwin Panofsky and Heinrich Woelfflin defined theoretical corner stones for the emerging discipline of art history. Today contemporary art history faces multiple challenges from aesthetics, visual culture, media theory and the blurring line between “high” art and “low” art. After the linguistic turn, the pictorial turn, and the iconic turn we are left with an undefined Bildwissenschaft (image science). Recent research practices call for the reevaluation of the foundations of art history. The goal of this class is to discuss some of the methodological challenges after postmodernism. Students learn prevalent notions in the discourse and engage in the contestation of ideas. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 491 Topics in New Media Art
This course provides an in-depth theoretical and critical investigation of a particular topic within the new media arts. The topic varies from quarter to quarter; however, the course is intended to provide students with the opportunity to refine their expertise in a specific field of inquiry. Prerequisite: Varies according to topic.
ARTH 495 Special Topics in Art History
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each class focuses on various issues in the art history field, giving students an opportunity to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
This course is the first half of a two-part survey designed to introduce students to the historical and intellectual content of Western art. The class focuses on painting, sculpture and architecture from the Paleolithic to the late Gothic period in Europe as presented in terms of history, style, meaning and social context.
ARTH 110 Survey of Western Art II
This course is the second half of a two-part survey designed to introduce students to the historical and intellectual content of Western art. The class focuses on painting, sculpture and architecture from the Renaissance to the Modern period in Europe and the Americas as presented in terms of history, style, meaning and social context. Prerequisite: ARTH 100.
ARTH 204 17th-century Art
This course introduces students to the art and architecture of 17th and 18th-century Europe, particular the art of Italy, Spain, France, Flanders and the Dutch Republic. Individual artists are considered in view of their particular contributions to their cultures as well as their international influence. The course examines the relationship between science, religion, politics and the arts during this critical phase of history. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 205 19th-century Art
This course analyzes the innovative forms of art and culture that led to new ways for artists to view society and their place within it. Consideration is given to the influences of technology, politics, literature and music on painting and sculpture. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 207 20th-century Art
This course provides an in-depth analysis of the work of such revolutionary 20th-century artists as Matisse, Picasso, Duchamp, Pollock, Smithson and Beuys. A series of lectures is accompanied by slides and class discussions. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 209 Renaissance Art
This course provides an overview of the Renaissance, focusing on the role of patronage, the purpose and function of major works of the period, and the materials and techniques used. Students explore the artistic achievements of the Renaissance and explore connections to the period’s continuing impact on today’s art. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 212 18-century Art
With emphasis on the art of France, Spain, England, and Italy, the objective of this course is to educate the student on the art produced in 18th-century Europe. Distinction is made between the various stylistic periods that occurred during this century, namely the Rococo, Neoclassical, and Romantic periods. Art is discussed within its cultural and historical context with an emphasis on visual analysis. A research paper based on 18th-century art is required and introduces the student to effective research and writing skills. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 220 Survey of Asian Art
This course introduces students to the arts of India, China and Japan, with particular attention to technique, style, content and the role of the arts in Asian cultures. Lectures are focused on major topics. No familiarity with Asian studies is required. Foreign names and terms are de-emphasized in favor of general knowledge of the cultures and arts studied. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 226 American Art
This course offers a broad survey of American art, emphasizing painting and sculpture, yet covering other cultural manifestations as well. The social, political and intellectual contexts for the artworks are given strong consideration. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 240 Treasures of Provence
This course enables students to gain a deeper appreciation and understanding of the rich artistic traditions and the fascinating history of Provence. Class discussion and site visits focus on many of the art collections and architectural monuments found throughout southern France. Class assignments and research projects provide students the opportunity to complement their major or pursue areas of personal interest. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 250 Art Historical Methods
Undergraduate art history majors and minors are introduced to the fundamentals of visual description and analysis, academic research and writing, and the history of art history and a selection of its methodologies. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
ARTH 255 French Modernism
During the 19th century, Paris was the center for artistic change in Europe. This course explores the works and theories of major French painters, sculptors and architects, with special consideration given to history and the emerging technologies. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 265 Survey of New Media Art
This course introduces students to the breadth of new media in the digital and imaging arts and the recent history of artistic exploration into these media. Underscoring this survey is the concept that new media have forced art history into expanding the canon and its criteria for examining art. In particular, this course surveys their evolution out of traditional media. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 271 Art of China
This survey of Chinese art begins with the period of Neolithic ceramics, ritual bronze vessels, early pictorial art, Buddhist sculpture and architecture, and ink monochrome landscape painting and moves to the self-expressionistic paintings of the literati amateur tradition. The course provides an exploration of the content, style and role of the arts within the framework of Chinese culture and history. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 281 Ancient Art and Architecture
This course examines the formative and historical relationships between art and culture in ancient Mediterranean civilizations. Works of art and architecture are analyzed using a variety of archaeological and art historical approaches. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 282 Medieval Art and Architecture
This course traces the development of the major artistic styles of the Middle Ages (Early Christian, Byzantine, Romanesque and Gothic) as manifested in architecture, sculpture, painting and “minor” art forms such as manuscript illumination. The social and political currents of the times are also explored. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 283 Myth, Bible and Symbol in Art
The purpose of this course is to help students identify major mythological, biblical and symbolic themes in Western art. Students read excerpts from mythological and biblical literature and discuss their depiction in major works of art. Cultural symbols in art are also considered. This course is designed to further prepare student artists to incorporate and reinterpret these cultural resources in their own work and recognize it in the works of other artists. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 287 Ethnographic Art
The art and architectural traditions of Africa, native North America, Oceania, pre-Columbian Mesoamerica and/or South America are introduced. Lectures primarily focus on content, context, style, technique, and the role of art and architecture in these cultures, with some discussion concerning the interaction of these traditions with Western art and architectural styles. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 295 Off-campus Special Topics in Art History
The topic of this course, as well as its location, varies from quarter to quarter. Each class focuses on various issues in the art history field, giving students an opportunity to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
ARTH 300 Censored Art through 1945
Art has been and continues to be an arena for society’s expression of itself and its values. Throughout history, works of art that were deemed threatening to the status quo have been censored, whether for stylistic or thematic reasons. This course examines specific works of art that have been censored in European and American art through 1945. Prerequisite: ARLH 208 or ARTH 207.
ARTH 303 Contemporary African Art
This course examines the powerful influence of Western arts and culture on art and artists of Africa. The course seeks to establish the veracity of the concept termed “Reciprocity or Symbiotic Existences” between cultures and in the process, portray the reality in African art. The influence of African art on Western European art and culture has been exhaustively published, but not much has been said about the reciprocal gesture of Western arts. This course progresses along a structured path that guides the student from authentic traditional art/culture through the transitional and to the Modern/Contemporary; at which stage, Western arts and culture replaces the religious-spiritual-functional arts of traditional, or ancient Africa. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 311 Art and Architecture of India
This course surveys the architecture, painting and sculpture of the Indian subcontinent. The work is studied in context, with discussions of how Buddhist, Hindu, Jain and Muslim religions relate to the artistic production of the society. The purposes and functions of the various temples, sculptures and paintings are emphasized, and students gain an overall awareness of the different uses of art in India versus the West. Literary texts provide a contextual background. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 312 Latin American Art
This course explores issues in Latin American art history. The course concentrates on selected aspects of Latin American art, from the Pre-Columbian to contemporary 20th-century period. Specific areas covered include: pre-Columbian and colonial Mexico and Peru, images of revolution and independence, and 20th-century images from Mexico and South America as well as the artistic production of Latin American and Chicana/o artists in the United States. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 326 Early Medieval Art and Architecture of Western Europe
This course traces the development of the major artistic styles of the early Middle Ages (Hiberno-Saxon, Carolingian, Ottonian, Anglo-Saxon) as manifested in architecture, sculpture, painting and “minor” art forms such as manuscript illumination. The social and political currents of the times are also explored. Prerequisites: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 333 Egyptian Art and Archaeology
This course examines the artistic contribution of the ancient Egyptian civilization over a chronological continuum of more than three millennia, from the Predynastic cultures in the North and South through the Ptolemaic and Roman periods. Special attention is given to current archaeological discoveries in Egypt, the importance of hieroglyphs in the understanding of Egyptian art, and the phenomenon of Egyptianization throughout the history of Western art. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 335 Early Christian and Byzantine Art and Architecture
This course examines the major developments in the visual arts from 313 A.D. to the fall of the Byzantine Empire in 1453. Works of painting, sculpture, luxury arts and architecture are analyzed in terms of style and meaning (iconography), with an emphasis on the social and historical context in which these pieces were produced. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 337 Quattrocento Art
The focus of this course is on the works produced by great 15th-century Italian artists and architects such as Brunelleschi, Donatello, Masaccio, Leon Alberti, Andrea Mantegna and Sandra Botticelli. By examining their techniques, the patrons and the cultural considerations that informed their works, this course shows that the Italian Renaissance was more than a rebirth of ideals and art of classical antiquity. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 340 Art Since 1945
This course is a chronological survey of major theory, art movements and monuments from 1945 to the present. Each student is expected to develop verbal and written skills in discussing contemporary art and to learn to identify significant characteristics of art of the recent past and the present. This course is intended to promote the student’s understanding of artistic style and to expand knowledge of the debates regarding contemporary critical theory and art criticism. Prerequisite: ARTH 207.
ARTH 342 Art and Spirituality
The late 19th-century and early 20th-century witnessed the development of consciously abstracted and deliberately spiritual approaches to painting and sculpture in Europe. The most important styles, groups and artists of this trend include Symbolism, Nabis, Der Blaue Reiter and Suprematism, and key figures such as Wassily Kandinsky, Kazimir Malevich and Piet Mondrian. This course explores their art and aesthetic developments within their historical context. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 343 Installation and Environmental Art
This course focuses on the unique forms of installation and environmental art since 1960. Artists have created works that are directly dependent upon their interior or exterior settings. The class examines chronologically the post-World War II history of installation art, leading to the artistic move outside and into the natural landscape (a divergent tradition from historical public sculpture). Additionally, discussion focuses on the strong relationship that exists between architectural conceptualization and the notions underscoring these forms. In particular, these sculptural works are examined as representing a consequence, corollary, reaction or response to architecture and the landscape. Prerequisite: ARTH 207.
ARTH 347 Great Masters? Materials and Techniques
This course delves below the surface to explore the physical character of paintings, manuscripts and stained-glass windows by northern and southern European artists from 1100 to 1600. Antique treatises and recipe books regarding artists’ materials and techniques are studied. Emphasis is placed on how and with what artists created works of art, with recent results of the scientific examination of art providing substantial basis for insights. Conservation issues are also considered in light of new studies in this field. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 348 British Portraiture
Using the resources of the college’s Earle W. Newton Center for British and American Arts, British portraiture from the Renaissance to the early 20th century are examined. Course lectures focus on content, style and technique of work that is directly observable in the collection, and explores the context and role of portraiture in British society. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 350 Survey of Women in Art
This course surveys women’s involvement in and relationship to the visual arts from antiquity through postmodernism. Study focuses on the factors involved in women’s access to artistic production and their major contributions to the history of art. Students are encouraged to consider the historical reality of women’s participation in art and architecture through the ages. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 351 Native American Art I
This course is part of an investigation of the artistic traditions of native North America. Regions studied include the prehistoric Eastern Woodlands, historic Southeast, Northeast, Sub-Arctic, Arctic and Northwest Coast. Discussions are concerned primarily with content, context, style, technique and the role of art in these diverse cultures. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 354 Survey of African-American Art
This course comprehensively surveys the birth, growth and maturation of African-American art from the arts and crafts of the era of slave trade to the contemporary Postmodernist art styles. The course has therefore been designed/structured to grant students an insight to the history, production and evolution of African-American cultural traditions from the time of their detachment from Africa to their transplantation and attachment to the Euro-American culture. Considering the multiracial/multicultural nature of the African-American essence and therefore the diversity found in their arts and culture, the course content focuses on establishing the places of the different cultural environments, the socio-cultural relationships and the impacts of socio-political elements on the formation of the “philosophy” of African-American art and culture, as well as the conception and production of resultant artworks. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 356 Digital Art and Culture
This course examines the use of digital technology in art history and visual culture and provides a framework to discuss prevailing theoretical issues. Students explore the practice of digital art on a global level and are introduced to the relevant concepts involved in the discourse. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 357 Greek Art and Archaeology
This course examines the principal monuments of Greek art and archaeology. Works of painting, sculpture and architecture are discussed in terms of style, meaning and social context. The course provides a basic understanding of the so-called “cradle” of Western civilization and its influence on later Western art. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 358 Roman Art and Archaeology
This course examines the principal monuments of the Roman world and some of the archaeological practices that have brought them to light. Painting, sculpture, architecture and material culture in general are considered, as they reflect social, political and aesthetic attitudes in the ancient world. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 361 Native American Art II
This course is part of an introduction to the artistic traditions of native North America. Regions studied in this course include the Northwest Coast, plateau, Great Plains, Great Basin, California and the American Southwest. Discussions are primarily concerned with content, context, style, technique and the role of art in these diverse cultures. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 365 World Rock Art
Rock paintings or rock carvings from around the world are a record of people connecting meaning and place. Topics to be discussed would include site studies from Paleolithic Europe, Neolithic Africa, North America and Australia, as well as consideration of contemporary methodologies and issues in the field, with particular emphasis on site preservation and management. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 366 British Literary Art of the 19th Century
Literature of the 19th century had a strong influence on British painting. This course examines the visual and verbal dialogue between these two art forms through the reading of poetry, novels and other prose, as a means to comprehend their application in the visual art world of 19th-century Britain. Additionally students critically explore and evaluate the connections between the written word and the visual work through in-class discussion and written assignments. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 367 18th-century English Art and Design
Painting, sculpture, design, landscape and architecture are examined within the context of an English Georgian society that variously placed an emphasis on polite society, class distinction, the study of classical art and culture, nature, commerce and the romantic. Individual works are studied within the larger context of the patron’s and maker’s physical, social and psychological milieus. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 369 Russian Modernism
The history of modern Russian art is the product of the same discourses that defined all Western modernist movements. Through the study of Russian painting, sculpture, architecture, film and theatrical settings, this course addresses fundamental issues that are raised in an examination of modernism in any national context. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 372 French Impressionism
This course explores ideas and images pertinent to French Impressionism. Its objective is to increase students’ knowledge of French Impressionist art and to equip students with standard research methodologies employed for art historical analyses at their differing stages in professional development. Prerequisites: ENGL 123, ARTH 110, and ARTH 205 or ARTH 207.
ARTH 373 New York as an Art Capital of the World
Europeans acknowledged the status of the visual arts in New York only after World War II. This recognition was partly due to the new museums that were founded after the 1920s: The Museum of Modern Art, the Whitney Museum and the Guggenheim. Students in this course visit all of these museums, in addition to more recently founded institutions and current galleries of the 57th Street and Madison Avenue areas. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 374 African Art: Beyond the Object
This course is an introduction to the traditional art of Africa. The course explores the rich and “exotic” cultural traditions of African peoples outside the influence of Euro-American cultures. The class focuses on developing an appreciation of other cultures and exploring their limitless potentials to work with Western cultures in the spirit of reciprocity. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 375 Art and Architecture of 16th-century Italy
Michelangelo’s heroic masterpieces reflect many of the contradictions represented by Italian artists during the 16th century. This course focuses on developments in artistic theory and design that enlighten and explain the dramatic intensity and stylistic changes from the grandeur of High Renaissance art to the complexities presented by the Mannerists. Works of principal painters and sculptors of the period are studied: the Venetian masters Titian and Tintoretto, the Florentine masters Bronzino and Rosso, and others. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 378 Masterpieces in English Collections
Students explore the visual wealth of the great English collections. In particular, the course focuses on the National Gallery, the British Museum, the Victoria and Albert Museum and the Courtauld Institute in London. Students view works from the Parthenon sculptures, medieval treasures, Old Master paintings by Jan Van Eyck, Leonardo, Titian, works by English artists such as John Constable and a host of non-western treasures. The great English passion for collecting is explored in great country houses. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
ARTH 380 Northern Renaissance Art
This course covers the great artistic achievements and the diverse social conditions north of the Alps from approximately 1350-1575. The role that the church and nobility played in the invention and development of oil painting is studied, as well as the role prints played in creating the unprecedented spread of information, leading to an awareness of classicism and playing a significant role in the Reformation. The technical development of prints and the importance of religious sculpture also is studied. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARTH class.
ARTH 381 Italian Renaissance Art
This course examines Italian art and architecture from the early 14th to the middle 16th century. The content and the context of the artworks, their form and function, and the lives of the artists and architects who produced them, are given special emphasis. Questions of patronage and the influence of humanism as seen through classical and contemporary literature are examined. The differences in regional styles are critically analyzed. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 383 Pre-Columbian Art and Architecture of Mesoamerica
This course explores the art and architecture of the major civilizations of Mesoamerica, including the Olmec, Teotihuacanos, Toltec, Mixtec, Zapotec, Aztec and Mayan peoples. Major architectural monuments dating from 1200 B.C. to 1520 A.D., sculpture, painting, manuscripts, fiber arts, ceramics and metalwork are discussed in terms of content, historical and social context, style, form and the role of art in their respective cultures. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 384 Art Highlights: Washington D.C.
The nation’s capitol, Washington, D.C., is recognized as a vital center for the arts. The history and heritage of the collections and monuments in this city attest to the tradition of the arts and cultural development in the United States. This course focuses on paintings, sculpture, as well as other arts during discussions and tours in and around Washington, D.C. The class visits institutions such as the Smithsonian, the National Gallery of Art, the Freer and Sackler galleries as well as the National Museums of the American Indian and African Art.
ARTH 385 Pre-Columbian Art and Architecture of Peru
This course explores the art and architecture of the major civilizations of Peru. Major architectural monuments dating from 2700 B.C. to 1532 A.D., sculpture, painting, fiber arts, ceramics and metalwork are discussed in terms of content, historical and social context, style, form and the role of art in their respective cultures. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 391 Roman Art and Architecture in Provence
The southern French region of Provence was one of the earliest provinces to be attached to the Roman Empire. Provence is fortunate to still possess many monuments from the Roman era, and affords students the opportunity to see and experience firsthand many examples of Roman art and architecture. In addition, class discussions and assignments provide the opportunity for the student to learn about the history of Roman Provence and its importance to the Roman Empire. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 395 Off-campus Special Topics in Art History
The topic of this course, as well as its location, varies from quarter to quarter. Each class focuses on various issues in the art history field, giving students an opportunity to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
ARTH 396 Art and Architectural Treasures of the Vatican
This course concentrates on the historical development of major art and architectural monuments at the Vatican. Topics include such themes as the Vatican area in classical times, the Vatican cemetery, the Petrine tradition, Constantine’s Church, New St. Peter’s, the Sistine Chapel, the Stanze, and the Vatican gardens and museum collections. Prerequisite: Any 200-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 400 Professional Practices
Students refine advanced research skills and build an annotated bibliography on a chosen topic in anticipation of pursuing their senior thesis. Students examine their bibliographic material within the framework of art history methodology as well as explore related career options, including writing exhibition reviews, practice grants and catalog entries. In addition they hone their professional presentation skills, both in formal conference-style presentations and practice interviews with guest speakers. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARTH course.
ARTH 404 Hogarth?s Satirical Art
William Hogarth was the foremost visual satirist of 18th-century Great Britain. His oeuvre’s commentary on the social, political and intellectual issues of 1720s-1760s Great Britain and (to a lesser extent) his influence on contemporaneous and subsequent artists is analyzed through readings, discussions, research and writings in this course. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 405 Problems in Art History: Perspective
This seminar explores the history and theory of perspective and projection drawing in Western art from the 15th to 18th centuries. The course examines the optical theories and practices developed during the early modern period. The methods explored are based on the geometric properties of Euclidean space and dependent on seeing, knowing and creating within scalable space. Among the construction systems included are linear perspective, orthographic projection, the distortion of the perception of the position in space, and the relative scale of objects by the use of anamorphosis. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 408 Museum Culture
This course provides an historical overview of the development, nature, evolution, form, function, purpose and meaning of the art museum in Europe, North America and in the developing world through course readings, class discussions and review of case studies of major museums. The structure of the art museum is discussed, along with museum theory and applied museology. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 409 Art History B.F.A. Thesis
This course provides an opportunity for students to demonstrate sound scholarly methodology and critical thinking skills as they select a topic, research it and write an advanced research paper under the supervision of a faculty committee. The thesis topic must be approved at least one quarter in advance by a faculty adviser. The course is designed for senior art history majors. Prerequisite: By permission of department chair.
ARTH 410 Arts of the African Diaspora
The modern African diasporic situation arguably begins with the forced exodus of African peoples as part of the trans-Atlantic slave trade. Beginning with the arts of the Antebellum South in the United States, this course examines the arts of Haiti, Cuba and Brazil, as well as the Harlem Renaissance, focusing on the materials in the Walter O. and Linda Evans Collection, recently donated to the SCAD Museum of Art. The course concludes with a review of contemporary African artists. The theory of Diaspora formation is explored in readings by James Clifford, Melville Herskovits, Fernando Ortiz and Robert Farris Thompson, among others. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 415 Medieval Manuscripts
The medieval manuscript provided artists with the most important venue for painting for more than 1200 years. Students learn how and why they were made by exploring production practices and patronage. The socio-historical context under which these fine works were created is a significant component of this course. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 420 Visual Culture
Students learn to use the language of visual culture with a particular focus on the symbols, strategies and messages employed. Incorporating the methods of art analysis, the course introduces students to different forms of visual culture (television, advertising, fashion, gaming, architecture and the media), while comparing and contrasting these within a philosophical and historical setting. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 440 Problems in Renaissance Art: Mannerism
This seminar examines the style titled “Mannerism” by scholars centuries after it had already ended. Art and artists considered are those from the 16th century in Italy who provided an alternative style to what is most often called the “High Renaissance” practiced by Leonardo, Michelangelo and Raphael. The term and the movement have been questioned repeatedly over the past five decades especially in regards to its proposed dates, influences, development and practitioners. After presenting a foundation for the etymology of Mannerism/maniera, this course includes intense reading, discussion and analysis of the scholarship since the International Conference on the style in question (1963). Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 476 Documentary Photography and the Portrait 1945?Present
Covering the history of documentary photography from c. 1945 to the present, students examine major photographic movements, styles, critics and theoretical perspectives. The focus is on the rich and varied critical and theoretical discourse circulating between photographs, or images using photography, and the texts which helped frame the most significant contributions to contemporary photography. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 480 After Postmodernism
During the first half of the last century Aby Warburg, Erwin Panofsky and Heinrich Woelfflin defined theoretical corner stones for the emerging discipline of art history. Today contemporary art history faces multiple challenges from aesthetics, visual culture, media theory and the blurring line between “high” art and “low” art. After the linguistic turn, the pictorial turn, and the iconic turn we are left with an undefined Bildwissenschaft (image science). Recent research practices call for the reevaluation of the foundations of art history. The goal of this class is to discuss some of the methodological challenges after postmodernism. Students learn prevalent notions in the discourse and engage in the contestation of ideas. Prerequisite: Any 300-level ARLH/ARTH course.
ARTH 491 Topics in New Media Art
This course provides an in-depth theoretical and critical investigation of a particular topic within the new media arts. The topic varies from quarter to quarter; however, the course is intended to provide students with the opportunity to refine their expertise in a specific field of inquiry. Prerequisite: Varies according to topic.
ARTH 495 Special Topics in Art History
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each class focuses on various issues in the art history field, giving students an opportunity to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
Astronomy
ASTR 101 Introduction to Astronomy
This survey course investigates the physical nature of the universe, examining the sun, planets, stars and galaxies through a pictorial exploration of space via images obtained from Earth-bound telescopes and from spacecraft. Special topics of interest include quasars, black holes and a historical look at the space program.
This survey course investigates the physical nature of the universe, examining the sun, planets, stars and galaxies through a pictorial exploration of space via images obtained from Earth-bound telescopes and from spacecraft. Special topics of interest include quasars, black holes and a historical look at the space program.
Biology
BIOL 100 Environmental Science
This is a multimedia-based course that focuses on a general introduction to the natural environment, with emphasis on coastal Georgia’s marshes and the ocean. Subjects studied include biomes, food chains, conservation and environmental problems, with an emphasis on environmental literacy.
This is a multimedia-based course that focuses on a general introduction to the natural environment, with emphasis on coastal Georgia’s marshes and the ocean. Subjects studied include biomes, food chains, conservation and environmental problems, with an emphasis on environmental literacy.
Business Management and Entrepreneurship
BUSI 101 Introduction to Business
This course provides students with skills to successfully integrate business skills with their art and design skills to foster opportunity for professional practices in entrepreneurship, marketing, finance, budgeting, and basic legal issues such as contracts, loan agreements, consignment agreements, and commission agreements.
BUSI 200 Financial Accounting
This course introduces students to basic accounting systems, concepts and principles. It is designed to provide essential experience for the understanding of the commercial world of art and design. Students in this course demonstrate the ability to record, summarize, report and interpret financial information in a conventional manner for presentation to stakeholders of a business. Students concentrate on financial accounting as a core business discipline and part of a well-rounded liberal education. Prerequisite: MATH 100.
BUSI 250 Macroeconomics
The course introduces students to macroeconomics as a core discipline and part of a well-rounded liberal education. It is designed to provide essential experience for the understanding of the commercial world of art and to learn the discipline as a public policy tool. Students are expected to demonstrate insight into critical thinking in economic terms and to evaluate significant global events. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or MATH 101 or MATH 201 or a passing score on the Math Competency Exam.
BUSI 265 Principles of Marketing
This course emphasizes the role of marketing in creating value for customers, which leads to value for other stakeholders in a firm. The course covers such issues as value of products, customers and brands, methods for analyzing customers and competitors, customer segmentation, product positioning and the role of new technology. The course presents a general structure for analyzing marketing problems along with some specific quantitative tools, and provides students with a forum both for presenting and defending their own recommendations, and for critically examining and discussing the recommendations of others. Prerequisite: BUSI 101.
BUSI 355 Entrepreneurship
This course enables students to develop knowledge and skills in entrepreneurship. Financial management marketing strategies and business law are vital aspects of developing a business. This course provides a basis with which students may learn and develop knowledge and skills in these areas. Prerequisite: BUSI 265.
BUSI 495 Special Topics in Business Management and Entrepreneurship
The special topics course offers students the opportunity to gain additional knowledge in the areas of business management and entrepreneurship. The content of the course varies according to particular issues and problems as well as new developments impacting business, management and entrepreneurship environments. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
This course provides students with skills to successfully integrate business skills with their art and design skills to foster opportunity for professional practices in entrepreneurship, marketing, finance, budgeting, and basic legal issues such as contracts, loan agreements, consignment agreements, and commission agreements.
BUSI 200 Financial Accounting
This course introduces students to basic accounting systems, concepts and principles. It is designed to provide essential experience for the understanding of the commercial world of art and design. Students in this course demonstrate the ability to record, summarize, report and interpret financial information in a conventional manner for presentation to stakeholders of a business. Students concentrate on financial accounting as a core business discipline and part of a well-rounded liberal education. Prerequisite: MATH 100.
BUSI 250 Macroeconomics
The course introduces students to macroeconomics as a core discipline and part of a well-rounded liberal education. It is designed to provide essential experience for the understanding of the commercial world of art and to learn the discipline as a public policy tool. Students are expected to demonstrate insight into critical thinking in economic terms and to evaluate significant global events. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or MATH 101 or MATH 201 or a passing score on the Math Competency Exam.
BUSI 265 Principles of Marketing
This course emphasizes the role of marketing in creating value for customers, which leads to value for other stakeholders in a firm. The course covers such issues as value of products, customers and brands, methods for analyzing customers and competitors, customer segmentation, product positioning and the role of new technology. The course presents a general structure for analyzing marketing problems along with some specific quantitative tools, and provides students with a forum both for presenting and defending their own recommendations, and for critically examining and discussing the recommendations of others. Prerequisite: BUSI 101.
BUSI 355 Entrepreneurship
This course enables students to develop knowledge and skills in entrepreneurship. Financial management marketing strategies and business law are vital aspects of developing a business. This course provides a basis with which students may learn and develop knowledge and skills in these areas. Prerequisite: BUSI 265.
BUSI 495 Special Topics in Business Management and Entrepreneurship
The special topics course offers students the opportunity to gain additional knowledge in the areas of business management and entrepreneurship. The content of the course varies according to particular issues and problems as well as new developments impacting business, management and entrepreneurship environments. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
Ceramics
CERA 125 Introduction to Ceramics
This course explores a variety of ceramic processes, from hand buildings to basic use of the wheel. Focus of the course is on students’ ability to build technical skill and on aesthetic approaches to using ceramic materials. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
CERA 215 Ceramic Techniques: Wheel Throwing I
This course is designed to present wheel throwing with a focus on vessel design. Students learn to make basic utilitarian, functional and sculptural vessels and use the wheel as a means of expression with clay. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
CERA 218 Moldmaking and Slip Casting for Ceramics I
This course is an exploration of the diversity of clay as an industrial material. Mold making and slip casting techniques are covered for the making of functional and nonfunctional ceramic objects. Historic, contemporary and industrial references are used to further the understanding of these techniques. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
CERA 225 Ceramics Surface Design
Through a variety of studio assignments and in-class exercises, this course covers how commercial ceramics surface designs are created, applied and used on mass produced utilitarian and sculptural objects. The ability to use decorating processes such as decals, wax resist, templates, silk screening and stenciling creates an understanding of common ceramics industry practices. Students build a range of technical skills and explore aesthetic approaches to ceramics surface design. Prerequisite: CERA 125.
CERA 300 Architectural Ceramics
This course explores the diverse properties of clay as an architectural material. A broad range of techniques, processes, and design principles are covered for the making and installation of architectural ceramics including bricks and tiles for murals. Historical and contemporary issues related to ceramic usage in architectural contexts are addressed. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
CERA 315 Ceramics Techniques: Wheel Throwing II
Students advance their wheel-throwing skills and techniques and investigate design concepts and surface treatments for functional and nonfunctional forms relative to contemporary wheel-throwing design issues as well as clay and glaze formulations. Prerequisite: CERA 215.
CERA 318 Moldmaking and Slip Casting for Ceramics II
This course allows students to further explore the diversity of clay as an industrial material. Mold making and slip casting techniques are covered at the intermediate level for both functional and nonfunctional ceramics production. Students study historical and contemporary applications, techniques and design issues involved in industrial ceramics production. Prerequisite: CERA 218.
CERA 325 Intermediate Ceramics
This course is designed to provide in-depth concentration on functional and nonfunctional ceramics projects. Historical and contemporary issues in ceramics are covered through lectures, slide presentations and critiques, and students are introduced to a wide variety of clay and glaze formulas. Formal and informal demonstrations are provided with each assignment. Students experiment with concepts and approaches to become familiar with kiln firing. Preliminary drawings, both small- and full-scale, are required. Prerequisite: CERA 125.
CERA 400 Advanced Applications in Ceramics
After exploring the boundaries of clay at the intermediate levels, students in this course focuses on developing a portfolio-quality body of ceramic work through diverse technical and aesthetic approaches. Additionally, students learn about the science of clay and glaze formulation explored through projects, in-class exercises, and lab work. Prerequisite: CERA 325.
CERA 499 Special Topics in Ceramic Arts
The topic of this course varies from term to term. Each course focuses on various issues in the field of ceramics and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
This course explores a variety of ceramic processes, from hand buildings to basic use of the wheel. Focus of the course is on students’ ability to build technical skill and on aesthetic approaches to using ceramic materials. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
CERA 215 Ceramic Techniques: Wheel Throwing I
This course is designed to present wheel throwing with a focus on vessel design. Students learn to make basic utilitarian, functional and sculptural vessels and use the wheel as a means of expression with clay. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
CERA 218 Moldmaking and Slip Casting for Ceramics I
This course is an exploration of the diversity of clay as an industrial material. Mold making and slip casting techniques are covered for the making of functional and nonfunctional ceramic objects. Historic, contemporary and industrial references are used to further the understanding of these techniques. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
CERA 225 Ceramics Surface Design
Through a variety of studio assignments and in-class exercises, this course covers how commercial ceramics surface designs are created, applied and used on mass produced utilitarian and sculptural objects. The ability to use decorating processes such as decals, wax resist, templates, silk screening and stenciling creates an understanding of common ceramics industry practices. Students build a range of technical skills and explore aesthetic approaches to ceramics surface design. Prerequisite: CERA 125.
CERA 300 Architectural Ceramics
This course explores the diverse properties of clay as an architectural material. A broad range of techniques, processes, and design principles are covered for the making and installation of architectural ceramics including bricks and tiles for murals. Historical and contemporary issues related to ceramic usage in architectural contexts are addressed. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
CERA 315 Ceramics Techniques: Wheel Throwing II
Students advance their wheel-throwing skills and techniques and investigate design concepts and surface treatments for functional and nonfunctional forms relative to contemporary wheel-throwing design issues as well as clay and glaze formulations. Prerequisite: CERA 215.
CERA 318 Moldmaking and Slip Casting for Ceramics II
This course allows students to further explore the diversity of clay as an industrial material. Mold making and slip casting techniques are covered at the intermediate level for both functional and nonfunctional ceramics production. Students study historical and contemporary applications, techniques and design issues involved in industrial ceramics production. Prerequisite: CERA 218.
CERA 325 Intermediate Ceramics
This course is designed to provide in-depth concentration on functional and nonfunctional ceramics projects. Historical and contemporary issues in ceramics are covered through lectures, slide presentations and critiques, and students are introduced to a wide variety of clay and glaze formulas. Formal and informal demonstrations are provided with each assignment. Students experiment with concepts and approaches to become familiar with kiln firing. Preliminary drawings, both small- and full-scale, are required. Prerequisite: CERA 125.
CERA 400 Advanced Applications in Ceramics
After exploring the boundaries of clay at the intermediate levels, students in this course focuses on developing a portfolio-quality body of ceramic work through diverse technical and aesthetic approaches. Additionally, students learn about the science of clay and glaze formulation explored through projects, in-class exercises, and lab work. Prerequisite: CERA 325.
CERA 499 Special Topics in Ceramic Arts
The topic of this course varies from term to term. Each course focuses on various issues in the field of ceramics and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
Cinema Studies
CINE 205 Reading Films
Students in this course learn the basic formal components of cinema (narrative, mise-en-sc??ne, editing, cinematography, sound), and gain an understanding of how those elements are applied in narrative, documentary and experimental cinema. Students view a variety of landmark films and analyze them with an attention to the relationship between their formal and thematic components. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
CINE 224 History of Cinema
Students examine the development of the motion picture medium through lectures, readings and screenings of landmark works. The course explores the origins of narrative cinema and the rise of Hollywood; considers key movements with European cinema (Soviet Montage, German Expressionism, French poetic realism, the French New Wave); and examines the genres of documentary and experimental cinema. Students are expected to analyze film as an art form, a communications tool and an entertainment source. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
CINE 315 American Cinema
Students examine in depth the development of the motion picture medium in America through lectures, readings and screenings of landmark works. Students are expected to analyze film as an art form, a communications tool and an entertainment source. Cultural and sociological influences are considered, as well as the present and future directions of American cinema. Prerequisite: CINE 224 or FILM 224.
CINE 325 World Cinema
Students examine the development of international cinema through lectures, readings and screenings of landmark works. The course considers some European cinema, with a primary focus on non-Western cinema. Students are introduced to a variety of topics that orient world cinema, including colonialism, globalization, censorship, nationalism and transnational production. Students are expected to analyze film as an art form, a communications tool and an entertainment source. Prerequisite: CINE 224.
CINE 410 Special Topics in Cinema Studies
This elective course provides an opportunity for students to focus on particular issues in the field of cinema studies. Faculty, course content and prerequisites vary each time the course is offered. The class may include lectures, discussions, individual projects and critiques, depending on the nature of the topic.
Students in this course learn the basic formal components of cinema (narrative, mise-en-sc??ne, editing, cinematography, sound), and gain an understanding of how those elements are applied in narrative, documentary and experimental cinema. Students view a variety of landmark films and analyze them with an attention to the relationship between their formal and thematic components. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
CINE 224 History of Cinema
Students examine the development of the motion picture medium through lectures, readings and screenings of landmark works. The course explores the origins of narrative cinema and the rise of Hollywood; considers key movements with European cinema (Soviet Montage, German Expressionism, French poetic realism, the French New Wave); and examines the genres of documentary and experimental cinema. Students are expected to analyze film as an art form, a communications tool and an entertainment source. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
CINE 315 American Cinema
Students examine in depth the development of the motion picture medium in America through lectures, readings and screenings of landmark works. Students are expected to analyze film as an art form, a communications tool and an entertainment source. Cultural and sociological influences are considered, as well as the present and future directions of American cinema. Prerequisite: CINE 224 or FILM 224.
CINE 325 World Cinema
Students examine the development of international cinema through lectures, readings and screenings of landmark works. The course considers some European cinema, with a primary focus on non-Western cinema. Students are introduced to a variety of topics that orient world cinema, including colonialism, globalization, censorship, nationalism and transnational production. Students are expected to analyze film as an art form, a communications tool and an entertainment source. Prerequisite: CINE 224.
CINE 410 Special Topics in Cinema Studies
This elective course provides an opportunity for students to focus on particular issues in the field of cinema studies. Faculty, course content and prerequisites vary each time the course is offered. The class may include lectures, discussions, individual projects and critiques, depending on the nature of the topic.
Computer Art
CMPA 100 Survey of Computer Art Applications
Students are introduced to the basic use of computer principles from word processing to techniques supporting digital art and design. Students use a broad range of tool sets from a variety of industry-standard computer applications, which they may apply toward their major areas of study. The basic components of digital art and design tools—text, vector, raster, Web and page layout—are employed as learning concepts and serve as a digital foundation upon which their future studies may be built. Prerequisites: DSGN 100, DSGN 101.
CMPA 110 Advanced Survey of Computer Art Applications
This course is for students already well versed in the use of art and design computer applications. The course covers basic components of digital design tools including vector, raster, modeling language and animation, culminating in the completion of a final project. Following an overview of HTML and Web page design, students create their own home pages. Prerequisites: DSGN 100, DSGN 101.
CMPA 241 Survey of Electronic Art
Chronicling the history of the computer as a visual art medium, this course details the vocabulary, technique and theory on which contemporary practice is based. Course content addresses the origins of process advances and discoveries, the historical significance of SIGGRAPH and other current developments that impact the industry. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, CMPA 110.
Students are introduced to the basic use of computer principles from word processing to techniques supporting digital art and design. Students use a broad range of tool sets from a variety of industry-standard computer applications, which they may apply toward their major areas of study. The basic components of digital art and design tools—text, vector, raster, Web and page layout—are employed as learning concepts and serve as a digital foundation upon which their future studies may be built. Prerequisites: DSGN 100, DSGN 101.
CMPA 110 Advanced Survey of Computer Art Applications
This course is for students already well versed in the use of art and design computer applications. The course covers basic components of digital design tools including vector, raster, modeling language and animation, culminating in the completion of a final project. Following an overview of HTML and Web page design, students create their own home pages. Prerequisites: DSGN 100, DSGN 101.
CMPA 241 Survey of Electronic Art
Chronicling the history of the computer as a visual art medium, this course details the vocabulary, technique and theory on which contemporary practice is based. Course content addresses the origins of process advances and discoveries, the historical significance of SIGGRAPH and other current developments that impact the industry. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, CMPA 110.
Communications
COMM 105 Speech and Public Speaking
This course introduces students to the fundamental principles and practices of public speaking. Topics include organization and communication skills that focus on audience analysis, topic selection, delivery styles, listening skills, critical thinking, argumentation, verbal and nonverbal skills, and the acquisition of academic resources.
COMM 110 Interpersonal Communication
This course provides the opportunity for students to develop interpersonal communication skills, understand communication strategies and the interpersonal dynamic.
COMM 130 Introduction to Mass Communication
This course introduces students to the nine types of media: broadcast TV, cable TV, radio, Internet, books, magazines, newspapers, sound recording and film. This course emphasizes the history of each of these media and explains the cultural impact of each. In addition, a focus is placed on media literacy and critical thinking. Prerequisite: COMM 105.
COMM 205 Intercultural Communication
This course is designed to introduce students to the realities that cultural influences have on communication practices, patterns and outcomes; to heighten their awareness and appreciation of the various ways that cultural differences can influence the quality of human interactions, and to help them become more effective communicators in an ever increasing culturally pluralistic world. Prerequisite: COMM 110.
COMM 310 Nonverbal Communication
This course covers the components of nonverbal communication—the primary source of meaning in social situations. Nonverbal topics include kinesics (movement), vocalics, haptics (touch), proxemics (use of space), place and time codes, identity, relationships, emotions and impressions. Prerequisite: COMM 110.
COMM 320 Communication and Leadership
This course prepares students to be more than just participants but confident and competent leaders in their chosen professions, communities and, where applicable, collegiate level teaching. This dynamic and interactive learning opportunity exposes students to a variety contemporary communication leadership styles and the leaders who use them. Prerequisites: COMM 105, COMM 205.
COMM 330 Principles of Persuasion
This course explores rhetoric as the art of influencing the thought and conduct of an audience. Students learn about persuasive language and theoretical references from the ancient Greeks to the present day, and develop advanced critical thinking skills through analysis of texts (including, but not limited to, speeches and advertisements). A strong emphasis is placed on ethics and the responsibilities of the communicator. Prerequisite: COMM 105.
COMM 340 Persuasion and Social Movements
This course covers the evolution of social movements with a specific emphasis on the transformative power of the arts in persuasive messages. In addition, students in this course learn about resistance to social movements and the long term cultural impact of the presence of social movements. Prerequisite: COMM 105.
COMM 415 Communication and Conflict Resolution
This course is designed to introduce students to the nature and purposes of conflict, the differences between productive and destructive conflict, and techniques for maximizing communication skills in the midst of conflict with others. The class is intended to enhance students’ abilities to understand their own responses to conflict, improve ways in which they handle conflict with others, and manage their emotions during conflict situations. Prerequisites: COMM 105, COMM 110, COMM 205, PSYC 280.
This course introduces students to the fundamental principles and practices of public speaking. Topics include organization and communication skills that focus on audience analysis, topic selection, delivery styles, listening skills, critical thinking, argumentation, verbal and nonverbal skills, and the acquisition of academic resources.
COMM 110 Interpersonal Communication
This course provides the opportunity for students to develop interpersonal communication skills, understand communication strategies and the interpersonal dynamic.
COMM 130 Introduction to Mass Communication
This course introduces students to the nine types of media: broadcast TV, cable TV, radio, Internet, books, magazines, newspapers, sound recording and film. This course emphasizes the history of each of these media and explains the cultural impact of each. In addition, a focus is placed on media literacy and critical thinking. Prerequisite: COMM 105.
COMM 205 Intercultural Communication
This course is designed to introduce students to the realities that cultural influences have on communication practices, patterns and outcomes; to heighten their awareness and appreciation of the various ways that cultural differences can influence the quality of human interactions, and to help them become more effective communicators in an ever increasing culturally pluralistic world. Prerequisite: COMM 110.
COMM 310 Nonverbal Communication
This course covers the components of nonverbal communication—the primary source of meaning in social situations. Nonverbal topics include kinesics (movement), vocalics, haptics (touch), proxemics (use of space), place and time codes, identity, relationships, emotions and impressions. Prerequisite: COMM 110.
COMM 320 Communication and Leadership
This course prepares students to be more than just participants but confident and competent leaders in their chosen professions, communities and, where applicable, collegiate level teaching. This dynamic and interactive learning opportunity exposes students to a variety contemporary communication leadership styles and the leaders who use them. Prerequisites: COMM 105, COMM 205.
COMM 330 Principles of Persuasion
This course explores rhetoric as the art of influencing the thought and conduct of an audience. Students learn about persuasive language and theoretical references from the ancient Greeks to the present day, and develop advanced critical thinking skills through analysis of texts (including, but not limited to, speeches and advertisements). A strong emphasis is placed on ethics and the responsibilities of the communicator. Prerequisite: COMM 105.
COMM 340 Persuasion and Social Movements
This course covers the evolution of social movements with a specific emphasis on the transformative power of the arts in persuasive messages. In addition, students in this course learn about resistance to social movements and the long term cultural impact of the presence of social movements. Prerequisite: COMM 105.
COMM 415 Communication and Conflict Resolution
This course is designed to introduce students to the nature and purposes of conflict, the differences between productive and destructive conflict, and techniques for maximizing communication skills in the midst of conflict with others. The class is intended to enhance students’ abilities to understand their own responses to conflict, improve ways in which they handle conflict with others, and manage their emotions during conflict situations. Prerequisites: COMM 105, COMM 110, COMM 205, PSYC 280.
Creative Writing
CREA 157 Poetry Writing I
Through workshops, poetry revisions and analyses of major modern and postmodern poets, this course covers basic techniques in poetry. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
CREA 162 Fiction Writing I
Through workshops, draft revisions and analyses of major modern and contemporary fiction writers, this course covers basic techniques in fiction. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
CREA 178 The Short Story
Students are expected to apply diverse points of view and a range of narrative strategies to the writing of short stories. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
CREA 227 Poetry Styles and Genre
This course examines traditional forms of poetry such as the sonnet, villanelle, sestina and elegy; contemporary practice with traditional forms; and modern forms, including prose poems and free verse. Within a workshop setting, the course explores rhyme patterns and subject material associated with specific forms. Prerequisite: CREA 157.
CREA 232 Fiction Styles and Genre
The course examines all genres of imagined writing, including the short story, the novel and drama. Students explore the purpose of fiction, the classification of various works and structured possibilities. The course includes an introductory discussion of theory, as well. Prerequisite: ENGL 124.
CREA 257 Poetry Writing II
This course provides an intense focus for students interested in publishing their poetry, offering techniques in expanding poetic voice and vision through workshops and revisions. Students organize and participate in public poetry readings. Prerequisite: CREA 157.
CREA 262 Fiction Writing II
This course provides an intense focus for students interested in publishing their work, covering elements of fiction writing such as developing character, establishing tone and structuring plot. Students produce manuscripts for group readings. Prerequisite: CREA 162.
CREA 357 Poetry Writing III
Primarily for writing minors, this course helps advanced students prepare poetry for publication, providing advanced training in developing voice and focusing images through workshops and revisions. Students participate in public poetry readings. Prerequisite: CREA 257.
CREA 362 Fiction Writing III
Primarily for writing minors, this course helps students polish their work for publication, providing advanced training in techniques of fiction writing through workshops and revisions. Students produce work for a public forum. Prerequisite: CREA 262.
Through workshops, poetry revisions and analyses of major modern and postmodern poets, this course covers basic techniques in poetry. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
CREA 162 Fiction Writing I
Through workshops, draft revisions and analyses of major modern and contemporary fiction writers, this course covers basic techniques in fiction. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
CREA 178 The Short Story
Students are expected to apply diverse points of view and a range of narrative strategies to the writing of short stories. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
CREA 227 Poetry Styles and Genre
This course examines traditional forms of poetry such as the sonnet, villanelle, sestina and elegy; contemporary practice with traditional forms; and modern forms, including prose poems and free verse. Within a workshop setting, the course explores rhyme patterns and subject material associated with specific forms. Prerequisite: CREA 157.
CREA 232 Fiction Styles and Genre
The course examines all genres of imagined writing, including the short story, the novel and drama. Students explore the purpose of fiction, the classification of various works and structured possibilities. The course includes an introductory discussion of theory, as well. Prerequisite: ENGL 124.
CREA 257 Poetry Writing II
This course provides an intense focus for students interested in publishing their poetry, offering techniques in expanding poetic voice and vision through workshops and revisions. Students organize and participate in public poetry readings. Prerequisite: CREA 157.
CREA 262 Fiction Writing II
This course provides an intense focus for students interested in publishing their work, covering elements of fiction writing such as developing character, establishing tone and structuring plot. Students produce manuscripts for group readings. Prerequisite: CREA 162.
CREA 357 Poetry Writing III
Primarily for writing minors, this course helps advanced students prepare poetry for publication, providing advanced training in developing voice and focusing images through workshops and revisions. Students participate in public poetry readings. Prerequisite: CREA 257.
CREA 362 Fiction Writing III
Primarily for writing minors, this course helps students polish their work for publication, providing advanced training in techniques of fiction writing through workshops and revisions. Students produce work for a public forum. Prerequisite: CREA 262.
Cultural Landscape
CULT 160 Fundamentals of Cultural Landscape
This introductory course examines the subject and concept of cultural landscape by exploring environments that have been shaped or modified by human beings. Cultural landscape is viewed from the perspectives of anthropology, archaeology, architecture, geography, folklore, historic preservation and interior design, and its impact within the social and urban setting is examined. Students are expected to become familiar with the language of cultural landscape and develop the tools and skills necessary to identify, observe and interpret its meaning and development. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
CULT 210 Historic Landscape Design
This course investigates the history of landscape design from ancient times to the present. This course’s primary focus is the work of the post-Renaissance era, including the Baroque, picturesque and other 19th-century movements. Special attention is given to landscape design in urban settings. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, HIPR 101.
CULT 305 Culture of the Landscape
This lecture course explores the impact of cultural landscape from the perspective of both exterior and interior environments as they have been shaped or modified by human beings. Topics covered include structures, interiors, gardens and gathering places, and the influence each component has on the others. Prerequisite: HIPR 101.
CULT 320 Cultural Landscape Seminar
This seminar course introduces students to landmark texts and readings relevant to the study of cultural landscapes. Readings from architectural history, architecture, historic preservation, interior design, urban design and the social sciences are emphasized as they relate to the diverse and complex definition of cultural landscape. Prerequisite: CULT 305.
This introductory course examines the subject and concept of cultural landscape by exploring environments that have been shaped or modified by human beings. Cultural landscape is viewed from the perspectives of anthropology, archaeology, architecture, geography, folklore, historic preservation and interior design, and its impact within the social and urban setting is examined. Students are expected to become familiar with the language of cultural landscape and develop the tools and skills necessary to identify, observe and interpret its meaning and development. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
CULT 210 Historic Landscape Design
This course investigates the history of landscape design from ancient times to the present. This course’s primary focus is the work of the post-Renaissance era, including the Baroque, picturesque and other 19th-century movements. Special attention is given to landscape design in urban settings. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, HIPR 101.
CULT 305 Culture of the Landscape
This lecture course explores the impact of cultural landscape from the perspective of both exterior and interior environments as they have been shaped or modified by human beings. Topics covered include structures, interiors, gardens and gathering places, and the influence each component has on the others. Prerequisite: HIPR 101.
CULT 320 Cultural Landscape Seminar
This seminar course introduces students to landmark texts and readings relevant to the study of cultural landscapes. Readings from architectural history, architecture, historic preservation, interior design, urban design and the social sciences are emphasized as they relate to the diverse and complex definition of cultural landscape. Prerequisite: CULT 305.
Dance
DANC 205 Dance History
This course is designed to introduce students to the history of dance from origins in ancient civilizations through European, Asian and Afro-Caribbean contributions, culminating with the study of social movements and the emergence of ballet and modern dance in America and Europe just prior to the advent of postmodern dance in the late 1950s. This course provides a wide anthropological and expressive overview of the evolution of this uniquely human form of expression. Lectures are supplemented with a variety of presentations along with explanations of influential sociological occurrences and at least one in-studio movement experience. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
DANC 211 Introduction to Jazz Dance
This performance course provides students with beginning-level dance technique in jazz styles. Students are introduced to challenging choreography, rhythm work, combinations, ethnic and multicultural movement, and criticism and critique.
DANC 212 Introduction to Modern Dance
This course introduces students to modern dance styles for stage, video, film and company movement. Students are expected to develop an understanding of the reality of dance and of the professional competitive ethic.
DANC 213 Introduction to Ballet
In this beginning-level course, students are introduced to the fundamental principles of basic ballet technique and the basic components of a classical ballet course. Principal areas of development include basic ballet positions, musicality, terminology and anatomical principles.
DANC 290 Dance Composition
This studio/lecture course involves the creation of dance work. Students are introduced to a cache, or “tool kit,” of devices that enable them to discover and manipulate effective form and movement for successful dances. The tools are derived from the descriptive vocabulary of devices from the Harvard Music Dictionary; modes of creation of dance from the study of basic shape, form and effort (from the German Bauhaus School and Rudolf Laban’s studies); and devices from the instructor’s own repertoire. The course is supplemented with research into the artistic process of renowned choreographers from a wide range of dance idioms. Prerequisite: DANC 211 or DANC 212 or DANC 213 or MPRA 210.
DANC 311 Intermediate Jazz Dance
This course intensifies jazz dance techniques with high-level dance styles and combinations. Students are expected to learn dance terminology and enhanced critical thinking and are introduced to spatial awareness and accuracy in movement. Prerequisite: DANC 211.
DANC 312 Intermediate Modern Dance
This course intensifies modern dance styles and combines high-level technique with multicultural influences. Students are expected to learn dance terminology and enhanced critical thinking and are introduced to spatial awareness and accuracy in movement. Prerequisite: DANC 212.
DANC 313 Intermediate Ballet
This course uses classical ballet methodology to expand on techniques learned in Introduction to Ballet. Students are expected to learn additional ballet terminology and focus on areas of development including musicality, further physical mastery of basic ballet positions and barre work, and anatomical principles. Prerequisite: DANC 213.
DANC 321 Dance Audition Techniques
This intermediate, professional methodology course provides students with experience in technique, warm-up, safety protocols and the basics of modern and jazz styles. The course seeks to prepare students for auditions for musical theater, video and dance companies. Prerequisite: DANC 211 or DANC 212 or DANC 213.
This course is designed to introduce students to the history of dance from origins in ancient civilizations through European, Asian and Afro-Caribbean contributions, culminating with the study of social movements and the emergence of ballet and modern dance in America and Europe just prior to the advent of postmodern dance in the late 1950s. This course provides a wide anthropological and expressive overview of the evolution of this uniquely human form of expression. Lectures are supplemented with a variety of presentations along with explanations of influential sociological occurrences and at least one in-studio movement experience. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
DANC 211 Introduction to Jazz Dance
This performance course provides students with beginning-level dance technique in jazz styles. Students are introduced to challenging choreography, rhythm work, combinations, ethnic and multicultural movement, and criticism and critique.
DANC 212 Introduction to Modern Dance
This course introduces students to modern dance styles for stage, video, film and company movement. Students are expected to develop an understanding of the reality of dance and of the professional competitive ethic.
DANC 213 Introduction to Ballet
In this beginning-level course, students are introduced to the fundamental principles of basic ballet technique and the basic components of a classical ballet course. Principal areas of development include basic ballet positions, musicality, terminology and anatomical principles.
DANC 290 Dance Composition
This studio/lecture course involves the creation of dance work. Students are introduced to a cache, or “tool kit,” of devices that enable them to discover and manipulate effective form and movement for successful dances. The tools are derived from the descriptive vocabulary of devices from the Harvard Music Dictionary; modes of creation of dance from the study of basic shape, form and effort (from the German Bauhaus School and Rudolf Laban’s studies); and devices from the instructor’s own repertoire. The course is supplemented with research into the artistic process of renowned choreographers from a wide range of dance idioms. Prerequisite: DANC 211 or DANC 212 or DANC 213 or MPRA 210.
DANC 311 Intermediate Jazz Dance
This course intensifies jazz dance techniques with high-level dance styles and combinations. Students are expected to learn dance terminology and enhanced critical thinking and are introduced to spatial awareness and accuracy in movement. Prerequisite: DANC 211.
DANC 312 Intermediate Modern Dance
This course intensifies modern dance styles and combines high-level technique with multicultural influences. Students are expected to learn dance terminology and enhanced critical thinking and are introduced to spatial awareness and accuracy in movement. Prerequisite: DANC 212.
DANC 313 Intermediate Ballet
This course uses classical ballet methodology to expand on techniques learned in Introduction to Ballet. Students are expected to learn additional ballet terminology and focus on areas of development including musicality, further physical mastery of basic ballet positions and barre work, and anatomical principles. Prerequisite: DANC 213.
DANC 321 Dance Audition Techniques
This intermediate, professional methodology course provides students with experience in technique, warm-up, safety protocols and the basics of modern and jazz styles. The course seeks to prepare students for auditions for musical theater, video and dance companies. Prerequisite: DANC 211 or DANC 212 or DANC 213.
Decorative Arts
DECA 305 Decorative Arts and Design I: Antiquity Through the Renaissance
This course is an interdisciplinary examination of the styles, imagery, composition, materials and techniques representing the diverse cultural, historical and geographical influences on the decorative arts and design from antiquity through the early years of the 17th century. Students explore the development of decoration and design through objects, styles and ornamentation. Lectures, discussions, research projects and field trips provide firsthand opportunities to explore the styles and periods examined. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
DECA 310 Decorative Arts and Design II: 17th and 18th Centuries
This course is an interdisciplinary examination of the styles, imagery, composition, materials and techniques representing the diverse cultural, historical and geographical influences on the decorative arts and design of the 17th and early 18th centuries. Students explore the development of decoration and design through objects, styles and ornamentation. Lectures, discussions, research projects and field trips provide firsthand opportunities to explore the styles and periods examined. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
DECA 315 Decorative Arts and Design III: Neoclassicism Through Early Modernism
This course is an interdisciplinary examination of the styles, imagery, composition, materials and techniques representing the diverse cultural, historical and geographical influences on the decorative arts and design of the 18th and early 19th centuries. Students explore the development of decoration and design through objects, styles and ornamentation. Lectures, discussions, research projects and field trips provide firsthand opportunities to explore the styles and periods examined. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
DECA 320 Decorative Arts and Design IV: Modern and Contemporary
This course is an interdisciplinary examination of the styles, imagery, compositions, materials and techniques representing the diverse cultural, historical and geographical influences on the decorative arts and design of the 20th century to the present. Students explore the development of decoration and design through objects, styles and ornamentation. Lectures, discussions, research projects and field trips provide firsthand opportunities to explore the styles and periods examined. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
This course is an interdisciplinary examination of the styles, imagery, composition, materials and techniques representing the diverse cultural, historical and geographical influences on the decorative arts and design from antiquity through the early years of the 17th century. Students explore the development of decoration and design through objects, styles and ornamentation. Lectures, discussions, research projects and field trips provide firsthand opportunities to explore the styles and periods examined. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
DECA 310 Decorative Arts and Design II: 17th and 18th Centuries
This course is an interdisciplinary examination of the styles, imagery, composition, materials and techniques representing the diverse cultural, historical and geographical influences on the decorative arts and design of the 17th and early 18th centuries. Students explore the development of decoration and design through objects, styles and ornamentation. Lectures, discussions, research projects and field trips provide firsthand opportunities to explore the styles and periods examined. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
DECA 315 Decorative Arts and Design III: Neoclassicism Through Early Modernism
This course is an interdisciplinary examination of the styles, imagery, composition, materials and techniques representing the diverse cultural, historical and geographical influences on the decorative arts and design of the 18th and early 19th centuries. Students explore the development of decoration and design through objects, styles and ornamentation. Lectures, discussions, research projects and field trips provide firsthand opportunities to explore the styles and periods examined. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
DECA 320 Decorative Arts and Design IV: Modern and Contemporary
This course is an interdisciplinary examination of the styles, imagery, compositions, materials and techniques representing the diverse cultural, historical and geographical influences on the decorative arts and design of the 20th century to the present. Students explore the development of decoration and design through objects, styles and ornamentation. Lectures, discussions, research projects and field trips provide firsthand opportunities to explore the styles and periods examined. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
Design
DSGN 100 2-D Design
Utilizing the elements and principles of design and working in various black-and-white and color media, students in this course develop an understanding of the various organizational possibilities available in designing for the flat surface. Along with learning and applying professional presentation skills and craftsmanship, the development of ideas, problem-solving skills and understanding design concepts are the focus of this course.
DSGN 101 Color Theory
Through study, direct analysis, reading, demonstrations, exercises and formal assignments, students in this course develop a practical understanding of color properties and relationships. Topics include color systems and fundamental vocabulary for analyzing and identifying color and color phenomena. The use of color by various artists and designers, and the work of theorists are examined. The ability to utilize color in a variety of fields, professional presentation skills and craftsmanship are emphasized. Prerequisite: DSGN 100.
DSGN 102 3-D Design
Through the execution of a broad range of architectural and sculptural projects, using a variety of media and techniques, students in this course will study the elements and principles as they apply to designing in three dimensions: height, width and depth. Using critique as a tool to analyze three dimensional objects and their related spaces, students will learn how to manipulate and construct form and space. Prerequisite: DSGN 100.
DSGN 204 4-D Design
This course investigates the shaping and designing of time-based artwork through a variety of media: video, sound and interactive/change-driven multimedia. Students build on concepts explored in previous design courses by transposing fundamental design principles to the design and organization of material over time. The conceptual development of working in time-based media is achieved through exposure to groundbreaking team-based artworks as well as fundamental introductions to appropriate technologies. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110, DSGN 100, and DSGN 101.
DSGN 210 Advanced Practices in Color and Design
The focus of this course is on advancing students’ visual awareness through a design process that includes extensive independent visual research, and produces fully articulated works. Students develop high levels of confidence and overall competency in controlling color in design. Regular exchanges of feedback with other students in the class and frequent in-progress critiques aim to promote students’ proficiency in the use of visual language and terminology and the development of a refined color sensibility. Prerequisites: DSGN 100, DSGN 101.
DSGN 223 Architectural Fundamentals I
A series of carefully sequenced lectures and studio exercises guides the transformation of basic design into elementary architectural design. Emphasis is on the comprehension of space and its delineators as abstract entities and on the theoretical development of design concepts. The exercises progress from dealing with a single space and its adjacencies to sequences of spaces with specific functions. Exercises also involve the design analysis of notable works of architecture. Prerequisite: DRAW 115.
DSGN 224 Architectural Fundamentals II
Lectures and studio exercises continue the studies begun in Architectural Fundamentals I with the addition of the physical environment as a design factor. With a continuing emphasis on the visual definition of space and on related design concepts, the exercises become increasingly complex in their consideration of form and space transitions and their relationships. Students are expected to continue to develop abilities to represent ideas in drawings, models and oral presentations. Prerequisite: DSGN 223.
DSGN 225 Architectural Fundamentals III
This studio will investigate the dynamics of choreographed movement through sequences of architectural space which impact the visual, haptic, and auditory senses. In addition the perceptual dynamics of configuration, light, view, frame, image, motility, posture, surface, and transparency within architectural space at various scales of investigation will be explored. Prerequisite: DSGN 223.
DSGN 299 Special Topics in Design
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each course focuses on various issues in design and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
DSGN 300 The Art of the Spectacle
This course is intended to foster interdisciplinary cooperation in the creation of a series of spectacles that act as a bridge between the visual and performing arts. Students are offered the opportunity to apply their intellectual and physical efforts to projects that result from collaboration both with peers and in response to thematic motifs established by the featured events. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
Utilizing the elements and principles of design and working in various black-and-white and color media, students in this course develop an understanding of the various organizational possibilities available in designing for the flat surface. Along with learning and applying professional presentation skills and craftsmanship, the development of ideas, problem-solving skills and understanding design concepts are the focus of this course.
DSGN 101 Color Theory
Through study, direct analysis, reading, demonstrations, exercises and formal assignments, students in this course develop a practical understanding of color properties and relationships. Topics include color systems and fundamental vocabulary for analyzing and identifying color and color phenomena. The use of color by various artists and designers, and the work of theorists are examined. The ability to utilize color in a variety of fields, professional presentation skills and craftsmanship are emphasized. Prerequisite: DSGN 100.
DSGN 102 3-D Design
Through the execution of a broad range of architectural and sculptural projects, using a variety of media and techniques, students in this course will study the elements and principles as they apply to designing in three dimensions: height, width and depth. Using critique as a tool to analyze three dimensional objects and their related spaces, students will learn how to manipulate and construct form and space. Prerequisite: DSGN 100.
DSGN 204 4-D Design
This course investigates the shaping and designing of time-based artwork through a variety of media: video, sound and interactive/change-driven multimedia. Students build on concepts explored in previous design courses by transposing fundamental design principles to the design and organization of material over time. The conceptual development of working in time-based media is achieved through exposure to groundbreaking team-based artworks as well as fundamental introductions to appropriate technologies. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110, DSGN 100, and DSGN 101.
DSGN 210 Advanced Practices in Color and Design
The focus of this course is on advancing students’ visual awareness through a design process that includes extensive independent visual research, and produces fully articulated works. Students develop high levels of confidence and overall competency in controlling color in design. Regular exchanges of feedback with other students in the class and frequent in-progress critiques aim to promote students’ proficiency in the use of visual language and terminology and the development of a refined color sensibility. Prerequisites: DSGN 100, DSGN 101.
DSGN 223 Architectural Fundamentals I
A series of carefully sequenced lectures and studio exercises guides the transformation of basic design into elementary architectural design. Emphasis is on the comprehension of space and its delineators as abstract entities and on the theoretical development of design concepts. The exercises progress from dealing with a single space and its adjacencies to sequences of spaces with specific functions. Exercises also involve the design analysis of notable works of architecture. Prerequisite: DRAW 115.
DSGN 224 Architectural Fundamentals II
Lectures and studio exercises continue the studies begun in Architectural Fundamentals I with the addition of the physical environment as a design factor. With a continuing emphasis on the visual definition of space and on related design concepts, the exercises become increasingly complex in their consideration of form and space transitions and their relationships. Students are expected to continue to develop abilities to represent ideas in drawings, models and oral presentations. Prerequisite: DSGN 223.
DSGN 225 Architectural Fundamentals III
This studio will investigate the dynamics of choreographed movement through sequences of architectural space which impact the visual, haptic, and auditory senses. In addition the perceptual dynamics of configuration, light, view, frame, image, motility, posture, surface, and transparency within architectural space at various scales of investigation will be explored. Prerequisite: DSGN 223.
DSGN 299 Special Topics in Design
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each course focuses on various issues in design and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
DSGN 300 The Art of the Spectacle
This course is intended to foster interdisciplinary cooperation in the creation of a series of spectacles that act as a bridge between the visual and performing arts. Students are offered the opportunity to apply their intellectual and physical efforts to projects that result from collaboration both with peers and in response to thematic motifs established by the featured events. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
Dramatic Writing
DWRI 101 Introduction to Dramatic Writing
Through a measured combination of improvisional, scenario-driven writing exercises, free-writing experiences, collaborative explorations, and full-scene/speech assignments, students will experience and address the fundamental tools of the dramatic writer. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
DWRI 495 Dramatic Writing Senior Project
There are two distinct tracks for this course. In one, students are assigned a student director and designers for a full-length play. The group, under faculty mentorship, collaborates through the entire process of rehearsal and production, providing the writer the unique experience of the process revision and collaboration necessary for career preparation. If the student wishes to write a film script, then the writer will be matched with filmmakers and participate fully in the production of a short film. In addition, the writer will polish and prepare scripts to be submitted to agents. Prerequisites: FILM 401 or MPRA 375.
Through a measured combination of improvisional, scenario-driven writing exercises, free-writing experiences, collaborative explorations, and full-scene/speech assignments, students will experience and address the fundamental tools of the dramatic writer. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
DWRI 495 Dramatic Writing Senior Project
There are two distinct tracks for this course. In one, students are assigned a student director and designers for a full-length play. The group, under faculty mentorship, collaborates through the entire process of rehearsal and production, providing the writer the unique experience of the process revision and collaboration necessary for career preparation. If the student wishes to write a film script, then the writer will be matched with filmmakers and participate fully in the production of a short film. In addition, the writer will polish and prepare scripts to be submitted to agents. Prerequisites: FILM 401 or MPRA 375.
Teaching
EDUC 480 Special Topics in Education
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each course focuses on various issues in education and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisite: Varies according to the topic.
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each course focuses on various issues in education and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisite: Varies according to the topic.
Drawing
DRAW 100 Drawing I
This introductory studio course teaches students basic skills and techniques in drawing from direct observation. Direct observation for this course is defined as drawing from still life, landscape and architecture. The primary goals are to learn to judge proportion and to depict those observations in drawings that demonstrate an understanding of depth, form and space. Verbal skills are developed through critique and class discussion.
DRAW 101 Drawing II
This course reinforces and further develops the skills of drawing from direct observation established in Drawing I. Direct observation for this course is defined as drawing from still life, landscape, architecture and the human form. Students use traditional subject matter to explore a range of drawing materials and techniques including the introduction of color, mark-making techniques, and gesture. Compositional and rendering skills are emphasized through various wet and dry media. Prerequisite: DRAW 100.
DRAW 102 Drawing III
This is the third in a series of drawing courses required for several majors. The goals of this course are to build skill with a variety of color media, explore more advanced problems with emphasis on creative interpretation, and guide students to develop ideas and explore methods for personal expression. Students produce projects of a longer range and more personal nature than in previous drawing courses. The relationship between media and technique is emphasized to demonstrate content. Class time is spent developing ideas, introducing materials, discussing concepts and evaluating completed work. Class exercises and research are frequently performed as preparation for projects completed outside class. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 101.
DRAW 115 Graphics for the Building Arts
This studio course introduces students to the technical graphic representation techniques of design utilized within the building arts professions, as well as teaches drawing as a tool for thinking. Lectures and studio projects examine the language of three-dimensional form and deal with a wide range of analyzing and representing form, including mechanical drawing, freehand sketching, and various means of rendering. Prerequisite: DRAW 100.
DRAW 200 Life Drawing I
This studio course provides students a thorough understanding of the structure and anatomy of the human figure. With this foundation, students will be able to render proportion, weight, form and mass of the figure. Drawing skills developed in previous classes will be further refined by a variety of dry media. Prerequisite: DRAW 101.
DRAW 201 Life Drawing II
This studio course is designed to further develop the visual, verbal and technical skills necessary to represent the figure. Students work in a variety of media, with an emphasis on color. The course focuses on using the figure as an element in composition and reinforces the skills used in Life Drawing I. Students are expected to develop the ability to draw the figure perceptually, expressively and with an awareness of some of the conceptual issues associated with the figure. Prerequisite: DRAW 200.
DRAW 206 Drawing for Storyboarding
Students will explore the fundamentals of perspective, composition and staging to effectively communicate ideas with images, graphics, effects and stories through storyboards. Prerequisite: DRAW 200.
DRAW 209 Medical Illustration
This drawing course emphasizes observation and drawing techniques that enable students to translate complex subject matter and ideas into clear, accurate, and aesthetic works of art that also serve the purpose of medical illustration. The course also focuses on problem solving and storytelling skills to communicate medical information. Prerequisites: DSGN 101, DRAW 200.
DRAW 210 Portrait Drawing
In this course, students learn to draw the human head and discover the art of portraiture. Students further develop drawing skills, techniques and traditional approaches to portrait drawing. Prerequisite: DRAW 101.
DRAW 220 Special Topics in Drawing
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various problems or themes in the drawing field and affords or offers students opportunities to pursue individual research projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
DRAW 223 Perspective
This studio course emphasizes the skills and methods that enable students to construct drawings according to the basic laws of linear perspective. Students use one-, two- and three-point and isometric perspective to create scenes with convincing depth of field and proportion. Prerequisite: DRAW 101.
DRAW 230 Drawing for Design
This course introduces students to methods of drawing that bridge from ideation to creation of product designs on the computer. Using techniques related to Bauhaus School methods, students become familiar with basic geometric forms and how they can be sectioned and reassembled into more complicated constructions. Units of study focus on specific forms ranging from the cube through the cylinder, cone and sphere, adding complexity as knowledge and experience build. Students also become familiar with the traditions of classical proportion as it applies to the design of images, objects and architecture, including the application of root rectangles and the Golden Section. Prerequisite: DRAW 100.
DRAW 300 Advanced Drawing and Painting
This course synthesizes the hands-on creative component of drawing and painting used in the classical world with the intellectual exploration of that world from a historical perspective. Students have the unique opportunity to create art on location at historically significant and visually stimulating sites. The major concentration is on architecture, landscapes and architectural and local details. Prerequisite: DRAW 100. This course may serve as a substitute for DRAW 101, DRAW 102 or DRAW 201.
DRAW 302 Alternative Drawing Methods
In this course, students explore drawing within a contemporary art context. Using various techniques and media, students explore diverse and alternative facets of drawing. Exercises in alternative media and nontraditional approaches form the basis for project assignments. Critiques and discussions focused on media exploration encourage students to think in new ways about marking art. Prerequisite: DRAW 102 or DRAW 200.
DRAW 305 Drawing on a Theme
Thematic drawing is based upon a commonly shared experience of artists to produce a body of works that are related by idea and/or materials. This course will guide students in developing a theme of personal interest and, subsequently, using the span of the term to execute works based upon that theme. Each student will be challenged in the development of the conceptual theme, as well as its execution using a wide variety of materials that fall under the umbrella of drawing. Prerequisite: DRAW 102 or DRAW 200.
DRAW 310 Landscape Drawing
This advanced study in landscape drawing explores both traditional and contemporary approaches using a variety of drawing media. Color media are also studied and applied. The class explores the artistic possibilities of different types of landscape subjects, including urban landscapes, natural landscapes, seascapes, trees, foliage and the figure in the landscape. Prerequisite: DRAW 200.
DRAW 312 Color Drawing
This course concentrates on mastering technical skills as students experiment with various wet and dry color drawing media such as crayons, watercolors, colored pencils, pastels, pastel pencils, and colored markers. A strong emphasis is placed on the formal aspects of value analysis and the practice of building color gradually. Prerequisites: DSGN 101, DRAW 200.
DRAW 320 Non-objective Drawing
This course focuses on the development of imagery through a sophisticated use of elements and principles of design including color and a variety of drawing media. Students research visual concepts and utilize design processes while honing drawing skills and techniques. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 100, DSGN 101.
DRAW 325 Advanced Portrait Drawing
This course addresses the combined depiction of the head and hand in portraiture, the use of limited dry and fluid color media, and the exploration of classical and contemporary approaches in portrait drawing. The course reinforces the study of the proportions of the head and hand from direct observation. Emphasis is placed on the self-portrait, the depiction of the half and three quarter pose and the examination of jewelry, drapes, headwear, etc., as critical embellishments in the design and expression of a successful portrait. Prerequisite: DRAW 210.
DRAW 341 Travel Portfolio
To draw a place is to know a place. In this course, students develop studies of urban contexts, structures, architectural and sculptural elements, interiors, period furniture and work from historical drawings. A personal focus within the breadth of the portfolio establishes primary motifs, processes and materials. The portfolio is accompanied by related writings and collected materials. Inventive approaches are encouraged. Prerequisites: DRAW 100, DSGN 100, DSGN 101.
DRAW 350 Classical Rendering
This course trains students in classical rendering techniques. There is a strong emphasis on fully rendered observational drawing (still life and figure) in the classical tradition. Students further develop technical skill acquired in prerequisite classes and attain fluency in the handling of color as well as black and white, wet and dry media through exercises, demonstrations, assignments and critiques. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 101.
DRAW 499 Special Topics in Drawing
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each course focuses on various issues in drawing and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
This introductory studio course teaches students basic skills and techniques in drawing from direct observation. Direct observation for this course is defined as drawing from still life, landscape and architecture. The primary goals are to learn to judge proportion and to depict those observations in drawings that demonstrate an understanding of depth, form and space. Verbal skills are developed through critique and class discussion.
DRAW 101 Drawing II
This course reinforces and further develops the skills of drawing from direct observation established in Drawing I. Direct observation for this course is defined as drawing from still life, landscape, architecture and the human form. Students use traditional subject matter to explore a range of drawing materials and techniques including the introduction of color, mark-making techniques, and gesture. Compositional and rendering skills are emphasized through various wet and dry media. Prerequisite: DRAW 100.
DRAW 102 Drawing III
This is the third in a series of drawing courses required for several majors. The goals of this course are to build skill with a variety of color media, explore more advanced problems with emphasis on creative interpretation, and guide students to develop ideas and explore methods for personal expression. Students produce projects of a longer range and more personal nature than in previous drawing courses. The relationship between media and technique is emphasized to demonstrate content. Class time is spent developing ideas, introducing materials, discussing concepts and evaluating completed work. Class exercises and research are frequently performed as preparation for projects completed outside class. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 101.
DRAW 115 Graphics for the Building Arts
This studio course introduces students to the technical graphic representation techniques of design utilized within the building arts professions, as well as teaches drawing as a tool for thinking. Lectures and studio projects examine the language of three-dimensional form and deal with a wide range of analyzing and representing form, including mechanical drawing, freehand sketching, and various means of rendering. Prerequisite: DRAW 100.
DRAW 200 Life Drawing I
This studio course provides students a thorough understanding of the structure and anatomy of the human figure. With this foundation, students will be able to render proportion, weight, form and mass of the figure. Drawing skills developed in previous classes will be further refined by a variety of dry media. Prerequisite: DRAW 101.
DRAW 201 Life Drawing II
This studio course is designed to further develop the visual, verbal and technical skills necessary to represent the figure. Students work in a variety of media, with an emphasis on color. The course focuses on using the figure as an element in composition and reinforces the skills used in Life Drawing I. Students are expected to develop the ability to draw the figure perceptually, expressively and with an awareness of some of the conceptual issues associated with the figure. Prerequisite: DRAW 200.
DRAW 206 Drawing for Storyboarding
Students will explore the fundamentals of perspective, composition and staging to effectively communicate ideas with images, graphics, effects and stories through storyboards. Prerequisite: DRAW 200.
DRAW 209 Medical Illustration
This drawing course emphasizes observation and drawing techniques that enable students to translate complex subject matter and ideas into clear, accurate, and aesthetic works of art that also serve the purpose of medical illustration. The course also focuses on problem solving and storytelling skills to communicate medical information. Prerequisites: DSGN 101, DRAW 200.
DRAW 210 Portrait Drawing
In this course, students learn to draw the human head and discover the art of portraiture. Students further develop drawing skills, techniques and traditional approaches to portrait drawing. Prerequisite: DRAW 101.
DRAW 220 Special Topics in Drawing
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various problems or themes in the drawing field and affords or offers students opportunities to pursue individual research projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
DRAW 223 Perspective
This studio course emphasizes the skills and methods that enable students to construct drawings according to the basic laws of linear perspective. Students use one-, two- and three-point and isometric perspective to create scenes with convincing depth of field and proportion. Prerequisite: DRAW 101.
DRAW 230 Drawing for Design
This course introduces students to methods of drawing that bridge from ideation to creation of product designs on the computer. Using techniques related to Bauhaus School methods, students become familiar with basic geometric forms and how they can be sectioned and reassembled into more complicated constructions. Units of study focus on specific forms ranging from the cube through the cylinder, cone and sphere, adding complexity as knowledge and experience build. Students also become familiar with the traditions of classical proportion as it applies to the design of images, objects and architecture, including the application of root rectangles and the Golden Section. Prerequisite: DRAW 100.
DRAW 300 Advanced Drawing and Painting
This course synthesizes the hands-on creative component of drawing and painting used in the classical world with the intellectual exploration of that world from a historical perspective. Students have the unique opportunity to create art on location at historically significant and visually stimulating sites. The major concentration is on architecture, landscapes and architectural and local details. Prerequisite: DRAW 100. This course may serve as a substitute for DRAW 101, DRAW 102 or DRAW 201.
DRAW 302 Alternative Drawing Methods
In this course, students explore drawing within a contemporary art context. Using various techniques and media, students explore diverse and alternative facets of drawing. Exercises in alternative media and nontraditional approaches form the basis for project assignments. Critiques and discussions focused on media exploration encourage students to think in new ways about marking art. Prerequisite: DRAW 102 or DRAW 200.
DRAW 305 Drawing on a Theme
Thematic drawing is based upon a commonly shared experience of artists to produce a body of works that are related by idea and/or materials. This course will guide students in developing a theme of personal interest and, subsequently, using the span of the term to execute works based upon that theme. Each student will be challenged in the development of the conceptual theme, as well as its execution using a wide variety of materials that fall under the umbrella of drawing. Prerequisite: DRAW 102 or DRAW 200.
DRAW 310 Landscape Drawing
This advanced study in landscape drawing explores both traditional and contemporary approaches using a variety of drawing media. Color media are also studied and applied. The class explores the artistic possibilities of different types of landscape subjects, including urban landscapes, natural landscapes, seascapes, trees, foliage and the figure in the landscape. Prerequisite: DRAW 200.
DRAW 312 Color Drawing
This course concentrates on mastering technical skills as students experiment with various wet and dry color drawing media such as crayons, watercolors, colored pencils, pastels, pastel pencils, and colored markers. A strong emphasis is placed on the formal aspects of value analysis and the practice of building color gradually. Prerequisites: DSGN 101, DRAW 200.
DRAW 320 Non-objective Drawing
This course focuses on the development of imagery through a sophisticated use of elements and principles of design including color and a variety of drawing media. Students research visual concepts and utilize design processes while honing drawing skills and techniques. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 100, DSGN 101.
DRAW 325 Advanced Portrait Drawing
This course addresses the combined depiction of the head and hand in portraiture, the use of limited dry and fluid color media, and the exploration of classical and contemporary approaches in portrait drawing. The course reinforces the study of the proportions of the head and hand from direct observation. Emphasis is placed on the self-portrait, the depiction of the half and three quarter pose and the examination of jewelry, drapes, headwear, etc., as critical embellishments in the design and expression of a successful portrait. Prerequisite: DRAW 210.
DRAW 341 Travel Portfolio
To draw a place is to know a place. In this course, students develop studies of urban contexts, structures, architectural and sculptural elements, interiors, period furniture and work from historical drawings. A personal focus within the breadth of the portfolio establishes primary motifs, processes and materials. The portfolio is accompanied by related writings and collected materials. Inventive approaches are encouraged. Prerequisites: DRAW 100, DSGN 100, DSGN 101.
DRAW 350 Classical Rendering
This course trains students in classical rendering techniques. There is a strong emphasis on fully rendered observational drawing (still life and figure) in the classical tradition. Students further develop technical skill acquired in prerequisite classes and attain fluency in the handling of color as well as black and white, wet and dry media through exercises, demonstrations, assignments and critiques. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 101.
DRAW 499 Special Topics in Drawing
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each course focuses on various issues in drawing and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
Electronic Design
ELDS 205 Computer-aided Product Design
This course introduces students to principles of computer usage related to the product design professions. The class covers the use of network operating systems, operating systems, e-mail, word processing, and digital manipulation of scanned images, 2-D drafting and 3-D modeling to communicate product-oriented form.
ELDS 225 Electronic Design I
This course introduces students to personal computer usage related to the building design professions. It covers the use of network operating systems, operating systems, e-mail, word processing, digital manipulation of scanned images, 2-D drafting, and 3-D modeling to communicate building-oriented form. Prerequisite: DRAW 115 or FURN 232.
ELDS 306 Electronic Implementation for Urban Design
This course introduces students to the use of computers for assessment and representation of the environmental landscape, as applied to urban design and development. The geographic information system, ArchiCAD and Form-Z are introduced. Data collection, assessment and synthesis are incorporated as components of the urban design and development process. Prerequisite: ELDS 225.
ELDS 325 Electronic Design II
This course emphasizes managing and communicating design data, tools and presentation information during the three phases of the design process: programmatic design, schematic design and design development. Students utilize several 3-D design tools. In addition, desktop publishing, Web authoring, rendering tools, digital manipulation tools and digital cameras enable students to effectively communicate form and space related to either the building arts or the product-based design professions. Prerequisite: ELDS 205 or ELDS 225.
ELDS 330 Visualization in Electronic Design I
This course explores the use of visualization and 3-D design-based software, focusing on their applications within the building arts. Students are expected to gain an in-depth knowledge of effective communication formats such as raster graphics for the presentation of form and space. Prerequisite: ELDS 225.
ELDS 425 Electronic Design Practice and Project Management
This course teaches principles of practice and project management related to product and/or building documentation. Students apply CAD to produce the electronic documentation of product, form and space that is utilized by the building and product design professions for 3-D construction documents. Prerequisite: ELDS 225.
ELDS 430 Visualization in Electronic Design II
This course focuses on the development of electronic-based design documentation, presentation and communication within the building arts professions. Attention is paid to the major areas of Web design and authoring, as well as Web-based animation uses through the Internet. Students are expected to learn to assess the aesthetic and technical aspects of Web-based design tools. Prerequisite: ELDS 330.
ELDS 440 Digital Applications for Building Performance
This course explores advanced Building Information Modeling topics that introduce students to various software applications that allow for digital prototyping and building performance analysis. The course will focus on principles of sustainable practice as they relate to energy use and will also investigate the structural behavior of form. Prerequisite: ELDS 425.
ELDS 450 Spatial Simulation in Electronic Design
This course will focus on virtual 3-D design with a variety of representation modes associated with the building arts design process. Building related modeling, environment lighting, interior/exterior materials, mapping, rendering, interactive 3-D and Web publishing for the purpose of representation and communication will be presented. Prerequisite: ELDS 225.
ELDS 475 Electronic Design Simulation and Communication
This course explores the methodology involved in applying electronic simulation and communication tools to the design process. Students are expected to learn in-depth techniques for 3-D modeling, applied knowledge on simulation-orientated rendering and animation tools, and digital image manipulation tools. Students produce presentations for the three phases of an electronic design process—programmatic, schematic and design development. Prerequisite: ELDS 325 or ELDS 425.
This course introduces students to principles of computer usage related to the product design professions. The class covers the use of network operating systems, operating systems, e-mail, word processing, and digital manipulation of scanned images, 2-D drafting and 3-D modeling to communicate product-oriented form.
ELDS 225 Electronic Design I
This course introduces students to personal computer usage related to the building design professions. It covers the use of network operating systems, operating systems, e-mail, word processing, digital manipulation of scanned images, 2-D drafting, and 3-D modeling to communicate building-oriented form. Prerequisite: DRAW 115 or FURN 232.
ELDS 306 Electronic Implementation for Urban Design
This course introduces students to the use of computers for assessment and representation of the environmental landscape, as applied to urban design and development. The geographic information system, ArchiCAD and Form-Z are introduced. Data collection, assessment and synthesis are incorporated as components of the urban design and development process. Prerequisite: ELDS 225.
ELDS 325 Electronic Design II
This course emphasizes managing and communicating design data, tools and presentation information during the three phases of the design process: programmatic design, schematic design and design development. Students utilize several 3-D design tools. In addition, desktop publishing, Web authoring, rendering tools, digital manipulation tools and digital cameras enable students to effectively communicate form and space related to either the building arts or the product-based design professions. Prerequisite: ELDS 205 or ELDS 225.
ELDS 330 Visualization in Electronic Design I
This course explores the use of visualization and 3-D design-based software, focusing on their applications within the building arts. Students are expected to gain an in-depth knowledge of effective communication formats such as raster graphics for the presentation of form and space. Prerequisite: ELDS 225.
ELDS 425 Electronic Design Practice and Project Management
This course teaches principles of practice and project management related to product and/or building documentation. Students apply CAD to produce the electronic documentation of product, form and space that is utilized by the building and product design professions for 3-D construction documents. Prerequisite: ELDS 225.
ELDS 430 Visualization in Electronic Design II
This course focuses on the development of electronic-based design documentation, presentation and communication within the building arts professions. Attention is paid to the major areas of Web design and authoring, as well as Web-based animation uses through the Internet. Students are expected to learn to assess the aesthetic and technical aspects of Web-based design tools. Prerequisite: ELDS 330.
ELDS 440 Digital Applications for Building Performance
This course explores advanced Building Information Modeling topics that introduce students to various software applications that allow for digital prototyping and building performance analysis. The course will focus on principles of sustainable practice as they relate to energy use and will also investigate the structural behavior of form. Prerequisite: ELDS 425.
ELDS 450 Spatial Simulation in Electronic Design
This course will focus on virtual 3-D design with a variety of representation modes associated with the building arts design process. Building related modeling, environment lighting, interior/exterior materials, mapping, rendering, interactive 3-D and Web publishing for the purpose of representation and communication will be presented. Prerequisite: ELDS 225.
ELDS 475 Electronic Design Simulation and Communication
This course explores the methodology involved in applying electronic simulation and communication tools to the design process. Students are expected to learn in-depth techniques for 3-D modeling, applied knowledge on simulation-orientated rendering and animation tools, and digital image manipulation tools. Students produce presentations for the three phases of an electronic design process—programmatic, schematic and design development. Prerequisite: ELDS 325 or ELDS 425.
English
ENGL 123 Composition
This course examines written exposition and communication. Assignments include analyzing and composing essays and implementing research skills.
ENGL 124 Composition and Literature
This course provides an introduction to the study of literature. Students are expected to demonstrate understanding and use of essay techniques in the form of literary analysis. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 125 Literature of the South
This course looks at the South through its rich literary heritage—Southern folklore, historical accounts and works of Southern authors including Flannery O’Connor, William Faulkner and James Dickey. Various forms of composition are reviewed. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 137 Shakespeare
This course explores the life and works of William Shakespeare. Representative examples of his poetry, histories, tragedies and comedies are examined. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 139 The Romantic Revolution
This course analyzes the work of Romantic writers of the late 18th and 19th centuries, such as William Wordsworth, Samuel Taylor Coleridge and Walt Whitman. Students also concentrate on writing essays. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 141 Arthurian Literature
This course examines the medieval and modern mythology surrounding the reign of the Celtic war duke Artos. Texts include a selection from among the following: Le Morte d’Arthur (both Wace’s and Sir Thomas Malory’s), Brut, Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, The Quest for the Holy Grail, Idylls of the King, The Once and Future King, The Mists of Avalon and the novel series by Mary Stewart, Stephen Lawhead and Nikolai Tolstoy. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 145 World Masterpieces
Selected writings from Asia, Greece, Rome and medieval Europe form the basis for study in this course. Students read and interpret different forms of poetry, drama and prose; relate the literature to the culture and age in which it was produced; and discuss trends in world literature through various time periods. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 148 Psychological Realism in Literature
This course focuses on the writings of Henry James, William Faulkner, James Joyce, Virginia Woolf and Djuna Barnes. Through readings, discussions and written assignments, students identify and describe specific structural characteristics used in psychological realism. Students are also expected to identify and describe the usage of these characteristics through literary analysis. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 152 European Gothic Literature
This course explores the philosophy and technique embraced by the European school of Romanticism. Students study classical literary works from England, France, Germany and Italy. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 155 Literature By Women
This course examines the works of women writers from diverse backgrounds and cultures and analyzes the influences on their lives. Traditional women’s roles are explored and compared to more contemporary roles. Writers include Virginia Woolf, Toni Morrison, Dorothy Allison, Amy Tan, Eudora Welty and Alice Walker. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 161 Modern and Contemporary American Poetry
Through the study of modern and contemporary poetics, students experience the various offerings of American poetry, from the first inklings of modern experiment in Walt Whitman’s work through to the contemporary poems of Collins. Students will gain an understanding of the legacy of the poetics, politics, and social conscience of the past and how it influences contemporary poetry and social culture. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 166 African-American Literature
This course introduces students to African-American literature and culture through autobiographies, novels, short stories, poetry, plays and supplementary audiovisual materials. Students are expected to use their analytical skills to write short critical response papers and discuss the assigned texts. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 167 American Realists and Naturalists: 1850-1900
This course examines writers’ responses to nature, urbanization and the Industrial Revolution by analyzing the changing view of human nature during these years. The study of Herman Melville, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Mark Twain, William Dean Howells, Walt Whitman, Emily Dickinson, Henry David Thoreau and Ralph Waldo Emerson introduces students to the great American fiction writers, poets and essayists of the second half of the 19th century. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 168 American Moderns: 1900-1945
This course examines the wealth of creativity in American letters during the early 20th century. Authors may include Kate Chopin, Sherwood Anderson, Sinclair Lewis, Henry James, Theodore Dreiser, Willa Cather, T.S. Eliot, Ernest Hemingway, William Faulkner, F. Scott Fitzgerald, Djuna Barnes and others. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 169 Today?s Classics: 1945-Present
This course examines the powerful array of great writing in the latter part of the 20th century. Authors may include Kurt Vonnegut, John Irving, John Hawkes, John Barth, E.L. Doctorow, Anne Tyler, Flannery O’Connor, Thomas Berger, Thomas Pynchon, John Updike, Eudora Welty, James Dickey, Tennessee Williams, Sam Shepard, Donald Barthelme, Ralph Ellison, James Baldwin, Richard Wright, Walker Percy, Joan Didion, Toni Morrison, Arthur Miller and Bernard Malamud. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 170 Satire in Great Literature
From Jonathan Swift’s A Modest Proposal in 1729 to the present, writers have employed satire as the weapon of choice in making social statements. This course examines writers such as Swift, Alexander Pope, Mark Twain, Sinclair Lewis, George Orwell, James Thurber, Flannery O’Connor, Joseph Heller, Kurt Vonnegut, Douglas Adams, Thomas Pynchon, Tom Wolfe, T.R. Pearson, Edward Albee and Samuel Beckett. In addition, satirists such as cartoonists from The New Yorker and sequential artists such as Gary Trudeau may be discussed. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 171 World Mythology
This course introduces students to the major issues, literature and art of world mythologies, with a primary focus on what is termed “classical mythology.” In addition to Greek and Roman myths, the course content includes tales and legends from Asia, North and South America, Australia and Africa. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 176 Classics of Science Fiction
This course introduces several classic texts and films in the science fiction genre. Emphasis is given to the social and historical contexts in which the genre has evolved. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 179 French Literature
In this course, students are introduced to influential French authors whose writings represent the diversity of Romantic themes popular in the 19th century. Assigned readings explore literary movements such as realism, symbolism, surrealism and naturalism and serve as a basis for class discussion, analysis and response. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 180 Writing Fundamentals for Screen and Stage
Artists working in areas including film, performing art, animation and sequential art rely on narrative writing as a means to develop plot, character and story. This course is designed to provide students with exposure to various types of narrative literature, as well as appropriate software applications to write narratives for screen and stage so that students can master the fundamental mechanics and structure of screenwriting, playwriting and other narrative works. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 186 Hispanic Literature
This course centers on Latin American/Hispanic literature in the 19th and 20th centuries. Readings and class discussions focus on definitions and techniques of literary genres, literary movements and historical events of Spain and Spanish America, and the innovations and contributions of individual Spanish and Spanish-American writers. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 188 Asian-American Literature
Using an interdisciplinary approach, students explore the wealth of Asian-American literature through required readings, multimedia materials, and selected social, cultural and historical writings. Students engage in class discussions and critical writings to gain a better understanding of Asian-American literature. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 193 Composition for International Students
This course is intended for non-native English speakers This course examines written exposition and communication. Assignments include analyzing and composing essays and implementing research skills.
ENGL 212 British Literature Since 1920
This course emphasizes literature of Great Britain since 1920, focusing on writers of all genres generally associated with Modernism and Postmodernism. Students will acquire knowledge about narrative techniques, especially those that have influenced storytelling today. Themes often employed by selected writers, such as colonialism, absurdism and pessimism, are discussed. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 220 Victorian Literature
The Victorian era was a time of firsts (first photograph, mystery novel, mass-produced illustration) as well as great social change. This course examines the representations of these social and cultural phenomena through discussion of writers including John Ruskin, Alfred Tennyson, T.S. Eliot and Rudyard Kipling. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 226 19th and 20th-century Nautical Literature
The vital tradition of Anglo-American sea literature provides unique and varied access to crucial imaginative, cultural and political crosscurrents that shape British-American studies. In this course, students analyze and discuss noteworthy texts by British and American writers from the Age of Exploration to the present day. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 235 Detective Narratives
This course will focus on the genre of the detective narrative and trace its history by examining important examples from the 19th, 20th, and 21st centuries. Students will read works by Edgar Allan Poe, Arthur Conan Doyle, Raymond Chandler, Agatha Christie, Dahiell Hammett, Walter Mosley, and Ed McBain, and study films, television and radio programs, comic books, graphic novels, and games in order to develop a fuller understanding of fictional detectives and crime detection. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 242 The Absurdist Imagination
This course explores the work of continental and expatriate writers and dramatists whose work challenges accepted conventions. Writers such as Gertrude Stein, Ernest Hemingway, Franz Kafka, James Joyce, Albert Camus, Thomas Bernhard and Donald Barthelme—together with dramatists in the convention of the Theater of the Absurd (such as Eugene Ionesco, Luigi Pirandello, Samuel Beckett, Tom Stoppard)--are studied. Students are encouraged to make connections between artists of the written word and painters in the Dadaist and Surrealist traditions. Prerequisite: ARTH 207.
ENGL 278 Angelheaded Hipsters: The Beat Writers
Students read and analyze the works of major Beat writers such as Jack Kerouac, Allen Ginsberg and William S. Burroughs, along with other significant contributors. In addition, students explore how the Beats integrated influences from the visual arts, Buddhism and jazz into their writings. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 280 Caribbean Literature in English
This course introduces students to some of the major voices in the Caribbean literary canon written in English. Accessing multiple genres, students will explore the various representations of Caribbean people and places in terms of ethnicity, race, gender, and social, political and economic histories. The fiction, poetry, drama, and creative nonfiction works of Caribbean writers will enable students to experience the means by which writers from the Caribbean participate in shaping not only their worldview(s) but also the perceptions of those looking into the Caribbean space. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 300 Literary Autobiographies
Writers’ autobiographies reflect a broad range of backgrounds and reveal much about the creative process itself. Students can determine what social, political and cultural issues have either helped or hindered the creative process. Write-alike exercises will enable students to construct their own autobiographies in a literary and authentic way. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 302 Greek and Roman Drama
This course will examine the culture of Ancient Greece with respect to the birth of Western drama. Selected tragedies and comedies are studied and analyzed. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 304 American Drama Since 1945
The study of the major figures and works in postwar American drama, placed in their historical, cultural and social contexts, enables students to recognize how playwrights, like all artists, respond to the world around them. In this course students learn how these responses determined the form and content of the works. Prerequisite: ARTH 207.
ENGL 310 Modern European Drama 1870?1920
Students study the writers, works and aesthetic movements that shaped modern drama from 1870 to 1920. Writers and works are examined in their historical and cultural contexts, and their influences on subsequent drama are investigated. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 320 Literary Films
This course examines how film narrative differs from a novel’s narrative. In particular, the course considers how the aspect of time shapes the construction of both narrative forms. Students explore how the camera reinterprets what the pen achieves. Students read, watch and compare great books that have been re-envisioned in filmic narrative. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 322 Writing About Place
This course focuses on two genres of writing that both encompass the idea of “place,” our natural environment and the environment of culture. Prerequisite: ENGL 124.
ENGL 340 History of Literary Criticism
This course offers a study of the major works of literary criticism in the Western tradition: Plato, Aristotle, Horace, Samuel Johnson, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, William Dean Howells, Emile Zola, T.S. Eliot and others. Prerequisites: ENGL 124, ENGL 145.
This course examines written exposition and communication. Assignments include analyzing and composing essays and implementing research skills.
ENGL 124 Composition and Literature
This course provides an introduction to the study of literature. Students are expected to demonstrate understanding and use of essay techniques in the form of literary analysis. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 125 Literature of the South
This course looks at the South through its rich literary heritage—Southern folklore, historical accounts and works of Southern authors including Flannery O’Connor, William Faulkner and James Dickey. Various forms of composition are reviewed. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 137 Shakespeare
This course explores the life and works of William Shakespeare. Representative examples of his poetry, histories, tragedies and comedies are examined. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 139 The Romantic Revolution
This course analyzes the work of Romantic writers of the late 18th and 19th centuries, such as William Wordsworth, Samuel Taylor Coleridge and Walt Whitman. Students also concentrate on writing essays. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 141 Arthurian Literature
This course examines the medieval and modern mythology surrounding the reign of the Celtic war duke Artos. Texts include a selection from among the following: Le Morte d’Arthur (both Wace’s and Sir Thomas Malory’s), Brut, Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, The Quest for the Holy Grail, Idylls of the King, The Once and Future King, The Mists of Avalon and the novel series by Mary Stewart, Stephen Lawhead and Nikolai Tolstoy. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 145 World Masterpieces
Selected writings from Asia, Greece, Rome and medieval Europe form the basis for study in this course. Students read and interpret different forms of poetry, drama and prose; relate the literature to the culture and age in which it was produced; and discuss trends in world literature through various time periods. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 148 Psychological Realism in Literature
This course focuses on the writings of Henry James, William Faulkner, James Joyce, Virginia Woolf and Djuna Barnes. Through readings, discussions and written assignments, students identify and describe specific structural characteristics used in psychological realism. Students are also expected to identify and describe the usage of these characteristics through literary analysis. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 152 European Gothic Literature
This course explores the philosophy and technique embraced by the European school of Romanticism. Students study classical literary works from England, France, Germany and Italy. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 155 Literature By Women
This course examines the works of women writers from diverse backgrounds and cultures and analyzes the influences on their lives. Traditional women’s roles are explored and compared to more contemporary roles. Writers include Virginia Woolf, Toni Morrison, Dorothy Allison, Amy Tan, Eudora Welty and Alice Walker. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 161 Modern and Contemporary American Poetry
Through the study of modern and contemporary poetics, students experience the various offerings of American poetry, from the first inklings of modern experiment in Walt Whitman’s work through to the contemporary poems of Collins. Students will gain an understanding of the legacy of the poetics, politics, and social conscience of the past and how it influences contemporary poetry and social culture. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 166 African-American Literature
This course introduces students to African-American literature and culture through autobiographies, novels, short stories, poetry, plays and supplementary audiovisual materials. Students are expected to use their analytical skills to write short critical response papers and discuss the assigned texts. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 167 American Realists and Naturalists: 1850-1900
This course examines writers’ responses to nature, urbanization and the Industrial Revolution by analyzing the changing view of human nature during these years. The study of Herman Melville, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Mark Twain, William Dean Howells, Walt Whitman, Emily Dickinson, Henry David Thoreau and Ralph Waldo Emerson introduces students to the great American fiction writers, poets and essayists of the second half of the 19th century. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 168 American Moderns: 1900-1945
This course examines the wealth of creativity in American letters during the early 20th century. Authors may include Kate Chopin, Sherwood Anderson, Sinclair Lewis, Henry James, Theodore Dreiser, Willa Cather, T.S. Eliot, Ernest Hemingway, William Faulkner, F. Scott Fitzgerald, Djuna Barnes and others. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 169 Today?s Classics: 1945-Present
This course examines the powerful array of great writing in the latter part of the 20th century. Authors may include Kurt Vonnegut, John Irving, John Hawkes, John Barth, E.L. Doctorow, Anne Tyler, Flannery O’Connor, Thomas Berger, Thomas Pynchon, John Updike, Eudora Welty, James Dickey, Tennessee Williams, Sam Shepard, Donald Barthelme, Ralph Ellison, James Baldwin, Richard Wright, Walker Percy, Joan Didion, Toni Morrison, Arthur Miller and Bernard Malamud. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 170 Satire in Great Literature
From Jonathan Swift’s A Modest Proposal in 1729 to the present, writers have employed satire as the weapon of choice in making social statements. This course examines writers such as Swift, Alexander Pope, Mark Twain, Sinclair Lewis, George Orwell, James Thurber, Flannery O’Connor, Joseph Heller, Kurt Vonnegut, Douglas Adams, Thomas Pynchon, Tom Wolfe, T.R. Pearson, Edward Albee and Samuel Beckett. In addition, satirists such as cartoonists from The New Yorker and sequential artists such as Gary Trudeau may be discussed. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 171 World Mythology
This course introduces students to the major issues, literature and art of world mythologies, with a primary focus on what is termed “classical mythology.” In addition to Greek and Roman myths, the course content includes tales and legends from Asia, North and South America, Australia and Africa. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 176 Classics of Science Fiction
This course introduces several classic texts and films in the science fiction genre. Emphasis is given to the social and historical contexts in which the genre has evolved. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 179 French Literature
In this course, students are introduced to influential French authors whose writings represent the diversity of Romantic themes popular in the 19th century. Assigned readings explore literary movements such as realism, symbolism, surrealism and naturalism and serve as a basis for class discussion, analysis and response. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 180 Writing Fundamentals for Screen and Stage
Artists working in areas including film, performing art, animation and sequential art rely on narrative writing as a means to develop plot, character and story. This course is designed to provide students with exposure to various types of narrative literature, as well as appropriate software applications to write narratives for screen and stage so that students can master the fundamental mechanics and structure of screenwriting, playwriting and other narrative works. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 186 Hispanic Literature
This course centers on Latin American/Hispanic literature in the 19th and 20th centuries. Readings and class discussions focus on definitions and techniques of literary genres, literary movements and historical events of Spain and Spanish America, and the innovations and contributions of individual Spanish and Spanish-American writers. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 188 Asian-American Literature
Using an interdisciplinary approach, students explore the wealth of Asian-American literature through required readings, multimedia materials, and selected social, cultural and historical writings. Students engage in class discussions and critical writings to gain a better understanding of Asian-American literature. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 193 Composition for International Students
This course is intended for non-native English speakers This course examines written exposition and communication. Assignments include analyzing and composing essays and implementing research skills.
ENGL 212 British Literature Since 1920
This course emphasizes literature of Great Britain since 1920, focusing on writers of all genres generally associated with Modernism and Postmodernism. Students will acquire knowledge about narrative techniques, especially those that have influenced storytelling today. Themes often employed by selected writers, such as colonialism, absurdism and pessimism, are discussed. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 220 Victorian Literature
The Victorian era was a time of firsts (first photograph, mystery novel, mass-produced illustration) as well as great social change. This course examines the representations of these social and cultural phenomena through discussion of writers including John Ruskin, Alfred Tennyson, T.S. Eliot and Rudyard Kipling. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 226 19th and 20th-century Nautical Literature
The vital tradition of Anglo-American sea literature provides unique and varied access to crucial imaginative, cultural and political crosscurrents that shape British-American studies. In this course, students analyze and discuss noteworthy texts by British and American writers from the Age of Exploration to the present day. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 235 Detective Narratives
This course will focus on the genre of the detective narrative and trace its history by examining important examples from the 19th, 20th, and 21st centuries. Students will read works by Edgar Allan Poe, Arthur Conan Doyle, Raymond Chandler, Agatha Christie, Dahiell Hammett, Walter Mosley, and Ed McBain, and study films, television and radio programs, comic books, graphic novels, and games in order to develop a fuller understanding of fictional detectives and crime detection. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 242 The Absurdist Imagination
This course explores the work of continental and expatriate writers and dramatists whose work challenges accepted conventions. Writers such as Gertrude Stein, Ernest Hemingway, Franz Kafka, James Joyce, Albert Camus, Thomas Bernhard and Donald Barthelme—together with dramatists in the convention of the Theater of the Absurd (such as Eugene Ionesco, Luigi Pirandello, Samuel Beckett, Tom Stoppard)--are studied. Students are encouraged to make connections between artists of the written word and painters in the Dadaist and Surrealist traditions. Prerequisite: ARTH 207.
ENGL 278 Angelheaded Hipsters: The Beat Writers
Students read and analyze the works of major Beat writers such as Jack Kerouac, Allen Ginsberg and William S. Burroughs, along with other significant contributors. In addition, students explore how the Beats integrated influences from the visual arts, Buddhism and jazz into their writings. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 280 Caribbean Literature in English
This course introduces students to some of the major voices in the Caribbean literary canon written in English. Accessing multiple genres, students will explore the various representations of Caribbean people and places in terms of ethnicity, race, gender, and social, political and economic histories. The fiction, poetry, drama, and creative nonfiction works of Caribbean writers will enable students to experience the means by which writers from the Caribbean participate in shaping not only their worldview(s) but also the perceptions of those looking into the Caribbean space. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 300 Literary Autobiographies
Writers’ autobiographies reflect a broad range of backgrounds and reveal much about the creative process itself. Students can determine what social, political and cultural issues have either helped or hindered the creative process. Write-alike exercises will enable students to construct their own autobiographies in a literary and authentic way. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 302 Greek and Roman Drama
This course will examine the culture of Ancient Greece with respect to the birth of Western drama. Selected tragedies and comedies are studied and analyzed. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 304 American Drama Since 1945
The study of the major figures and works in postwar American drama, placed in their historical, cultural and social contexts, enables students to recognize how playwrights, like all artists, respond to the world around them. In this course students learn how these responses determined the form and content of the works. Prerequisite: ARTH 207.
ENGL 310 Modern European Drama 1870?1920
Students study the writers, works and aesthetic movements that shaped modern drama from 1870 to 1920. Writers and works are examined in their historical and cultural contexts, and their influences on subsequent drama are investigated. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 320 Literary Films
This course examines how film narrative differs from a novel’s narrative. In particular, the course considers how the aspect of time shapes the construction of both narrative forms. Students explore how the camera reinterprets what the pen achieves. Students read, watch and compare great books that have been re-envisioned in filmic narrative. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
ENGL 322 Writing About Place
This course focuses on two genres of writing that both encompass the idea of “place,” our natural environment and the environment of culture. Prerequisite: ENGL 124.
ENGL 340 History of Literary Criticism
This course offers a study of the major works of literary criticism in the Western tradition: Plato, Aristotle, Horace, Samuel Johnson, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, William Dean Howells, Emile Zola, T.S. Eliot and others. Prerequisites: ENGL 124, ENGL 145.
English as a Second Language
ESL 220 Grammar in Context II
This course focuses on the basic, specific grammatical structures of English with communicative, contextual practice in other modes of language at the sentence and paragraph level including: deconstructing active language to identify the target structure, dynamic grammar drills, role plays, worksheets, online activities, short written, reading and response assignments.
ESL 230 Writing II
Students in this course focus on the use written language to express basic ideas in an organized way with effective transitions and simple supporting elements at both the sentence and short paragraph level. Students begin the practice of learning how to self-edit and peer-edit their own writing in a foreign language.
ESL 240 Reading and Vocabulary II
Focusing on the introduction of strategies to develop students’ vocabulary, this course develops reading comprehension and speed through a variety of short reading materials including art and design content, fiction and non-fiction.
ESL 250 Listening and Speaking II
Focused on the ability to listen to and speak about social, cultural and academic topics with partners, students in this course listen to text, conversations and mini lectures to identify the main ideas and specific important information presented. With pronunciation drills and dictations to reinforce the grammar structures of other courses, students practice speech appropriate to both social and academic settings with emphasis placed on developing control and verbal output of their message.
ESL 331 Academic Writing and Speaking III
Through the motivating content of popular SCAD majors, students will become skilled observers of American culture and improve their English communication skills. In addition to focusing on formal academic writing and speaking, students develop their creative language abilities in individual and group writing and speaking projects while learning about arts and design industries.
ESL 332 Cultural Topics in Writing and Speaking III
This course is designed to help ESL students adjust to study in North America at SCAD. The course will provide rigorous practice in vocabulary, language structures, writing, and speaking while providing cultural background needed to effectively live, participate and study on a SCAD campus and in the United States.
ESL 333 Topics for a Global Community III
This course emphasizes language acquisition skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) while exploring the broad concepts of various communities in and around campus. Students learn to generate and apply creative ideas in oral and written assignments. An equal emphasis is put on reading and listening skills development in the content area. Students learn to create individual writing portfolios, based on the content of the class.
ESL 334 Writing for Publication III
News gathering, writing, and editing information for publication provides international students with both a practical and a creative way to practice and demonstrate proficiency in all language acquisition skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing), while producing a professional departmental newsletter. Close supervision of individual and group work is a vital component of the course.
ESL 335 The Art of Being a Professional III
This course leads ESL graduate students through a job search, resume writing, interview and negotiation practice to prepare talented students to search for internships and employment within the United States. Items of special interest in the course are cross-cultural differences in job search procedures and establishing interview skills.
ESL 336 Language of Art and Design III
This course emphasizes art terminology and usage and is a prerequisite course for all language support classes as well as a preparation for Level V courses in Reading and Writing in Art History and Contemporary Art.
ESL 341 Academic Reading and Vocabulary III
This course develops students’ reading comprehension and speech through a variety of authentic reading materials including art and design content, fiction and non-fiction. There is a focus on expanding the academic lexicon; guessing meaning from context and reducing dependency on translation dictionaries; identifying main ideas and supporting details; and discerning patterns of text organization.
ESL 351 Drawing Language Support III
This course is an integrated skills class that emphasizes art terminology. Students look at images, read about them, discuss them and write about them. They also make formal presentations. Students are enrolled simultaneously into Drawing I, an undergraduate Drawing studio class.
ESL 352 2-D Design Language Support III
Students will explore all relevant aspects of 2-D Design. Students will be given specific preparation to help them understand the lectures, reading, exercises, and vocabulary in 2-D design to help them participate fully in the classes. Students will also be given assistance in their assignments in their credit bearing 2-D Design classes.
ESL 353 Color Theory Language Support III
Students will explore all relevant aspects of color theory including both additive and subtractive concepts. Students will be given specific preparation to help them understand the lectures, reading, exercises, and vocabulary in color theory to help them participate fully in the classes. Students will also be given assistance in their assignments in their credit bearing color theory classes.
ESL 431 Academic Writing and Speaking IV
Through the motivating content of popular SCAD majors, students will become skilled observers of American culture and improve their English communication skills. In addition to focusing on formal academic writing and speaking, students develop their creative language abilities in individual and group writing and speaking projects while learning about arts and design industries.
ESL 432 Cultural Topics IV
This course is designed to help ESL students adjust to study in North America at SCAD. The course will provide rigorous practice in vocabulary, language structures, writing, and speaking while providing cultural background needed to effectively live, participate and study on a SCAD campus and in the United States.
ESL 433 Topics for a Global Community IV
This course emphasizes language acquisition skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) while exploring the broad concepts of various communities in and around campus. Students learn to generate and apply creative ideas in oral and written assignments. An equal emphasis is put on reading and listening skills development in the content area. Students learn to create individual writing portfolios, based on the content of the class.
ESL 434 Writing for Publication IV
News gathering, writing, and editing information for publication provides international students with both a practical and a creative way to practice and demonstrate proficiency in all language acquisition skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing), while producing a professional departmental newsletter. Close supervision of individual and group work is a vital component of the course.
ESL 435 The Art of Being a Professional IV
This course leads ESL graduate students through a job search, resume writing, interview and negotiation practice to prepare talented students to search for employment within the United States. Items of special interest in the course are cross-cultural differences in job search procedures and establishing interview skills.
ESL 441 Academic Reading and Vocabulary IV
This course develops students’ reading comprehension and speed through a variety of authentic reading materials including art and design content, fiction and non-fiction. There is a focus on expanding the academic lexicon; guessing meaning from context and reducing dependency on translation dictionaries; identifying main ideas and supporting details; and discerning patterns of text organization.
ESL 451 Drawing Language Support IV
This course is an integrated skills class that emphasizes art terminology. Students look at images, read about them, discuss them and write about them. They also make formal presentations. Students are enrolled simultaneously into Drawing I, an undergraduate Drawing studio class.
ESL 452 2-D Design Language Support IV
Students will explore all relevant aspects of 2-D Design. Students will be given specific preparation to help them understand the lectures, reading, exercises, and vocabulary in 2-D design to help them participate fully in the classes. Students will also be given assistance in their assignments in their credit bearing 2-D Design classes.
ESL 453 Color Theory Language Support IV
Students will explore all relevant aspects of color theory including both additive and subtractive concepts. Students will be given specific preparation to help them understand the lectures, reading, exercises, and vocabulary in color theory to help them participate fully in the classes. Students will also be given assistance in their assignments in their credit bearing color theory classes.
ESL 531 Reading and Writing in Art History V
This course will prepare international students to respond appropriately and effectively to the diverse nature of contemporary art. They will study such media as painting, sculpture, photography, performance, video and installation.
ESL 533 Reading and Writing in Contemporary Art V
This course will specifically prepare undergraduate student who are in the English as a Second Language program for full participation in their required art history courses. Using the same textbook they will later use in Art History 100 and 110, students will mimic the activities that they will later have to perform in those courses.
ESL 550 Advanced Academic Speaking and Writing V
This course helps prepare international students for rigorous communication demands of the North American university classroom. Students will write speeches and practice formal and informal speaking, including debating, group presentations, group discussions, and individual presentations. Attention will be given to clear speech, including special attention to pronunciation.
ESL 633 International Graduate Writing Seminar VI
This course prepares international graduate students for the college’s research, citation and writing requirements, including the personal artist statement and master’s degree thesis. Prerequisites: ESL 531 and 550 and successful completion of one graduate course studio course appropriate to degree and major, or by placement exam.
ENGL 193 Composition for International Students VI
This course is intended for non-native English speakers. This course examines written exposition and communication. Assignments include analyzing and composing essays and implementing research skills.
This course focuses on the basic, specific grammatical structures of English with communicative, contextual practice in other modes of language at the sentence and paragraph level including: deconstructing active language to identify the target structure, dynamic grammar drills, role plays, worksheets, online activities, short written, reading and response assignments.
ESL 230 Writing II
Students in this course focus on the use written language to express basic ideas in an organized way with effective transitions and simple supporting elements at both the sentence and short paragraph level. Students begin the practice of learning how to self-edit and peer-edit their own writing in a foreign language.
ESL 240 Reading and Vocabulary II
Focusing on the introduction of strategies to develop students’ vocabulary, this course develops reading comprehension and speed through a variety of short reading materials including art and design content, fiction and non-fiction.
ESL 250 Listening and Speaking II
Focused on the ability to listen to and speak about social, cultural and academic topics with partners, students in this course listen to text, conversations and mini lectures to identify the main ideas and specific important information presented. With pronunciation drills and dictations to reinforce the grammar structures of other courses, students practice speech appropriate to both social and academic settings with emphasis placed on developing control and verbal output of their message.
ESL 331 Academic Writing and Speaking III
Through the motivating content of popular SCAD majors, students will become skilled observers of American culture and improve their English communication skills. In addition to focusing on formal academic writing and speaking, students develop their creative language abilities in individual and group writing and speaking projects while learning about arts and design industries.
ESL 332 Cultural Topics in Writing and Speaking III
This course is designed to help ESL students adjust to study in North America at SCAD. The course will provide rigorous practice in vocabulary, language structures, writing, and speaking while providing cultural background needed to effectively live, participate and study on a SCAD campus and in the United States.
ESL 333 Topics for a Global Community III
This course emphasizes language acquisition skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) while exploring the broad concepts of various communities in and around campus. Students learn to generate and apply creative ideas in oral and written assignments. An equal emphasis is put on reading and listening skills development in the content area. Students learn to create individual writing portfolios, based on the content of the class.
ESL 334 Writing for Publication III
News gathering, writing, and editing information for publication provides international students with both a practical and a creative way to practice and demonstrate proficiency in all language acquisition skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing), while producing a professional departmental newsletter. Close supervision of individual and group work is a vital component of the course.
ESL 335 The Art of Being a Professional III
This course leads ESL graduate students through a job search, resume writing, interview and negotiation practice to prepare talented students to search for internships and employment within the United States. Items of special interest in the course are cross-cultural differences in job search procedures and establishing interview skills.
ESL 336 Language of Art and Design III
This course emphasizes art terminology and usage and is a prerequisite course for all language support classes as well as a preparation for Level V courses in Reading and Writing in Art History and Contemporary Art.
ESL 341 Academic Reading and Vocabulary III
This course develops students’ reading comprehension and speech through a variety of authentic reading materials including art and design content, fiction and non-fiction. There is a focus on expanding the academic lexicon; guessing meaning from context and reducing dependency on translation dictionaries; identifying main ideas and supporting details; and discerning patterns of text organization.
ESL 351 Drawing Language Support III
This course is an integrated skills class that emphasizes art terminology. Students look at images, read about them, discuss them and write about them. They also make formal presentations. Students are enrolled simultaneously into Drawing I, an undergraduate Drawing studio class.
ESL 352 2-D Design Language Support III
Students will explore all relevant aspects of 2-D Design. Students will be given specific preparation to help them understand the lectures, reading, exercises, and vocabulary in 2-D design to help them participate fully in the classes. Students will also be given assistance in their assignments in their credit bearing 2-D Design classes.
ESL 353 Color Theory Language Support III
Students will explore all relevant aspects of color theory including both additive and subtractive concepts. Students will be given specific preparation to help them understand the lectures, reading, exercises, and vocabulary in color theory to help them participate fully in the classes. Students will also be given assistance in their assignments in their credit bearing color theory classes.
ESL 431 Academic Writing and Speaking IV
Through the motivating content of popular SCAD majors, students will become skilled observers of American culture and improve their English communication skills. In addition to focusing on formal academic writing and speaking, students develop their creative language abilities in individual and group writing and speaking projects while learning about arts and design industries.
ESL 432 Cultural Topics IV
This course is designed to help ESL students adjust to study in North America at SCAD. The course will provide rigorous practice in vocabulary, language structures, writing, and speaking while providing cultural background needed to effectively live, participate and study on a SCAD campus and in the United States.
ESL 433 Topics for a Global Community IV
This course emphasizes language acquisition skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) while exploring the broad concepts of various communities in and around campus. Students learn to generate and apply creative ideas in oral and written assignments. An equal emphasis is put on reading and listening skills development in the content area. Students learn to create individual writing portfolios, based on the content of the class.
ESL 434 Writing for Publication IV
News gathering, writing, and editing information for publication provides international students with both a practical and a creative way to practice and demonstrate proficiency in all language acquisition skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing), while producing a professional departmental newsletter. Close supervision of individual and group work is a vital component of the course.
ESL 435 The Art of Being a Professional IV
This course leads ESL graduate students through a job search, resume writing, interview and negotiation practice to prepare talented students to search for employment within the United States. Items of special interest in the course are cross-cultural differences in job search procedures and establishing interview skills.
ESL 441 Academic Reading and Vocabulary IV
This course develops students’ reading comprehension and speed through a variety of authentic reading materials including art and design content, fiction and non-fiction. There is a focus on expanding the academic lexicon; guessing meaning from context and reducing dependency on translation dictionaries; identifying main ideas and supporting details; and discerning patterns of text organization.
ESL 451 Drawing Language Support IV
This course is an integrated skills class that emphasizes art terminology. Students look at images, read about them, discuss them and write about them. They also make formal presentations. Students are enrolled simultaneously into Drawing I, an undergraduate Drawing studio class.
ESL 452 2-D Design Language Support IV
Students will explore all relevant aspects of 2-D Design. Students will be given specific preparation to help them understand the lectures, reading, exercises, and vocabulary in 2-D design to help them participate fully in the classes. Students will also be given assistance in their assignments in their credit bearing 2-D Design classes.
ESL 453 Color Theory Language Support IV
Students will explore all relevant aspects of color theory including both additive and subtractive concepts. Students will be given specific preparation to help them understand the lectures, reading, exercises, and vocabulary in color theory to help them participate fully in the classes. Students will also be given assistance in their assignments in their credit bearing color theory classes.
ESL 531 Reading and Writing in Art History V
This course will prepare international students to respond appropriately and effectively to the diverse nature of contemporary art. They will study such media as painting, sculpture, photography, performance, video and installation.
ESL 533 Reading and Writing in Contemporary Art V
This course will specifically prepare undergraduate student who are in the English as a Second Language program for full participation in their required art history courses. Using the same textbook they will later use in Art History 100 and 110, students will mimic the activities that they will later have to perform in those courses.
ESL 550 Advanced Academic Speaking and Writing V
This course helps prepare international students for rigorous communication demands of the North American university classroom. Students will write speeches and practice formal and informal speaking, including debating, group presentations, group discussions, and individual presentations. Attention will be given to clear speech, including special attention to pronunciation.
ESL 633 International Graduate Writing Seminar VI
This course prepares international graduate students for the college’s research, citation and writing requirements, including the personal artist statement and master’s degree thesis. Prerequisites: ESL 531 and 550 and successful completion of one graduate course studio course appropriate to degree and major, or by placement exam.
ENGL 193 Composition for International Students VI
This course is intended for non-native English speakers. This course examines written exposition and communication. Assignments include analyzing and composing essays and implementing research skills.
Equestrian Studies
EQST 100 Fundamentals of Flat Work
This course exists to provide the student with a clear understanding of how classical, elementary principles of flat work are critical for the proper training of both the horse and rider. Students will establish proper position, balance, control and the use of aids. Emphasis will be placed upon security, non-interference, and a developing understanding of the horse through basic schooling figures, pace and fundamental longitudinal and lateral exercises.
EQST 101 Developing the Horse?s Balance
In this class, flat work skills will be further developed as students learn to strengthen the horse in accordance to his natural abilities. A better understanding of the concepts of contact, bending, transitions and improving the horse’s balance will be emphasized. These elements are necessary as they increase rideability and promote good health and soundness. Students in this class will gain a better respect for the horse as an individual and learn to work with him rather than against him.
EQST 102 Advanced Flat Work
Students will be exposed to a more intensive study of the “art of riding. Each student should develop a heightened understanding of the relationship between the horse and rider and of how many of the physical problems and/or limitations of the horse can be traced back to incorrect riding. To benefit the horse’s further development, the student will utilize more advanced flat work techniques such as haunches in, haunches out, half-passes, flying changes and cantering on the counter lead. Riders in this class should be able to recognize and maintain true impulsion, contact and rhythm. Prerequisite: EQST 101.
EQST 103 Cavalletti, Gymnastics and Jumping Exercises I
This course exists to bridge training theories and flat work learned in previous courses with the basic principles of jumping. Students will continue to develop their skills with regard to flat work as they seek to understand suppleness, rhythm, impulsion, straightness and contact. Cavalletti exercises, jumping grids and gymnastic exercises will be employed to learn how to influence and improve the horse’s way of going over the jumps and to promote the horse’s athletic development. Prerequisite: EQST 102.
EQST 104 Jumping Exercises II
This course provides the student the opportunity to enhance the skills and concepts learned in Cavalletti, gymnastics and jumping exercises and apply them to more complex exercises that will lead to successful show ring riding. Students in this class will be exposed to a systematic program of riding lines, related distances, bending lines, types and styles of jumps, and jumps set off the turns. They will further explore and learn to differentiate between hunters, jumpers and hunter seat equitation. Additionally, they will develop a sense of how to work with a horse’s abilities and decide which discipline best suits the horse as an individual. Prerequisite: EQST 103.
EQST 105 Riding the Show Hunter
In this course, students will further develop their ability to ride, train and prepare horses for the hunter ring. With an understanding of the history and tradition behind riding hunters, students will explore more complicated schooling and conditioning techniques, different uses and varieties of individual jumps, lines and combinations. Students will learn to walk and analyze the courses with regard to footing and degree of difficulty to ensure that the horse’s performance is maximized. Prerequisite: EQST 104.
EQST 106 Concepts in Equitation
Students in this class will explore the general requirements and class routines that are necessary for riding in the hunter seat equitation divisions. Here the riders will concentrate on how to analyze and ride particular courses and learn how to properly execute additional tests. Skills will be further developed so that riders are competent and can positively influence the horse’s jumping style. Students will also develop a better understanding of style, balance and grace in this course. Prerequisite: EQST 104.
EQST 107 Riding the Show Jumper
In this course, riders are introduced to the concepts of showing jumpers. Students become familiar with the strategies of and learn to differentiate between the tables that are employed in the USEF Jumper Divisions at recognized competitions, and learn about the elements of a jump-off course. More complicated courses are walked, analyzed and presented. Emphasis is placed on the use of track, pace and rhythm and on how various types of jumps and combinations of jumps influence the horse while on course. Prerequisite: EQST 104.
EQST 108 Advanced Concepts in Show Jumping
Students continue to develop the concepts and skills learned in previous courses and further enhance them so that they can be incorporated into riding at the international level. A more effective position capable of influencing a horse’s effort off the ground and in the air is defined and refined. Students attempt to jump bigger, more substantial obstacles, ride more complicated courses with more technically difficult questions, and learn the necessary skills to effectively ride against the clock without becoming dangerous. The ability to turn well and jump safely from a variety of distances is emphasized. Students in this course are required to become familiar with the international (FEI) governing bodies and are expected to know and follow the rules and regulations for such competitions. Prerequisite: EQST 107.
EQST 109 Starting the Green Horse
In this course, students will focus on starting a young horse properly and/or restarting a horse that has had a shaky foundation. Although this is primarily a riding class, students may be asked to utilize various other training techniques and equipment such as lunging, long-lining, the European Walker and the round pen as deemed appropriate. The student will develop an understanding of when an individual horse is ready to progress and how to recognize signs that the training may be going in the wrong direction. The horse’s physical and mental development will be explored as it relates to our ability to train them. Prerequisite: EQST 108.
EQST 110 Fundamentals of Horse Care
This introductory course focuses on the care and maintenance of horses in a safe and secure environment. Students acquire an overview of all fundamental aspects associated with the care and the provisions necessary for the equestrian professional. Fundamental skills including food and nutrition, proper use of equipment, and common preventative measures for equine ailments, are introduced.
EQST 115 Advanced Horse Care and Management
This course introduces advanced horse care concepts including infectious disease control and emergency care. Students gain experience caring for horses as individuals and athletes with respect to their specific discipline orientation and prepare horses for the competition arena. Additionally, students are introduced to the concepts and principles of stable/herd management and record keeping. Proper assessment, response and management of emergency situations is emphasized. Prerequisite: EQST 110.
EQST 205 Principles and Theories of Riding and Training Horses
Students receive a strong foundation of the basic theories of riding as well as the fundamental principles of horses in sport. In this lecture setting, students will discuss the evolution of the horse from “worker” to “athlete;” the aspects that horses are physically capable of doing such as longitudinal and lateral work, jumping, driving and dressage, and their strengths and weaknesses. Students will also explore the rider’s aids, position and balance, control and learning methodologies as they relate to the horse and rider and the respective disciplines.
EQST 215 Principles and Applications of Training Horses
Students will apply the practices of modern-day trainers and their techniques as well as the methods and use of various training tools and equipment. Emphasis will be placed upon working horses from the ground and learning to influence the horse through an increased understanding of the horse’s psychology and physiology. In addition, students will develop a personal philosophy toward training and will gain practical experience in applying these principles through conditioning, timing, lunging, long-lining, working in the round pen and learning to start a young horse correctly. Prerequisite: EQST 205.
EQST 220 Barn Construction, Design and Facility Layout
In this course, students explore the design and construction of barns, indoor and outdoor arenas, and other barn-related structures with attention given to the layout of an equine property and the proper use of available acreage as it relates to the goals of that facility and the needs of the horse. The course includes discussion of land selection, site consideration, topography and natural amenities, financial considerations, permits and building code regulation requirements, and potential environmental issues. In addition, students will gather a basic understanding of the various types of structures, materials, foundations, and fencing needs and options.
EQST 305 Principles of Equine Anatomy
A thorough understanding of equine anatomy is crucial for the proper care and training of the performance horse. By examining the complex interaction of bones, muscle groups and internal organs in the equine athlete, students will understand the importance of maintaining the delicate balance of internal and external structure while at the same time enabling the horse to achieve the peak of its performance abilities. Prerequisite: EQST 115.
EQST 310 Competition Horse Footing
In this course, students discuss the various options in arena surfaces and footing that are available for the performance horse. These discussions include exploration of construction and proper design of outdoor and indoor riding arenas, natural and man-made drainage, fault lines, base and sub-base construction, and riding surface options, both natural and synthetic. Emphasis is placed on selection of riding surfaces as they relate to the horse’s ability to perform properly and without injury. In addition, students gain an understanding of footing issues, arena maintenance, necessary equipment, bonding agents and financial considerations. Prerequisite: EQST 205.
EQST 315 Equine Business Management
This course is a vital component in understanding professional practices in equestrian management, with the focus on the student learning effective skills to manage clients, regulatory bodies and legal offices. Students learn about contract and understand the major legal implications throughout the industry. Students also develop a small business plan appropriate to the equestrian industry and use small business tools to create an effective marketing campaign in the equestrian business. Prerequisite: EQST 110.
EQST 330 Equine Systems, Disorders and Lameness
Students study the systems of the horse including cardiovascular, respiratory, nervous, endocrine, gastrointestinal, etc. Normal signs of health and body function are discussed so that the student can begin to recognize abnormalities as they relate to these body functions. Advanced first-aid techniques are also introduced. In-depth discussions will include a study of bone structure, tendons, ligaments, circulation and related lameness. Students will discuss the importance and administration of the proper medications for basic lameness and other disorders. Emphasis is placed on detection and early treatment of ailments. Prerequisite: EQST 110.
EQST 340 Rules and Regulations for Competition Horses
This course is designed to expose students to the organizations such as the United States Equestrian Federation, the United States Hunter Jumper Association and the F??d??ration ??questre Internationale that organize and govern the world of the sport horse. Students will be exposed to the philosophies, rules and regulations that govern the various aspects of showing horses, from licensing, to violations and penalties, to drugs and medications, to conduct and sportsmanship, and to the class specifications of various disciplines and divisions. This course prepares students to understand their potential role as a trainer, rider, barn manager, exhibitor, licensed official or show manager in the horse industry. Prerequisite: EQST 205.
EQST 350 Contracts and Equine Law/Liability
This course provides students with a basic understanding of the principles of equine law necessary to own horses, and/or operate an equine business. Students review statutes, case law and readings discussing legal issues faced by equine businesses including liability laws as they relate to horses; contracts associated with equine business; business organization taxes; ethical issues; equine care requirements; infectious disease regulation law; transport; manure management; and equine insurance. Prerequisite: EQST 205.
EQST 400 Judging and Selection of the Performance Horse
This course will provide the student with an understanding of how to evaluate and select horses for sale and performance and judge the horse and/or rider’s performance in competition. Students will develop criteria for judging in the disciplines of hunters including conformation, hunter seat equitation and jumpers. The criteria will be based upon a formulation of a subjective ideal model for use in rating performance and quality based upon the rules outlined by the United States Equestrian Federation or other appropriate governing bodies. The technical rules and regulations for judging different classes and divisions will also be determined. Students will be made aware of the procedure and the requirements necessary to become a licensed official and are expected to spend a minimum of two divisions at a recognized horse show “learner” judging. Prerequisite: EQST 340.
EQST 410 Course Design
In this course, the artistry of designing courses for competition horses in the disciplines of hunters, jumpers and hunter seat equitation are explored in terms of potentialities, limitations and hazards. Students discuss the technical regulations that govern course design in the United States as well as in some international (FEI) venues. Emphasis is placed on designing and setting level-appropriate courses that influence a safe and dynamic jumping effort from the horse as they relate to each discipline, the various types and sizes of obstacles, striding and related distances, combinations, appropriate tracks, footing, site evaluation and arena size as well as the impact of weather and safety concerns. Prerequisite: EQST 205.
EQST 425 Capstone Seminar in Equestrian Studies
The purpose of this seminar is to provide students with the opportunity to develop and refine various aspects of becoming a professional in the equestrian industry while exploring issues relating to preparation and development for a successful lifelong career. Emphasis will be placed on such topics as self-management, teamwork, time management and learning styles that will be necessary for success in the workplace. Students will concentrate on career options, building a quality r??sum?? and interviewing techniques. Prerequisite: EQST 215.
This course exists to provide the student with a clear understanding of how classical, elementary principles of flat work are critical for the proper training of both the horse and rider. Students will establish proper position, balance, control and the use of aids. Emphasis will be placed upon security, non-interference, and a developing understanding of the horse through basic schooling figures, pace and fundamental longitudinal and lateral exercises.
EQST 101 Developing the Horse?s Balance
In this class, flat work skills will be further developed as students learn to strengthen the horse in accordance to his natural abilities. A better understanding of the concepts of contact, bending, transitions and improving the horse’s balance will be emphasized. These elements are necessary as they increase rideability and promote good health and soundness. Students in this class will gain a better respect for the horse as an individual and learn to work with him rather than against him.
EQST 102 Advanced Flat Work
Students will be exposed to a more intensive study of the “art of riding. Each student should develop a heightened understanding of the relationship between the horse and rider and of how many of the physical problems and/or limitations of the horse can be traced back to incorrect riding. To benefit the horse’s further development, the student will utilize more advanced flat work techniques such as haunches in, haunches out, half-passes, flying changes and cantering on the counter lead. Riders in this class should be able to recognize and maintain true impulsion, contact and rhythm. Prerequisite: EQST 101.
EQST 103 Cavalletti, Gymnastics and Jumping Exercises I
This course exists to bridge training theories and flat work learned in previous courses with the basic principles of jumping. Students will continue to develop their skills with regard to flat work as they seek to understand suppleness, rhythm, impulsion, straightness and contact. Cavalletti exercises, jumping grids and gymnastic exercises will be employed to learn how to influence and improve the horse’s way of going over the jumps and to promote the horse’s athletic development. Prerequisite: EQST 102.
EQST 104 Jumping Exercises II
This course provides the student the opportunity to enhance the skills and concepts learned in Cavalletti, gymnastics and jumping exercises and apply them to more complex exercises that will lead to successful show ring riding. Students in this class will be exposed to a systematic program of riding lines, related distances, bending lines, types and styles of jumps, and jumps set off the turns. They will further explore and learn to differentiate between hunters, jumpers and hunter seat equitation. Additionally, they will develop a sense of how to work with a horse’s abilities and decide which discipline best suits the horse as an individual. Prerequisite: EQST 103.
EQST 105 Riding the Show Hunter
In this course, students will further develop their ability to ride, train and prepare horses for the hunter ring. With an understanding of the history and tradition behind riding hunters, students will explore more complicated schooling and conditioning techniques, different uses and varieties of individual jumps, lines and combinations. Students will learn to walk and analyze the courses with regard to footing and degree of difficulty to ensure that the horse’s performance is maximized. Prerequisite: EQST 104.
EQST 106 Concepts in Equitation
Students in this class will explore the general requirements and class routines that are necessary for riding in the hunter seat equitation divisions. Here the riders will concentrate on how to analyze and ride particular courses and learn how to properly execute additional tests. Skills will be further developed so that riders are competent and can positively influence the horse’s jumping style. Students will also develop a better understanding of style, balance and grace in this course. Prerequisite: EQST 104.
EQST 107 Riding the Show Jumper
In this course, riders are introduced to the concepts of showing jumpers. Students become familiar with the strategies of and learn to differentiate between the tables that are employed in the USEF Jumper Divisions at recognized competitions, and learn about the elements of a jump-off course. More complicated courses are walked, analyzed and presented. Emphasis is placed on the use of track, pace and rhythm and on how various types of jumps and combinations of jumps influence the horse while on course. Prerequisite: EQST 104.
EQST 108 Advanced Concepts in Show Jumping
Students continue to develop the concepts and skills learned in previous courses and further enhance them so that they can be incorporated into riding at the international level. A more effective position capable of influencing a horse’s effort off the ground and in the air is defined and refined. Students attempt to jump bigger, more substantial obstacles, ride more complicated courses with more technically difficult questions, and learn the necessary skills to effectively ride against the clock without becoming dangerous. The ability to turn well and jump safely from a variety of distances is emphasized. Students in this course are required to become familiar with the international (FEI) governing bodies and are expected to know and follow the rules and regulations for such competitions. Prerequisite: EQST 107.
EQST 109 Starting the Green Horse
In this course, students will focus on starting a young horse properly and/or restarting a horse that has had a shaky foundation. Although this is primarily a riding class, students may be asked to utilize various other training techniques and equipment such as lunging, long-lining, the European Walker and the round pen as deemed appropriate. The student will develop an understanding of when an individual horse is ready to progress and how to recognize signs that the training may be going in the wrong direction. The horse’s physical and mental development will be explored as it relates to our ability to train them. Prerequisite: EQST 108.
EQST 110 Fundamentals of Horse Care
This introductory course focuses on the care and maintenance of horses in a safe and secure environment. Students acquire an overview of all fundamental aspects associated with the care and the provisions necessary for the equestrian professional. Fundamental skills including food and nutrition, proper use of equipment, and common preventative measures for equine ailments, are introduced.
EQST 115 Advanced Horse Care and Management
This course introduces advanced horse care concepts including infectious disease control and emergency care. Students gain experience caring for horses as individuals and athletes with respect to their specific discipline orientation and prepare horses for the competition arena. Additionally, students are introduced to the concepts and principles of stable/herd management and record keeping. Proper assessment, response and management of emergency situations is emphasized. Prerequisite: EQST 110.
EQST 205 Principles and Theories of Riding and Training Horses
Students receive a strong foundation of the basic theories of riding as well as the fundamental principles of horses in sport. In this lecture setting, students will discuss the evolution of the horse from “worker” to “athlete;” the aspects that horses are physically capable of doing such as longitudinal and lateral work, jumping, driving and dressage, and their strengths and weaknesses. Students will also explore the rider’s aids, position and balance, control and learning methodologies as they relate to the horse and rider and the respective disciplines.
EQST 215 Principles and Applications of Training Horses
Students will apply the practices of modern-day trainers and their techniques as well as the methods and use of various training tools and equipment. Emphasis will be placed upon working horses from the ground and learning to influence the horse through an increased understanding of the horse’s psychology and physiology. In addition, students will develop a personal philosophy toward training and will gain practical experience in applying these principles through conditioning, timing, lunging, long-lining, working in the round pen and learning to start a young horse correctly. Prerequisite: EQST 205.
EQST 220 Barn Construction, Design and Facility Layout
In this course, students explore the design and construction of barns, indoor and outdoor arenas, and other barn-related structures with attention given to the layout of an equine property and the proper use of available acreage as it relates to the goals of that facility and the needs of the horse. The course includes discussion of land selection, site consideration, topography and natural amenities, financial considerations, permits and building code regulation requirements, and potential environmental issues. In addition, students will gather a basic understanding of the various types of structures, materials, foundations, and fencing needs and options.
EQST 305 Principles of Equine Anatomy
A thorough understanding of equine anatomy is crucial for the proper care and training of the performance horse. By examining the complex interaction of bones, muscle groups and internal organs in the equine athlete, students will understand the importance of maintaining the delicate balance of internal and external structure while at the same time enabling the horse to achieve the peak of its performance abilities. Prerequisite: EQST 115.
EQST 310 Competition Horse Footing
In this course, students discuss the various options in arena surfaces and footing that are available for the performance horse. These discussions include exploration of construction and proper design of outdoor and indoor riding arenas, natural and man-made drainage, fault lines, base and sub-base construction, and riding surface options, both natural and synthetic. Emphasis is placed on selection of riding surfaces as they relate to the horse’s ability to perform properly and without injury. In addition, students gain an understanding of footing issues, arena maintenance, necessary equipment, bonding agents and financial considerations. Prerequisite: EQST 205.
EQST 315 Equine Business Management
This course is a vital component in understanding professional practices in equestrian management, with the focus on the student learning effective skills to manage clients, regulatory bodies and legal offices. Students learn about contract and understand the major legal implications throughout the industry. Students also develop a small business plan appropriate to the equestrian industry and use small business tools to create an effective marketing campaign in the equestrian business. Prerequisite: EQST 110.
EQST 330 Equine Systems, Disorders and Lameness
Students study the systems of the horse including cardiovascular, respiratory, nervous, endocrine, gastrointestinal, etc. Normal signs of health and body function are discussed so that the student can begin to recognize abnormalities as they relate to these body functions. Advanced first-aid techniques are also introduced. In-depth discussions will include a study of bone structure, tendons, ligaments, circulation and related lameness. Students will discuss the importance and administration of the proper medications for basic lameness and other disorders. Emphasis is placed on detection and early treatment of ailments. Prerequisite: EQST 110.
EQST 340 Rules and Regulations for Competition Horses
This course is designed to expose students to the organizations such as the United States Equestrian Federation, the United States Hunter Jumper Association and the F??d??ration ??questre Internationale that organize and govern the world of the sport horse. Students will be exposed to the philosophies, rules and regulations that govern the various aspects of showing horses, from licensing, to violations and penalties, to drugs and medications, to conduct and sportsmanship, and to the class specifications of various disciplines and divisions. This course prepares students to understand their potential role as a trainer, rider, barn manager, exhibitor, licensed official or show manager in the horse industry. Prerequisite: EQST 205.
EQST 350 Contracts and Equine Law/Liability
This course provides students with a basic understanding of the principles of equine law necessary to own horses, and/or operate an equine business. Students review statutes, case law and readings discussing legal issues faced by equine businesses including liability laws as they relate to horses; contracts associated with equine business; business organization taxes; ethical issues; equine care requirements; infectious disease regulation law; transport; manure management; and equine insurance. Prerequisite: EQST 205.
EQST 400 Judging and Selection of the Performance Horse
This course will provide the student with an understanding of how to evaluate and select horses for sale and performance and judge the horse and/or rider’s performance in competition. Students will develop criteria for judging in the disciplines of hunters including conformation, hunter seat equitation and jumpers. The criteria will be based upon a formulation of a subjective ideal model for use in rating performance and quality based upon the rules outlined by the United States Equestrian Federation or other appropriate governing bodies. The technical rules and regulations for judging different classes and divisions will also be determined. Students will be made aware of the procedure and the requirements necessary to become a licensed official and are expected to spend a minimum of two divisions at a recognized horse show “learner” judging. Prerequisite: EQST 340.
EQST 410 Course Design
In this course, the artistry of designing courses for competition horses in the disciplines of hunters, jumpers and hunter seat equitation are explored in terms of potentialities, limitations and hazards. Students discuss the technical regulations that govern course design in the United States as well as in some international (FEI) venues. Emphasis is placed on designing and setting level-appropriate courses that influence a safe and dynamic jumping effort from the horse as they relate to each discipline, the various types and sizes of obstacles, striding and related distances, combinations, appropriate tracks, footing, site evaluation and arena size as well as the impact of weather and safety concerns. Prerequisite: EQST 205.
EQST 425 Capstone Seminar in Equestrian Studies
The purpose of this seminar is to provide students with the opportunity to develop and refine various aspects of becoming a professional in the equestrian industry while exploring issues relating to preparation and development for a successful lifelong career. Emphasis will be placed on such topics as self-management, teamwork, time management and learning styles that will be necessary for success in the workplace. Students will concentrate on career options, building a quality r??sum?? and interviewing techniques. Prerequisite: EQST 215.
Exhibition Design
EXHI 200 Exhibition Design Fundamentals
While being exposed to an overview of the field of exhibition design, students develop an understanding of the communicative power of form and graphics. Students are required to turn in two small design projects and one large project, which culminate in presentation boards and models. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
EXHI 210 Small-scale Exhibition Design
This course continues to develop the concepts introduced in Exhibition Design Fundamentals. Students expand their understanding of strategies used in designing for small-scale exhibition and trade show booths. Issues surrounding the effective use of computer renderings and presentation skills are emphasized. Various issues ranging from space rental to drayage facilitation are discussed as business practices specific to the trade show and exhibition design industry. Prerequisite: EXHI 200.
EXHI 220 Large-scale Exhibition Design
In this course, students become familiar with various issues associated with the design and development of large-scale exhibitions. General logistical concerns surrounding the successful planning and installation of large-scale exhibitions in trade halls are addressed including budgeting, scheduling, communications, materials and construction, crating, planning for electrical needs, setup and installation. Prerequisite: EXHI 200.
EXHI 311 Design for Permanent Installation
This course addresses the specific development and design of a themed environment for permanent installation. Topics discussed include the special issues of architectural blueprint reading, interaction with general contractors, and traffic flow. Designs evolve through an understanding of the information being delivered and the specific purpose of the environment. Prerequisite: EXHI 200.
EXHI 321 Design for Educational Exhibition
In this course students are exposed to the informational requirements of educating and informing the viewer on a specific topic. Emphasis is placed on research, organization, and methods of delivering information, as well as storyboarding, directing of traffic through the exhibition, model-making, and presentation for this specialized area. Prerequisite: EXHI 200.
EXHI 331 Point-of-purchase Merchandising
This course introduces the student to the world of point of purchase merchandising, from self-packs to permanent merchandizing units. Students explore the materials, techniques and design strategies that make for successful merchandising displays. Design problems allow students to explore the marketing and sales requirements of retail displays while refining rendering, presentation and model-making skills. Prerequisite: EXHI 200.
While being exposed to an overview of the field of exhibition design, students develop an understanding of the communicative power of form and graphics. Students are required to turn in two small design projects and one large project, which culminate in presentation boards and models. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
EXHI 210 Small-scale Exhibition Design
This course continues to develop the concepts introduced in Exhibition Design Fundamentals. Students expand their understanding of strategies used in designing for small-scale exhibition and trade show booths. Issues surrounding the effective use of computer renderings and presentation skills are emphasized. Various issues ranging from space rental to drayage facilitation are discussed as business practices specific to the trade show and exhibition design industry. Prerequisite: EXHI 200.
EXHI 220 Large-scale Exhibition Design
In this course, students become familiar with various issues associated with the design and development of large-scale exhibitions. General logistical concerns surrounding the successful planning and installation of large-scale exhibitions in trade halls are addressed including budgeting, scheduling, communications, materials and construction, crating, planning for electrical needs, setup and installation. Prerequisite: EXHI 200.
EXHI 311 Design for Permanent Installation
This course addresses the specific development and design of a themed environment for permanent installation. Topics discussed include the special issues of architectural blueprint reading, interaction with general contractors, and traffic flow. Designs evolve through an understanding of the information being delivered and the specific purpose of the environment. Prerequisite: EXHI 200.
EXHI 321 Design for Educational Exhibition
In this course students are exposed to the informational requirements of educating and informing the viewer on a specific topic. Emphasis is placed on research, organization, and methods of delivering information, as well as storyboarding, directing of traffic through the exhibition, model-making, and presentation for this specialized area. Prerequisite: EXHI 200.
EXHI 331 Point-of-purchase Merchandising
This course introduces the student to the world of point of purchase merchandising, from self-packs to permanent merchandizing units. Students explore the materials, techniques and design strategies that make for successful merchandising displays. Design problems allow students to explore the marketing and sales requirements of retail displays while refining rendering, presentation and model-making skills. Prerequisite: EXHI 200.
Fashion
FASH 100 Fashion Technology
In this studio course, students are introduced to professional standard sewing techniques and apparel construction. Through assignments, the techniques are applied to produce finished garments.
FASH 105 Introduction to Textiles
This lecture/studio course introduces students to the qualities and properties of fashion fabrics. By investigating the fibers, quality, construction, care and finishing of textiles, students are expected to learn the basics of fabric identification and specific uses in the fashion industry. The course requires studio projects and provides demonstrations of basic methods of textile design development, weaving, printing and dyeing.
FASH 110 Introduction to Fashion Design
This studio course addresses the basic elements of fashion design. Assignments introduce the design processes of trend and fabric research, storyboarding compiling, color story, design innovation and the 2-D to 3-D development of creative ideas. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 101.
FASH 210 Advanced Fashion Technology
This course explores the application of advanced sewing technology across a range of fashion products. Emphasis is placed on producing a reference sample book by using various fashion materials. Prerequisite: FASH 100.
FASH 215 Apparel Development I
This studio course explores the development of basic level apparel styles through the application of the draping principles on the three-dimensional dress form. Students study the process from initial design concept through first sample. Prerequisites: FASH 100, FASH 110.
FASH 219 Introduction to Fashion Sketching
This course introduces fashion sketching techniques to communicate the ideas, concepts and details of garments by visually interpreting fashion apparel, including the body proportions and garment fit used in basic fashion sketching. Prerequisite: FASH 110.
FASH 220 Advanced Fashion Sketching
This course introduces a fashion drawing technique to communicate the ideas, moods and details of garments by visually interpreting fashion apparel, including the body proportions used in basic fashion drawing. Drawing techniques integrate the use of croquis and the concept of flat specification. As students create various croquis bodies for individual portfolios, they are expected to develop their own personal style and flat pattern drawing skills. Prerequisites: FASH 110, FASH 219.
FASH 247 History of Fashion
This course presents a visual history of fashion from ancient Egypt to the present, with particular emphasis on recent history from the mid-19th through the early 21st centuries. Students discuss and analyze historical periods and their influence on contemporary fashion. Prerequisites: ACCE 205 or FASH 110, ARTH 110.
FASH 300 Computer-aided Fashion Design
This course provides the opportunity for students to integrate their fashion design development with computer-aided systems. The emphasis is on fashion innovation and concept design exploration enhanced by computer applications. Prerequisites: CMPA 100, FASH 220.
FASH 303 The Business of Fashion
This course is directed toward the commercial and professional elements of fashion. Students are expected to analyze all aspects of merchandising and marketing within fashion and its related industries. Prerequisites: FASH 220, FASH 300.
FASH 315 Apparel Development II
This studio course explores the development of intermediate level apparel styles through the application of pattern drafting principles. Students draft and execute professional standard patterns through flat pattern methods, measurements, and rub-off. Students study the process from initial design concept through first sample. Prerequisite: FASH 215.
FASH 317 CAD Patternmaking
Performing a variety of functions in the organization, storage and retrieval of patterns within a CAD system, students in this course will be introduced to and develop skills for the application of current CAD/CAM technologies for apparel production, including computer-aided design for apparel pattern making, pattern alterations, and made-to-measure patterns. Prerequisites: CMPA 100, FASH 315.
FASH 322 Fashion Illustration
This course explores many aspects of fashion illustration from drawing basic fashion figures to producing finished professional illustrations in color. The course addresses fashion illustration from the perspectives of both fashion designers and fashion illustrators and examines the role of fashion illustration in different areas of the fashion industry. Prerequisite: FASH 220.
FASH 333 Knitwear Design for Fashion
Students are introduced to the processes of creating fully-fashioned knitwear. Assigned projects support the development of a knitwear sample book, and students explore various techniques and processes needed to create finished apparel. Prerequisite: FASH 315.
FASH 335 Decorative Surfaces
In this study of fabrics, students manipulate fabrics and textures to produce special decorative effects for detailing fashion apparel at all levels of the marketplace. Prerequisite: FASH 315.
FASH 336 Menswear Design I
This studio course explores the fashion menswear market. Focus is on trend identification, silhouette and style, portfolio presentation of trend boards and design developments. Prerequisite: FASH 315.
FASH 337 Active Sportswear
This studio course introduces students to working with stretch fabrics, particularly Lycra and Spandex, and developing lines, including flats, patterns and illustrations, for the activewear market. Emphasis is placed on developing the technical skills to successfully produce garments in Lycra fabric. Prerequisite: FASH 315.
FASH 341 Menswear Construction
This course is for students who are interested in the concept of innovative design and who require a clear understanding of the components and techniques of production which inform design. Prerequisite: FASH 336.
FASH 345 Childrenswear Design
This course addresses the unique considerations in designing and manufacturing childrenswear, including identification of childrenswear construction, pattern components and apparel sizing. Students develop pattern blocks from which advanced childrenswear designs will be executed. Prerequisite: FASH 315.
FASH 350 Special Topics in Fashion Design
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of fashion and offers students opportunities to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
FASH 360 Menswear Patternmaking I
This course is for students who are interested in the concept of innovative menswear design. Students will gain a clear understanding of the construction and cutting skills that inform the designer while acquiring the skills necessary for the construction of menswear blocks and patterns. Prerequisite: FASH 315.
FASH 366 Menswear Design II
This course is for students who are interested in the concept of innovative design. Students will acquire a clear understanding and the necessary experience of generating, developing and realizing a wide variety of creative menswear ideas. Prerequisite: FASH 336.
FASH 370 Menswear Patternmaking II
This course is for students who are interested in the concept of innovative design, who require a clear understanding of the construction and cutting skills that inform the designer. Prerequisite: FASH 360.
FASH 380 New York City Fashion Seminar
As one of the world’s fashion capitals, New York City provides a stimulating environment for studying international designers, stylists and buyers. From its Seventh Avenue hub, New York is where design, manufacturing and fashion promotion combine to produce an exciting and diverse industry with world-famous department stores and boutiques. Students visit leading design studios, showrooms, trade shows and museums to encounter a variety of facets within the fashion industry, including design research and current trends. Prerequisite: Permission of department chair.
FASH 415 Apparel Development III
This studio course explores the development of advanced apparel styles through the application of pattern drafting and draping principles. This course exposes the student to the design process from initial concept, muslin sample development and final execution of finished garments. Prerequisite: FASH 315.
FASH 417 Apparel Development V: Advanced Draping
This course presents the skills necessary to create advanced shapes and designs directly on the dress stand rather than by using basic blocks or slopers. Students work with three different fabric types to learn the use and manipulation of fabric and three different models to learn the variations in fitting procedures. They then develop the pattern from which the final garments are made. This course is highly recommended for undergraduate students preparing for their senior projects and for graduate students who want to augment their pattern-making skills. Prerequisite: FASH 315.
FASH 418 Evening Wear
This course introduces students to the skills and discipline of the specialized area of evening wear. Researching occasions for the different applications of formalwear, students develop a series of designs suitable to tailoring techniques and select fabrics that explore color, texture and pattern. In consultation with a visiting industry professional, students execute a collection of suitable evening garments for professional review. Results may range from the traditional to the avant-garde. Prerequisite: FASH 415.
FASH 419 Current Trends and Forecasting
This course focuses on current fashion trends in the international market. Through group discussion and analysis of current videos and published fashion materials, students produce reports on their own observations of the trends and how these trends relate to personal design developments. Prerequisite: FASH 415 or FASM 245.
FASH 420 Senior Collection I
This is the first in a three-quarter sequence of courses in which the student focuses on conceptualizing an original 2-D collection specializing in a major area of design. Students explore identifying customer profiles, researching major areas of specialization, sources of inspiration, and fabrication selection. The student will develop portfolio-ready technical sketches, illustrations, flats, storyboards, color storyboards and fabric swatches in preparation for the Senior Collection II course. Prerequisite: FASH 415, 3.0 major GPA.
FASH 421 Advanced Computer Applications for Fashion
This studio provides students an opportunity to integrate the fashion industry’s computer-aided design tools and applications to develop fashion collections and visual presentations. Emphasis is placed on both technical and aesthetic mastery of computer applications that are specific to the ever changing needs in the fashion industry. Prerequisite: CMPA 100, FASH 300.
FASH 422 Fashion Portfolio Presentation
This course gives students the opportunity to develop a personal portfolio of creative work. Students identify their specified career goals and prepare their portfolios accordingly. Prerequisite: FASH 415.
FASH 430 Senior Collection II
Students in this course develop skills necessary to create advanced sample garments. The emphasis is on the production of the first sample muslin or prototype through the application of advanced draping and pattern drafting techniques. Students work with fit models to learn the various fitting procedures used in the industry. Pattern alterations and manipulations are demonstrated in class to show how alterations are processed and corrected on the paper pattern. Presentation of final muslins is critiqued prior to the development of final garments. Prerequisite: FASH 420.
FASH 440 Senior Collection III
This course is the last in a sequence of three that offers advanced fashion students the opportunity to produce a senior collection of first sample garments in the selected fabrics. Industry standard construction techniques are applied in the execution of the student’s final collection. Portfolio quality presentation boards support the collection. Prerequisite: FASH 430.
FASH 450 Computer-aided Fashion Manufacturing
Learning the parameters for markers and production layouts using industry-standard software, students will learn to develop production quality patterns on the computer. In addition to learning to manipulate pattern images and experiment with various configurations to determine the best material utilization for the marker, students will learn a plotter system that allows for their original designs to be automatically and accurately patterned for each size produced. Prerequisite: FASH 317.
In this studio course, students are introduced to professional standard sewing techniques and apparel construction. Through assignments, the techniques are applied to produce finished garments.
FASH 105 Introduction to Textiles
This lecture/studio course introduces students to the qualities and properties of fashion fabrics. By investigating the fibers, quality, construction, care and finishing of textiles, students are expected to learn the basics of fabric identification and specific uses in the fashion industry. The course requires studio projects and provides demonstrations of basic methods of textile design development, weaving, printing and dyeing.
FASH 110 Introduction to Fashion Design
This studio course addresses the basic elements of fashion design. Assignments introduce the design processes of trend and fabric research, storyboarding compiling, color story, design innovation and the 2-D to 3-D development of creative ideas. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 101.
FASH 210 Advanced Fashion Technology
This course explores the application of advanced sewing technology across a range of fashion products. Emphasis is placed on producing a reference sample book by using various fashion materials. Prerequisite: FASH 100.
FASH 215 Apparel Development I
This studio course explores the development of basic level apparel styles through the application of the draping principles on the three-dimensional dress form. Students study the process from initial design concept through first sample. Prerequisites: FASH 100, FASH 110.
FASH 219 Introduction to Fashion Sketching
This course introduces fashion sketching techniques to communicate the ideas, concepts and details of garments by visually interpreting fashion apparel, including the body proportions and garment fit used in basic fashion sketching. Prerequisite: FASH 110.
FASH 220 Advanced Fashion Sketching
This course introduces a fashion drawing technique to communicate the ideas, moods and details of garments by visually interpreting fashion apparel, including the body proportions used in basic fashion drawing. Drawing techniques integrate the use of croquis and the concept of flat specification. As students create various croquis bodies for individual portfolios, they are expected to develop their own personal style and flat pattern drawing skills. Prerequisites: FASH 110, FASH 219.
FASH 247 History of Fashion
This course presents a visual history of fashion from ancient Egypt to the present, with particular emphasis on recent history from the mid-19th through the early 21st centuries. Students discuss and analyze historical periods and their influence on contemporary fashion. Prerequisites: ACCE 205 or FASH 110, ARTH 110.
FASH 300 Computer-aided Fashion Design
This course provides the opportunity for students to integrate their fashion design development with computer-aided systems. The emphasis is on fashion innovation and concept design exploration enhanced by computer applications. Prerequisites: CMPA 100, FASH 220.
FASH 303 The Business of Fashion
This course is directed toward the commercial and professional elements of fashion. Students are expected to analyze all aspects of merchandising and marketing within fashion and its related industries. Prerequisites: FASH 220, FASH 300.
FASH 315 Apparel Development II
This studio course explores the development of intermediate level apparel styles through the application of pattern drafting principles. Students draft and execute professional standard patterns through flat pattern methods, measurements, and rub-off. Students study the process from initial design concept through first sample. Prerequisite: FASH 215.
FASH 317 CAD Patternmaking
Performing a variety of functions in the organization, storage and retrieval of patterns within a CAD system, students in this course will be introduced to and develop skills for the application of current CAD/CAM technologies for apparel production, including computer-aided design for apparel pattern making, pattern alterations, and made-to-measure patterns. Prerequisites: CMPA 100, FASH 315.
FASH 322 Fashion Illustration
This course explores many aspects of fashion illustration from drawing basic fashion figures to producing finished professional illustrations in color. The course addresses fashion illustration from the perspectives of both fashion designers and fashion illustrators and examines the role of fashion illustration in different areas of the fashion industry. Prerequisite: FASH 220.
FASH 333 Knitwear Design for Fashion
Students are introduced to the processes of creating fully-fashioned knitwear. Assigned projects support the development of a knitwear sample book, and students explore various techniques and processes needed to create finished apparel. Prerequisite: FASH 315.
FASH 335 Decorative Surfaces
In this study of fabrics, students manipulate fabrics and textures to produce special decorative effects for detailing fashion apparel at all levels of the marketplace. Prerequisite: FASH 315.
FASH 336 Menswear Design I
This studio course explores the fashion menswear market. Focus is on trend identification, silhouette and style, portfolio presentation of trend boards and design developments. Prerequisite: FASH 315.
FASH 337 Active Sportswear
This studio course introduces students to working with stretch fabrics, particularly Lycra and Spandex, and developing lines, including flats, patterns and illustrations, for the activewear market. Emphasis is placed on developing the technical skills to successfully produce garments in Lycra fabric. Prerequisite: FASH 315.
FASH 341 Menswear Construction
This course is for students who are interested in the concept of innovative design and who require a clear understanding of the components and techniques of production which inform design. Prerequisite: FASH 336.
FASH 345 Childrenswear Design
This course addresses the unique considerations in designing and manufacturing childrenswear, including identification of childrenswear construction, pattern components and apparel sizing. Students develop pattern blocks from which advanced childrenswear designs will be executed. Prerequisite: FASH 315.
FASH 350 Special Topics in Fashion Design
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of fashion and offers students opportunities to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
FASH 360 Menswear Patternmaking I
This course is for students who are interested in the concept of innovative menswear design. Students will gain a clear understanding of the construction and cutting skills that inform the designer while acquiring the skills necessary for the construction of menswear blocks and patterns. Prerequisite: FASH 315.
FASH 366 Menswear Design II
This course is for students who are interested in the concept of innovative design. Students will acquire a clear understanding and the necessary experience of generating, developing and realizing a wide variety of creative menswear ideas. Prerequisite: FASH 336.
FASH 370 Menswear Patternmaking II
This course is for students who are interested in the concept of innovative design, who require a clear understanding of the construction and cutting skills that inform the designer. Prerequisite: FASH 360.
FASH 380 New York City Fashion Seminar
As one of the world’s fashion capitals, New York City provides a stimulating environment for studying international designers, stylists and buyers. From its Seventh Avenue hub, New York is where design, manufacturing and fashion promotion combine to produce an exciting and diverse industry with world-famous department stores and boutiques. Students visit leading design studios, showrooms, trade shows and museums to encounter a variety of facets within the fashion industry, including design research and current trends. Prerequisite: Permission of department chair.
FASH 415 Apparel Development III
This studio course explores the development of advanced apparel styles through the application of pattern drafting and draping principles. This course exposes the student to the design process from initial concept, muslin sample development and final execution of finished garments. Prerequisite: FASH 315.
FASH 417 Apparel Development V: Advanced Draping
This course presents the skills necessary to create advanced shapes and designs directly on the dress stand rather than by using basic blocks or slopers. Students work with three different fabric types to learn the use and manipulation of fabric and three different models to learn the variations in fitting procedures. They then develop the pattern from which the final garments are made. This course is highly recommended for undergraduate students preparing for their senior projects and for graduate students who want to augment their pattern-making skills. Prerequisite: FASH 315.
FASH 418 Evening Wear
This course introduces students to the skills and discipline of the specialized area of evening wear. Researching occasions for the different applications of formalwear, students develop a series of designs suitable to tailoring techniques and select fabrics that explore color, texture and pattern. In consultation with a visiting industry professional, students execute a collection of suitable evening garments for professional review. Results may range from the traditional to the avant-garde. Prerequisite: FASH 415.
FASH 419 Current Trends and Forecasting
This course focuses on current fashion trends in the international market. Through group discussion and analysis of current videos and published fashion materials, students produce reports on their own observations of the trends and how these trends relate to personal design developments. Prerequisite: FASH 415 or FASM 245.
FASH 420 Senior Collection I
This is the first in a three-quarter sequence of courses in which the student focuses on conceptualizing an original 2-D collection specializing in a major area of design. Students explore identifying customer profiles, researching major areas of specialization, sources of inspiration, and fabrication selection. The student will develop portfolio-ready technical sketches, illustrations, flats, storyboards, color storyboards and fabric swatches in preparation for the Senior Collection II course. Prerequisite: FASH 415, 3.0 major GPA.
FASH 421 Advanced Computer Applications for Fashion
This studio provides students an opportunity to integrate the fashion industry’s computer-aided design tools and applications to develop fashion collections and visual presentations. Emphasis is placed on both technical and aesthetic mastery of computer applications that are specific to the ever changing needs in the fashion industry. Prerequisite: CMPA 100, FASH 300.
FASH 422 Fashion Portfolio Presentation
This course gives students the opportunity to develop a personal portfolio of creative work. Students identify their specified career goals and prepare their portfolios accordingly. Prerequisite: FASH 415.
FASH 430 Senior Collection II
Students in this course develop skills necessary to create advanced sample garments. The emphasis is on the production of the first sample muslin or prototype through the application of advanced draping and pattern drafting techniques. Students work with fit models to learn the various fitting procedures used in the industry. Pattern alterations and manipulations are demonstrated in class to show how alterations are processed and corrected on the paper pattern. Presentation of final muslins is critiqued prior to the development of final garments. Prerequisite: FASH 420.
FASH 440 Senior Collection III
This course is the last in a sequence of three that offers advanced fashion students the opportunity to produce a senior collection of first sample garments in the selected fabrics. Industry standard construction techniques are applied in the execution of the student’s final collection. Portfolio quality presentation boards support the collection. Prerequisite: FASH 430.
FASH 450 Computer-aided Fashion Manufacturing
Learning the parameters for markers and production layouts using industry-standard software, students will learn to develop production quality patterns on the computer. In addition to learning to manipulate pattern images and experiment with various configurations to determine the best material utilization for the marker, students will learn a plotter system that allows for their original designs to be automatically and accurately patterned for each size produced. Prerequisite: FASH 317.
Fashion Marketing and Management
FASM 215 Fashion Aesthetics and Style
This course introduces students to the theories of dress, aesthetic norms, color, perceptions, body concerns, personality expression, and context. Students will demonstrate the ability to effectively combine design elements and principles through creative design projects. Prerequisite: FASH 110.
FASM 220 Fashion Merchandising, Planning and Control
Through an understanding of the concepts and calculations necessary for successful merchandising, this course introduces students to the terminology of operating statements, retail method of inventory, planning seasonal purchases, methods of calculating markups, turnover, stock-sales ratios, open-to-buy, markdowns, and terms of sale. Prerequisite: BUSI 101.
FASM 245 Retail Buying Simulation
Students analyze the buying function and the differences of buyers’ responsibilities in various types of merchandising organizations as a means of studying the principles, procedures and techniques practiced by merchandisers of fashion goods in determining what assortments to buy and which resources to select. Prerequisites: ENGL 123, FASM 220.
FASM 310 Private Label Product Development
This course introduces the concepts and methods by which retailers create special, store-branded merchandise for targeted customer segments. The process of product development, from research to production to distribution, is studied. Prerequisites: CMPA 100, FASH 219.
FASM 400 Contemporary Issues in Fashion Merchandising
This course concentrates on industry issues in retail apparel. Discussion will focus on product development, manufacturing, promotion, visual merchandising, special events marketing and the general consumer lifestyle. Students will understand contemporary issues in fashion and gain the experience and leadership skills necessary to make merchandising and marketing decisions through both competitive classes and guest speakers’ lectures. Prerequisite: FASM 245.
FASM 410 Retail Management
This course addresses the principles of personal selling techniques, presentation skills, the art of persuasion, negotiating, and account-building in the wholesale markets. These concepts are developed through lectures and workshops. Students also learn the effects of an organization’s culture on the management process, including decision-making, planning, structure, leadership, and defining control, and how these are viewed from a global perspective. Prerequisites: BUSI 265, FASM 245.
FASM 415 Nontraditional Retailing
This course presents a comprehensive overview of the direct marketing industry. Through the use of case and/or assignments, students learn about strategic merchandising plans. Students are also introduced to the various electronic vehicles currently used in this ever-changing industry. A comprehensive study of the growing Internet business and its dramatic impact on the retail industry is presented. Prerequisites: BUSI 265, FASM 310.
FASM 420 Global Sourcing and Import Buying for Fashion
Students in this course analyze important factors in developing import programs, distribution of products, market sources, financing, and aspects associated with apparel and other imported products. The impact of imports on domestic apparel businesses is examined. Prerequisites: BUSI 265, FASM 245.
FASM 425 Visual Merchandising Communication for Fashion
This course investigates merchandise presentation, analysis, experimentation, and field research. Through in-depth investigation, technological advances in exhibition design will be introduced and utilized to produce a visual outcome for exhibition purposes. Theory and practical applications of visual merchandising techniques in the fashion industry are studied. The course examines the development of design concepts, fixture, layout and presentation for retail. Prerequisites: BUSI 265, FASH 219, FASM 310.
This course introduces students to the theories of dress, aesthetic norms, color, perceptions, body concerns, personality expression, and context. Students will demonstrate the ability to effectively combine design elements and principles through creative design projects. Prerequisite: FASH 110.
FASM 220 Fashion Merchandising, Planning and Control
Through an understanding of the concepts and calculations necessary for successful merchandising, this course introduces students to the terminology of operating statements, retail method of inventory, planning seasonal purchases, methods of calculating markups, turnover, stock-sales ratios, open-to-buy, markdowns, and terms of sale. Prerequisite: BUSI 101.
FASM 245 Retail Buying Simulation
Students analyze the buying function and the differences of buyers’ responsibilities in various types of merchandising organizations as a means of studying the principles, procedures and techniques practiced by merchandisers of fashion goods in determining what assortments to buy and which resources to select. Prerequisites: ENGL 123, FASM 220.
FASM 310 Private Label Product Development
This course introduces the concepts and methods by which retailers create special, store-branded merchandise for targeted customer segments. The process of product development, from research to production to distribution, is studied. Prerequisites: CMPA 100, FASH 219.
FASM 400 Contemporary Issues in Fashion Merchandising
This course concentrates on industry issues in retail apparel. Discussion will focus on product development, manufacturing, promotion, visual merchandising, special events marketing and the general consumer lifestyle. Students will understand contemporary issues in fashion and gain the experience and leadership skills necessary to make merchandising and marketing decisions through both competitive classes and guest speakers’ lectures. Prerequisite: FASM 245.
FASM 410 Retail Management
This course addresses the principles of personal selling techniques, presentation skills, the art of persuasion, negotiating, and account-building in the wholesale markets. These concepts are developed through lectures and workshops. Students also learn the effects of an organization’s culture on the management process, including decision-making, planning, structure, leadership, and defining control, and how these are viewed from a global perspective. Prerequisites: BUSI 265, FASM 245.
FASM 415 Nontraditional Retailing
This course presents a comprehensive overview of the direct marketing industry. Through the use of case and/or assignments, students learn about strategic merchandising plans. Students are also introduced to the various electronic vehicles currently used in this ever-changing industry. A comprehensive study of the growing Internet business and its dramatic impact on the retail industry is presented. Prerequisites: BUSI 265, FASM 310.
FASM 420 Global Sourcing and Import Buying for Fashion
Students in this course analyze important factors in developing import programs, distribution of products, market sources, financing, and aspects associated with apparel and other imported products. The impact of imports on domestic apparel businesses is examined. Prerequisites: BUSI 265, FASM 245.
FASM 425 Visual Merchandising Communication for Fashion
This course investigates merchandise presentation, analysis, experimentation, and field research. Through in-depth investigation, technological advances in exhibition design will be introduced and utilized to produce a visual outcome for exhibition purposes. Theory and practical applications of visual merchandising techniques in the fashion industry are studied. The course examines the development of design concepts, fixture, layout and presentation for retail. Prerequisites: BUSI 265, FASH 219, FASM 310.
Fibers
FIBR 101 Introduction to Fibers
Using a variety of fiber arts and processes, students explore pattern systems, 2-D and 3-D construction, and the way images and ideas develop. Prerequisite: DSGN 100.
FIBR 201 Introduction to Weaving
This course introduces the floor loom as a tool for design and personal expression. By weaving samples and finished fabrics, students gain experience selecting yarns, making warps, dressing the loom and designing and producing a variety of cloth structures. Prerequisite: FIBR 101.
FIBR 204 Repeat-pattern Design
This course teaches the skills necessary to translate single graphic images into interconnecting, repetitive patterns suitable for use in all commercial media employing overall surface design. Particular emphasis is placed on designing multicolor, printed textile patterns and introducing techniques to examine and evaluate current design trends. Students may use computers in executing selected projects. Prerequisite: DSGN 100.
FIBR 306 History of Fabric
In this course, a study of historic textiles and basic textile techniques becomes the source for individual studio projects. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, FIBR 101.
FIBR 308 3-D Fibers
Mixed-media and sculptural approaches to fibers lead students to examine the movement away from flat, planar textiles. Various materials and techniques are explored so that students may build a strong visual vocabulary. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
FIBR 310 Images on Fabric
This course focuses on basic surface design techniques that enable students to apply images and texture to fabric and fiber. Traditional techniques and contemporary variations are explored as methods to develop meaningful surfaces that incorporate image, pattern and surface texture. Both technical understanding and creative use of media are stressed. Prerequisites: DSGN 101, FIBR 101, FIBR 204.
FIBR 312 Screen Printing
This course focuses on the development of the creative and technical skills necessary to print fabric for both commercial and fine art applications. Various printing media are explored, including opaque and transparent pigments, thickened dyes and discharge pastes. Hand-cut, direct and photomechanical stencils are used. Students are encouraged to be experimental and inventive in their approach to the media and processes. Prerequisite: FIBR 204.
FIBR 315 Computer-aided Woven Design
This course is designed to give students experience designing and producing woven fabrics using AVL dobby looms and software designed specifically for woven design. Students will study woven structure and drafting and will produce fabrics for a specified end use. Portfolio preparation and design for industry will be emphasized. Prerequisites: CMPA 100, FIBR 201.
FIBR 318 Computer-aided Surface Design
Students use NedGraphics Texcelle software to produce surface designs for commercial textiles. This course emphasizes industry standards while covering all phases of the design process--conception, pattern creation and presentation. Special focus is placed on using design input methods, including digital color mixing and digital color output, to create industry-compatible designs. Prerequisites: CMPA 100, FIBR 204.
FIBR 321 Intermediate Weaving
This course provides an intermediate study of the loom as a design tool. Particular emphasis is on loom-controlled weave structure; weave drafting and manipulation of warp, weft and woven fabric through dyeing; ikat; warp and weft painting; and other weaver-controlled methods. Prerequisite: FIBR 201.
FIBR 325 Garment: Metaphor and Function
In this course, students use weaving, surface design and hand construction methods to investigate the nature of the garment. Garments are considered as metaphor, functional object, costume or ritual object, personal adornment and cultural signifier. Traditional and nontraditional techniques are used to develop conceptual and functional ideas related to the garment and clothing. Prerequisite: FIBR 201 or FIBR 310 or FIBR 312.
FIBR 326 Advanced 3-D Fibers
This course is designed to allow students to pursue in more depth the ideas and techniques introduced in 3-D Fibers. Students investigate historical and contemporary uses of basketry techniques, felting, handmade paper and other non-loom-produced fiber constructions. Emphasis is placed on these media and techniques as vehicles for ideas and personal expression. Prerequisite: FIBR 308.
FIBR 328 Textile Rendering
This course addresses all aspects of commercial textile design production, including textile rendering techniques, production printing standards and terminology, and professional practices. Students are expected to develop a work methodology to design flat patterns from conceptual evolution to final presentation. Emphasis is placed on developing technical skills. Prerequisite: FIBR 204.
FIBR 333 Stitch Diary
The focus of this course is the development of working methodologies for students traveling and recording the experience through incorporating stitching with multi-media processes. Stitching, drawing, painting, mono-printing and collage will be employed as techniques to capture the experience of a new landscape. Students will draw upon the experience of creating their stitch diaries as a basis on which to develop textiles, textile design or textile product. Prerequisite: FIBR 101.
FIBR 334 Local Cloth, Local Color
This course will focus on the investigation of local resources to examine textiles, processes, environment and media of the area. Students will incorporate digital photography, drawings and textile sampling to create a “touch book” to record the local experience that is unique to the regions explored and visited and to develop a personal point of view. Students will develop a body of work for critique based on that point of view. Prerequisite: FIBR 101.
FIBR 336 Experimental Bookmaking
This course challenges the conceptual and aesthetic boundaries of the book as a structure for creative expression and visual communication. The class examines historical forms as well as contemporary and nontraditional approaches to bookmaking. Technical information and practical application are presented to stimulate innovative design. Students develop basic bookmaking skills by designing and producing one-of-a-kind books. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
FIBR 340 Natural Dyes and Dyeing
This course investigates the use of various natural dyestuffs, mordants and materials through the immersion and direct application processes. Research of the traditional, historic uses of natural dyes and contemporary practice within a design, fine art, and studio production context also are covered. Prerequisites: DSGN 101, FIBR 310.
FIBR 342 Embellished Surfaces
This course focuses on altering fabric surfaces and structures by using traditional and nontraditional media and techniques. Applied surface, manipulated structural and constructed surface techniques are examined as tools and as language to build surfaces for commercial, functional or fine art fabrics. Prerequisite: FIBR 310.
FIBR 344 The Art Quilt
This course examines quilt-making as a source and form in contemporary fiber work. Drawing from historical perspectives and contemporary examples, the class investigates technical and conceptual aspects of quilt-making. Prerequisite: FIBR 308.
FIBR 345 Studio Production
This course explores the design and production of a line of handmade objects. The class covers fabrication techniques and efficient methods of producing multiples. Many facets of promoting and marketing the work are investigated, including developing product identity, targeting a market and locating optimum sales venues. Prerequisite: FIBR 101.
FIBR 346 Beaded Surfaces and Structures
This course explores the connections between historical traditions of beadwork and the application of beadwork in contemporary art and design in fibers. Students are expected to develop technical skills in beaded embroidery, loomed beadwork and off-loom beaded structures, investigating both 2-D and 3-D forms. Emphasis is placed on conceptual development of metaphorical possibilities relating to studio craft objects, design for industry and fine art applications. Prerequisite: DSGN 100.
FIBR 401 Advanced Fiber Arts I
This senior-level studio is devoted to the pursuit of individual areas of interest. The primary focus is on developing a strong body of work, with additional emphasis on research, discussion and critique as adjuncts to studio work. Prerequisite: FIBR 310.
FIBR 403 Advanced Fiber Arts II
This senior-level studio is devoted to the pursuit of individual areas of interest. Continued development of a strong body of work started in Advanced Fiber Arts I is the primary focus, with additional emphasis on research, discussion and critique as adjuncts to studio work. Prerequisite: FIBR 401.
FIBR 406 Fibers Portfolio Preparation
This course emphasizes developing a body of work directed toward a specific career goal and toward the many areas of professional practice in the fibers field. Topics include artists’ statements, r??sum??s, cover letters and contracts. Emphasis is placed on professionalism in presentation and documentation. Students also investigate marketing and self-promotion techniques. Prerequisite: FIBR 403.
FIBR 415 Computer-aided Jacquard Design
Using specially designed software and an electronic jacquard hand loom, students explore the technical, functional and aesthetic considerations necessary to successfully design jacquard-woven fabrics. In addition to creating their own jacquard designs for furnishings and apparel, students are expected to analyze existing jacquard samples and become familiar with a variety of woven structures used in jacquards. Prerequisites: FIBR 201, FIBR 318.
FIBR 416 Digital Textile Printing
Through working with a digital fabric printer as the output for their designs, students will learn the vernacular of this new technology. Students will use various software applications to design and print fabric samples and yardages for a variety of end-uses. Technical considerations and design possibilities will be explored. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or ELDS 205 or ELDS 225, FIBR 204.
FIBR 418 Advanced Computer-aided Surface Design
This advanced course explores the uses of computer programs in producing digital textile designs. Through advanced training and a focus on industry compatibility and design development, students are expected to gain the knowledge and skills necessary for success in all facets of the digital textile design industry. Special focus is placed on using different software programs to create industry-compatible design for both printed and woven fabrics. Prerequisite: FASH 300 or FIBR 318.
FIBR 441 Advanced Travel Studio in Fibers
This course is for the advanced senior-level student who wishes to participate in the Lacoste trip while developing the senior portfolio requirement. Through travel, research and investigation, students will widen the scope of their knowledge of working artists and designers within a new cultural context. Students will create work for their portfolios based on the research and travel experience. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair.
FIBR 455 Advanced Computer-aided Jacquard Design
This course is an advanced exploration of jacquard design focusing on complex weave structures. Students will design and weave fabrics for textile design and/or fine arts applications, according to individual areas of interest. Prerequisite: FIBR 415.
FIBR 457 Advanced Screen Printing
This advanced course examines and explores the screen printing process on cloth. Students are expected to build a visual vocabulary and develop their technical skills. The process of creating printed cloth is further examined through experimental printing techniques, ideas of mass production, and traditional and conceptual applications. This course is tailored to each artist’s independent studio explorations. Prerequisite: FIBR 312.
FIBR 495 Special Topics in Fibers
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of fibers and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
Using a variety of fiber arts and processes, students explore pattern systems, 2-D and 3-D construction, and the way images and ideas develop. Prerequisite: DSGN 100.
FIBR 201 Introduction to Weaving
This course introduces the floor loom as a tool for design and personal expression. By weaving samples and finished fabrics, students gain experience selecting yarns, making warps, dressing the loom and designing and producing a variety of cloth structures. Prerequisite: FIBR 101.
FIBR 204 Repeat-pattern Design
This course teaches the skills necessary to translate single graphic images into interconnecting, repetitive patterns suitable for use in all commercial media employing overall surface design. Particular emphasis is placed on designing multicolor, printed textile patterns and introducing techniques to examine and evaluate current design trends. Students may use computers in executing selected projects. Prerequisite: DSGN 100.
FIBR 306 History of Fabric
In this course, a study of historic textiles and basic textile techniques becomes the source for individual studio projects. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, FIBR 101.
FIBR 308 3-D Fibers
Mixed-media and sculptural approaches to fibers lead students to examine the movement away from flat, planar textiles. Various materials and techniques are explored so that students may build a strong visual vocabulary. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
FIBR 310 Images on Fabric
This course focuses on basic surface design techniques that enable students to apply images and texture to fabric and fiber. Traditional techniques and contemporary variations are explored as methods to develop meaningful surfaces that incorporate image, pattern and surface texture. Both technical understanding and creative use of media are stressed. Prerequisites: DSGN 101, FIBR 101, FIBR 204.
FIBR 312 Screen Printing
This course focuses on the development of the creative and technical skills necessary to print fabric for both commercial and fine art applications. Various printing media are explored, including opaque and transparent pigments, thickened dyes and discharge pastes. Hand-cut, direct and photomechanical stencils are used. Students are encouraged to be experimental and inventive in their approach to the media and processes. Prerequisite: FIBR 204.
FIBR 315 Computer-aided Woven Design
This course is designed to give students experience designing and producing woven fabrics using AVL dobby looms and software designed specifically for woven design. Students will study woven structure and drafting and will produce fabrics for a specified end use. Portfolio preparation and design for industry will be emphasized. Prerequisites: CMPA 100, FIBR 201.
FIBR 318 Computer-aided Surface Design
Students use NedGraphics Texcelle software to produce surface designs for commercial textiles. This course emphasizes industry standards while covering all phases of the design process--conception, pattern creation and presentation. Special focus is placed on using design input methods, including digital color mixing and digital color output, to create industry-compatible designs. Prerequisites: CMPA 100, FIBR 204.
FIBR 321 Intermediate Weaving
This course provides an intermediate study of the loom as a design tool. Particular emphasis is on loom-controlled weave structure; weave drafting and manipulation of warp, weft and woven fabric through dyeing; ikat; warp and weft painting; and other weaver-controlled methods. Prerequisite: FIBR 201.
FIBR 325 Garment: Metaphor and Function
In this course, students use weaving, surface design and hand construction methods to investigate the nature of the garment. Garments are considered as metaphor, functional object, costume or ritual object, personal adornment and cultural signifier. Traditional and nontraditional techniques are used to develop conceptual and functional ideas related to the garment and clothing. Prerequisite: FIBR 201 or FIBR 310 or FIBR 312.
FIBR 326 Advanced 3-D Fibers
This course is designed to allow students to pursue in more depth the ideas and techniques introduced in 3-D Fibers. Students investigate historical and contemporary uses of basketry techniques, felting, handmade paper and other non-loom-produced fiber constructions. Emphasis is placed on these media and techniques as vehicles for ideas and personal expression. Prerequisite: FIBR 308.
FIBR 328 Textile Rendering
This course addresses all aspects of commercial textile design production, including textile rendering techniques, production printing standards and terminology, and professional practices. Students are expected to develop a work methodology to design flat patterns from conceptual evolution to final presentation. Emphasis is placed on developing technical skills. Prerequisite: FIBR 204.
FIBR 333 Stitch Diary
The focus of this course is the development of working methodologies for students traveling and recording the experience through incorporating stitching with multi-media processes. Stitching, drawing, painting, mono-printing and collage will be employed as techniques to capture the experience of a new landscape. Students will draw upon the experience of creating their stitch diaries as a basis on which to develop textiles, textile design or textile product. Prerequisite: FIBR 101.
FIBR 334 Local Cloth, Local Color
This course will focus on the investigation of local resources to examine textiles, processes, environment and media of the area. Students will incorporate digital photography, drawings and textile sampling to create a “touch book” to record the local experience that is unique to the regions explored and visited and to develop a personal point of view. Students will develop a body of work for critique based on that point of view. Prerequisite: FIBR 101.
FIBR 336 Experimental Bookmaking
This course challenges the conceptual and aesthetic boundaries of the book as a structure for creative expression and visual communication. The class examines historical forms as well as contemporary and nontraditional approaches to bookmaking. Technical information and practical application are presented to stimulate innovative design. Students develop basic bookmaking skills by designing and producing one-of-a-kind books. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
FIBR 340 Natural Dyes and Dyeing
This course investigates the use of various natural dyestuffs, mordants and materials through the immersion and direct application processes. Research of the traditional, historic uses of natural dyes and contemporary practice within a design, fine art, and studio production context also are covered. Prerequisites: DSGN 101, FIBR 310.
FIBR 342 Embellished Surfaces
This course focuses on altering fabric surfaces and structures by using traditional and nontraditional media and techniques. Applied surface, manipulated structural and constructed surface techniques are examined as tools and as language to build surfaces for commercial, functional or fine art fabrics. Prerequisite: FIBR 310.
FIBR 344 The Art Quilt
This course examines quilt-making as a source and form in contemporary fiber work. Drawing from historical perspectives and contemporary examples, the class investigates technical and conceptual aspects of quilt-making. Prerequisite: FIBR 308.
FIBR 345 Studio Production
This course explores the design and production of a line of handmade objects. The class covers fabrication techniques and efficient methods of producing multiples. Many facets of promoting and marketing the work are investigated, including developing product identity, targeting a market and locating optimum sales venues. Prerequisite: FIBR 101.
FIBR 346 Beaded Surfaces and Structures
This course explores the connections between historical traditions of beadwork and the application of beadwork in contemporary art and design in fibers. Students are expected to develop technical skills in beaded embroidery, loomed beadwork and off-loom beaded structures, investigating both 2-D and 3-D forms. Emphasis is placed on conceptual development of metaphorical possibilities relating to studio craft objects, design for industry and fine art applications. Prerequisite: DSGN 100.
FIBR 401 Advanced Fiber Arts I
This senior-level studio is devoted to the pursuit of individual areas of interest. The primary focus is on developing a strong body of work, with additional emphasis on research, discussion and critique as adjuncts to studio work. Prerequisite: FIBR 310.
FIBR 403 Advanced Fiber Arts II
This senior-level studio is devoted to the pursuit of individual areas of interest. Continued development of a strong body of work started in Advanced Fiber Arts I is the primary focus, with additional emphasis on research, discussion and critique as adjuncts to studio work. Prerequisite: FIBR 401.
FIBR 406 Fibers Portfolio Preparation
This course emphasizes developing a body of work directed toward a specific career goal and toward the many areas of professional practice in the fibers field. Topics include artists’ statements, r??sum??s, cover letters and contracts. Emphasis is placed on professionalism in presentation and documentation. Students also investigate marketing and self-promotion techniques. Prerequisite: FIBR 403.
FIBR 415 Computer-aided Jacquard Design
Using specially designed software and an electronic jacquard hand loom, students explore the technical, functional and aesthetic considerations necessary to successfully design jacquard-woven fabrics. In addition to creating their own jacquard designs for furnishings and apparel, students are expected to analyze existing jacquard samples and become familiar with a variety of woven structures used in jacquards. Prerequisites: FIBR 201, FIBR 318.
FIBR 416 Digital Textile Printing
Through working with a digital fabric printer as the output for their designs, students will learn the vernacular of this new technology. Students will use various software applications to design and print fabric samples and yardages for a variety of end-uses. Technical considerations and design possibilities will be explored. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or ELDS 205 or ELDS 225, FIBR 204.
FIBR 418 Advanced Computer-aided Surface Design
This advanced course explores the uses of computer programs in producing digital textile designs. Through advanced training and a focus on industry compatibility and design development, students are expected to gain the knowledge and skills necessary for success in all facets of the digital textile design industry. Special focus is placed on using different software programs to create industry-compatible design for both printed and woven fabrics. Prerequisite: FASH 300 or FIBR 318.
FIBR 441 Advanced Travel Studio in Fibers
This course is for the advanced senior-level student who wishes to participate in the Lacoste trip while developing the senior portfolio requirement. Through travel, research and investigation, students will widen the scope of their knowledge of working artists and designers within a new cultural context. Students will create work for their portfolios based on the research and travel experience. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair.
FIBR 455 Advanced Computer-aided Jacquard Design
This course is an advanced exploration of jacquard design focusing on complex weave structures. Students will design and weave fabrics for textile design and/or fine arts applications, according to individual areas of interest. Prerequisite: FIBR 415.
FIBR 457 Advanced Screen Printing
This advanced course examines and explores the screen printing process on cloth. Students are expected to build a visual vocabulary and develop their technical skills. The process of creating printed cloth is further examined through experimental printing techniques, ideas of mass production, and traditional and conceptual applications. This course is tailored to each artist’s independent studio explorations. Prerequisite: FIBR 312.
FIBR 495 Special Topics in Fibers
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of fibers and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
Film and Television
FILM 100 Introduction to Film and Video Production
This course is an introduction to both 16mm and digital camera systems, and how these tools are used to tell a story visually. Students learn basic lighting, editing and field sound recording while developing an expressive use of the medium.
FILM 101 Introduction to Video Production
This course introduces students to basic video production techniques and provides an overview of film and television theory and criticism. By combining theory and hands-on exercises, students are expected to develop the technical, analytical and critical foundations necessary in the video preproduction, production and postproduction phases. Students may acquire the conceptual abilities needed to plan and execute a variety of video projects.
FILM 105 Preproduction
This course explores all aspects of preproduction planning for both film and television. Students assume the role of producer, developing production companies to take the concept from inception to completion through the development phase of the video and filmmaking process. Prerequisites: ENGL 123, and FILM 100 or MPRA 103.
FILM 106 Introduction to Screenwriting
In every facet of filmmaking, storytelling skills are critical. This class explores the elements essential to developing those skills, from concept development to story structure and character development. Special emphasis is placed on the use of visual imagery in the storytelling process. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
FILM 132 Lighting and Field Production Techniques
This course examines the theoretical and practical application of the production process. Students gain field production experience in lighting, filming and audio recording and also assume various roles on the production team. Field trips are conducted to a variety of locations, encompassing as many different environments as possible. Prerequisites: FILM 100 or FILM 101, FILM 105.
FILM 205 Language of Cinema
In this course, students study films in order to comprehend the language of image and montage, the relationship between form and content, text and subtext. Students participate in screenings and discussion of the works of master filmmakers and innovators like D.W. Griffith, Jean Renoir, Alfred Hitchcock, Akira Kurosawa, Francis Ford Coppola, Martin Scorsese, von Trier and many others, including less well-known filmmakers. Screenings and discussion of scenes from seminal documentaries and works that were created from a fusion of cinematic techniques and/or a mix of genres foster an examination of contrasting styles through a range of analytical approaches and cultural influences.
FILM 210 Postproduction Techniques
This course emphasizes both the technical and theoretical aspects of videotape editing. Students are provided with hands-on training and are required to produce various editing exercises, exploring many editing techniques in both narrative and nonlinear narrative contexts. Prerequisites: FILM 105, FILM 132.
FILM 215 Screenwriting
Students in this course are exposed to the core elements in screenwriting such as dramatic structure, film language, story and character development, and techniques for writing effective dialogue for the screen. Additionally students analyze and discuss successful screenplay mechanics as well as write their own series of short screenplays. Prerequisite: DWRI 101 or FILM 106.
FILM 224 History of Film
The development of the motion picture medium is examined through lectures, readings and screenings of landmark works. Students are expected to analyze film as an art form, a communications tool and an entertainment source. Technological developments and sociological influences are considered as well as the present and future directions of the medium. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
FILM 302 Production Practicum
A hands-on studio workshop designed to expose students to the daily preproduction operation and expectations of the producer for a small scale film and television project from its inception to its completion. The Production Practicum course functions as a tangible production office where each student will have the opportunity to take on the role as producer for senior level student projects. Prerequisite: FILM 105.
FILM 304 Commercial Production
This course is designed to help students understand the art of advertising and the television commercial production process. Students are introduced to writing, producing and directing both local and national television spots. Prerequisites: SNDS 201, FILM 210.
FILM 305 Directing the Narrative
This course combines hands-on exercises, screenings and demonstrations of the fundamental directing skills required for visual storytelling. Students are introduced to plot development, scene continuity, dramatic motivation of talent, the main narrative models and the language of various narrative structures. Prerequisites: ENGL 180 or FILM 106, FILM 210, SNDS 201.
FILM 310 Television Comedy Writing
An analysis of historic and current trends in network and cable television comedy serves as a foundation for students to create original material, either in the comedy sketch format, the hour, or the half-hour situation comedy format. Prerequisites: ENGL 180, FILM 215.
FILM 312 Panther Dolly Seminar
This course experiments with basic camera moves inherent in the Panther Dolly system and introduces students to how the choreography of the camera and actors can be integrated. The ultimate goal is to encourage and facilitate a varied use of space, camera angles and composition, thereby stretching the limits of the film and television frame. Prerequisite: FILM 132.
FILM 313 Advanced Lighting
This course advances and expands on basic video and film lighting techniques and establishes a correlation between lighting for film and television. Also covered are the technical considerations and aesthetics of lighting in both media. Students are introduced to the collaborative role of the director of photography through analytical and hands-on applications of lighting and film/electronic cinematography. Prerequisite: FILM 132.
FILM 315 Advanced Screenwriting
This course explores longer narrative forms, the documentary, and experimental story structure. Emphasis is placed on understanding commercial viability, character development, alternative concepts and treatments for narrative, shooting and revision of scripts, shot analysis, and molding an artistic vision for feature film and television productions. Prerequisite: FILM 215.
FILM 322 Advanced Postproduction
This course explores current postproduction techniques, analyzing various editing styles and examining current video technology. The philosophy of edit decisions and the management of edit decision lists are developed through exercises and assignments. Specific issues relating to the aesthetics of editing, such as editing dialogue, parallel editing, and Brechtian distanciation and reflexivity, are also discussed. Prerequisites: FILM 210, SNDS 201.
FILM 323 Art Video
The technological and conceptual concerns of video art reflect, and are incorporated into, contemporary culture. This course introduces students to a vast range of video artists and explores the theoretical and/or political underpinnings of their work. Prerequisites: SNDS 201, FILM 210.
FILM 330 Aesthetics of Film Editing
This course addresses the discipline as an art that requires a historical perspective, a knowledge of contemporary aesthetic trends, and practical experience. It also covers the technical aspects of industry standard hardware and software. This course addresses these issues in a studio setting where students screen and analyze scenes from seminal works as well as scenes of their own choosing. Scenes from an Oscar-winning film are supplied for the editing projects. Prerequisite: FILM 210.
FILM 337 Directing the Documentary
Through critical analysis and hands-on experience, students are expected to grapple with the art of documentary production. The class examines the techniques and conceptualizations of established and self-made directors. Production assignments explore documentary techniques so that students develop an understanding of nonfiction objectivity with a critical eye for and appreciation of a genre’s implicit subjectivity. Prerequisites: ENGL 180, FILM 210, SNDS 201.
FILM 361 Theory and Application in Film
The course provides an overview of the major theoretical and critical approaches involved in the production of time-based media and the relationship of these movements to the students’ own work. Students are introduced to rudimentary critical theory and asked to apply it to their own artistic interests through a series of video “sketches.” This course is designed for undergraduate students to develop an understanding of the content of their work through practical studio application of the themes addressed. Prerequisites: ENGL 180, FILM 210.
FILM 365 Experimental Film and Installation
The course is an investigation of alternative processes in the conceptualization, production and exhibition of time-based media. By experimenting with both traditional and innovative methods, students approach working with the moving image as a means of artistic expression. Conceptual and theoretical issues, aesthetics, and installation-based venues of presentation are realized through the production of student work. Prerequisites: ENGL 180, FILM 210.
FILM 366 Production for Alternative Distribution
Students in this course will create original work for methods of distribution other than those traditionally used by cinema and television. Special attention is given to analyzing new trends in time-based media distribution via the Internet, mobile hand held devices such as cell phones and the iPod, and other emerging technologies. Prerequisite: FILM 210.
FILM 367 Directing and Producing the Music Video
Using industry standard music video production equipment, as well as preproduction, production and postproduction techniques, this course is an exploration of music video production techniques and an overview of music video theory and criticism. By combining theory and hands-on exercises, students are expected to develop the technical, analytical and critical foundations necessary for all music video preproduction, production and postproduction phases. Students will acquire the conceptual abilities needed to plan and execute a professional music video. Prerequisite: FILM 132.
FILM 393 Digital Cinematography
Through various exercises, students will learn how digital cinematography techniques are utilized in current film and television productions. Students explore and evaluate digital image capture as executed by digital cinematographers, and develop necessary digital moving image techniques essential for digital image capture. Prerequisite: FILM 132.
FILM 401 Directing Actors
This course explores the theoretical and practical considerations of the director in relationship to the multiple facets of directing actors. The course is an in-depth workshop involving casting, mounting and realization of a sequence from a screenplay emphasizing characterization and shot design. Students are introduced to basic techniques in film, television and theater acting; script and character analysis (text vs. subtext); the director’s breakdown; casting actors; special skills in rehearsals; improvisation; pacing the actor’s performance; and navigating multiple film performances from the ensemble perspective. Prerequisites: FILM 132 or MPRA 204.
FILM 403 Cinematography
This course builds on students’ knowledge of video production and applies their skills to film. Students are expected to learn to load film magazines, operate film cameras and light for film. Topics of discussion include careers in film and television and the aesthetic of working with film. Students develop expertise in film processing and printing the film to tape transfer, film stocks and double system sound recording. Prerequisite: FILM 132.
FILM 408 Steadicam
This advanced production class focuses on the Steadicam, a stabilizing system designed to have the mobility and flexibility of a hand-held camera while dramatically increasing image stability. Prerequisite: FILM 132.
FILM 410 Documentary Film Preproduction
Documentary filmmakers rely on special abilities to successfully prepare their films for production. This course leads filmmakers through the development and preproduction processes as they correlate with nonfiction content, specifically the documentary. The course emphasizes preparation and writing. Topics addressed are research, pitching and proposal writing, outlines, treatments and scripts. Prerequisite: FILM 337.
FILM 412 Shot Design
Students learn to communicate more effectively and aesthetically through shot design by deconstructing and evaluating scenes from films. Students have the opportunity to critically explore the planning, composition and execution of a scene in order to better understand the artistic role of the director. Emphasis is placed on how decisions regarding camera, color, light and location affect the storytelling of a scene. Prerequisite: FILM 305.
FILM 413 Special Topics in Film and Television
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of film and television and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
FILM 420 The Distribution Revolution
Special attention is given to analyzing the new trends in film distribution via the Internet and mobile hand held devices. This course examines from a practical application and contemporary perspective the rapidly changing landscape of content distribution in the global marketplace. Topics include theatrical distribution, cable and television sales, simultaneous global distribution, the impact of the Internet on the production, marketing and distribution of film, and the future of content distribution in all media. Prerequisite: FILM 210.
FILM 431 Film and Television Senior Project I
Students define the preproduction, production and postproduction stages of their senior projects. Emphasis is placed on analyzing the script, preparing a budget, determining a schedule, casting, identifying the target audience and deciding on a method of distribution. Students are expected to focus on very specific career goals, setting expectations and creating strategies. Prerequisite: FILM 305 or FILM 337.
FILM 432 Film and Television Senior Project II
In this course, students concentrate on the physical production of their senior project, applying their acquired knowledge of the filmmaking process and focusing on the completion of the filming component in advance of postproduction work. Experience in preproduction, scriptwriting and research, lighting, camera techniques, audio, directing, computer graphics and postproduction are utilized. Prerequisite: FILM 431.
FILM 433 Film and Television Senior Project III
This course represents the third phase of the senior project. Students focus principally on the postproduction of the final project, as well as on preparing their sample reels, solidifying career goals and determining strategies to reach them. Prerequisite: FILM 432.
FILM 450 Off-campus: Los Angeles
With a faculty member of the Film and Television department, the student will travel to Los Angeles and meet with a variety of industry professionals. Before the trip, the student will write a r??sum??, create a business card, and develop a portfolio that highlights his/her strengths as a filmmaker. Upon the student’s return, he/she will formulate a specific follow-up strategy with the industry contacts that is designed to maximize his/her relationships with them and facilitate the student’s entry into the job market. Prerequisite: FILM 210.
FILM 453 International Video Seminar
This course allows students to produce a videotape, utilizing the architectural backdrops of Provence as a stimulus for creating unmatched footage for a sample reel. Prerequisite: permission of department chair.
This course is an introduction to both 16mm and digital camera systems, and how these tools are used to tell a story visually. Students learn basic lighting, editing and field sound recording while developing an expressive use of the medium.
FILM 101 Introduction to Video Production
This course introduces students to basic video production techniques and provides an overview of film and television theory and criticism. By combining theory and hands-on exercises, students are expected to develop the technical, analytical and critical foundations necessary in the video preproduction, production and postproduction phases. Students may acquire the conceptual abilities needed to plan and execute a variety of video projects.
FILM 105 Preproduction
This course explores all aspects of preproduction planning for both film and television. Students assume the role of producer, developing production companies to take the concept from inception to completion through the development phase of the video and filmmaking process. Prerequisites: ENGL 123, and FILM 100 or MPRA 103.
FILM 106 Introduction to Screenwriting
In every facet of filmmaking, storytelling skills are critical. This class explores the elements essential to developing those skills, from concept development to story structure and character development. Special emphasis is placed on the use of visual imagery in the storytelling process. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
FILM 132 Lighting and Field Production Techniques
This course examines the theoretical and practical application of the production process. Students gain field production experience in lighting, filming and audio recording and also assume various roles on the production team. Field trips are conducted to a variety of locations, encompassing as many different environments as possible. Prerequisites: FILM 100 or FILM 101, FILM 105.
FILM 205 Language of Cinema
In this course, students study films in order to comprehend the language of image and montage, the relationship between form and content, text and subtext. Students participate in screenings and discussion of the works of master filmmakers and innovators like D.W. Griffith, Jean Renoir, Alfred Hitchcock, Akira Kurosawa, Francis Ford Coppola, Martin Scorsese, von Trier and many others, including less well-known filmmakers. Screenings and discussion of scenes from seminal documentaries and works that were created from a fusion of cinematic techniques and/or a mix of genres foster an examination of contrasting styles through a range of analytical approaches and cultural influences.
FILM 210 Postproduction Techniques
This course emphasizes both the technical and theoretical aspects of videotape editing. Students are provided with hands-on training and are required to produce various editing exercises, exploring many editing techniques in both narrative and nonlinear narrative contexts. Prerequisites: FILM 105, FILM 132.
FILM 215 Screenwriting
Students in this course are exposed to the core elements in screenwriting such as dramatic structure, film language, story and character development, and techniques for writing effective dialogue for the screen. Additionally students analyze and discuss successful screenplay mechanics as well as write their own series of short screenplays. Prerequisite: DWRI 101 or FILM 106.
FILM 224 History of Film
The development of the motion picture medium is examined through lectures, readings and screenings of landmark works. Students are expected to analyze film as an art form, a communications tool and an entertainment source. Technological developments and sociological influences are considered as well as the present and future directions of the medium. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
FILM 302 Production Practicum
A hands-on studio workshop designed to expose students to the daily preproduction operation and expectations of the producer for a small scale film and television project from its inception to its completion. The Production Practicum course functions as a tangible production office where each student will have the opportunity to take on the role as producer for senior level student projects. Prerequisite: FILM 105.
FILM 304 Commercial Production
This course is designed to help students understand the art of advertising and the television commercial production process. Students are introduced to writing, producing and directing both local and national television spots. Prerequisites: SNDS 201, FILM 210.
FILM 305 Directing the Narrative
This course combines hands-on exercises, screenings and demonstrations of the fundamental directing skills required for visual storytelling. Students are introduced to plot development, scene continuity, dramatic motivation of talent, the main narrative models and the language of various narrative structures. Prerequisites: ENGL 180 or FILM 106, FILM 210, SNDS 201.
FILM 310 Television Comedy Writing
An analysis of historic and current trends in network and cable television comedy serves as a foundation for students to create original material, either in the comedy sketch format, the hour, or the half-hour situation comedy format. Prerequisites: ENGL 180, FILM 215.
FILM 312 Panther Dolly Seminar
This course experiments with basic camera moves inherent in the Panther Dolly system and introduces students to how the choreography of the camera and actors can be integrated. The ultimate goal is to encourage and facilitate a varied use of space, camera angles and composition, thereby stretching the limits of the film and television frame. Prerequisite: FILM 132.
FILM 313 Advanced Lighting
This course advances and expands on basic video and film lighting techniques and establishes a correlation between lighting for film and television. Also covered are the technical considerations and aesthetics of lighting in both media. Students are introduced to the collaborative role of the director of photography through analytical and hands-on applications of lighting and film/electronic cinematography. Prerequisite: FILM 132.
FILM 315 Advanced Screenwriting
This course explores longer narrative forms, the documentary, and experimental story structure. Emphasis is placed on understanding commercial viability, character development, alternative concepts and treatments for narrative, shooting and revision of scripts, shot analysis, and molding an artistic vision for feature film and television productions. Prerequisite: FILM 215.
FILM 322 Advanced Postproduction
This course explores current postproduction techniques, analyzing various editing styles and examining current video technology. The philosophy of edit decisions and the management of edit decision lists are developed through exercises and assignments. Specific issues relating to the aesthetics of editing, such as editing dialogue, parallel editing, and Brechtian distanciation and reflexivity, are also discussed. Prerequisites: FILM 210, SNDS 201.
FILM 323 Art Video
The technological and conceptual concerns of video art reflect, and are incorporated into, contemporary culture. This course introduces students to a vast range of video artists and explores the theoretical and/or political underpinnings of their work. Prerequisites: SNDS 201, FILM 210.
FILM 330 Aesthetics of Film Editing
This course addresses the discipline as an art that requires a historical perspective, a knowledge of contemporary aesthetic trends, and practical experience. It also covers the technical aspects of industry standard hardware and software. This course addresses these issues in a studio setting where students screen and analyze scenes from seminal works as well as scenes of their own choosing. Scenes from an Oscar-winning film are supplied for the editing projects. Prerequisite: FILM 210.
FILM 337 Directing the Documentary
Through critical analysis and hands-on experience, students are expected to grapple with the art of documentary production. The class examines the techniques and conceptualizations of established and self-made directors. Production assignments explore documentary techniques so that students develop an understanding of nonfiction objectivity with a critical eye for and appreciation of a genre’s implicit subjectivity. Prerequisites: ENGL 180, FILM 210, SNDS 201.
FILM 361 Theory and Application in Film
The course provides an overview of the major theoretical and critical approaches involved in the production of time-based media and the relationship of these movements to the students’ own work. Students are introduced to rudimentary critical theory and asked to apply it to their own artistic interests through a series of video “sketches.” This course is designed for undergraduate students to develop an understanding of the content of their work through practical studio application of the themes addressed. Prerequisites: ENGL 180, FILM 210.
FILM 365 Experimental Film and Installation
The course is an investigation of alternative processes in the conceptualization, production and exhibition of time-based media. By experimenting with both traditional and innovative methods, students approach working with the moving image as a means of artistic expression. Conceptual and theoretical issues, aesthetics, and installation-based venues of presentation are realized through the production of student work. Prerequisites: ENGL 180, FILM 210.
FILM 366 Production for Alternative Distribution
Students in this course will create original work for methods of distribution other than those traditionally used by cinema and television. Special attention is given to analyzing new trends in time-based media distribution via the Internet, mobile hand held devices such as cell phones and the iPod, and other emerging technologies. Prerequisite: FILM 210.
FILM 367 Directing and Producing the Music Video
Using industry standard music video production equipment, as well as preproduction, production and postproduction techniques, this course is an exploration of music video production techniques and an overview of music video theory and criticism. By combining theory and hands-on exercises, students are expected to develop the technical, analytical and critical foundations necessary for all music video preproduction, production and postproduction phases. Students will acquire the conceptual abilities needed to plan and execute a professional music video. Prerequisite: FILM 132.
FILM 393 Digital Cinematography
Through various exercises, students will learn how digital cinematography techniques are utilized in current film and television productions. Students explore and evaluate digital image capture as executed by digital cinematographers, and develop necessary digital moving image techniques essential for digital image capture. Prerequisite: FILM 132.
FILM 401 Directing Actors
This course explores the theoretical and practical considerations of the director in relationship to the multiple facets of directing actors. The course is an in-depth workshop involving casting, mounting and realization of a sequence from a screenplay emphasizing characterization and shot design. Students are introduced to basic techniques in film, television and theater acting; script and character analysis (text vs. subtext); the director’s breakdown; casting actors; special skills in rehearsals; improvisation; pacing the actor’s performance; and navigating multiple film performances from the ensemble perspective. Prerequisites: FILM 132 or MPRA 204.
FILM 403 Cinematography
This course builds on students’ knowledge of video production and applies their skills to film. Students are expected to learn to load film magazines, operate film cameras and light for film. Topics of discussion include careers in film and television and the aesthetic of working with film. Students develop expertise in film processing and printing the film to tape transfer, film stocks and double system sound recording. Prerequisite: FILM 132.
FILM 408 Steadicam
This advanced production class focuses on the Steadicam, a stabilizing system designed to have the mobility and flexibility of a hand-held camera while dramatically increasing image stability. Prerequisite: FILM 132.
FILM 410 Documentary Film Preproduction
Documentary filmmakers rely on special abilities to successfully prepare their films for production. This course leads filmmakers through the development and preproduction processes as they correlate with nonfiction content, specifically the documentary. The course emphasizes preparation and writing. Topics addressed are research, pitching and proposal writing, outlines, treatments and scripts. Prerequisite: FILM 337.
FILM 412 Shot Design
Students learn to communicate more effectively and aesthetically through shot design by deconstructing and evaluating scenes from films. Students have the opportunity to critically explore the planning, composition and execution of a scene in order to better understand the artistic role of the director. Emphasis is placed on how decisions regarding camera, color, light and location affect the storytelling of a scene. Prerequisite: FILM 305.
FILM 413 Special Topics in Film and Television
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of film and television and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
FILM 420 The Distribution Revolution
Special attention is given to analyzing the new trends in film distribution via the Internet and mobile hand held devices. This course examines from a practical application and contemporary perspective the rapidly changing landscape of content distribution in the global marketplace. Topics include theatrical distribution, cable and television sales, simultaneous global distribution, the impact of the Internet on the production, marketing and distribution of film, and the future of content distribution in all media. Prerequisite: FILM 210.
FILM 431 Film and Television Senior Project I
Students define the preproduction, production and postproduction stages of their senior projects. Emphasis is placed on analyzing the script, preparing a budget, determining a schedule, casting, identifying the target audience and deciding on a method of distribution. Students are expected to focus on very specific career goals, setting expectations and creating strategies. Prerequisite: FILM 305 or FILM 337.
FILM 432 Film and Television Senior Project II
In this course, students concentrate on the physical production of their senior project, applying their acquired knowledge of the filmmaking process and focusing on the completion of the filming component in advance of postproduction work. Experience in preproduction, scriptwriting and research, lighting, camera techniques, audio, directing, computer graphics and postproduction are utilized. Prerequisite: FILM 431.
FILM 433 Film and Television Senior Project III
This course represents the third phase of the senior project. Students focus principally on the postproduction of the final project, as well as on preparing their sample reels, solidifying career goals and determining strategies to reach them. Prerequisite: FILM 432.
FILM 450 Off-campus: Los Angeles
With a faculty member of the Film and Television department, the student will travel to Los Angeles and meet with a variety of industry professionals. Before the trip, the student will write a r??sum??, create a business card, and develop a portfolio that highlights his/her strengths as a filmmaker. Upon the student’s return, he/she will formulate a specific follow-up strategy with the industry contacts that is designed to maximize his/her relationships with them and facilitate the student’s entry into the job market. Prerequisite: FILM 210.
FILM 453 International Video Seminar
This course allows students to produce a videotape, utilizing the architectural backdrops of Provence as a stimulus for creating unmatched footage for a sample reel. Prerequisite: permission of department chair.
French
FREN 101 French I
This introductory course is designed for students who have not studied French previously. Students are expected to acquire basic vocabulary and learn the principal patterns of grammar. Conversation practice and written exercises provide an integrated context.
FREN 102 French II
Building on a base established in French I, students continue their studies in French grammar, conversation, composition and reading. Prerequisite: FREN 101.
FREN 103 French III
This course is designed to reinforce and extend students’ grammatical and conversational skills. The class is complemented by readings in French literature. Prerequisite: FREN 102.
FREN 105 Conversational French
This course deals with conversational strategies and basic vocabulary needed to communicate in French. This course is a practical application of the French language for students who wish to travel to France and to other Francophone countries.
FREN 201 French IV
This course will focus on translating authentic materials in art history or architectural history. Students will learn technical vocabulary, word order and structural organization of the French language, and learn to discriminate among verb tenses and memorize frequently used words.
This introductory course is designed for students who have not studied French previously. Students are expected to acquire basic vocabulary and learn the principal patterns of grammar. Conversation practice and written exercises provide an integrated context.
FREN 102 French II
Building on a base established in French I, students continue their studies in French grammar, conversation, composition and reading. Prerequisite: FREN 101.
FREN 103 French III
This course is designed to reinforce and extend students’ grammatical and conversational skills. The class is complemented by readings in French literature. Prerequisite: FREN 102.
FREN 105 Conversational French
This course deals with conversational strategies and basic vocabulary needed to communicate in French. This course is a practical application of the French language for students who wish to travel to France and to other Francophone countries.
FREN 201 French IV
This course will focus on translating authentic materials in art history or architectural history. Students will learn technical vocabulary, word order and structural organization of the French language, and learn to discriminate among verb tenses and memorize frequently used words.
Furniture Design
FURN 120 Survey of Furniture Design
This course gives the students an understanding of specific design proponents, movements and historical trajectories relevant to furniture design, in a manner that informs and complements their design process. The course draws upon the historical lineage and identifies the predominant civilizations throughout history and the contribution they have made to furniture design. This course seeks to trace the dominant furniture paradigms and historical shifts that have occurred from prehistory up to the 21st century. Specific emphasis is placed on theoretical and ideological developments surrounding the age or era in which such developments occurred, and study is focused on the effects of such historical events, shifts and consequences. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
FURN 200 Materials and Techniques
This course focuses on the integration of design and fabrication skills necessary to complete an original project. The course covers the properties and working characteristics of hand tool use, joinery techniques and safe machine operations in the manipulation of wood. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
FURN 201 Design Studio: Introduction to Furniture
This course introduces students to the field of furniture design. Through lectures, class discussions and exercises, students develop and apply creative problem-solving skills as well as formulate, communicate, and present a sound basis for their ideas. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
FURN 232 Rendering and Presentation for Furniture Design
In this course students are expected to develop the drawing skills and 2-D presentation techniques used to convey design ideas required in the furniture design profession. Prerequisite: DSGN 102 or DRAW 230.
FURN 236 Furniture Practices: Laminated Form
In this course, students are expected to synthesize their design and fabrication skills. The course explores the conceptual, aesthetic and structural issues involved with the design and construction of a project utilizing lamination techniques. Prerequisites: FURN 200, FURN 232.
FURN 238 Design Studio: Furniture and Spatial Composition
Understanding the composition and quality of spaces in which humans work, interact, play, live and utilize their furniture is the basis of this course. Lectures, exercises and case studies provide students an appreciation of the complexities and nuances of the built environment towards a more meaningful and responsible furniture design process. Prerequisite: FURN 201, FURN 232.
FURN 241 Design Studio: Applied Universal Design
Through lectures, readings, discussions and exercises, students explore universal design as an integrated process. Students examine the sphere of human activity and its impact on design. The synthesis of contextual research, user needs, technical and functional requirements in the design development is stressed. Students develop and execute design solutions based on the fundamental principles of universal design. Prerequisites: FURN 120, FURN 201.
FURN 301 Furniture Practices: Metal
This course explores the material and fabrication properties of metals. Metal manipulation, machine safety, and proper use of hand tools, metal identification and cold assembly techniques are discussed. Students design and fabricate projects integrating the information and techniques covered. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
FURN 302 Materials and Processes
Through lectures, studio assignments and research, students explore traditional and contemporary materials and manufacturing methods unique to the furnishings industry as well as those common in other fields. Students are introduced to the technical and practical considerations that influence the choices of material and production. Emphasis is placed on the relationship between the designer and manufacturer. Prerequisite: FURN 201.
FURN 304 Design Studio: Solutions for Storage and Organization
Through directed assignments or a project, students will explore their creativity to develop design solutions that pertain to storage and organization. An emphasis will be placed on original concepts and solutions and the importance of effective design communication. Prerequisites: FURN 236 or FURN 238, FURN 241.
FURN 305 Design Studio: Furniture Design for the Market
The complex process of furniture design for the market is examined and explored, addressing issues of function, structure, aesthetics, context, and culture. The use of 2D and 3D visualization tools is instrumental as students develop and resolve their design solutions. Prerequisites: FURN 236 or FURN 238, FURN 241.
FURN 308 Design Studio: Electronic Furniture Design
Through this course, students become proficient in industry-standard modeling software applications, and how they allow for quick, accurate and transformable visualization of designs to provide a tool to facilitate communication between designer, engineer and client. Prerequisite: DRAW 115 or FURN 232 or IDUS 213, ELDS 205 or ELDS 225.
FURN 320 Accessories for Living
This course explores design, construction and packaging issues associated with the production of accessories for the living environment. Students design, develop and fabricate a product with a focus on efficient production strategies and appropriate integration of assembly processes, including the potential use of various rapid prototyping technologies. Prerequisite: FURN 302.
FURN 324 Visual Presentation
This course focuses on advanced presentation techniques using creative problem solving, concept building, visualization and research. Through lectures, discussions and exercises, students develop, document and present design professional quality project materials that broaden their portfolios. Prerequisite: FURN 232.
FURN 330 Exploration in Soft Furnishings
Through a series of lectures, demonstrations, assignments and projects, students will gain knowledge and experience with the materials, equipment and techniques involved in the production of soft furnishings for a variety of functional and aesthetic purposes. The students will be exposed to sewing technology, pattern making, structural design, and upholstery techniques that will provide the parameters for students to conceptualize, explore, design and produce a full scale prototype. Prerequisite: FURN 200.
FURN 333 Furniture Practices: Welding
This course introduces the theory and technique required to perform welding and joining operations on various common metal alloys. Students are expected to develop a working knowledge of specific alloys and their relevance to furniture design and manufacturing industry standards. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
FURN 370 Site-specific Furniture Design
Through a series of studio work, lectures, demonstrations, assignments and field trips, students will examine the role of furniture within the context of its surroundings, its intended function, and its relationship to the environment. Students will then apply that knowledge, along with appropriate tools and technology, to develop and implement site-specific furniture. Prerequisite: ARCH 300 or FURN 201 or IDUS 250 or INDS 210.
FURN 375 Furniture Design Merchandising Principles
Through a series of lectures and seminars, this course enables students to identify, challenge and explore new concepts and design competencies within the parameters of markets and opportunities. The course will also address trends and forecasting, patterns of domestic competition, practices in international import and export, packaging, and transport of products. Students will be exposed to case studies covering customer buying systems and hierarchies of needs, behavioral tendencies, cultural diversities, price determinants and market cost factors. Prerequisite: FIBR 201 or FURN 201 or IDUS 250 or INDS 210 or MTJW 255.
FURN 410 Design Studio: Advanced Furniture Design
While applying their accumulated experience, knowledge and skills in a directed design project, students demonstrate their command of the design process, process documentation, and presentation of a design project. Prerequisites: FURN 304, FURN 305, FURN 308.
FURN 415 Professional Practices in Furniture Design
This course prepares students to enter the career field of furniture design. Topics include developing professional contacts, interviewing skills, portfolios and refined r??sum??s. Prerequisite: FURN 410.
FURN 425 Design Studio: Senior Studio
This course provides the student the opportunity to propose and manage a faculty approved self-initiated design project with appropriate focus, inquiry, documentation, execution and presentation. Prerequisite: FURN 410.
FURN 499 Special Topics in Furniture Design
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of furniture design and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
This course gives the students an understanding of specific design proponents, movements and historical trajectories relevant to furniture design, in a manner that informs and complements their design process. The course draws upon the historical lineage and identifies the predominant civilizations throughout history and the contribution they have made to furniture design. This course seeks to trace the dominant furniture paradigms and historical shifts that have occurred from prehistory up to the 21st century. Specific emphasis is placed on theoretical and ideological developments surrounding the age or era in which such developments occurred, and study is focused on the effects of such historical events, shifts and consequences. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
FURN 200 Materials and Techniques
This course focuses on the integration of design and fabrication skills necessary to complete an original project. The course covers the properties and working characteristics of hand tool use, joinery techniques and safe machine operations in the manipulation of wood. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
FURN 201 Design Studio: Introduction to Furniture
This course introduces students to the field of furniture design. Through lectures, class discussions and exercises, students develop and apply creative problem-solving skills as well as formulate, communicate, and present a sound basis for their ideas. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
FURN 232 Rendering and Presentation for Furniture Design
In this course students are expected to develop the drawing skills and 2-D presentation techniques used to convey design ideas required in the furniture design profession. Prerequisite: DSGN 102 or DRAW 230.
FURN 236 Furniture Practices: Laminated Form
In this course, students are expected to synthesize their design and fabrication skills. The course explores the conceptual, aesthetic and structural issues involved with the design and construction of a project utilizing lamination techniques. Prerequisites: FURN 200, FURN 232.
FURN 238 Design Studio: Furniture and Spatial Composition
Understanding the composition and quality of spaces in which humans work, interact, play, live and utilize their furniture is the basis of this course. Lectures, exercises and case studies provide students an appreciation of the complexities and nuances of the built environment towards a more meaningful and responsible furniture design process. Prerequisite: FURN 201, FURN 232.
FURN 241 Design Studio: Applied Universal Design
Through lectures, readings, discussions and exercises, students explore universal design as an integrated process. Students examine the sphere of human activity and its impact on design. The synthesis of contextual research, user needs, technical and functional requirements in the design development is stressed. Students develop and execute design solutions based on the fundamental principles of universal design. Prerequisites: FURN 120, FURN 201.
FURN 301 Furniture Practices: Metal
This course explores the material and fabrication properties of metals. Metal manipulation, machine safety, and proper use of hand tools, metal identification and cold assembly techniques are discussed. Students design and fabricate projects integrating the information and techniques covered. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
FURN 302 Materials and Processes
Through lectures, studio assignments and research, students explore traditional and contemporary materials and manufacturing methods unique to the furnishings industry as well as those common in other fields. Students are introduced to the technical and practical considerations that influence the choices of material and production. Emphasis is placed on the relationship between the designer and manufacturer. Prerequisite: FURN 201.
FURN 304 Design Studio: Solutions for Storage and Organization
Through directed assignments or a project, students will explore their creativity to develop design solutions that pertain to storage and organization. An emphasis will be placed on original concepts and solutions and the importance of effective design communication. Prerequisites: FURN 236 or FURN 238, FURN 241.
FURN 305 Design Studio: Furniture Design for the Market
The complex process of furniture design for the market is examined and explored, addressing issues of function, structure, aesthetics, context, and culture. The use of 2D and 3D visualization tools is instrumental as students develop and resolve their design solutions. Prerequisites: FURN 236 or FURN 238, FURN 241.
FURN 308 Design Studio: Electronic Furniture Design
Through this course, students become proficient in industry-standard modeling software applications, and how they allow for quick, accurate and transformable visualization of designs to provide a tool to facilitate communication between designer, engineer and client. Prerequisite: DRAW 115 or FURN 232 or IDUS 213, ELDS 205 or ELDS 225.
FURN 320 Accessories for Living
This course explores design, construction and packaging issues associated with the production of accessories for the living environment. Students design, develop and fabricate a product with a focus on efficient production strategies and appropriate integration of assembly processes, including the potential use of various rapid prototyping technologies. Prerequisite: FURN 302.
FURN 324 Visual Presentation
This course focuses on advanced presentation techniques using creative problem solving, concept building, visualization and research. Through lectures, discussions and exercises, students develop, document and present design professional quality project materials that broaden their portfolios. Prerequisite: FURN 232.
FURN 330 Exploration in Soft Furnishings
Through a series of lectures, demonstrations, assignments and projects, students will gain knowledge and experience with the materials, equipment and techniques involved in the production of soft furnishings for a variety of functional and aesthetic purposes. The students will be exposed to sewing technology, pattern making, structural design, and upholstery techniques that will provide the parameters for students to conceptualize, explore, design and produce a full scale prototype. Prerequisite: FURN 200.
FURN 333 Furniture Practices: Welding
This course introduces the theory and technique required to perform welding and joining operations on various common metal alloys. Students are expected to develop a working knowledge of specific alloys and their relevance to furniture design and manufacturing industry standards. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
FURN 370 Site-specific Furniture Design
Through a series of studio work, lectures, demonstrations, assignments and field trips, students will examine the role of furniture within the context of its surroundings, its intended function, and its relationship to the environment. Students will then apply that knowledge, along with appropriate tools and technology, to develop and implement site-specific furniture. Prerequisite: ARCH 300 or FURN 201 or IDUS 250 or INDS 210.
FURN 375 Furniture Design Merchandising Principles
Through a series of lectures and seminars, this course enables students to identify, challenge and explore new concepts and design competencies within the parameters of markets and opportunities. The course will also address trends and forecasting, patterns of domestic competition, practices in international import and export, packaging, and transport of products. Students will be exposed to case studies covering customer buying systems and hierarchies of needs, behavioral tendencies, cultural diversities, price determinants and market cost factors. Prerequisite: FIBR 201 or FURN 201 or IDUS 250 or INDS 210 or MTJW 255.
FURN 410 Design Studio: Advanced Furniture Design
While applying their accumulated experience, knowledge and skills in a directed design project, students demonstrate their command of the design process, process documentation, and presentation of a design project. Prerequisites: FURN 304, FURN 305, FURN 308.
FURN 415 Professional Practices in Furniture Design
This course prepares students to enter the career field of furniture design. Topics include developing professional contacts, interviewing skills, portfolios and refined r??sum??s. Prerequisite: FURN 410.
FURN 425 Design Studio: Senior Studio
This course provides the student the opportunity to propose and manage a faculty approved self-initiated design project with appropriate focus, inquiry, documentation, execution and presentation. Prerequisite: FURN 410.
FURN 499 Special Topics in Furniture Design
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of furniture design and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
Graphic Design
GRDS 201 Introduction to Graphic Design
This course combines studio work with classroom instruction. Fundamental components of design theory and typography are incorporated with problem definition to provide students with valuable experience in the ideation, research, execution and presentation of projects. Lectures and visual media provide a broad introduction to the visual communication professional field. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 101.
GRDS 205 Typography I
Through lectures, demonstrations and studio work, students are introduced to all aspects of typography, from its historical precedents to its current use. Creative thinking is encouraged, along with prescribed techniques and media. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110, and ADVE 130 or MOME 130 or GRDS 201 or ITGM 130.
GRDS 229 History of Graphic Design
This course surveys the pivotal events and achievements that led to the current state of graphic communication. The unceasing quest to give form to ideas is traced from the pictographs painted on cave walls to the latest imaginative designs. Through lectures, videotapes, discussions, presentations and research, students are introduced to the creative thinkers, important innovations and breakthrough technologies that have shaped the evolution of visual communication. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
GRDS 233 Vector and Raster Graphics
This class provides students with skills needed to produce vector and raster-based graphics. Students will gain a thorough understanding of the nature of vector and raster-based digital file development, as well as an in-depth study of the applications used to create them. Projects and assignments will focus on an exploration and understanding of the applications, applying color, tools, techniques and printing options. Prerequisite: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110.
GRDS 243 Digital Page and Web Graphics
In this course, students focus on making pages, both for print and Internet environments. Correct usage of the appropriate software tools, terminology and theory of page layout are emphasized and covered in sufficient detail to understand the differences between the two layout strategies. Multiple-page documents/Web sites, media incorporation, output and publishing techniques for the two environments are the core concepts of this class. Readings, exercises and assignments focus on the acquisition of these skills. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110, and GRDS 205.
GRDS 348 Graphic Design Studio I
In this course, students develop ideational, creative and methodological strategies for problem solving. The focus is on improving design knowledge and skills, as well as introducing students to project management disciplines. Prerequisites: GRDS 233, GRDS 243.
GRDS 353 Typography II
Through readings, writing assignments, lectures and studio projects, students explore a history of typography and its relationship to cultural, geo-socio-political and psychological dynamics of information exchange. The ideas of intellectual impact, complex hierarchy, active/passive readership and emotional expression are all explored with the emphasis on user experience in typographic design. Prerequisite: GRDS 348.
GRDS 358 Production Design
This course focuses on technical proficiency and the business components of production. Students produce projects from comprehensives to print-ready digital mechanicals. Prerequisite: GRDS 348.
GRDS 370 Information Design
This course addresses visual problem solving and emphasizes methods of translating complex data into clear, visually dynamic solutions. Topics include: corporate communication systems, publication, way-finding, interaction design, etc. Prerequisite: GRDS 358 or by permission of the department chair.
GRDS 372 Corporate Identity
Creative, ideational, image-making design, digital and traditional skills are necessary in this course to meet rigorous conceptual/visual standards pertinent to creating a brand and/or a company’s identity. Through a few complex projects and numerous graphic design formats and applications, all major aspects of visual identity are emphasized and developed: logotypes, typographic sets, color palettes, photographic and illustration styles, and appropriate project presentation formats. Prerequisite: GRDS 358.
GRDS 374 Publication Graphics
This course examines the graphic designer’s role in the layout and design of publications. Lectures and studio work cover historical as well as current practices and technologies used to produce multi-page publications. Students produce visualizations for several publications using the elements of layout with typography and art. Prerequisite: GRDS 358.
GRDS 376 Business Practices for Graphic Design
Through lectures, demonstrations, research and studio work, this course presents an in-depth study of the business aspects of the graphic design profession. Common design problems are emphasized, including pricing, estimates, invoices, client relations and professional business conduct. Prerequisite: GRDS 358.
GRDS 378 Trademark and Logo Design
Through examination of corporate identity creation, this course focuses on the criteria for an effective logotype and how design firms attach meaning to a single word through typography and color. These issues will be explored through a series of assignments totally devoted to the design of effective trademarks and logotypes. Students will also be introduced to the major identity firms through research and written analysis. Prerequisite: GRDS 358.
GRDS 380 Alternative Design Approaches
This course challenges students to address unusual design problems through conceptual and artistic innovation. Alternative uses of new media and traditional techniques are explored. Prerequisite: GRDS 358.
GRDS 382 Design for Multimedia
This course concentrates on educating students in the development of effective interfaces for electronic media employing theories and techniques of multimedia, interaction design and graphic design. Students will explore the use of sound, motion, video and kinetic typography in their solutions. Prerequisite: GRDS 243.
GRDS 384 Web Design
This course concentrates on the design, development, implementation, testing and updating of effective interfaces based on principles of graphic design, interactivity and usability. Through lectures, in-class workshops and coursework, students will be educated in a variety of visual, navigational and structural approaches. CSS, navigation systems, visual hierarchy, basic animations, image preparation, and file transferring protocols are among topics covered. Emphasis will be placed on conceptual development and structure, interactivity and design aesthetics. Prerequisites: GRDS 233, GRDS 243.
GRDS 386 Package Design
In this course, students explore 3-D form and surface graphics by designing containers for a variety of products and construct 3-D prototypes. Prerequisite: GRDS 358.
GRDS 388 Interactive Web Animation
This course focuses on educating students to develop complex graphical user interfaces and animation. Students explore that software and its Action Script programming language while working with navigational elements, animated graphics and rich multimedia content, including sound and video. Current and future directions of Web interactivity and Web animations are addressed, with a focus on cross-platform development, dynamic content integration, browser compatibility, bandwidth limitations and the online distribution of interactive Web content. Prerequisite: GRDS 384 or ANIM 342 or ELDS 325 or ITGM 353 or ITGM 355.
GRDS 390 Web Site Management
This course is designed to educate students in the development and management of large, complex Web sites. Information architecture, site mapping and navigational development are introduced, with an emphasis on managing dynamic Web content. Among topics covered are application development, content management systems, cross-platform compatibility, online transactions, Internet security, and the online distribution and updating of Web content. Prerequisite: GRDS 384 or ELDS 325 or ITGM 353.
GRDS 392 Exhibition and Environmental Graphics
Students explore the ways in which exhibition and environmental graphics enhance the experience of the user community through interactivity with form and space. Working individually, and in teams, students will design and build scale models of their concepts for assigned projects. Prerequisites: GRDS 353, GRDS 358.
GRDS 394 Design and Technology: Contemporary Issues in Visual Communication
This course explores the technological, theoretical, cultural, social, political and economical issues currently affecting the field of graphic design. Students analyze the current state of the field of graphic design as a means of visual communication to employ effective design solutions for issues and topics relevant to contemporary design culture. Prerequisites: GRDS 229, GRDS 353.
GRDS 400 Graphic Design Studio II
This course expands on previous graphic design knowledge and skills, offering students the opportunity to work on a major self-initiated design project. The course emphasizes research and analysis and the design processes that lead to creative conceptualization and final design solutions. Students are expected to demonstrate sophisticated design decisions and appropriate design solutions that demonstrate a high level of expertise and achievement. Prerequisites: Two GRDS electives.
GRDS 406 Special Topics in Graphic Design
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of graphic design and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
GRDS 408 Graphic Design Portfolio
This course focuses on students’ job-seeking portfolios through lectures, demonstrations and studio work. Existing projects are refined and gaps are filled with new projects. All projects must meet the most professional standards with emphasis on quality and job-related subject matter. Prerequisites: Two GRDS electives.
GRDS 451 Graphic Design Seminar
This course is conducted as a study trip to top New York design firms that have made important contributions to the design field and to the profession, both nationally and internationally. Exceptional graphic design is viewed throughout Manhattan, particularly at the gallery of the American Institute of Graphic Arts. Students keep journals on all activities and participate in end-of-day discussions. Prerequisite: GRDS 348.
This course combines studio work with classroom instruction. Fundamental components of design theory and typography are incorporated with problem definition to provide students with valuable experience in the ideation, research, execution and presentation of projects. Lectures and visual media provide a broad introduction to the visual communication professional field. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 101.
GRDS 205 Typography I
Through lectures, demonstrations and studio work, students are introduced to all aspects of typography, from its historical precedents to its current use. Creative thinking is encouraged, along with prescribed techniques and media. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110, and ADVE 130 or MOME 130 or GRDS 201 or ITGM 130.
GRDS 229 History of Graphic Design
This course surveys the pivotal events and achievements that led to the current state of graphic communication. The unceasing quest to give form to ideas is traced from the pictographs painted on cave walls to the latest imaginative designs. Through lectures, videotapes, discussions, presentations and research, students are introduced to the creative thinkers, important innovations and breakthrough technologies that have shaped the evolution of visual communication. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
GRDS 233 Vector and Raster Graphics
This class provides students with skills needed to produce vector and raster-based graphics. Students will gain a thorough understanding of the nature of vector and raster-based digital file development, as well as an in-depth study of the applications used to create them. Projects and assignments will focus on an exploration and understanding of the applications, applying color, tools, techniques and printing options. Prerequisite: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110.
GRDS 243 Digital Page and Web Graphics
In this course, students focus on making pages, both for print and Internet environments. Correct usage of the appropriate software tools, terminology and theory of page layout are emphasized and covered in sufficient detail to understand the differences between the two layout strategies. Multiple-page documents/Web sites, media incorporation, output and publishing techniques for the two environments are the core concepts of this class. Readings, exercises and assignments focus on the acquisition of these skills. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110, and GRDS 205.
GRDS 348 Graphic Design Studio I
In this course, students develop ideational, creative and methodological strategies for problem solving. The focus is on improving design knowledge and skills, as well as introducing students to project management disciplines. Prerequisites: GRDS 233, GRDS 243.
GRDS 353 Typography II
Through readings, writing assignments, lectures and studio projects, students explore a history of typography and its relationship to cultural, geo-socio-political and psychological dynamics of information exchange. The ideas of intellectual impact, complex hierarchy, active/passive readership and emotional expression are all explored with the emphasis on user experience in typographic design. Prerequisite: GRDS 348.
GRDS 358 Production Design
This course focuses on technical proficiency and the business components of production. Students produce projects from comprehensives to print-ready digital mechanicals. Prerequisite: GRDS 348.
GRDS 370 Information Design
This course addresses visual problem solving and emphasizes methods of translating complex data into clear, visually dynamic solutions. Topics include: corporate communication systems, publication, way-finding, interaction design, etc. Prerequisite: GRDS 358 or by permission of the department chair.
GRDS 372 Corporate Identity
Creative, ideational, image-making design, digital and traditional skills are necessary in this course to meet rigorous conceptual/visual standards pertinent to creating a brand and/or a company’s identity. Through a few complex projects and numerous graphic design formats and applications, all major aspects of visual identity are emphasized and developed: logotypes, typographic sets, color palettes, photographic and illustration styles, and appropriate project presentation formats. Prerequisite: GRDS 358.
GRDS 374 Publication Graphics
This course examines the graphic designer’s role in the layout and design of publications. Lectures and studio work cover historical as well as current practices and technologies used to produce multi-page publications. Students produce visualizations for several publications using the elements of layout with typography and art. Prerequisite: GRDS 358.
GRDS 376 Business Practices for Graphic Design
Through lectures, demonstrations, research and studio work, this course presents an in-depth study of the business aspects of the graphic design profession. Common design problems are emphasized, including pricing, estimates, invoices, client relations and professional business conduct. Prerequisite: GRDS 358.
GRDS 378 Trademark and Logo Design
Through examination of corporate identity creation, this course focuses on the criteria for an effective logotype and how design firms attach meaning to a single word through typography and color. These issues will be explored through a series of assignments totally devoted to the design of effective trademarks and logotypes. Students will also be introduced to the major identity firms through research and written analysis. Prerequisite: GRDS 358.
GRDS 380 Alternative Design Approaches
This course challenges students to address unusual design problems through conceptual and artistic innovation. Alternative uses of new media and traditional techniques are explored. Prerequisite: GRDS 358.
GRDS 382 Design for Multimedia
This course concentrates on educating students in the development of effective interfaces for electronic media employing theories and techniques of multimedia, interaction design and graphic design. Students will explore the use of sound, motion, video and kinetic typography in their solutions. Prerequisite: GRDS 243.
GRDS 384 Web Design
This course concentrates on the design, development, implementation, testing and updating of effective interfaces based on principles of graphic design, interactivity and usability. Through lectures, in-class workshops and coursework, students will be educated in a variety of visual, navigational and structural approaches. CSS, navigation systems, visual hierarchy, basic animations, image preparation, and file transferring protocols are among topics covered. Emphasis will be placed on conceptual development and structure, interactivity and design aesthetics. Prerequisites: GRDS 233, GRDS 243.
GRDS 386 Package Design
In this course, students explore 3-D form and surface graphics by designing containers for a variety of products and construct 3-D prototypes. Prerequisite: GRDS 358.
GRDS 388 Interactive Web Animation
This course focuses on educating students to develop complex graphical user interfaces and animation. Students explore that software and its Action Script programming language while working with navigational elements, animated graphics and rich multimedia content, including sound and video. Current and future directions of Web interactivity and Web animations are addressed, with a focus on cross-platform development, dynamic content integration, browser compatibility, bandwidth limitations and the online distribution of interactive Web content. Prerequisite: GRDS 384 or ANIM 342 or ELDS 325 or ITGM 353 or ITGM 355.
GRDS 390 Web Site Management
This course is designed to educate students in the development and management of large, complex Web sites. Information architecture, site mapping and navigational development are introduced, with an emphasis on managing dynamic Web content. Among topics covered are application development, content management systems, cross-platform compatibility, online transactions, Internet security, and the online distribution and updating of Web content. Prerequisite: GRDS 384 or ELDS 325 or ITGM 353.
GRDS 392 Exhibition and Environmental Graphics
Students explore the ways in which exhibition and environmental graphics enhance the experience of the user community through interactivity with form and space. Working individually, and in teams, students will design and build scale models of their concepts for assigned projects. Prerequisites: GRDS 353, GRDS 358.
GRDS 394 Design and Technology: Contemporary Issues in Visual Communication
This course explores the technological, theoretical, cultural, social, political and economical issues currently affecting the field of graphic design. Students analyze the current state of the field of graphic design as a means of visual communication to employ effective design solutions for issues and topics relevant to contemporary design culture. Prerequisites: GRDS 229, GRDS 353.
GRDS 400 Graphic Design Studio II
This course expands on previous graphic design knowledge and skills, offering students the opportunity to work on a major self-initiated design project. The course emphasizes research and analysis and the design processes that lead to creative conceptualization and final design solutions. Students are expected to demonstrate sophisticated design decisions and appropriate design solutions that demonstrate a high level of expertise and achievement. Prerequisites: Two GRDS electives.
GRDS 406 Special Topics in Graphic Design
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of graphic design and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
GRDS 408 Graphic Design Portfolio
This course focuses on students’ job-seeking portfolios through lectures, demonstrations and studio work. Existing projects are refined and gaps are filled with new projects. All projects must meet the most professional standards with emphasis on quality and job-related subject matter. Prerequisites: Two GRDS electives.
GRDS 451 Graphic Design Seminar
This course is conducted as a study trip to top New York design firms that have made important contributions to the design field and to the profession, both nationally and internationally. Exceptional graphic design is viewed throughout Manhattan, particularly at the gallery of the American Institute of Graphic Arts. Students keep journals on all activities and participate in end-of-day discussions. Prerequisite: GRDS 348.
German
GRMN 101 German I
This is an introductory course that includes study of the main patterns of grammar and basic vocabulary and aims at building up students’ communication skills. Through texts and oral dialogs and conversations, it exposes students to German culture.
GRMN 102 German II
Students expand their previous knowledge and develop their grammatical skills and their vocabulary. They learn further information about life, history and culture in German-speaking countries. Prerequisite: GRMN 101.
This is an introductory course that includes study of the main patterns of grammar and basic vocabulary and aims at building up students’ communication skills. Through texts and oral dialogs and conversations, it exposes students to German culture.
GRMN 102 German II
Students expand their previous knowledge and develop their grammatical skills and their vocabulary. They learn further information about life, history and culture in German-speaking countries. Prerequisite: GRMN 101.
Historic Preservation
HIPR 101 Introduction to Historic Preservation
This wide-ranging course introduces students to preservation through observation and practical application. Class lectures and guest speakers discuss the breadth of preservation’s interdisciplinary activities. Study trips to sites in Savannah and the region provide behind-the-scenes examination of preservation philosophy and its implementation in real situations.
HIPR 202 Recording and Interpretation for Historical Buildings
Students are introduced to practical field techniques employed in the recording of historical buildings. Students survey selected structures, identify significant features, and receive instruction in preparing records and interpretive drawings. Prerequisite: DRAW 115.
HIPR 203 Preservation Research
This intensive research course introduces students to the sources and methods of investigation used in historic preservation. Thematic and site-specific research problems are examined in shorter research exercises and in a comprehensive term project. Prerequisite: HIPR 101.
HIPR 307 Preservation Technology I
This course offers a comprehensive overview of the physical problems afflicting historical structures. Lectures and illustrations in the field address the history of building technology and the ongoing processes of material deterioration. Prerequisite: HIPR 101.
HIPR 308 Preservation Technology II
This course continues themes from Preservation Technology I, addressing the study of conservation and preservation of materials found in the built environment. Students practice hands-on repair and stabilization methods using traditional and contemporary techniques within a studio environment. Prerequisite: HIPR 307.
HIPR 310 Material Culture
This course introduces the history, theory and method of material culture study—the study of objects as a means of interpreting past human activity. Students are introduced to the parameters of the field and the various methods of analyzing artifacts. The course focuses on analyzing the American home and its furnishings, stylistic evolution and the changes in historic interiors. European influences, religion and technology are addressed through classroom activities, presentations, guest lectures and site visits. Prerequisite: HIPR 101.
HIPR 313 Preservation Law
This course examines in depth the fundamentals of legal protection for and regulation of historic cultural resources. Preservation is addressed in light of political systems that shape contemporary attitudes toward the historic environment. Prerequisite: HIPR 101.
HIPR 322 Preservation Economics
This lecture course addresses the economic underpinnings of continued use of historic buildings and sites. Strategies for historic preservation are considered in terms of the social and cultural attitudes that impact the built environment. Prerequisite: HIPR 101.
HIPR 323 Historic Paint Analysis
This course provides students with a working understanding of the conservation of wall paintings and their decorative reproduction as well as the process of paint analysis. Students are introduced to the mechanics of paint and associated materials as applied to the field of wall paintings and wood graining. Prerequisite: HIPR 101.
HIPR 331 Preservation Construction
This hands-on course addresses the contractor’s relationship to the historic structure and its potential use. The course includes field trips, classroom lectures, projects and on-site work at a university-sponsored preservation work in progress. Prerequisite: HIPR 307.
HIPR 335 The National Register of Historic Places
The National Register of Historic Places is a list of the most significant cultural resources in America, making it not only a prestigious goal, but also an important tool for preservationists. Through readings, examination of case studies, and assignments, students learn the history and development of the National Register as well as a thorough study of the National Register nomination process. Prerequisite: HIPR 203.
HIPR 360 International Preservation Technology
This course is traditionally offered as part of a travel study program and is designed to give students a global perspective of historic preservation and conservation practices. Students are introduced to methodologies utilized by the international community to conserve the built environment. This course addresses the broader issues of preservation theory and planning, as well as the details of analysis and technical intervention. Students meet preservation professionals and participate in a hands-on practical preservation project. Field trips add additional perspective. The course culminates in written documentation of the international preservation experience. Prerequisite: By permission of the department chair.
HIPR 402 Preservation Planning
This course includes both field and class experiences in preservation planning. Students develop sample preservation plans that address small town or rural issues and the challenges of an urban setting. Prerequisites: HIPR 101, HIPR 203.
HIPR 404 Preservation Management: Nonprofit
This course focuses on the processes for successful nonprofit historic preservation organizations. Students are introduced to organizational management skills, including the roles and responsibilities of the director, the executive committee, the board of directors and other committees. Prerequisites: HIPR 101, HIPR 203.
HIPR 405 Historic Timber Framing
This course surveys styles and materials used in the framing of historic buildings. Framing types include classic timber, balloon and transitional. Students create scale models of typical frame buildings and, when possible, construct full-scale examples of pinned, mortise and tenon joints. Construction is accomplished using traditional and specialty tools. The proper use and care of hand tools is emphasized. Students also survey the pathology of the timber frame. Prerequisite: HIPR 307.
HIPR 407 Adaptive Rehabilitation
In this studio course students are introduced to specific historic sites in need of rehabilitation for continued use. The students are then responsible for researching the site, conducting feasibility studies, and generating design criteria goals and solutions. Particular emphasis is given to the Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for the Rehabilitation of Historic Structures. Prerequisites: HIPR 203, HIPR 307, HIPR 313, HIPR 322.
HIPR 410 Topics and Techniques in Historic Landscape Preservation
This studio course explores various topics and techniques in historic landscape preservation, with an emphasis on applying the Secretary of the Interior’s Guidelines for the Treatment of Cultural Landscapes to selected sites. Lectures, readings, class discussions and presentations, graphic exercises, site visits and field trips illustrate the issues. Prerequisite: HIPR 101.
HIPR 425 Downtown Revitalization
This course provides a holistic analysis of the process by which downtown areas can be revitalized. The course explores the Main Street Four-Point Approach that combines organization, design, promotion and economic restructuring to accomplish sustainable revitalization of downtowns. The course also considers the effects of current trends in development such as smart growth and New Urbanism on the process of downtown revitalization. The course uses lectures to explain concepts and case studies to emphasize concepts. Prerequisite: HIPR 313.
HIPR 450 Preservation of the Recent Past
This course introduces students to the timely and controversial topic of the preservation of our more recent heritage. Through lectures, site visits, readings, and discussions, students will explore the myriad challenges associated with the preservation of these resources and learn about national and international efforts to address their preservation. Students will then apply this knowledge to their final project that will focus on an issue related to preserving the recent past. Prerequisites: HIPR 101, HIPR 202.
HIPR 465 Professional Practice in Historic Preservation
Students are introduced to practical strategies for obtaining employment in their field. Additionally, students develop an understanding of successful and ethical business practices framed in a paradigm of ecologically sustainable preservation. Prerequisite: HIPR 307.
HIPR 499 Special Topics Historic Preservation
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of historic preservation and allows students to pursue individual research projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
This wide-ranging course introduces students to preservation through observation and practical application. Class lectures and guest speakers discuss the breadth of preservation’s interdisciplinary activities. Study trips to sites in Savannah and the region provide behind-the-scenes examination of preservation philosophy and its implementation in real situations.
HIPR 202 Recording and Interpretation for Historical Buildings
Students are introduced to practical field techniques employed in the recording of historical buildings. Students survey selected structures, identify significant features, and receive instruction in preparing records and interpretive drawings. Prerequisite: DRAW 115.
HIPR 203 Preservation Research
This intensive research course introduces students to the sources and methods of investigation used in historic preservation. Thematic and site-specific research problems are examined in shorter research exercises and in a comprehensive term project. Prerequisite: HIPR 101.
HIPR 307 Preservation Technology I
This course offers a comprehensive overview of the physical problems afflicting historical structures. Lectures and illustrations in the field address the history of building technology and the ongoing processes of material deterioration. Prerequisite: HIPR 101.
HIPR 308 Preservation Technology II
This course continues themes from Preservation Technology I, addressing the study of conservation and preservation of materials found in the built environment. Students practice hands-on repair and stabilization methods using traditional and contemporary techniques within a studio environment. Prerequisite: HIPR 307.
HIPR 310 Material Culture
This course introduces the history, theory and method of material culture study—the study of objects as a means of interpreting past human activity. Students are introduced to the parameters of the field and the various methods of analyzing artifacts. The course focuses on analyzing the American home and its furnishings, stylistic evolution and the changes in historic interiors. European influences, religion and technology are addressed through classroom activities, presentations, guest lectures and site visits. Prerequisite: HIPR 101.
HIPR 313 Preservation Law
This course examines in depth the fundamentals of legal protection for and regulation of historic cultural resources. Preservation is addressed in light of political systems that shape contemporary attitudes toward the historic environment. Prerequisite: HIPR 101.
HIPR 322 Preservation Economics
This lecture course addresses the economic underpinnings of continued use of historic buildings and sites. Strategies for historic preservation are considered in terms of the social and cultural attitudes that impact the built environment. Prerequisite: HIPR 101.
HIPR 323 Historic Paint Analysis
This course provides students with a working understanding of the conservation of wall paintings and their decorative reproduction as well as the process of paint analysis. Students are introduced to the mechanics of paint and associated materials as applied to the field of wall paintings and wood graining. Prerequisite: HIPR 101.
HIPR 331 Preservation Construction
This hands-on course addresses the contractor’s relationship to the historic structure and its potential use. The course includes field trips, classroom lectures, projects and on-site work at a university-sponsored preservation work in progress. Prerequisite: HIPR 307.
HIPR 335 The National Register of Historic Places
The National Register of Historic Places is a list of the most significant cultural resources in America, making it not only a prestigious goal, but also an important tool for preservationists. Through readings, examination of case studies, and assignments, students learn the history and development of the National Register as well as a thorough study of the National Register nomination process. Prerequisite: HIPR 203.
HIPR 360 International Preservation Technology
This course is traditionally offered as part of a travel study program and is designed to give students a global perspective of historic preservation and conservation practices. Students are introduced to methodologies utilized by the international community to conserve the built environment. This course addresses the broader issues of preservation theory and planning, as well as the details of analysis and technical intervention. Students meet preservation professionals and participate in a hands-on practical preservation project. Field trips add additional perspective. The course culminates in written documentation of the international preservation experience. Prerequisite: By permission of the department chair.
HIPR 402 Preservation Planning
This course includes both field and class experiences in preservation planning. Students develop sample preservation plans that address small town or rural issues and the challenges of an urban setting. Prerequisites: HIPR 101, HIPR 203.
HIPR 404 Preservation Management: Nonprofit
This course focuses on the processes for successful nonprofit historic preservation organizations. Students are introduced to organizational management skills, including the roles and responsibilities of the director, the executive committee, the board of directors and other committees. Prerequisites: HIPR 101, HIPR 203.
HIPR 405 Historic Timber Framing
This course surveys styles and materials used in the framing of historic buildings. Framing types include classic timber, balloon and transitional. Students create scale models of typical frame buildings and, when possible, construct full-scale examples of pinned, mortise and tenon joints. Construction is accomplished using traditional and specialty tools. The proper use and care of hand tools is emphasized. Students also survey the pathology of the timber frame. Prerequisite: HIPR 307.
HIPR 407 Adaptive Rehabilitation
In this studio course students are introduced to specific historic sites in need of rehabilitation for continued use. The students are then responsible for researching the site, conducting feasibility studies, and generating design criteria goals and solutions. Particular emphasis is given to the Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for the Rehabilitation of Historic Structures. Prerequisites: HIPR 203, HIPR 307, HIPR 313, HIPR 322.
HIPR 410 Topics and Techniques in Historic Landscape Preservation
This studio course explores various topics and techniques in historic landscape preservation, with an emphasis on applying the Secretary of the Interior’s Guidelines for the Treatment of Cultural Landscapes to selected sites. Lectures, readings, class discussions and presentations, graphic exercises, site visits and field trips illustrate the issues. Prerequisite: HIPR 101.
HIPR 425 Downtown Revitalization
This course provides a holistic analysis of the process by which downtown areas can be revitalized. The course explores the Main Street Four-Point Approach that combines organization, design, promotion and economic restructuring to accomplish sustainable revitalization of downtowns. The course also considers the effects of current trends in development such as smart growth and New Urbanism on the process of downtown revitalization. The course uses lectures to explain concepts and case studies to emphasize concepts. Prerequisite: HIPR 313.
HIPR 450 Preservation of the Recent Past
This course introduces students to the timely and controversial topic of the preservation of our more recent heritage. Through lectures, site visits, readings, and discussions, students will explore the myriad challenges associated with the preservation of these resources and learn about national and international efforts to address their preservation. Students will then apply this knowledge to their final project that will focus on an issue related to preserving the recent past. Prerequisites: HIPR 101, HIPR 202.
HIPR 465 Professional Practice in Historic Preservation
Students are introduced to practical strategies for obtaining employment in their field. Additionally, students develop an understanding of successful and ethical business practices framed in a paradigm of ecologically sustainable preservation. Prerequisite: HIPR 307.
HIPR 499 Special Topics Historic Preservation
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of historic preservation and allows students to pursue individual research projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
Illustration
ILLU 200 Drawing and Design for Illustrators
The aim of this course is to understand how drawing can lead to strong and effective illustration. Drawing and design skills are extended by placing the emphasis on communication. Assignments, lectures and demonstrations explore commonly employed illustrative components such as observation, perspective, light and shadow, construction of form, composition, and the interpretation of the subject as well as the style of drawing. The use of photo reference is considered, and students will be introduced to the professional process of creating thumbnail sketches, roughs and finished sketches. Prerequisite: DRAW 200.
ILLU 205 Illustration Materials and Techniques I
Various traditional and nontraditional skills and techniques are used to produce illustrations. This course applies composition and design, color and conceptualization to a range of materials and techniques. Prerequisite: ILLU 200.
ILLU 213 Introduction to Illustration
This course explores illustration as a means of communicating ideas. Classes are designed around a series of problems and illustration experiences for which there are no pre-established solutions. Various materials and techniques are explored. Prerequisites: DSGN 101, ILLU 200.
ILLU 215 Illustration Materials and Techniques II
In this course, students explore and practice with mixed media on created surfaces. Various media, including acrylics, oils, watercolor and gouache, are combined with other materials, such as pastel, colored pencil and charcoal. Students complete traditional and nontraditional assignments and are encouraged to develop and explore individual techniques. Prerequisite: ILLU 205.
ILLU 217 Editorial Illustration I
This course addresses concepts in illustration and seeks to expand students’ capability to solve visual problems with creative, individual and expressive imagery. Assignments provide the context for this exploration and challenge students to enter new territory in their search for unique and provocative ideas. Editorial illustration embraces strong conceptual approaches to picture making and is fertile ground for creativity and expression. Prerequisite: ILLU 205.
ILLU 221 Introduction to Scientific Illustration
Scientific Illustration encompasses a broad range of subject matter and approaches. This introductory course emphasize accuracy and clarity in communication, combined with aesthetic quality and sensibilities. A variety of discrete systems, from the microscopic to the global, will be visually explored and rendered in detail. Prerequisite: GRDS 205 or IDUS 212 or ILLU 215 or PNTG 206 or SCPT 250 or SEQA 215.
ILLU 225 Electronic Illustration I
Students use Adobe Photoshop to enhance traditional work and acquire important knowledge in the digital domain. Idea development within real-world parameters, originality, aesthetics and technical proficiency are emphasized. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110, and ILLU 205.
ILLU 226 Electronic Illustration: Freehand and Illustrator
Students will learn valuable knowledge on the Macintosh computer relying first on traditional skills to then augment or complete using Macromedia Freehand 8. This course is designed to increase knowledge of vector-based programs, graphic style and its applications to the job market. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110, ILLU 205.
ILLU 229 Survey of Illustration
Students focus on illustration and its historical relationship to both fine arts and commercial applications. Illustration is directly linked to ever-changing social and political trends, fine art movements and technological advances in the field of publishing. Through the use of videos, slides, book references and lectures, students explore a variety of images and concepts regarding past and present illustration markets. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
ILLU 240 Drawing for Scientific Illustration
This course introduces students to the process of careful study and analysis of natural forms, systematic record keeping of field and studio studies, and the application of these studies in the development of formal illustrations. Prerequisite: DRAW 200.
ILLU 250 Dynamic Visualization for Scientific Illustration
This course covers the specific and highly-specialized requirements of accurately depicting 3-D form onto a 2-D surface through hands-on, step-by-step instruction in the process of applied perspective theory. Prerequisite: ILLU 240.
ILLU 303 Advertising Practices
This course explores concepts and ideas used to create advertising ranging from branding to print to television. Students are responsible for not only the finished illustration, but also the thought processes necessary to develop their solutions. Strategic thinking and execution are emphasized. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 304 Advertising Illustration I
This course addresses practical illustration problems encountered in creating advertising art, posters, CD covers, books, packaging and other art forms. Various materials and techniques are explored, and unique approaches to problem solving are encouraged. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 305 Children?s Book Illustration
This course introduces children’s book illustration, with an emphasis on creating a professional package that may be sent to publishers. Students are introduced to the world of traditional and modern children’s book illustration through lectures, demonstrations and analyses of several nationally and internationally successful books. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 306 Book Illustration I
This course develops students’ skills in interpreting a manuscript or story and creating a visual image. Students explore the application of various materials and techniques. Emphasis is placed on unique solutions and perspectives to expand students’ imagination and develop a personal viewpoint. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 311 The Portrait in Illustration
This course addresses the portrait as a means of visual problem solving that goes beyond creating a likeness. Students are presented a variety of illustration assignments that incorporate the use of portraiture in documentary, editorial and commissioned contexts. Working with live models, students learn the principles of creating a portrait using different media and techniques. The course includes an overview of portraiture throughout art history and an exploration of the portrait in today’s illustration market. Prerequisites: DRAW 200, ILLU 215.
ILLU 313 Collage for Illustration
Providing a uniquely tactile problem-solving process for the illustrator, this course gives students exposure to a wide variety of media and techniques. Various materials and practices are addressed including adhesive aesthetics and image manipulation (both manual and digital). Emphasis is placed on connecting content and concept within the collaged form to create a successful illustration. Prerequisites: ILLU 200, ILLU 201.
ILLU 316 Electronic Illustration II
Mastering new skills and techniques for creating digital illustrations are the focus of this advanced course. Topics include extensive information concerning current software specific to the digital illustration market. Emphasis is also placed on controlling and/or modifying output of student-produced imagery. Prerequisite: ILLU 225.
ILLU 323 Advanced Rendering Techniques for Scientific Illustration
Emphasizing the student’s need to analyze, interpret and distill the complexities observed in natural forms, this course focuses on honing rendering abilities. Students will produce illustrations of both the known and imagined, the observed and unobservable. Prerequisite: ILLU 250.
ILLU 324 Pastel Techniques
This course explores various techniques of the soft pastel medium, including dry-on-dry and dry-on-wet. Students experiment with oil, oil pastel, watercolor and acrylic using still life, the human figure and photographic reference. Students work with both large and small formats and explore pastel from a fine art and illustrative perspective. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 325 Editorial Illustration II
This course focuses on using a personal approach to create individual style. The course emphasizes illustrations that complement the written word, provoke the reader’s interest, provide visual impact and entertain the reader. Prerequisite: ILLU 217.
ILLU 326 Advertising Illustration II
This advanced course emphasizes style development applicable to the advertising market. Discussions, critiques and analysis focus on professional execution of finished illustrations, image development and personal flair. Prerequisite: ILLU 304.
ILLU 330 Poster Design and Illustration
The poster has long been an exciting medium for expressing the creative personality of the illustrator. This course emphasizes the visual product and examines the graphic vocabulary of poster communication for various venues such as theater, movies, media and corporations. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 331 The Art of Caricature
The artist’s perspective in social, political and satirical commentary is examined in this studio course. The history of caricature, from Francisco Goya and Honor?? Daumier through David Levine and Al Hirschfeld, is incorporated into lectures and assignments. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 337 Watercolor for the Illustrator
This course focuses on watercolor as a medium for the illustrator. Students are challenged to develop traditional and nontraditional techniques and to explore weights of paper, textures and block-out materials. Assignments are relevant for the working illustrator. Current and historical information is presented to demonstrate the impact of watercolor on the field of illustration. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 338 Humorous Illustration
This course explores the conception and production of illustrations that use humor to communicate ideas. Students analyze humorous art produced by renowned illustrators such as Seymour Chwast, Edward Sorel, R.O. Blechman, Steven Guarnaccia, Ralph Steadman, Elwood Smith and Gary Baseman. Traditional and digital techniques are demonstrated. Character development, design, stylization, distortion and exaggeration are practiced to develop a personal look. Students explore the many venues that showcase humorous art, including magazines, greeting cards and advertisements. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 339 Illustration for Retail Markets
Exploring the role that an illustrator plays in the retail product marketplaces of the entertainment industry, students generate original ideas by exploring 3-D drawing techniques and then designing and rendering products. This course includes creating characters and environments; students also learn about professional expectations and standards within the field. Prerequisites: ILLU 200, ILLU 306.
ILLU 341 Illustrating the Edible
This course focuses on food illustration in five general areas in the illustration market: cookbooks (covers and interiors), recipe and editorial illustration (magazines), production illustration (packaging), menu imagery (advertising--restaurants, bistros, coffee houses) and 3-D food display (inside restaurants, window displays, store displays). Projects are designed with each of these areas in mind. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 342 Acrylic Techniques
Various traditional and nontraditional skills and techniques are used to produce illustrations. This course addresses the applications of composition and design, color and conceptualization with a variety of acrylic paint techniques. Through set projects, students experiment and gain experience with at least four different methods of working in acrylic paints. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 345 Photography for Scientific Illustration
This course will introduce students to the photographic tools available that can support and further their development as scientific illustrators. The capture and study of varieties of light on natural forms is particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: ILLU 250.
ILLU 346 Digital Sculpting for Scientific Illustration
This course is an exploration of the use of digital sculpting in scientific illustration. Topics covered include creating digital sculptures, synthesizing various digital sculptures and illustrative materials into a coherent whole, and professional practices regarding the use of digital sculptures in the scientific illustration industry. Students will create innovative and original artwork for inclusion in a professional portfolio. Prerequisite: ILLU 336.
ILLU 348 Vector Illustration and Design
Using vector-based software, multiple techniques for creating illustrations and simple Web interfaces will be taught in this course. Subjects include rendering with Bezier curves, combining vector- and raster-based imagery, and animating a Web interface. Prerequisite: ILLU 225.
ILLU 349 Digital Drawing and Design for Scientific Illustration
The communication of complex scientific principles often requires multiple images, and the ability to design and compose these images for print as well as electronic media is essential to a scientific illustrator. This course will use a variety of software in the development and design of scientific instructional material, both for print and electronic media. Prerequisite: ILLU 336.
ILLU 362 Applied Color Systems for Wildlife/Field Studies
Scientific Illustrators use informed observational, technical and aesthetic skills to portray a natural subject accurately. As accuracy and communication are essential to this discipline, students will learn about key color concept tools to effectively communicate the inspiring look of wildlife in their habitat. Prerequisite: ILLU 336.
ILLU 400 Illustration Portfolio
This course offers advanced illustration students the opportunity to build and enhance their portfolio by proposing a series of illustration problems for themselves. Emphasis is placed on advanced development of personal style through an examination of content, materials and techniques. Students engage in the illustrative process from concept to completions as they develop an illustration portfolio. Prerequisites: ILLU 225, and ILLU 305 or ILLU 306.
ILLU 409 Illustration Self-promotion
Self-promotion addresses business practices in regard to illustration and prepares the student in the fine art of packaging and promoting their work. Additionally, the self-promotion student becomes well versed in legal and accounting issues relevant to the field of illustration; representation in the industry; and industry standards in pricing and contract negotiation. Course projects include database development, defining and targeting markets, traditional and digital marketing strategies, and assembling presentation materials critical to launching an illustration career. Prerequisites: ILLU 400.
ILLU 410 Getting Published
In this course, advanced students become actual working illustrators. The professor arranges jobs for publication in major magazines. Other possibilities for published work in this course include book covers and work for advertising agencies. Prerequisite: Senior or graduate status.
ILLU 495 Special Topics in Illustration
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of illustration and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
The aim of this course is to understand how drawing can lead to strong and effective illustration. Drawing and design skills are extended by placing the emphasis on communication. Assignments, lectures and demonstrations explore commonly employed illustrative components such as observation, perspective, light and shadow, construction of form, composition, and the interpretation of the subject as well as the style of drawing. The use of photo reference is considered, and students will be introduced to the professional process of creating thumbnail sketches, roughs and finished sketches. Prerequisite: DRAW 200.
ILLU 205 Illustration Materials and Techniques I
Various traditional and nontraditional skills and techniques are used to produce illustrations. This course applies composition and design, color and conceptualization to a range of materials and techniques. Prerequisite: ILLU 200.
ILLU 213 Introduction to Illustration
This course explores illustration as a means of communicating ideas. Classes are designed around a series of problems and illustration experiences for which there are no pre-established solutions. Various materials and techniques are explored. Prerequisites: DSGN 101, ILLU 200.
ILLU 215 Illustration Materials and Techniques II
In this course, students explore and practice with mixed media on created surfaces. Various media, including acrylics, oils, watercolor and gouache, are combined with other materials, such as pastel, colored pencil and charcoal. Students complete traditional and nontraditional assignments and are encouraged to develop and explore individual techniques. Prerequisite: ILLU 205.
ILLU 217 Editorial Illustration I
This course addresses concepts in illustration and seeks to expand students’ capability to solve visual problems with creative, individual and expressive imagery. Assignments provide the context for this exploration and challenge students to enter new territory in their search for unique and provocative ideas. Editorial illustration embraces strong conceptual approaches to picture making and is fertile ground for creativity and expression. Prerequisite: ILLU 205.
ILLU 221 Introduction to Scientific Illustration
Scientific Illustration encompasses a broad range of subject matter and approaches. This introductory course emphasize accuracy and clarity in communication, combined with aesthetic quality and sensibilities. A variety of discrete systems, from the microscopic to the global, will be visually explored and rendered in detail. Prerequisite: GRDS 205 or IDUS 212 or ILLU 215 or PNTG 206 or SCPT 250 or SEQA 215.
ILLU 225 Electronic Illustration I
Students use Adobe Photoshop to enhance traditional work and acquire important knowledge in the digital domain. Idea development within real-world parameters, originality, aesthetics and technical proficiency are emphasized. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110, and ILLU 205.
ILLU 226 Electronic Illustration: Freehand and Illustrator
Students will learn valuable knowledge on the Macintosh computer relying first on traditional skills to then augment or complete using Macromedia Freehand 8. This course is designed to increase knowledge of vector-based programs, graphic style and its applications to the job market. Prerequisites: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110, ILLU 205.
ILLU 229 Survey of Illustration
Students focus on illustration and its historical relationship to both fine arts and commercial applications. Illustration is directly linked to ever-changing social and political trends, fine art movements and technological advances in the field of publishing. Through the use of videos, slides, book references and lectures, students explore a variety of images and concepts regarding past and present illustration markets. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
ILLU 240 Drawing for Scientific Illustration
This course introduces students to the process of careful study and analysis of natural forms, systematic record keeping of field and studio studies, and the application of these studies in the development of formal illustrations. Prerequisite: DRAW 200.
ILLU 250 Dynamic Visualization for Scientific Illustration
This course covers the specific and highly-specialized requirements of accurately depicting 3-D form onto a 2-D surface through hands-on, step-by-step instruction in the process of applied perspective theory. Prerequisite: ILLU 240.
ILLU 303 Advertising Practices
This course explores concepts and ideas used to create advertising ranging from branding to print to television. Students are responsible for not only the finished illustration, but also the thought processes necessary to develop their solutions. Strategic thinking and execution are emphasized. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 304 Advertising Illustration I
This course addresses practical illustration problems encountered in creating advertising art, posters, CD covers, books, packaging and other art forms. Various materials and techniques are explored, and unique approaches to problem solving are encouraged. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 305 Children?s Book Illustration
This course introduces children’s book illustration, with an emphasis on creating a professional package that may be sent to publishers. Students are introduced to the world of traditional and modern children’s book illustration through lectures, demonstrations and analyses of several nationally and internationally successful books. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 306 Book Illustration I
This course develops students’ skills in interpreting a manuscript or story and creating a visual image. Students explore the application of various materials and techniques. Emphasis is placed on unique solutions and perspectives to expand students’ imagination and develop a personal viewpoint. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 311 The Portrait in Illustration
This course addresses the portrait as a means of visual problem solving that goes beyond creating a likeness. Students are presented a variety of illustration assignments that incorporate the use of portraiture in documentary, editorial and commissioned contexts. Working with live models, students learn the principles of creating a portrait using different media and techniques. The course includes an overview of portraiture throughout art history and an exploration of the portrait in today’s illustration market. Prerequisites: DRAW 200, ILLU 215.
ILLU 313 Collage for Illustration
Providing a uniquely tactile problem-solving process for the illustrator, this course gives students exposure to a wide variety of media and techniques. Various materials and practices are addressed including adhesive aesthetics and image manipulation (both manual and digital). Emphasis is placed on connecting content and concept within the collaged form to create a successful illustration. Prerequisites: ILLU 200, ILLU 201.
ILLU 316 Electronic Illustration II
Mastering new skills and techniques for creating digital illustrations are the focus of this advanced course. Topics include extensive information concerning current software specific to the digital illustration market. Emphasis is also placed on controlling and/or modifying output of student-produced imagery. Prerequisite: ILLU 225.
ILLU 323 Advanced Rendering Techniques for Scientific Illustration
Emphasizing the student’s need to analyze, interpret and distill the complexities observed in natural forms, this course focuses on honing rendering abilities. Students will produce illustrations of both the known and imagined, the observed and unobservable. Prerequisite: ILLU 250.
ILLU 324 Pastel Techniques
This course explores various techniques of the soft pastel medium, including dry-on-dry and dry-on-wet. Students experiment with oil, oil pastel, watercolor and acrylic using still life, the human figure and photographic reference. Students work with both large and small formats and explore pastel from a fine art and illustrative perspective. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 325 Editorial Illustration II
This course focuses on using a personal approach to create individual style. The course emphasizes illustrations that complement the written word, provoke the reader’s interest, provide visual impact and entertain the reader. Prerequisite: ILLU 217.
ILLU 326 Advertising Illustration II
This advanced course emphasizes style development applicable to the advertising market. Discussions, critiques and analysis focus on professional execution of finished illustrations, image development and personal flair. Prerequisite: ILLU 304.
ILLU 330 Poster Design and Illustration
The poster has long been an exciting medium for expressing the creative personality of the illustrator. This course emphasizes the visual product and examines the graphic vocabulary of poster communication for various venues such as theater, movies, media and corporations. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 331 The Art of Caricature
The artist’s perspective in social, political and satirical commentary is examined in this studio course. The history of caricature, from Francisco Goya and Honor?? Daumier through David Levine and Al Hirschfeld, is incorporated into lectures and assignments. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 337 Watercolor for the Illustrator
This course focuses on watercolor as a medium for the illustrator. Students are challenged to develop traditional and nontraditional techniques and to explore weights of paper, textures and block-out materials. Assignments are relevant for the working illustrator. Current and historical information is presented to demonstrate the impact of watercolor on the field of illustration. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 338 Humorous Illustration
This course explores the conception and production of illustrations that use humor to communicate ideas. Students analyze humorous art produced by renowned illustrators such as Seymour Chwast, Edward Sorel, R.O. Blechman, Steven Guarnaccia, Ralph Steadman, Elwood Smith and Gary Baseman. Traditional and digital techniques are demonstrated. Character development, design, stylization, distortion and exaggeration are practiced to develop a personal look. Students explore the many venues that showcase humorous art, including magazines, greeting cards and advertisements. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 339 Illustration for Retail Markets
Exploring the role that an illustrator plays in the retail product marketplaces of the entertainment industry, students generate original ideas by exploring 3-D drawing techniques and then designing and rendering products. This course includes creating characters and environments; students also learn about professional expectations and standards within the field. Prerequisites: ILLU 200, ILLU 306.
ILLU 341 Illustrating the Edible
This course focuses on food illustration in five general areas in the illustration market: cookbooks (covers and interiors), recipe and editorial illustration (magazines), production illustration (packaging), menu imagery (advertising--restaurants, bistros, coffee houses) and 3-D food display (inside restaurants, window displays, store displays). Projects are designed with each of these areas in mind. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 342 Acrylic Techniques
Various traditional and nontraditional skills and techniques are used to produce illustrations. This course addresses the applications of composition and design, color and conceptualization with a variety of acrylic paint techniques. Through set projects, students experiment and gain experience with at least four different methods of working in acrylic paints. Prerequisite: ILLU 215.
ILLU 345 Photography for Scientific Illustration
This course will introduce students to the photographic tools available that can support and further their development as scientific illustrators. The capture and study of varieties of light on natural forms is particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: ILLU 250.
ILLU 346 Digital Sculpting for Scientific Illustration
This course is an exploration of the use of digital sculpting in scientific illustration. Topics covered include creating digital sculptures, synthesizing various digital sculptures and illustrative materials into a coherent whole, and professional practices regarding the use of digital sculptures in the scientific illustration industry. Students will create innovative and original artwork for inclusion in a professional portfolio. Prerequisite: ILLU 336.
ILLU 348 Vector Illustration and Design
Using vector-based software, multiple techniques for creating illustrations and simple Web interfaces will be taught in this course. Subjects include rendering with Bezier curves, combining vector- and raster-based imagery, and animating a Web interface. Prerequisite: ILLU 225.
ILLU 349 Digital Drawing and Design for Scientific Illustration
The communication of complex scientific principles often requires multiple images, and the ability to design and compose these images for print as well as electronic media is essential to a scientific illustrator. This course will use a variety of software in the development and design of scientific instructional material, both for print and electronic media. Prerequisite: ILLU 336.
ILLU 362 Applied Color Systems for Wildlife/Field Studies
Scientific Illustrators use informed observational, technical and aesthetic skills to portray a natural subject accurately. As accuracy and communication are essential to this discipline, students will learn about key color concept tools to effectively communicate the inspiring look of wildlife in their habitat. Prerequisite: ILLU 336.
ILLU 400 Illustration Portfolio
This course offers advanced illustration students the opportunity to build and enhance their portfolio by proposing a series of illustration problems for themselves. Emphasis is placed on advanced development of personal style through an examination of content, materials and techniques. Students engage in the illustrative process from concept to completions as they develop an illustration portfolio. Prerequisites: ILLU 225, and ILLU 305 or ILLU 306.
ILLU 409 Illustration Self-promotion
Self-promotion addresses business practices in regard to illustration and prepares the student in the fine art of packaging and promoting their work. Additionally, the self-promotion student becomes well versed in legal and accounting issues relevant to the field of illustration; representation in the industry; and industry standards in pricing and contract negotiation. Course projects include database development, defining and targeting markets, traditional and digital marketing strategies, and assembling presentation materials critical to launching an illustration career. Prerequisites: ILLU 400.
ILLU 410 Getting Published
In this course, advanced students become actual working illustrators. The professor arranges jobs for publication in major magazines. Other possibilities for published work in this course include book covers and work for advertising agencies. Prerequisite: Senior or graduate status.
ILLU 495 Special Topics in Illustration
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of illustration and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
Interaction Design
IACT 315 Human/Computer Interaction
This course presents the principles of human/computer interaction. Students are expected to gain knowledge and expertise to contribute to the design process in computer-based, user-centered systems in which user and task needs are given primary importance. Students also evaluate the usability of interactive systems in fulfilling the requirements of their users. Prerequisite: IDUS 215.
IACT 317 Interactive Product Design
This course focuses on the issues related to the aesthetics of digital media within a nonlinear environment. Students are introduced to design problems in various disciplines through the use of current authoring techniques and technologies. Prerequisite: IACT 315 or MOME 206.
IACT 370 Information Architecture
This course provides an overview of an important graphic and interaction design specialty and includes selected studio projects that emphasize visual problem solving. Students are expected to learn to translate complex data into clear, visually dynamic solutions. Types of data can include statistical content, representing sequences that occur in space and time. This course complements study in topics of corporate communications systems, as well as publication, way-finding and Web page design. Prerequisite: IACT 315.
IACT 375 Perceptual and Cognitive Human Factors
This course explores the physical, psychological and behavioral characteristics of humans. Through a series of lectures and projects, this information is applied to interaction design to develop usable, desirable and effective products. The course builds on and applies theories and methods studied in Human/Computer Interaction. Prerequisite: IDUS 221.
IACT 435 Interaction Design Studio
Students undertake work that presents complex interaction design problems and propose their own design briefs for a major piece of work. Design work is developed and prototypes are created within the time frame of the class. The project offers students an opportunity to synthesize understanding and method in interaction design. Prerequisite: IACT 375.
This course presents the principles of human/computer interaction. Students are expected to gain knowledge and expertise to contribute to the design process in computer-based, user-centered systems in which user and task needs are given primary importance. Students also evaluate the usability of interactive systems in fulfilling the requirements of their users. Prerequisite: IDUS 215.
IACT 317 Interactive Product Design
This course focuses on the issues related to the aesthetics of digital media within a nonlinear environment. Students are introduced to design problems in various disciplines through the use of current authoring techniques and technologies. Prerequisite: IACT 315 or MOME 206.
IACT 370 Information Architecture
This course provides an overview of an important graphic and interaction design specialty and includes selected studio projects that emphasize visual problem solving. Students are expected to learn to translate complex data into clear, visually dynamic solutions. Types of data can include statistical content, representing sequences that occur in space and time. This course complements study in topics of corporate communications systems, as well as publication, way-finding and Web page design. Prerequisite: IACT 315.
IACT 375 Perceptual and Cognitive Human Factors
This course explores the physical, psychological and behavioral characteristics of humans. Through a series of lectures and projects, this information is applied to interaction design to develop usable, desirable and effective products. The course builds on and applies theories and methods studied in Human/Computer Interaction. Prerequisite: IDUS 221.
IACT 435 Interaction Design Studio
Students undertake work that presents complex interaction design problems and propose their own design briefs for a major piece of work. Design work is developed and prototypes are created within the time frame of the class. The project offers students an opportunity to synthesize understanding and method in interaction design. Prerequisite: IACT 375.
Industrial Design
IDUS 100 Introduction to Industrial Design
This course introduces students to the industrial design profession. Lectures, discussions and problem solving exercises explore industrial design as a creative process, examine its history and provide insight into professional opportunities in the field. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
IDUS 160 Survey of Industrial Design
In this course, students focus on the chronological context of the development of the industrial design profession, relating it to the social, cultural and economic events that helped shape our modern day society. Studies are focused on major industrial designers and innovations. Prerequisite: DRAW 100.
IDUS 212 Model and Prototype Development
This course introduces the use of hand tools and workshop equipment to develop rapid study models and mid-fidelity prototypes related to industrial design. Students build study models of products to professional standards of accuracy and finish, with an emphasis on rapid development. All aspects of workshop practice and safety are emphasized.
IDUS 213 Industrial Design Idea Visualization
This course develops the drawing skills and 2-D presentation techniques used to convey design ideas in the industrial design profession, including the rapid construction of perspective systems, the ability to sketch quickly and accurately, the use of basic line and weight methods to convey ideation rationale, and the visual representation of product assembly. Additionally, students will learn how to manipulate hand drawn sketches using computer software. Prerequisite: IDUS 212.
IDUS 215 Contextual Research Methods
This course presents the techniques necessary to conduct relevant and useful research of a novel domain in context. Students are expected to gain knowledge and expertise to contribute to the design process in user-centered products and systems in which user, goals and task needs are given primary importance. Prerequisite: IDUS 212.
IDUS 221 Human Factors in Industrial Design
This course explores the physical, psychological, perceptual and behavioral characteristics of humans. Through a series of lectures and projects, this information is applied to the field of industrial design to develop safe and effective products. Prerequisites: IDUS 213, IDUS 215.
IDUS 250 The Development of Product Form
A sequence of short projects provides students with an opportunity to investigate the design issues associated with familiar mass-produced products and to gain an understanding of design methodology. Projects are developed to enhance working knowledge of the importance of form, and the impact and relevance of visual and physical design decisions. Prerequisites: IDUS 213, IDUS 215.
IDUS 312 Manufacturing and Assembly Technology
This course emphasizes the practical relationship between industrial design and the manufacturing industry as well as the technical considerations that influence the choice of material and process for small batch and mass production. Prerequisites: IDUS 221, IDUS 250.
IDUS 313 Computer Modeling
This course applies design-based simulation and 3-D modeling to the industrial design process. State-of-the-art software is used as a modeling tool, and computer graphics are used as a communication tool for newly developed products. Prerequisites: IDUS 221, IDUS 250.
IDUS 316 Portfolio and R??sum?? Development
Students begin to structure their industrial design projects into a cohesive and formal portfolio of work, preparing them for internship and employment opportunities. Emphasis is placed on interviewing skills, portfolio preparation, and presentation refinement. At the end of this course students formally present the majority of their industrial design work in a structured critique to multiple faculty evaluators. Prerequisite: IDUS 250 or SERV 216.
IDUS 320 Design for Emergent Markets
Students are introduced to the design issues relating to product development and manufacture in markets without a mature mass production culture or infrastructure and markets that are developing their industrial base. Students produce designs for specific geographic regions, with an emphasis on current industry strategies. Prerequisites: IDUS 312, IDUS 313.
IDUS 321 Industrial Design in the Marketplace
Through a sequence of design projects, students are required to consider more complex design issues and their corresponding problems. Students work through the product development cycle, and, while they are expected to apply their project skills and technical knowledge to formulate design solutions that are both visually appealing and functional, they also focus on the skills necessary to communicate ideas to engineers, marketing and other stakeholders. Prerequisite: IDUS 316.
IDUS 325 Emerging Manufacturing Materials
Students examine innovative trends in manufacturing methods and materials via lectures, studio assignments and research. Techniques for discovering, analyzing, and identifying potential applications for these new methods and materials are presented. Students explore various sources for innovative technology, including organizations such as NASA, NSF, ASM and University Research Centers. Prerequisite: IDUS 316.
IDUS 355 Sensory Awareness
Humans perceive their environments with all of the senses. This course seeks to incorporate that understanding into the design process to provide an understanding of the sensory nature of products and their environments as a whole. Through a sequence of design projects, students learn to consider and anticipate human sensory, perceptional and cognitive abilities. Students work through the product development cycle, gaining an understanding of users’ needs and desires based on the acquired sensational knowledge and learn to incorporate that knowledge into the design process for clients, engineers, marketers and other stakeholders. Prerequisite: IDUS 221.
IDUS 360 Advanced Product Rendering
Students develop the skills necessary to prepare high quality design presentations in mixed media. The course builds on the knowledge and skills developed in earlier courses. Prerequisite: IDUS 250.
IDUS 383 Product Animation
This course addresses industry interest in product simulation using Alias, a high-end 3-D computer software. The class explores product animation and assembling simulation in order to develop an aesthetic of motion. Advanced techniques and methods of creating hyper-realistic images and believable movements are studied. Prerequisite: IDUS 313.
IDUS 386 Design Semantics
The theory of product semantics is introduced and integrated into projects. Techniques, guidelines and examples illustrate the practical aspects of product semantics. Students are expected to apply both symbol theory and morphological psychology to their projects. Prerequisite: IDUS 321.
IDUS 387 Marketing and Industrial Design
This course introduces systematic objective research and analysis of information relevant to the identification and solution of problems in marketing. Students are expected to analyze theories of consumer behavior and their application to industrial design and utilize marketing knowledge in their designs. Prerequisite: IDUS 321.
IDUS 400 Transport Design
Students are introduced to the specialized design skills and techniques and the issues involved in developing design solutions for transport-related products. Transportation is considered in its broadest terms and includes the primary motive products and the infrastructure they require. Prerequisite: IDUS 321.
IDUS 401 Prototype Project Conceptualization
This is the first in a three-quarter sequence covering the research, design and construction of a full-scale working prototype. In this course, students, working in a team environment, research user needs, human factors, aesthetic issues, manufacturing requirements and market demands to identify user needs and product opportunities. Teams use brainstorming and other ideation methodologies to produce and develop numerous design concepts. Students work with industry partners to gain a deep understanding of issues related to the project concept. Student designs are developed through final concept and full-scale mockup. Prerequisite: IDUS 321.
IDUS 402 Prototype Project Construction
This is the second in a three-quarter sequence covering the research, design and construction of a full-scale working prototype. In this course, students begin to translate their design concepts into the major systems of the working prototype. Mass production and assembly issues impact the design and must be resolved by students. Prerequisite: IDUS 321.
IDUS 403 Prototype Project for Final Production
This is the third in a three-quarter sequence covering the research, design and construction of a full-scale working prototype. In this final course, students complete construction of a working prototype and use the fabrication and assembly process to develop production line concepts. Students document the prototype and construction process. Prerequisite: IDUS 321.
IDUS 410 Industrial Design Innovation
This course explores the methods of identifying and developing inventive solutions to a wide range of design problems. Students are presented with design problems concerning user and function, which require them to develop the skills to devise, test and experiment with new design directions and solutions. The course also covers the means of protecting design ideas. Prerequisite: IDUS 325.
IDUS 421 Commercial Practices for Industrial Design
Students undertake projects that investigate a broad range of design, marketing and production issues. Project time scales are extended, the need to undertake research is emphasized, and overall project management skills are accentuated. Students are introduced to market-related design issues, product ranging and the key influences in a selection of product series, as well as issues of patent law, project planning, and contract negotiation. Prerequisites: IDUS 321, IDUS 325.
IDUS 431 Industrial Design Senior Studio
In this final studio, students are required to apply all their skills to develop a product of their selection. Under supervision, students are expected to demonstrate control of all aspects of the design process. Prerequisite: IDUS 421.
IDUS 451 New York Industrial Design Seminar
This seminar explores the forefront of industrial design in New York City. Students interact with professionals in the field working in ideation, marketing and manufacturing through visits to prominent industrial design firms and emerging design studios. Students make professional contacts, meet practicing professionals and see the working design environment firsthand. Visits to museums, galleries and an exploration of New York complete the trip. Prerequisite: IDUS 421.
IDUS 490 Special Topics in Industrial Design
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of industrial design and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
This course introduces students to the industrial design profession. Lectures, discussions and problem solving exercises explore industrial design as a creative process, examine its history and provide insight into professional opportunities in the field. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
IDUS 160 Survey of Industrial Design
In this course, students focus on the chronological context of the development of the industrial design profession, relating it to the social, cultural and economic events that helped shape our modern day society. Studies are focused on major industrial designers and innovations. Prerequisite: DRAW 100.
IDUS 212 Model and Prototype Development
This course introduces the use of hand tools and workshop equipment to develop rapid study models and mid-fidelity prototypes related to industrial design. Students build study models of products to professional standards of accuracy and finish, with an emphasis on rapid development. All aspects of workshop practice and safety are emphasized.
IDUS 213 Industrial Design Idea Visualization
This course develops the drawing skills and 2-D presentation techniques used to convey design ideas in the industrial design profession, including the rapid construction of perspective systems, the ability to sketch quickly and accurately, the use of basic line and weight methods to convey ideation rationale, and the visual representation of product assembly. Additionally, students will learn how to manipulate hand drawn sketches using computer software. Prerequisite: IDUS 212.
IDUS 215 Contextual Research Methods
This course presents the techniques necessary to conduct relevant and useful research of a novel domain in context. Students are expected to gain knowledge and expertise to contribute to the design process in user-centered products and systems in which user, goals and task needs are given primary importance. Prerequisite: IDUS 212.
IDUS 221 Human Factors in Industrial Design
This course explores the physical, psychological, perceptual and behavioral characteristics of humans. Through a series of lectures and projects, this information is applied to the field of industrial design to develop safe and effective products. Prerequisites: IDUS 213, IDUS 215.
IDUS 250 The Development of Product Form
A sequence of short projects provides students with an opportunity to investigate the design issues associated with familiar mass-produced products and to gain an understanding of design methodology. Projects are developed to enhance working knowledge of the importance of form, and the impact and relevance of visual and physical design decisions. Prerequisites: IDUS 213, IDUS 215.
IDUS 312 Manufacturing and Assembly Technology
This course emphasizes the practical relationship between industrial design and the manufacturing industry as well as the technical considerations that influence the choice of material and process for small batch and mass production. Prerequisites: IDUS 221, IDUS 250.
IDUS 313 Computer Modeling
This course applies design-based simulation and 3-D modeling to the industrial design process. State-of-the-art software is used as a modeling tool, and computer graphics are used as a communication tool for newly developed products. Prerequisites: IDUS 221, IDUS 250.
IDUS 316 Portfolio and R??sum?? Development
Students begin to structure their industrial design projects into a cohesive and formal portfolio of work, preparing them for internship and employment opportunities. Emphasis is placed on interviewing skills, portfolio preparation, and presentation refinement. At the end of this course students formally present the majority of their industrial design work in a structured critique to multiple faculty evaluators. Prerequisite: IDUS 250 or SERV 216.
IDUS 320 Design for Emergent Markets
Students are introduced to the design issues relating to product development and manufacture in markets without a mature mass production culture or infrastructure and markets that are developing their industrial base. Students produce designs for specific geographic regions, with an emphasis on current industry strategies. Prerequisites: IDUS 312, IDUS 313.
IDUS 321 Industrial Design in the Marketplace
Through a sequence of design projects, students are required to consider more complex design issues and their corresponding problems. Students work through the product development cycle, and, while they are expected to apply their project skills and technical knowledge to formulate design solutions that are both visually appealing and functional, they also focus on the skills necessary to communicate ideas to engineers, marketing and other stakeholders. Prerequisite: IDUS 316.
IDUS 325 Emerging Manufacturing Materials
Students examine innovative trends in manufacturing methods and materials via lectures, studio assignments and research. Techniques for discovering, analyzing, and identifying potential applications for these new methods and materials are presented. Students explore various sources for innovative technology, including organizations such as NASA, NSF, ASM and University Research Centers. Prerequisite: IDUS 316.
IDUS 355 Sensory Awareness
Humans perceive their environments with all of the senses. This course seeks to incorporate that understanding into the design process to provide an understanding of the sensory nature of products and their environments as a whole. Through a sequence of design projects, students learn to consider and anticipate human sensory, perceptional and cognitive abilities. Students work through the product development cycle, gaining an understanding of users’ needs and desires based on the acquired sensational knowledge and learn to incorporate that knowledge into the design process for clients, engineers, marketers and other stakeholders. Prerequisite: IDUS 221.
IDUS 360 Advanced Product Rendering
Students develop the skills necessary to prepare high quality design presentations in mixed media. The course builds on the knowledge and skills developed in earlier courses. Prerequisite: IDUS 250.
IDUS 383 Product Animation
This course addresses industry interest in product simulation using Alias, a high-end 3-D computer software. The class explores product animation and assembling simulation in order to develop an aesthetic of motion. Advanced techniques and methods of creating hyper-realistic images and believable movements are studied. Prerequisite: IDUS 313.
IDUS 386 Design Semantics
The theory of product semantics is introduced and integrated into projects. Techniques, guidelines and examples illustrate the practical aspects of product semantics. Students are expected to apply both symbol theory and morphological psychology to their projects. Prerequisite: IDUS 321.
IDUS 387 Marketing and Industrial Design
This course introduces systematic objective research and analysis of information relevant to the identification and solution of problems in marketing. Students are expected to analyze theories of consumer behavior and their application to industrial design and utilize marketing knowledge in their designs. Prerequisite: IDUS 321.
IDUS 400 Transport Design
Students are introduced to the specialized design skills and techniques and the issues involved in developing design solutions for transport-related products. Transportation is considered in its broadest terms and includes the primary motive products and the infrastructure they require. Prerequisite: IDUS 321.
IDUS 401 Prototype Project Conceptualization
This is the first in a three-quarter sequence covering the research, design and construction of a full-scale working prototype. In this course, students, working in a team environment, research user needs, human factors, aesthetic issues, manufacturing requirements and market demands to identify user needs and product opportunities. Teams use brainstorming and other ideation methodologies to produce and develop numerous design concepts. Students work with industry partners to gain a deep understanding of issues related to the project concept. Student designs are developed through final concept and full-scale mockup. Prerequisite: IDUS 321.
IDUS 402 Prototype Project Construction
This is the second in a three-quarter sequence covering the research, design and construction of a full-scale working prototype. In this course, students begin to translate their design concepts into the major systems of the working prototype. Mass production and assembly issues impact the design and must be resolved by students. Prerequisite: IDUS 321.
IDUS 403 Prototype Project for Final Production
This is the third in a three-quarter sequence covering the research, design and construction of a full-scale working prototype. In this final course, students complete construction of a working prototype and use the fabrication and assembly process to develop production line concepts. Students document the prototype and construction process. Prerequisite: IDUS 321.
IDUS 410 Industrial Design Innovation
This course explores the methods of identifying and developing inventive solutions to a wide range of design problems. Students are presented with design problems concerning user and function, which require them to develop the skills to devise, test and experiment with new design directions and solutions. The course also covers the means of protecting design ideas. Prerequisite: IDUS 325.
IDUS 421 Commercial Practices for Industrial Design
Students undertake projects that investigate a broad range of design, marketing and production issues. Project time scales are extended, the need to undertake research is emphasized, and overall project management skills are accentuated. Students are introduced to market-related design issues, product ranging and the key influences in a selection of product series, as well as issues of patent law, project planning, and contract negotiation. Prerequisites: IDUS 321, IDUS 325.
IDUS 431 Industrial Design Senior Studio
In this final studio, students are required to apply all their skills to develop a product of their selection. Under supervision, students are expected to demonstrate control of all aspects of the design process. Prerequisite: IDUS 421.
IDUS 451 New York Industrial Design Seminar
This seminar explores the forefront of industrial design in New York City. Students interact with professionals in the field working in ideation, marketing and manufacturing through visits to prominent industrial design firms and emerging design studios. Students make professional contacts, meet practicing professionals and see the working design environment firsthand. Visits to museums, galleries and an exploration of New York complete the trip. Prerequisite: IDUS 421.
IDUS 490 Special Topics in Industrial Design
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of industrial design and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
Interior Design
INDS 101 Introduction to Interior Design
An introduction to the profession of interior design, this course will provide students with a comprehensive understanding of the role of the interior designer and the scope of the profession. Lectures, discussions, problem solving and design application will allow the student to explore interior design as both a creative process and a profession. Prerequisite: DRAW 101.
INDS 102 Form, Space and Order
This course cultivates the ability to develop creative abstract design thinking and translate it into the three-dimensional composition of space and form with a system of formal architectural ordering. The course cultivates design process tools such as diagramming, drawing, and model making through a series of design explorations including abstract ideation, physical embodiment, architectural composition, and precedent analysis exercises. Prerequisite: DRAW 115.
INDS 110 Interior Design Studio I
This course, the first in a series of five interior design studio experiences, introduces students to basic interior design principles, theory and conceptual processes. The emphasis is on creating small-scale environments based on the interaction of the individual with the environment. Prerequisites: DRAW 115, INDS 102.
INDS 204 Rendering for the Interior
This course covers the exploration, development of technique and application of rendering skills for architectural interiors and exteriors, furnishings, accessories and details through a variety of media including pen and ink, color pencil and markers. Emphasis is placed on material simulation and delineation techniques. Prerequisite: DRAW 115.
INDS 209 Interior Materials I
This course presents a broad study of interior finishes and furnishings. The specification, composition, construction and application/usability of finishes and furnishings are covered. Lectures, demonstrations, projects and field trips promote the development of design ideas related to materials as well as sustainable materials and finishes. Prerequisite: DRAW 115.
INDS 210 Interior Design Studio II
This studio course continues the study of interior design through research, analysis, programming, conceptualization and design of the interior environment. Projects include exercises in spatial organization, anthropometrics and circulation on an increasingly complex scale. Emphasis is placed on design for populations with special needs, such as children, the elderly, the disabled and the economically disadvantaged. Mandatory portfolio review and assessment occur at the conclusion of this course. Prerequisite: INDS 110.
INDS 211 History of Interior Design
This course offers a comprehensive and concise compendium of the history of interiors from antiquity to present with reference to interiors as a social art, responsive to historical and cultural influences. Design theories and philosophies are explored in reference to their influence on interiors along with the complexity and intricacies of the sensory relationship of humans with interior space over time. Prerequisites: ARLH 206, ARLH 208.
INDS 220 Building Construction and Systems for the Interior
This course provides an introduction to interior building materials and systems. The course promotes an understanding of the various constructed assemblies, both structural and nonstructural, which, when combined, form complete buildings. Functional and environmental considerations about building technology systems, and the role of interior designers in improving the quality of the built environment, are also covered. Emphasis on the necessary partnership of building technology experts, architects, interior designers, engineers and clients is integral to the course. Prerequisite: INDS 210.
INDS 300 Interior Materials II
Sustainable materials and finishes are a primary focus of this course with an in-depth study of interior finishes and furnishings and their specification, composition, construction and application/usability. Lectures, demonstrations, projects and field trips promote the development of design ideas related to both residential and contract materials. Prerequisites: ARCH 241, INDS 110, INDS 209.
INDS 302 Lighting for the Interior
This course explores the use of lighting as a design element in the interior environment. Basics of electricity and electrical distribution systems, function, use and control of light, lighting fixtures and lighting installation are topics for lecture and discussion. Through demonstrations in the lighting lab, luminaries and lamps are compared with regard to glare, light distribution, intensity, color, color rendition, energy effectiveness and cost. Prerequisite: INDS 110.
INDS 303 Emerging Materials for Interior Design
This course presents an exploratory study of technological advances that have generated new interior materials recently introduced in the market and their impact on global sustainability. A study of emerging materials that have the potential for application/use in interior design, with special focus on sustainable and intelligent structural materials and finishes. Group discussions, presentations, projects and field trips promote the development of design ideas related to new materials. Prerequisites: ARCH 101 or HIPR 101 or INDS 209.
INDS 320 Interior Design Studio III
Communication of the design intent through construction documentation is the focus of this studio course. With an emphasis on electrical, mechanical and code requirements, assigned projects expand student understanding, application and communication of lighting, color, materials, technology and structure through construction documents, specifications and estimating. Prerequisite: INDS 210.
INDS 321 Interior and Exterior Illustration
This course covers the exploration, development of technique and the application of sighted perspective drawings of architectural interiors and exteriors, furnishings, accessories and details. Employing a variety of media, students produce work to support and enhance portfolio presentation. Emphasis is placed on aesthetic concerns. Prerequisite: DRAW 115.
INDS 322 Human Responses to the Built Environment
This course examines the interactions of social, behavioral, cultural and technological dimensions of the built environment. Through lectures, discussion and research projects, students are expected to explore the theoretical, historical and scientific context of the built environment, as they develop and increase their level of environmental awareness. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
INDS 350 Interior Design Studio IV
This studio course provides a collaborative and multidisciplinary structure for the exploration and application of human-centric design methodology in interior environments. Prerequisite: INDS 320.
INDS 404 Special Topics in Interior Design
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of interior design and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
INDS 405 Portfolio Preparation
This course provides the opportunity for interior design students to develop a professional working portfolio. Emphasis is placed on organizing a strong body of work, focused on a specific area of expertise dictated by the students’ individual career goals. Presentation options are explored, examined and executed. Prerequisite: INDS 320.
INDS 413 Professional Practices in Interior Design
This course presents the professionalism and ethics of interior design. Design practice, public and client relations, administration and procedures, and social responsibilities are discussed. Professional qualifications and organizations are covered, and students set personal goals for achievement in the profession. Prerequisite: INDS 320.
INDS 470 Interior Design Studio V
As the first part of a capstone project, students in this course advance their design skills to meet the challenge of a complex project. Selecting both client and project, students complete an in-depth precedent study, code and building analysis, user assessment, programming, conceptualization and presentation. Design research methods, innovation, code compliance, sustainability and acoustical comfort are key issues that are addressed. Prerequisite: INDS 350.
INDS 480 Interior Design Studio VI
Part two of a capstone project. Emphasis is on individual competence in interior design development and specification. Students develop the project selected in Studio V, with a focus on choosing, refining and effectively communicating design intent. Prerequisite: INDS 470.
An introduction to the profession of interior design, this course will provide students with a comprehensive understanding of the role of the interior designer and the scope of the profession. Lectures, discussions, problem solving and design application will allow the student to explore interior design as both a creative process and a profession. Prerequisite: DRAW 101.
INDS 102 Form, Space and Order
This course cultivates the ability to develop creative abstract design thinking and translate it into the three-dimensional composition of space and form with a system of formal architectural ordering. The course cultivates design process tools such as diagramming, drawing, and model making through a series of design explorations including abstract ideation, physical embodiment, architectural composition, and precedent analysis exercises. Prerequisite: DRAW 115.
INDS 110 Interior Design Studio I
This course, the first in a series of five interior design studio experiences, introduces students to basic interior design principles, theory and conceptual processes. The emphasis is on creating small-scale environments based on the interaction of the individual with the environment. Prerequisites: DRAW 115, INDS 102.
INDS 204 Rendering for the Interior
This course covers the exploration, development of technique and application of rendering skills for architectural interiors and exteriors, furnishings, accessories and details through a variety of media including pen and ink, color pencil and markers. Emphasis is placed on material simulation and delineation techniques. Prerequisite: DRAW 115.
INDS 209 Interior Materials I
This course presents a broad study of interior finishes and furnishings. The specification, composition, construction and application/usability of finishes and furnishings are covered. Lectures, demonstrations, projects and field trips promote the development of design ideas related to materials as well as sustainable materials and finishes. Prerequisite: DRAW 115.
INDS 210 Interior Design Studio II
This studio course continues the study of interior design through research, analysis, programming, conceptualization and design of the interior environment. Projects include exercises in spatial organization, anthropometrics and circulation on an increasingly complex scale. Emphasis is placed on design for populations with special needs, such as children, the elderly, the disabled and the economically disadvantaged. Mandatory portfolio review and assessment occur at the conclusion of this course. Prerequisite: INDS 110.
INDS 211 History of Interior Design
This course offers a comprehensive and concise compendium of the history of interiors from antiquity to present with reference to interiors as a social art, responsive to historical and cultural influences. Design theories and philosophies are explored in reference to their influence on interiors along with the complexity and intricacies of the sensory relationship of humans with interior space over time. Prerequisites: ARLH 206, ARLH 208.
INDS 220 Building Construction and Systems for the Interior
This course provides an introduction to interior building materials and systems. The course promotes an understanding of the various constructed assemblies, both structural and nonstructural, which, when combined, form complete buildings. Functional and environmental considerations about building technology systems, and the role of interior designers in improving the quality of the built environment, are also covered. Emphasis on the necessary partnership of building technology experts, architects, interior designers, engineers and clients is integral to the course. Prerequisite: INDS 210.
INDS 300 Interior Materials II
Sustainable materials and finishes are a primary focus of this course with an in-depth study of interior finishes and furnishings and their specification, composition, construction and application/usability. Lectures, demonstrations, projects and field trips promote the development of design ideas related to both residential and contract materials. Prerequisites: ARCH 241, INDS 110, INDS 209.
INDS 302 Lighting for the Interior
This course explores the use of lighting as a design element in the interior environment. Basics of electricity and electrical distribution systems, function, use and control of light, lighting fixtures and lighting installation are topics for lecture and discussion. Through demonstrations in the lighting lab, luminaries and lamps are compared with regard to glare, light distribution, intensity, color, color rendition, energy effectiveness and cost. Prerequisite: INDS 110.
INDS 303 Emerging Materials for Interior Design
This course presents an exploratory study of technological advances that have generated new interior materials recently introduced in the market and their impact on global sustainability. A study of emerging materials that have the potential for application/use in interior design, with special focus on sustainable and intelligent structural materials and finishes. Group discussions, presentations, projects and field trips promote the development of design ideas related to new materials. Prerequisites: ARCH 101 or HIPR 101 or INDS 209.
INDS 320 Interior Design Studio III
Communication of the design intent through construction documentation is the focus of this studio course. With an emphasis on electrical, mechanical and code requirements, assigned projects expand student understanding, application and communication of lighting, color, materials, technology and structure through construction documents, specifications and estimating. Prerequisite: INDS 210.
INDS 321 Interior and Exterior Illustration
This course covers the exploration, development of technique and the application of sighted perspective drawings of architectural interiors and exteriors, furnishings, accessories and details. Employing a variety of media, students produce work to support and enhance portfolio presentation. Emphasis is placed on aesthetic concerns. Prerequisite: DRAW 115.
INDS 322 Human Responses to the Built Environment
This course examines the interactions of social, behavioral, cultural and technological dimensions of the built environment. Through lectures, discussion and research projects, students are expected to explore the theoretical, historical and scientific context of the built environment, as they develop and increase their level of environmental awareness. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
INDS 350 Interior Design Studio IV
This studio course provides a collaborative and multidisciplinary structure for the exploration and application of human-centric design methodology in interior environments. Prerequisite: INDS 320.
INDS 404 Special Topics in Interior Design
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of interior design and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
INDS 405 Portfolio Preparation
This course provides the opportunity for interior design students to develop a professional working portfolio. Emphasis is placed on organizing a strong body of work, focused on a specific area of expertise dictated by the students’ individual career goals. Presentation options are explored, examined and executed. Prerequisite: INDS 320.
INDS 413 Professional Practices in Interior Design
This course presents the professionalism and ethics of interior design. Design practice, public and client relations, administration and procedures, and social responsibilities are discussed. Professional qualifications and organizations are covered, and students set personal goals for achievement in the profession. Prerequisite: INDS 320.
INDS 470 Interior Design Studio V
As the first part of a capstone project, students in this course advance their design skills to meet the challenge of a complex project. Selecting both client and project, students complete an in-depth precedent study, code and building analysis, user assessment, programming, conceptualization and presentation. Design research methods, innovation, code compliance, sustainability and acoustical comfort are key issues that are addressed. Prerequisite: INDS 350.
INDS 480 Interior Design Studio VI
Part two of a capstone project. Emphasis is on individual competence in interior design development and specification. Students develop the project selected in Studio V, with a focus on choosing, refining and effectively communicating design intent. Prerequisite: INDS 470.
Interactive Design and Game Development
ITGM 120 Introduction to Interactive Design and Game Development
This course begins to investigate visual and audio communication involving user actions, strategic design and the illusion of motion. Through individual approach and expression in traditional media, students are encouraged to experiment with the juxtaposition and sequence of design elements and imagery and to develop a sense of artist-audience construct and consequence. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, CMPA 110.
ITGM 121 Introduction to Game Development
Through hands-on exercises, students are introduced to critical aspects of the game industry from nondigital games to indie games to the latest video games. Roles and responsibilities within the game development team are discussed and practiced through in-class exercises, and genres are critically introduced, discussed and explored. Key individuals, companies and associations are also explored, and controversies are examined. The course culminates in a group project. Prerequisites: CMPA 110, DRAW 101.
ITGM 122 Introduction to Interactive Design
Through individual and group exercises, students are introduced to critical aspects of interactive art and design from physical computing to installation art to traditional and nontraditional Web sites. A history of the interactive medium is presented, and the breadth of the medium is critically introduced, discussed and explored. Through in-class exercises, students practice composition, aesthetics, and various types of interactive art. Key individuals, media, software tools and associations also are explored. Prerequisite: CMPA 110.
ITGM 130 Digital Design Aesthetics
This course provides the foundation for visualizing and understanding the essential vocabularies, principles and concepts of design, color and visual literacy as applied to interactive digital work. Prerequisite: CMPA 110.
ITGM 230 Information Design for Dynamic Media
This course addresses the fields of information visualization and user interface design and their intersection in the field of interactive design. Through the exploration of key principles and methodologies of these fields, students will develop a working knowledge of the means by which dynamic media systems—Web sites, games, information aggregators, smartphone applications, etc.—organize, visualize, and present information to the end users of screen-based media. Students learn and use industry methodologies to develop information-intensive interactive projects through a series of progressive assignments. Prerequisites: ITGM 120 or ITGM 121 or ITGM 122, ITGM 130.
ITGM 240 Modeling, Materials and Lighting
Modeling techniques and aesthetic skills required to create, texture and light 3-D objects are explored. Through the use of industry standard 3-D software, students will learn methods and procedures to create 3-D models efficiently and accurately. They will also learn to create textures, shaders and materials for 3-D geometry. Students will create visualizations in 3-D through real-world observations. Prerequisite: ITGM 130.
ITGM 241 Survey of Interactive Entertainment
This course chronicles the history and evolution of interactive and game design while reflecting on its immediacy through Internet and game culture trends. Students examine the social and artistic influences in computer mediated communications and game theory principles. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, CMPA 110.
ITGM 250 Fundamentals of Game Design
This course introduces students to game design through analysis, application and discussion of the game space, game mechanics, the game player, and the design decisions that create the game state. Through in-class game play and game design exercises, students will explore the design process through the concepts of player agency and immersion, while structures of goals—both short-term and long-term—force consideration of challenge, conflict and reward. Ultimately, students assess the needs of a target audience and create a game space and a game expressly designed for that audience while providing critical feedback to their peers on their own designs. Prerequisite: ITGM 130.
ITGM 258 Modeling for Game Development
Students develop an understanding of 3-D, the principles of modeling, and video game aesthetics while exploring the creation of 3-D models specifically designed for integration into a game engine. Aesthetics, construction, communication, sculptural skills and quality of work are emphasized. Prerequisite: ITGM 240.
ITGM 260 Interactive Design
This course focuses on the aesthetics of digital media elements and issues surrounding coherence in interactive environments. Students are introduced to authoring techniques and technologies as they learn how to create and develop basic projects for delivery on the Web and as stand-alone applications in which interactivity is the focus. Prerequisite: ITGM 130.
ITGM 265 Introduction to Robotics AI
This course introduces students to the field of experience design relating to robotics and the code that controls them. Concepts of interactive design and game design relating to robotics will be learned and applied using object-oriented programming and artificial intelligence. Students investigate the recent history of robotics as well as the essential concerns and methodologies of the field. Students will create a series of robotic projects in order to understand the basic principles of robotics, artificial intelligence and object-oriented programming. Prerequisite: ITGM 260.
ITGM 272 Video Game Industry Survey
This course chronicles the history and evolution of the video game industry, from its early beginnings in paper and war games to modern day next generation consoles. Students examine the industry’s growth, key players and companies, processes, controversies and career paths while reflecting on how each generation has influenced the next. Students examine the forces that shape the industry as well as the games it makes. Prerequisite: ITGM 130.
ITGM 303 Programming for Interactivity
This course introduces object-oriented programming techniques using a scripting language. This class builds upon the Interactive Design course, enabling students to develop projects that include complex interactive Web sites, experimental interactive work and online games. Prerequisite: ITGM 260.
ITGM 310 Animation for Games
In this course, students create character rigs and animation assets for games. Topics covered range from key frame animation and editing motion capture data to importing each student’s final animation into an existing game engine. Prerequisite: ANIM 250 or ITGM 258 or VSFX 210.
ITGM 315 C++ Programming I
In this course, students learn programming techniques and skills using C++. Students learn basic understanding of computer science concepts, awareness of different types of computer languages, use of a program-development environment, understanding of control structures, data structures, program logic, problem solving and object-oriented programming methodologies. Prerequisite: ITGM 240 or ANIM 250 or VSFX 210.
ITGM 320 Procedural Effects for Games
This course focuses on MEL (Maya Embedded Language) scripting skills and techniques that are applied to 3-D models and environments. Scripting commands, data types, variables and arrays will be covered as practiced in the game design industry. Using industry standard methodologies, students will use professional techniques and practices to explore, discuss and critique. Prerequisite: ANIM 250 or ITGM 240 or VSFX 210.
ITGM 333 Sculptural Texturing for Games
This course focuses on the creation of complex organic models and 2-D and 3-D textures for use in video game development. Traditional 2-D photo editing, painting software and 3-D painting and sculpting applications are combined to provide maximum emphasis on art, mood and extreme detail. Additional techniques relating to the use of complex systems within available hardware constraints also are discussed. In this course students explore, discuss and participate in critiques related to professional methodologies, techniques and practices. Results-oriented techniques are emphasized. Prerequisite: ITGM 240 or ANIM 250 or VSFX 210.
ITGM 342 Narrative Content Design for Games
Beginning with an overview of the types of narrative found in games, from linear stories to “MMO instances,” students in this course move from their initial story vision to a fully realized and interactive story for a video game. From the first class, students explore narrative structures, player expectation and response, and work with other students to incorporate feedback into their design to better prepare them to become content designers in the video game industry. Prerequisite: ITGM 120.
ITGM 350 User-centered Design for Dynamic Media
This course focuses on the principles and methodologies used throughout the interactive design industry for creating screen-based dynamic media—Web sites, information installations, smartphone applications, etc. Specifically, students address the interactive design process used to create dynamic media and endogenous meaning systems. Prerequisite: ITGM 230, ITGM 260.
ITGM 351 Cognitive Art of Game Design
This course pushes students from the game space and the game player into practical, theoretical, controversial and abstract principles and applications within the cognitive art of game design. Through regular in-class prototype and play sessions as well as four longer-term game design projects, students consider, question and add a wide range of concepts to their already existing game design skills. Students explore the concept of a game as a generator of attachment, emotion and controversy, and hone their skills through a study of balance, semiotics, theme, narrative and interaction. Prerequisite: ITGM 250.
ITGM 352 Environment and Level Design
As the visual quality and expectations of digital games increases so does the need for better art direction. By focusing on issues such as art direction methodologies, visual complexity, framing, modularity, and a solid art pipeline, students design and create visually effective and highly detailed game-oriented environments. Prerequisite: ITGM 240.
ITGM 353 Interactive Web Design
Key concepts of Web design are presented through a series of technical and design workshops. Students are introduced to the latest authoring and animation software and learn how to apply their knowledge of the software to create dynamic and exciting Web designs. Prerequisite: ITGM 260 or MOME 235.
ITGM 359 Real-time Cinematics for Games
A cinematic artist in the game industry is responsible for creating real-time cinematics, one of the main devices for delivering a narrative in today’s story-driven games. This course covers topics such as scripted events and other technical issues along with the fundamental concepts of cinematography, in order to guide students in developing work for their portfolios. Prerequisite: ITGM 352.
ITGM 360 Interactive Game Project
Students design and develop games, Web sites and interactive media through a series of technical and design workshops. The course explores intermediate and advanced technical and conceptual aspects of design and development for group-based games and interactive projects. Prerequisite: ITGM 303.
ITGM 364 Scripting for Games
In this course, students write scripts for a current game engine in order to alter its existing functionality as well as create new interactive elements. Ultimately, students learn to create what in the industry is called an engine modification (MOD). Prerequisites: ITGM 303, ITGM 352.
ITGM 380 Interactive Design and Game Development Portfolio
This course focuses on integrating imagery, Web sites, video and various elements into an interactive portfolio. Concepts, cross-platform developments and issues concerning aesthetics, interface design and use of media are addressed. Students collect relevant material and produce a CD/DVD/Web-based portfolio, packaging for portfolio, r??sum??, cover letter, business card, flatbook portfolio and optional VHS-based material. Prerequisite: ITGM 350 or ITGM 351 or ITGM 352 or ITGM 353.
ITGM 395 Applied Game Design
The process of video game design from initial concept and pitch through to completed game design using either traditional or agile development methodologies will be the focus of this course. From the first class, students will develop concepts that will be selected for completion by peer design teams. Teams then work to complete the game design document, concept art and an interactive installation, prototype or Web site highlighting their team’s design. Prerequisite: ITGM 120.
ITGM 402 Game Design Criticism and Analysis
This class exposes students to the fundamental issues of game design and analysis through readings, writings, group discussions, and critiques of current digital and nondigital games. Students form a vocabulary to discuss and analyze each game’s successes and failures with respect to rules and narratives. Through in-class exercises and outside assignments, students create new rules for existing games as well as develop new designs demonstrating applied principles. Prerequisite: ITGM 351 or ITGM 352.
ITGM 403 Information and Interfaces
This course focuses on information structure, the interactive design process, delivery and designing visual interfaces. Students are expected to develop a conceptual framework for real-world applications, exploring issues from the industry, art and society. Prerequisite: ITGM 303.
ITGM 405 Interactive Design and Game Development Studio I
Students apply their skills to creating a workable interactive project or video game in a simulated professional environment. Topics include content creation within a limited resource environment. The course emphasizes production-oriented goals in order to provide students with a professional skill set and a body of fine art. Prerequisite: ITGM 402 or ITGM 403 or ITGM 440 or ITGM 452.
ITGM 412 Design Patterns in Game Design
This course presents a thorough analysis and application of design mechanics and patterns, the very building blocks of games. Pattern theory and practice is discussed, and application of these patterns is then applied to a topical game created by students and demonstrated throughout the course of the quarter. Upon completion of the course, participants will have a completed game as well as a thorough understanding of the design patterns and principles therein. Prerequisite: ITGM 402.
ITGM 415 C++ Programming II
In this course, students learn advanced program design methodologies, object-oriented design and programming techniques using C++. Students learn to build complex applications by developing reusable and modular code. Prerequisite: ITGM 315.
ITGM 430 2-D Game Design and Development
Using scripting techniques to support game logic, students design working digital game prototypes using an industry-standard 2-D design tool. Students learn about game design fundamentals and game theory, and focus their game design projects on innovative and experimental gameplay by realizing working 2-D game “sketches.” Prerequisite: ITGM 303.
ITGM 440 Physical Computing
This course explores nontraditional input devices to create interactive user experiences. In addition to the technical, aesthetic and conceptual concerns of this art form, students assesses the work of a range of artists. Students are expected to develop concepts, experiments and prototypes for self-contained interactive objects in immersive environments. Prerequisite: ITGM 260.
ITGM 450 Abstract System Simulation
Starting with the basics of simulation, students in this course select a theme and determine the core, constants and systems requiring abstraction. Students then work individually to develop character creation, needs and development simulations, inventory balancing, object drop tables and dynamically balanced enemy statistics. Students also work in teams using the agile development methodology to develop a fully functional paper role-playing system. This course provides students with higher level skills for careers as a system or game designer in the video game industry. This course focuses on the core skill of any game designer: the ability to accurately model any topic or theme in such a way that it becomes a dynamic, living presence within a video game world. Prerequisite: ITGM 402.
ITGM 452 Level Design Mechanics
Real-time rendering technology allows a game artist to create immersive game environments that respond to a the player’s action within the game space. Students in this course are prepared for high-level careers in the video game industry by learning the processes for creating event-driven environments and acquiring the technical skills required to produce a functional game level. Topics include creating real-time shaders and in-game effects such as physics, particles and event triggers. Prerequisite: ITGM 351 or ITGM 352.
ITGM 465 Interactive Design and Game Development Studio II
Students work in a collaborative, simulated professional environment to address issues including content creation in a group dynamic, strategic planning, goal-oriented planning, and game theory and design. This course provides students with a significant amount of professional-quality material for portfolio inclusion. Prerequisite: ITGM 405.
ITGM 475 Interactive Design and Game Development Postproduction
This final phase of the student’s senior project focuses on the production and mastering of senior interactive or game project including final design, programming or scripting, focus testing, testing and implementation. Students also create support materials, such as a product Web site, and work to integrate these into their portfolios.
ITGM 495 Special Topics in Interactive Design and Game Development
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various problems in the field of interactive design and game development and allows advanced students to pursue individual or collaborative projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
This course begins to investigate visual and audio communication involving user actions, strategic design and the illusion of motion. Through individual approach and expression in traditional media, students are encouraged to experiment with the juxtaposition and sequence of design elements and imagery and to develop a sense of artist-audience construct and consequence. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, CMPA 110.
ITGM 121 Introduction to Game Development
Through hands-on exercises, students are introduced to critical aspects of the game industry from nondigital games to indie games to the latest video games. Roles and responsibilities within the game development team are discussed and practiced through in-class exercises, and genres are critically introduced, discussed and explored. Key individuals, companies and associations are also explored, and controversies are examined. The course culminates in a group project. Prerequisites: CMPA 110, DRAW 101.
ITGM 122 Introduction to Interactive Design
Through individual and group exercises, students are introduced to critical aspects of interactive art and design from physical computing to installation art to traditional and nontraditional Web sites. A history of the interactive medium is presented, and the breadth of the medium is critically introduced, discussed and explored. Through in-class exercises, students practice composition, aesthetics, and various types of interactive art. Key individuals, media, software tools and associations also are explored. Prerequisite: CMPA 110.
ITGM 130 Digital Design Aesthetics
This course provides the foundation for visualizing and understanding the essential vocabularies, principles and concepts of design, color and visual literacy as applied to interactive digital work. Prerequisite: CMPA 110.
ITGM 230 Information Design for Dynamic Media
This course addresses the fields of information visualization and user interface design and their intersection in the field of interactive design. Through the exploration of key principles and methodologies of these fields, students will develop a working knowledge of the means by which dynamic media systems—Web sites, games, information aggregators, smartphone applications, etc.—organize, visualize, and present information to the end users of screen-based media. Students learn and use industry methodologies to develop information-intensive interactive projects through a series of progressive assignments. Prerequisites: ITGM 120 or ITGM 121 or ITGM 122, ITGM 130.
ITGM 240 Modeling, Materials and Lighting
Modeling techniques and aesthetic skills required to create, texture and light 3-D objects are explored. Through the use of industry standard 3-D software, students will learn methods and procedures to create 3-D models efficiently and accurately. They will also learn to create textures, shaders and materials for 3-D geometry. Students will create visualizations in 3-D through real-world observations. Prerequisite: ITGM 130.
ITGM 241 Survey of Interactive Entertainment
This course chronicles the history and evolution of interactive and game design while reflecting on its immediacy through Internet and game culture trends. Students examine the social and artistic influences in computer mediated communications and game theory principles. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, CMPA 110.
ITGM 250 Fundamentals of Game Design
This course introduces students to game design through analysis, application and discussion of the game space, game mechanics, the game player, and the design decisions that create the game state. Through in-class game play and game design exercises, students will explore the design process through the concepts of player agency and immersion, while structures of goals—both short-term and long-term—force consideration of challenge, conflict and reward. Ultimately, students assess the needs of a target audience and create a game space and a game expressly designed for that audience while providing critical feedback to their peers on their own designs. Prerequisite: ITGM 130.
ITGM 258 Modeling for Game Development
Students develop an understanding of 3-D, the principles of modeling, and video game aesthetics while exploring the creation of 3-D models specifically designed for integration into a game engine. Aesthetics, construction, communication, sculptural skills and quality of work are emphasized. Prerequisite: ITGM 240.
ITGM 260 Interactive Design
This course focuses on the aesthetics of digital media elements and issues surrounding coherence in interactive environments. Students are introduced to authoring techniques and technologies as they learn how to create and develop basic projects for delivery on the Web and as stand-alone applications in which interactivity is the focus. Prerequisite: ITGM 130.
ITGM 265 Introduction to Robotics AI
This course introduces students to the field of experience design relating to robotics and the code that controls them. Concepts of interactive design and game design relating to robotics will be learned and applied using object-oriented programming and artificial intelligence. Students investigate the recent history of robotics as well as the essential concerns and methodologies of the field. Students will create a series of robotic projects in order to understand the basic principles of robotics, artificial intelligence and object-oriented programming. Prerequisite: ITGM 260.
ITGM 272 Video Game Industry Survey
This course chronicles the history and evolution of the video game industry, from its early beginnings in paper and war games to modern day next generation consoles. Students examine the industry’s growth, key players and companies, processes, controversies and career paths while reflecting on how each generation has influenced the next. Students examine the forces that shape the industry as well as the games it makes. Prerequisite: ITGM 130.
ITGM 303 Programming for Interactivity
This course introduces object-oriented programming techniques using a scripting language. This class builds upon the Interactive Design course, enabling students to develop projects that include complex interactive Web sites, experimental interactive work and online games. Prerequisite: ITGM 260.
ITGM 310 Animation for Games
In this course, students create character rigs and animation assets for games. Topics covered range from key frame animation and editing motion capture data to importing each student’s final animation into an existing game engine. Prerequisite: ANIM 250 or ITGM 258 or VSFX 210.
ITGM 315 C++ Programming I
In this course, students learn programming techniques and skills using C++. Students learn basic understanding of computer science concepts, awareness of different types of computer languages, use of a program-development environment, understanding of control structures, data structures, program logic, problem solving and object-oriented programming methodologies. Prerequisite: ITGM 240 or ANIM 250 or VSFX 210.
ITGM 320 Procedural Effects for Games
This course focuses on MEL (Maya Embedded Language) scripting skills and techniques that are applied to 3-D models and environments. Scripting commands, data types, variables and arrays will be covered as practiced in the game design industry. Using industry standard methodologies, students will use professional techniques and practices to explore, discuss and critique. Prerequisite: ANIM 250 or ITGM 240 or VSFX 210.
ITGM 333 Sculptural Texturing for Games
This course focuses on the creation of complex organic models and 2-D and 3-D textures for use in video game development. Traditional 2-D photo editing, painting software and 3-D painting and sculpting applications are combined to provide maximum emphasis on art, mood and extreme detail. Additional techniques relating to the use of complex systems within available hardware constraints also are discussed. In this course students explore, discuss and participate in critiques related to professional methodologies, techniques and practices. Results-oriented techniques are emphasized. Prerequisite: ITGM 240 or ANIM 250 or VSFX 210.
ITGM 342 Narrative Content Design for Games
Beginning with an overview of the types of narrative found in games, from linear stories to “MMO instances,” students in this course move from their initial story vision to a fully realized and interactive story for a video game. From the first class, students explore narrative structures, player expectation and response, and work with other students to incorporate feedback into their design to better prepare them to become content designers in the video game industry. Prerequisite: ITGM 120.
ITGM 350 User-centered Design for Dynamic Media
This course focuses on the principles and methodologies used throughout the interactive design industry for creating screen-based dynamic media—Web sites, information installations, smartphone applications, etc. Specifically, students address the interactive design process used to create dynamic media and endogenous meaning systems. Prerequisite: ITGM 230, ITGM 260.
ITGM 351 Cognitive Art of Game Design
This course pushes students from the game space and the game player into practical, theoretical, controversial and abstract principles and applications within the cognitive art of game design. Through regular in-class prototype and play sessions as well as four longer-term game design projects, students consider, question and add a wide range of concepts to their already existing game design skills. Students explore the concept of a game as a generator of attachment, emotion and controversy, and hone their skills through a study of balance, semiotics, theme, narrative and interaction. Prerequisite: ITGM 250.
ITGM 352 Environment and Level Design
As the visual quality and expectations of digital games increases so does the need for better art direction. By focusing on issues such as art direction methodologies, visual complexity, framing, modularity, and a solid art pipeline, students design and create visually effective and highly detailed game-oriented environments. Prerequisite: ITGM 240.
ITGM 353 Interactive Web Design
Key concepts of Web design are presented through a series of technical and design workshops. Students are introduced to the latest authoring and animation software and learn how to apply their knowledge of the software to create dynamic and exciting Web designs. Prerequisite: ITGM 260 or MOME 235.
ITGM 359 Real-time Cinematics for Games
A cinematic artist in the game industry is responsible for creating real-time cinematics, one of the main devices for delivering a narrative in today’s story-driven games. This course covers topics such as scripted events and other technical issues along with the fundamental concepts of cinematography, in order to guide students in developing work for their portfolios. Prerequisite: ITGM 352.
ITGM 360 Interactive Game Project
Students design and develop games, Web sites and interactive media through a series of technical and design workshops. The course explores intermediate and advanced technical and conceptual aspects of design and development for group-based games and interactive projects. Prerequisite: ITGM 303.
ITGM 364 Scripting for Games
In this course, students write scripts for a current game engine in order to alter its existing functionality as well as create new interactive elements. Ultimately, students learn to create what in the industry is called an engine modification (MOD). Prerequisites: ITGM 303, ITGM 352.
ITGM 380 Interactive Design and Game Development Portfolio
This course focuses on integrating imagery, Web sites, video and various elements into an interactive portfolio. Concepts, cross-platform developments and issues concerning aesthetics, interface design and use of media are addressed. Students collect relevant material and produce a CD/DVD/Web-based portfolio, packaging for portfolio, r??sum??, cover letter, business card, flatbook portfolio and optional VHS-based material. Prerequisite: ITGM 350 or ITGM 351 or ITGM 352 or ITGM 353.
ITGM 395 Applied Game Design
The process of video game design from initial concept and pitch through to completed game design using either traditional or agile development methodologies will be the focus of this course. From the first class, students will develop concepts that will be selected for completion by peer design teams. Teams then work to complete the game design document, concept art and an interactive installation, prototype or Web site highlighting their team’s design. Prerequisite: ITGM 120.
ITGM 402 Game Design Criticism and Analysis
This class exposes students to the fundamental issues of game design and analysis through readings, writings, group discussions, and critiques of current digital and nondigital games. Students form a vocabulary to discuss and analyze each game’s successes and failures with respect to rules and narratives. Through in-class exercises and outside assignments, students create new rules for existing games as well as develop new designs demonstrating applied principles. Prerequisite: ITGM 351 or ITGM 352.
ITGM 403 Information and Interfaces
This course focuses on information structure, the interactive design process, delivery and designing visual interfaces. Students are expected to develop a conceptual framework for real-world applications, exploring issues from the industry, art and society. Prerequisite: ITGM 303.
ITGM 405 Interactive Design and Game Development Studio I
Students apply their skills to creating a workable interactive project or video game in a simulated professional environment. Topics include content creation within a limited resource environment. The course emphasizes production-oriented goals in order to provide students with a professional skill set and a body of fine art. Prerequisite: ITGM 402 or ITGM 403 or ITGM 440 or ITGM 452.
ITGM 412 Design Patterns in Game Design
This course presents a thorough analysis and application of design mechanics and patterns, the very building blocks of games. Pattern theory and practice is discussed, and application of these patterns is then applied to a topical game created by students and demonstrated throughout the course of the quarter. Upon completion of the course, participants will have a completed game as well as a thorough understanding of the design patterns and principles therein. Prerequisite: ITGM 402.
ITGM 415 C++ Programming II
In this course, students learn advanced program design methodologies, object-oriented design and programming techniques using C++. Students learn to build complex applications by developing reusable and modular code. Prerequisite: ITGM 315.
ITGM 430 2-D Game Design and Development
Using scripting techniques to support game logic, students design working digital game prototypes using an industry-standard 2-D design tool. Students learn about game design fundamentals and game theory, and focus their game design projects on innovative and experimental gameplay by realizing working 2-D game “sketches.” Prerequisite: ITGM 303.
ITGM 440 Physical Computing
This course explores nontraditional input devices to create interactive user experiences. In addition to the technical, aesthetic and conceptual concerns of this art form, students assesses the work of a range of artists. Students are expected to develop concepts, experiments and prototypes for self-contained interactive objects in immersive environments. Prerequisite: ITGM 260.
ITGM 450 Abstract System Simulation
Starting with the basics of simulation, students in this course select a theme and determine the core, constants and systems requiring abstraction. Students then work individually to develop character creation, needs and development simulations, inventory balancing, object drop tables and dynamically balanced enemy statistics. Students also work in teams using the agile development methodology to develop a fully functional paper role-playing system. This course provides students with higher level skills for careers as a system or game designer in the video game industry. This course focuses on the core skill of any game designer: the ability to accurately model any topic or theme in such a way that it becomes a dynamic, living presence within a video game world. Prerequisite: ITGM 402.
ITGM 452 Level Design Mechanics
Real-time rendering technology allows a game artist to create immersive game environments that respond to a the player’s action within the game space. Students in this course are prepared for high-level careers in the video game industry by learning the processes for creating event-driven environments and acquiring the technical skills required to produce a functional game level. Topics include creating real-time shaders and in-game effects such as physics, particles and event triggers. Prerequisite: ITGM 351 or ITGM 352.
ITGM 465 Interactive Design and Game Development Studio II
Students work in a collaborative, simulated professional environment to address issues including content creation in a group dynamic, strategic planning, goal-oriented planning, and game theory and design. This course provides students with a significant amount of professional-quality material for portfolio inclusion. Prerequisite: ITGM 405.
ITGM 475 Interactive Design and Game Development Postproduction
This final phase of the student’s senior project focuses on the production and mastering of senior interactive or game project including final design, programming or scripting, focus testing, testing and implementation. Students also create support materials, such as a product Web site, and work to integrate these into their portfolios.
ITGM 495 Special Topics in Interactive Design and Game Development
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various problems in the field of interactive design and game development and allows advanced students to pursue individual or collaborative projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
Liberal Arts
LIBA 220 Special Topics in Liberal Arts
This course is designed to provide opportunities to study in areas not covered in the traditional curriculum. Emphasis is given to the application of knowledge to the student’s major or field of interest. The subject matter varies each time it is offered.
This course is designed to provide opportunities to study in areas not covered in the traditional curriculum. Emphasis is given to the application of knowledge to the student’s major or field of interest. The subject matter varies each time it is offered.
Marine Design
MARI 302 Principles and Theories of Marine Design
This course concentrates on the naval architecture and engineering issues associated with boat design. Students are introduced to naval architecture, hydrodynamics, hydrostatics and structural analysis pertaining to the safe design and operation of various styles of boats. Additionally, students explore the marine module of Rhino CAD software. Prerequisite: ELDS 205 or ELDS 225.
MARI 310 Survey of Composites
This course explores the various aspects of building and designing marine applications with composites including technical data related to composite manufacturing. This course supplements lectures with hands-on demonstrations and projects to give students a firsthand look at working with these unique materials. Prerequisites: IDUS 212 or FURN 200, and ELDS 205 or ELDS 225.
MARI 335 Marine Design Studio I
This course allows students to investigate the design issues associated with boating while undertaking studio assignments intended to teach the fundamental skills necessary to design various types of boats. Emphasis is placed on research, user needs and the development of hull forms, exteriors and interiors for a variety of boat design styles and uses, from utility to sailing power. Prerequisites: MARI 302, IDUS 213 or FURN 324 or INDS 321.
MARI 340 Marine Design Studio II
In this course, students consider complex issues and conflicting criteria when solving marine design problems. Students are expected to apply their project skills and technical knowledge to formulate design solutions that are visually appealing and functional. Prerequisites: IDUS 212, FURN 324 or IDUS 213 or INDS 321.
MARI 480 Marine Design Final Project
This course will be a culmination of the marine design minor. Students working on advanced designs for the marine industry will demonstrate an understanding of naval architecture and engineering, an understanding of designing and building with composites and a keen sense of aesthetics for a particular segment of the marine market. Projects will vary by students but must meet the approval of the professor. Students may also undertake team projects or sponsored projects that meet the objectives of the course. Prerequisite: MARI 340.
MARI 495 Special Topics in Marine Design
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various problems in the field of marine design and allows advanced students to pursue individual or collaborative projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
This course concentrates on the naval architecture and engineering issues associated with boat design. Students are introduced to naval architecture, hydrodynamics, hydrostatics and structural analysis pertaining to the safe design and operation of various styles of boats. Additionally, students explore the marine module of Rhino CAD software. Prerequisite: ELDS 205 or ELDS 225.
MARI 310 Survey of Composites
This course explores the various aspects of building and designing marine applications with composites including technical data related to composite manufacturing. This course supplements lectures with hands-on demonstrations and projects to give students a firsthand look at working with these unique materials. Prerequisites: IDUS 212 or FURN 200, and ELDS 205 or ELDS 225.
MARI 335 Marine Design Studio I
This course allows students to investigate the design issues associated with boating while undertaking studio assignments intended to teach the fundamental skills necessary to design various types of boats. Emphasis is placed on research, user needs and the development of hull forms, exteriors and interiors for a variety of boat design styles and uses, from utility to sailing power. Prerequisites: MARI 302, IDUS 213 or FURN 324 or INDS 321.
MARI 340 Marine Design Studio II
In this course, students consider complex issues and conflicting criteria when solving marine design problems. Students are expected to apply their project skills and technical knowledge to formulate design solutions that are visually appealing and functional. Prerequisites: IDUS 212, FURN 324 or IDUS 213 or INDS 321.
MARI 480 Marine Design Final Project
This course will be a culmination of the marine design minor. Students working on advanced designs for the marine industry will demonstrate an understanding of naval architecture and engineering, an understanding of designing and building with composites and a keen sense of aesthetics for a particular segment of the marine market. Projects will vary by students but must meet the approval of the professor. Students may also undertake team projects or sponsored projects that meet the objectives of the course. Prerequisite: MARI 340.
MARI 495 Special Topics in Marine Design
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various problems in the field of marine design and allows advanced students to pursue individual or collaborative projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
Math
MATH 100 Basic Mathematics
This course covers the fundamental principles of algebra, geometry and statistics. Topics are introduced through their applications to everyday events.
MATH 101 Intermediate Mathematics
This course covers number systems, fractions, percents, measurement and fundamentals of algebra, plane geometry and trigonometry. The course emphasizes execution and technique of mathematical operations. A scientific calculator is required, and students are instructed on its use.
MATH 105 The Golden Ratio: Applications in Arts and the Humanities
This course introduces students to the development and influence of the Golden Ratio from antiquity to the present utilizing examples from art, music, history, the sciences and mathematics. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or MATH 101 or SAT math score of at least 540 or ACT math score of at least 23.
MATH 201 Applied Mathematics
This course covers number systems, fractions, percents, measurement and fundamentals of algebra, plane geometry and trigonometry. The course emphasizes an understanding of mathematical concepts and takes a practical approach to mathematics. Formal proofs and derivations are minimized, and the mathematical concepts are followed by a variety of occupationally related problems found in everyday situations. A scientific calculator is required, and students are instructed on its use. Prerequisite: MATH 101 or SAT math score of at least 540 or ACT math score of at least 23.
MATH 230 Pre-calculus
This course provides the mathematical background needed for calculus. Concepts are presented and explored from algebraic, graphical and numerical perspectives. Students are expected to participate actively in the development of all concepts. Concepts covered include numerical patterns, polynomial and rational functions, complex numbers, analytic geometry, systems of equations, limits and continuity, and extensive coverage of trigonometry. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or MATH 101 or a passing score on the Math Competency Exam.
This course covers the fundamental principles of algebra, geometry and statistics. Topics are introduced through their applications to everyday events.
MATH 101 Intermediate Mathematics
This course covers number systems, fractions, percents, measurement and fundamentals of algebra, plane geometry and trigonometry. The course emphasizes execution and technique of mathematical operations. A scientific calculator is required, and students are instructed on its use.
MATH 105 The Golden Ratio: Applications in Arts and the Humanities
This course introduces students to the development and influence of the Golden Ratio from antiquity to the present utilizing examples from art, music, history, the sciences and mathematics. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or MATH 101 or SAT math score of at least 540 or ACT math score of at least 23.
MATH 201 Applied Mathematics
This course covers number systems, fractions, percents, measurement and fundamentals of algebra, plane geometry and trigonometry. The course emphasizes an understanding of mathematical concepts and takes a practical approach to mathematics. Formal proofs and derivations are minimized, and the mathematical concepts are followed by a variety of occupationally related problems found in everyday situations. A scientific calculator is required, and students are instructed on its use. Prerequisite: MATH 101 or SAT math score of at least 540 or ACT math score of at least 23.
MATH 230 Pre-calculus
This course provides the mathematical background needed for calculus. Concepts are presented and explored from algebraic, graphical and numerical perspectives. Students are expected to participate actively in the development of all concepts. Concepts covered include numerical patterns, polynomial and rational functions, complex numbers, analytic geometry, systems of equations, limits and continuity, and extensive coverage of trigonometry. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or MATH 101 or a passing score on the Math Competency Exam.
Military Science
MILS 110 Introduction to Leadership and Military Officership Foundations I
Introductory course to leadership and first course in Army ROTC. Review of basic life skills, introduction to, and organization of the Army, the Army value system and ethical behavior are covered. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 120 Introduction to Leadership and Military Officership Foundations II
Continuation of 110 and open to all university students who want to become an Army officer, world leader or to learn more about the Army. Builds on lessons learned from 101 and develops problem-solving skills. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 130 Introduction to Leadership and Military Officership Foundations III
This course is the culmination of topics taught in Introduction to Leadership and Military Officership Foundations I and II. Focuses on leadership theory, decision-making, factors that influence leadership. “Life Skills” continue to be developed. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 210 Individual Leadership I
Develops knowledge of self, self-confidence and individual leadership skills. Instruction includes practical exercises in and out of the classroom to develop problem solving and critical thinking skills. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 220 Individual Leadership II
Continuation of Individual Leadership I focusing on developing knowledge of self, self-confidence and individual leadership skills. Instruction includes practical exercises in and out of the classroom to develop problem solving and critical thinking skills. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 230 Leadership and Teamwork
Focuses on self-development guided by knowledge of self and group processes. Challenges student’s current beliefs, knowledge, and skills. Provides equivalent preparation for the ROTC advanced course as the leader’s training course. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 250 Military History I
This is a lecture-style course focusing on the evolution of the American Military. Topics covered include historical developments, national security, and the United States’ involvement in international responsibility and policies. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 260 Military History II
This is a continuation of Military History I. This lecture-style course focuses on the evolution of the American Military. Topics covered include historical developments, national security, and the United States’ involvement in international responsibility and policies. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program. Prerequisite: MILS 250.
MILS 300 Leader?s Training Course
Leader’s Training Course is four weeks of intense classroom and field training held in the summer at Fort Knox, Kentucky. This course is an accelerated version of the two years of leadership development training cadets receive in the basic course. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 310 Military Operations at Small Unit Level
This course is an overview of military tactics conducted at the infantry squad, platoon, and company level. Students will analyze military missions and plan military operations, and train and lead squad in the execution of battle drills. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 320 Leadership and Problem Solving
Develops knowledge of self, self-confidence and individual leadership skills; provides overview of national defense policy and analyzes role officers played in transition of the Army from Vietnam to the 21st Century; practical exercises in application of general problem-solving model. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 330 Leadership and Ethics
Develop cadet leadership competencies through study of leadership to include trait theory, motivation theory, and contemporary leadership models; apply principles and techniques of effective written and oral communication; prepare for success at National Advanced Leadership Camp. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 410 Military Operations, Training Management and Ethics
Designed to acquaint student with Army management systems including staff organization and functions, training management and military professionalism and ethics. Practical exercises using the ethical decision-making process. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 420 Military Leadership, Operations and Administration
Designed to acquaint student with leadership, ethics, and the foundations of military and non-judicial law in leadership. Topics include personal, professional and leadership development. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 430 Army Officership
The study of military leadership and contemporary military subjects that will prepare the student to perform the duties of a commissioned officer. This course focuses on final preparation for commissioning. Student will participate in spring Field Training Exercise (FTX) at local training area. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 490 Leader Development And Assessment Course
Leader Development and Assessment Course is an ROTC training event for the candidate. This is a 31-day camp that incorporates a variety of subjects designed to develop and evaluate leadership skills in the Army ROTC cadet. Mental and physical challenges pose rigorous and demanding tests of intelligence, critical thinking, ingenuity, physical stamina and honor. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
Introductory course to leadership and first course in Army ROTC. Review of basic life skills, introduction to, and organization of the Army, the Army value system and ethical behavior are covered. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 120 Introduction to Leadership and Military Officership Foundations II
Continuation of 110 and open to all university students who want to become an Army officer, world leader or to learn more about the Army. Builds on lessons learned from 101 and develops problem-solving skills. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 130 Introduction to Leadership and Military Officership Foundations III
This course is the culmination of topics taught in Introduction to Leadership and Military Officership Foundations I and II. Focuses on leadership theory, decision-making, factors that influence leadership. “Life Skills” continue to be developed. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 210 Individual Leadership I
Develops knowledge of self, self-confidence and individual leadership skills. Instruction includes practical exercises in and out of the classroom to develop problem solving and critical thinking skills. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 220 Individual Leadership II
Continuation of Individual Leadership I focusing on developing knowledge of self, self-confidence and individual leadership skills. Instruction includes practical exercises in and out of the classroom to develop problem solving and critical thinking skills. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 230 Leadership and Teamwork
Focuses on self-development guided by knowledge of self and group processes. Challenges student’s current beliefs, knowledge, and skills. Provides equivalent preparation for the ROTC advanced course as the leader’s training course. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 250 Military History I
This is a lecture-style course focusing on the evolution of the American Military. Topics covered include historical developments, national security, and the United States’ involvement in international responsibility and policies. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 260 Military History II
This is a continuation of Military History I. This lecture-style course focuses on the evolution of the American Military. Topics covered include historical developments, national security, and the United States’ involvement in international responsibility and policies. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program. Prerequisite: MILS 250.
MILS 300 Leader?s Training Course
Leader’s Training Course is four weeks of intense classroom and field training held in the summer at Fort Knox, Kentucky. This course is an accelerated version of the two years of leadership development training cadets receive in the basic course. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 310 Military Operations at Small Unit Level
This course is an overview of military tactics conducted at the infantry squad, platoon, and company level. Students will analyze military missions and plan military operations, and train and lead squad in the execution of battle drills. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 320 Leadership and Problem Solving
Develops knowledge of self, self-confidence and individual leadership skills; provides overview of national defense policy and analyzes role officers played in transition of the Army from Vietnam to the 21st Century; practical exercises in application of general problem-solving model. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 330 Leadership and Ethics
Develop cadet leadership competencies through study of leadership to include trait theory, motivation theory, and contemporary leadership models; apply principles and techniques of effective written and oral communication; prepare for success at National Advanced Leadership Camp. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 410 Military Operations, Training Management and Ethics
Designed to acquaint student with Army management systems including staff organization and functions, training management and military professionalism and ethics. Practical exercises using the ethical decision-making process. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 420 Military Leadership, Operations and Administration
Designed to acquaint student with leadership, ethics, and the foundations of military and non-judicial law in leadership. Topics include personal, professional and leadership development. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 430 Army Officership
The study of military leadership and contemporary military subjects that will prepare the student to perform the duties of a commissioned officer. This course focuses on final preparation for commissioning. Student will participate in spring Field Training Exercise (FTX) at local training area. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
MILS 490 Leader Development And Assessment Course
Leader Development and Assessment Course is an ROTC training event for the candidate. This is a 31-day camp that incorporates a variety of subjects designed to develop and evaluate leadership skills in the Army ROTC cadet. Mental and physical challenges pose rigorous and demanding tests of intelligence, critical thinking, ingenuity, physical stamina and honor. This course is restricted to students who have officially joined the ROTC program.
Motion Media Design
MOME 115 Survey of Motion Media Design
Motion media design evolution began with non-narrative experimental films of the 1930s and continued though to the innovative movie titles of Saul Bass in the 1950s, MTV’s birth in the 1980s, and the influence of new technologies and media artists in the 1990s and 2000s. This course surveys the history of motion media design and the individuals, companies and current trends that define the field today.
MOME 120 Concepts and Storyboards
Creating concepts and explaining ideas, style and technique though storyboards is an essential skill for the motion media designer. In this course students will learn how to conceptualize and visualize motion graphic storyboards with digital techniques as required in the professional world. Prerequisite: CMPA 110, DRAW 100.
MOME 130 Motion Media Design Techniques I
This interdisciplinary course trains students in the essential vocabularies and concepts of motion media design, examining a range of diverse issues of central importance to the motion media designer such as previsualization, cinematography, media theories, digital culture, new media and critical studies. Prerequisite: CMPA 110.
MOME 206 Motion Media Design Techniques II
This course will continue to build upon the knowledge of motion techniques and software. It will teach advanced motion techniques in industry standard motion graphic software to give students the ability to realize their concepts and ideas in upper level courses. Prerequisite: GRDS 348 or MOME 130.
MOME 235 Editing Theories and Techniques
This course covers the basic grammar of editing through hands-on exercises and real-life examples. From the Kuleshov Effect to the contemporary aesthetics of noncontinuity and elliptical editing, students are introduced to the major theories behind the development of various editing techniques. The class focuses on conceptualizing projects for the edit in various design contexts. Prerequisite: MOME 206.
MOME 246 Title Design
This course addresses basic historical and contemporary typographic design concepts utilized in creating simple film titles with graphic shapes, photographs and sound. Students construct graphic elements and typography for use in projects while addressing issues of motion and dynamic relationships. Prerequisite: MOME 130.
MOME 290 DVD Production
The focus of this course is to teach students how to design their own DVD interface and apply authoring techniques to produce DVDs with advanced features. Students will be guided through the steps of organizing content, producing and finishing of the DVD. Prerequisite: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110.
MOME 305 Time-based Media for the Art Gallery
Utilizing a range of tools, this course explores and produces time-based artworks for the gallery context. These works can include DVD, video and sound installations; performance work; and interactive environments. Students are expected to consider the technical, aesthetic and conceptual concerns of these art forms and produce practical assignments that are grounded in historical and theoretical research. Prerequisite: ITGM 353
MOME 309 Concepts in Motion Media Design
This course introduces fundamental concepts for motion graphics, including graphics and promos for television networks and film titles and logos for advertising. The focus is on design presentation and development, screen composition, graphic transitions and content. Prerequisites: GRDS 205, MOME 206.
MOME 356 Compositing for Motion Media
Through the process of ideation with presentations and demonstrations, students develop complex motion graphic composites using professional production methods and industry standard software. The aesthetics of compositing also are explored to allow students to create portfolio quality work. Prerequisite: MOME 235
MOME 360 Motion Media Cinematography
This course addresses camera operation, lenses, film stocks, filters, lighting and light measuring, as well as the art and aesthetics of cinematography. Through hands-on practice and exercises, students are introduced to the science behind lighting ratios and exposures, film stocks and emulsion tests, and telecine transfers. Prerequisite: MOME 235.
MOME 369 Time-based Typography I
This course addresses historical and contemporary typographic design concepts using film and television. Students construct graphic elements and typography for use in projects while addressing issues of motion and dynamic relationships. Prerequisite: GRDS 205.
MOME 400 Senior Motion Media Design Project I
Students develop ideas and storyboards for their senior project. They execute the preproduction phase of the project and start production that will be finished in a second class. Prerequisite: MOME 309.
MOME 401 3-D Motion Media Design
This course explores the foundations of 3-D environments. Modeling, textures, lighting and animating are covered with simple animations, logo and shape motion, and environmental visual effects. Prerequisite: MOME 206.
MOME 406 Reality-based Motion Media Design
This course develops an understanding of the documentary format as it relates to contemporary broadcast contexts. Through a process of critical viewing and analysis of the documentary form, along with practical assignments, students are expected to explore and develop models of documentary that work in the broadcast world. In addition, students are expected to develop a thorough understanding of the history, techniques and issues related to the documentary form. Prerequisite: MOME 235.
MOME 408 Multiplatform Media Brand Packaging
This course discusses historical and contemporary broadcast packages as they relate to design, marketing strategies and branding. These concepts are useful in the creation of show openings, tags, bumpers and other elements that develop network identities and broadcast entities. Prerequisite: MOME 309.
MOME 448 Senior Motion Media Design Project II
Students execute the postproduction phase of a project including analysis and critique, organization and scheduling. The goal is to create a final project that will showcase the student’s artistic vision through his or her acquired skills. Prerequisites: MOME 309, MOME 369.
MOME 449 Time-based Typography II
This course continues the exploration of typography used in moving media. Advanced topics are discussed along with projects based in film, broadcast and new media. Prerequisite: MOME 369.
MOME 490 Motion Media Design Portfolio
This course prepares students for employment in the field. Students are expected to investigate career opportunities and the requirements of the position of interest. Development of a portfolio and demo reel is enhanced through the continued study of motion graphics, compositing and sound. Prerequisite: MOME 448.
Motion media design evolution began with non-narrative experimental films of the 1930s and continued though to the innovative movie titles of Saul Bass in the 1950s, MTV’s birth in the 1980s, and the influence of new technologies and media artists in the 1990s and 2000s. This course surveys the history of motion media design and the individuals, companies and current trends that define the field today.
MOME 120 Concepts and Storyboards
Creating concepts and explaining ideas, style and technique though storyboards is an essential skill for the motion media designer. In this course students will learn how to conceptualize and visualize motion graphic storyboards with digital techniques as required in the professional world. Prerequisite: CMPA 110, DRAW 100.
MOME 130 Motion Media Design Techniques I
This interdisciplinary course trains students in the essential vocabularies and concepts of motion media design, examining a range of diverse issues of central importance to the motion media designer such as previsualization, cinematography, media theories, digital culture, new media and critical studies. Prerequisite: CMPA 110.
MOME 206 Motion Media Design Techniques II
This course will continue to build upon the knowledge of motion techniques and software. It will teach advanced motion techniques in industry standard motion graphic software to give students the ability to realize their concepts and ideas in upper level courses. Prerequisite: GRDS 348 or MOME 130.
MOME 235 Editing Theories and Techniques
This course covers the basic grammar of editing through hands-on exercises and real-life examples. From the Kuleshov Effect to the contemporary aesthetics of noncontinuity and elliptical editing, students are introduced to the major theories behind the development of various editing techniques. The class focuses on conceptualizing projects for the edit in various design contexts. Prerequisite: MOME 206.
MOME 246 Title Design
This course addresses basic historical and contemporary typographic design concepts utilized in creating simple film titles with graphic shapes, photographs and sound. Students construct graphic elements and typography for use in projects while addressing issues of motion and dynamic relationships. Prerequisite: MOME 130.
MOME 290 DVD Production
The focus of this course is to teach students how to design their own DVD interface and apply authoring techniques to produce DVDs with advanced features. Students will be guided through the steps of organizing content, producing and finishing of the DVD. Prerequisite: CMPA 100 or CMPA 110.
MOME 305 Time-based Media for the Art Gallery
Utilizing a range of tools, this course explores and produces time-based artworks for the gallery context. These works can include DVD, video and sound installations; performance work; and interactive environments. Students are expected to consider the technical, aesthetic and conceptual concerns of these art forms and produce practical assignments that are grounded in historical and theoretical research. Prerequisite: ITGM 353
MOME 309 Concepts in Motion Media Design
This course introduces fundamental concepts for motion graphics, including graphics and promos for television networks and film titles and logos for advertising. The focus is on design presentation and development, screen composition, graphic transitions and content. Prerequisites: GRDS 205, MOME 206.
MOME 356 Compositing for Motion Media
Through the process of ideation with presentations and demonstrations, students develop complex motion graphic composites using professional production methods and industry standard software. The aesthetics of compositing also are explored to allow students to create portfolio quality work. Prerequisite: MOME 235
MOME 360 Motion Media Cinematography
This course addresses camera operation, lenses, film stocks, filters, lighting and light measuring, as well as the art and aesthetics of cinematography. Through hands-on practice and exercises, students are introduced to the science behind lighting ratios and exposures, film stocks and emulsion tests, and telecine transfers. Prerequisite: MOME 235.
MOME 369 Time-based Typography I
This course addresses historical and contemporary typographic design concepts using film and television. Students construct graphic elements and typography for use in projects while addressing issues of motion and dynamic relationships. Prerequisite: GRDS 205.
MOME 400 Senior Motion Media Design Project I
Students develop ideas and storyboards for their senior project. They execute the preproduction phase of the project and start production that will be finished in a second class. Prerequisite: MOME 309.
MOME 401 3-D Motion Media Design
This course explores the foundations of 3-D environments. Modeling, textures, lighting and animating are covered with simple animations, logo and shape motion, and environmental visual effects. Prerequisite: MOME 206.
MOME 406 Reality-based Motion Media Design
This course develops an understanding of the documentary format as it relates to contemporary broadcast contexts. Through a process of critical viewing and analysis of the documentary form, along with practical assignments, students are expected to explore and develop models of documentary that work in the broadcast world. In addition, students are expected to develop a thorough understanding of the history, techniques and issues related to the documentary form. Prerequisite: MOME 235.
MOME 408 Multiplatform Media Brand Packaging
This course discusses historical and contemporary broadcast packages as they relate to design, marketing strategies and branding. These concepts are useful in the creation of show openings, tags, bumpers and other elements that develop network identities and broadcast entities. Prerequisite: MOME 309.
MOME 448 Senior Motion Media Design Project II
Students execute the postproduction phase of a project including analysis and critique, organization and scheduling. The goal is to create a final project that will showcase the student’s artistic vision through his or her acquired skills. Prerequisites: MOME 309, MOME 369.
MOME 449 Time-based Typography II
This course continues the exploration of typography used in moving media. Advanced topics are discussed along with projects based in film, broadcast and new media. Prerequisite: MOME 369.
MOME 490 Motion Media Design Portfolio
This course prepares students for employment in the field. Students are expected to investigate career opportunities and the requirements of the position of interest. Development of a portfolio and demo reel is enhanced through the continued study of motion graphics, compositing and sound. Prerequisite: MOME 448.
Performing Arts
MPRA 103 Introduction to Performance
This course is designed as a practical approach to vocal and physical expression for the artist in the methods and techniques of modern performance. Through exercises and development of formal scenes, students will learn and implement the basic acting vocabulary of performance primarily through the study of the modern American canon of theater, television and film.
MPRA 106 Movement for Performance I
This class explores relaxation methods, performance techniques and physical flexibility that join the actor’s kinesthetic sense to the expressive,; connected and free use of the body as part of the story telling process of the actor’s body that is vitally necessary for character development. Various movement experts will be explored with the Alexander Technique as the connective underpinning of this course of study. Prerequisite: MPRA 103.
MPRA 200 American Musical Theater Survey
This course presents the history of musical theater in the United States from the early 18th century to the contemporary era, including cultural icons of American theater history. Through examples and analysis, the course seeks to develop the ability of students to listen to, experience and critique musical theater trends in a discerning manner. The design, fashion, musical structures, theater architecture and musical film genres of the era of study are integral to the lectures and research of the course. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
MPRA 201 Survey of Theater and Drama I
This course surveys the development and history of Western theater from the classical era to the present. The influences of theater architecture, technology, politics, literature and major contributions to the evolution of drama are considered. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
MPRA 204 Survey of Theater and Drama II
This course surveys the development and history of Western theater from 1600 to the present, with special attention to the rise of the new media of the 20th century. The influences of theater architecture, technology, politics, literature and major contributions to the evolution of drama are considered. Prerequisite: MPRA 201.
MPRA 206 Movement for Performance II
This course is a further intensive examination of movement patterning and the actor’s physical presence and choices made in character study. Actors will continue to develop their movement creativity and understand pattern choices through exercises, movement explorations, mask work and physical monologue study. Various movement experts will be explored with the Alexander Technique as the connective underpinning of this course of study. Prerequisite: MPRA 106.
MPRA 210 Voice for Performance I
This course introduces voice production, using the methodology of Kristin Linklater, Cicely Berry and Edith Skinner. The movement element explores the Alexander Technique, focusing on relaxation and creating the free actor tool of physicalization. Prerequisite: MPRA 103.
MPRA 211 Voice for Performance II
This comprehensive course explores advanced speech and articulation using contemporary and classical texts. Emphasis is placed on elocution, dialect, interpretation, freeing the natural voice and projection. Prerequisite: MPRA 210.
MPRA 215 Playwriting
The course teaches the fundamentals of playwriting, including character development, plot construction, conflict and the writing of believable dialogue. Students study and analyze classic dramas in order to fully understand the various techniques and styles used for the stage. Student scripts are extensively work-shopped and critiqued. Prerequisite: ENGL 180.
MPRA 220 Media Criticism and News Writing
This course explores the elements of constructive criticism and news writing. The basics of editing and the clarity of thought necessary for clearly communicating ideas and opinions are emphasized. Additional practicum time is required and assigned by the professor. Prerequisite: MPRA 103.
MPRA 226 Stagecraft Vocabularies of Live Performance
This course focuses on the onstage arrangement of actors and the intersection of design elements. Students will learn the vocabularies—both verbal and physical—to properly move and place themselves onstage, to enhance the possibilities of the playwright, the work of the director, and their own characterizations. Prerequisites: DSGN 101, MPRA 106.
MPRA 230 Professional Studies in Media Relations
By studying industry standard techniques and professional practices in media criticism, news writing, marketing, casting, unions, and contracts, students in this course will explore a variety of writing and editing approaches necessary for clearly communicating ideas and opinions through scholarly criticism, effective news writing techniques and oral adjudication. Prerequisites: MPRA 103, MPRA 201, MPRA 204.
MPRA 240 French Classical Theater
By reading and performing selections of plays from the classical French canon, students in this course will become thoroughly familiar with the great playwrights of the French classical tradition: Jean Racine, Pierre Corneille, Marivaux and Moli??re. Special emphasis will be placed on the all encompassing influence of classical culture on the playwrights to be studied, as well as the performative influences of the Italian commedia troupes. Every opportunity will be taken to view plays from the classical canon in performance, and students will perform their own scenes from selected plays as part of the school wide vernissage at the close of the quarter.
MPRA 250 Women in Dramatic Arts
This course examines the changing roles of women in the performing arts from the Restoration to the current time. Plays as well other supporting documents written by and about women will be read and discussed. The class will examine the different ways women’s lives and “issues” are conveyed through performance. The lives of women artists and their work, specifically women who have been visionary leaders in the world of the performing arts are the main focus of the course. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
MPRA 300 Theory and Acting for the Classics
This advanced course of theory and practice examines the works of Shakespeare and his contemporaries for style, execution and physicalization. Emphasis is placed on interpretation of roles, text and performance. Students explore scene work and analysis and create a canon of monologues for additional purposes. Prerequisites: MPRA 106, MPRA 210.
MPRA 310 Stage Combat I
Using the single-sword and unarmed combat, the actor will develop safe and effective means of demonstrating a believable skill set for the stage audience. This specialized form of actor movement develops physical and spatial awareness, grounding, centering, economy of effort, extension of line, focus, timing, action/reaction, moment to moment and impulse reaction. Prerequisites: MPRA 106, MPRA 210.
MPRA 314 Acting for the Camera I
This course enables students to gain hands-on experience in camera acting technique and methodology. The course includes cold reading, text work, immediate character development and dissection of dramatic action. Emphasis is placed on practical performance for video and film. Additional practicum time is required and assigned by the professor. Prerequisite: MPRA 103.
MPRA 315 Advanced Playwriting
This course is designed for students who would like to further develop their playwriting skills. Students’ plays are analyzed and critiqued in a workshop setting that includes read-through, walk-through and other performance formats to develop professional-quality work. Students have the opportunity to create, develop and revise full-length scripts for performance. Prerequisite: MPRA 215.
MPRA 330 Singing for the Actor
A studio class designed to prepare the actor for success in performance events that require singing. Students will learn and practice the basic fundamentals of singing (i.e. breath management, phonation, resonance, articulation, registration and interpretation) as related to acting and preparation for singing auditions. Prerequisites: MPRA 103, MPRA 106, MPRA 210.
MPRA 340 Scene Study
Focusing on the development of character in two and three person scenes, students in this advanced performance course learn to use a variety of method acting techniques to enhance of the possibilities to be found in a broad range of physical and vocal characterizations. Prerequisites: MPRA 103, MPRA 106, MPRA 210.
MPRA 375 Directing
Through the process of script analysis, the process of design, and the staging of live performance, students in this course will present for class critique two five-minute scenes and one short one-act play in its entirety. Emphasis for the course will be to demonstrate competence in directing for live performance and the ability to evaluate the work of colleagues. Prerequisites: MPRA 300, MPRA 340.
MPRA 400 Audition Techniques and Materials
Through the study of cold readings, improvisational and interview techniques, as well as prepared audition materials, students in this course will select, develop, and rehearse materials as related to casting opportunities in film, stage, concert and cabaret events. Students will also prepare industry-standard r??sum?? materials for presentation. Prerequisites: MPRA 300, MPRA 340.
MPRA 401 Special Topics in Performing Arts
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of performing arts and allows students to pursue projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
MPRA 404 Voice-over and Dialects
This is an advanced course in performance and professional practice. Students will study and apply the techniques of voice-over performance in radio, film, commercials, animation, television and other media. Students will acquire the techniques of the application of dialect in speech proceeding from the fundamental study of the International Phonetic Alphabet. Students will develop a “voice-over” reel for use in professional casting venues. Prerequisite: MPRA 400.
MPRA 410 Issues of Contemporary Acting Genres
This course introduces students to various types of acting styles, including theater of the absurd, environmental theater and poetic realism. Focus is placed on the works of Samuel Beckett, Eugene Ionesco, Jerzy Grotowski, Eugene O’Neill, Lillian Hellman, Tennessee Williams, August Wilson and Tony Kushner. Prerequisite: MPRA 201.
MPRA 414 Acting for the Camera II
In this course, students are expected to refine their on-camera technique. The course examines acting with special effects, replicating shots take after take, overcoming obstacles, timing commercials, honing advanced marketing and auditioning techniques, and more. Acting for single-camera shoots, studio three-camera, ADR (looping) and voice-over technique are also introduced. Prerequisite: MPRA 314.
MPRA 415 Stage Combat II
This course will refine stage violence techniques with the study of the rapier and dagger. Students will develop safe and effective means of demonstrating command of this weapon for an audience. This specialized movement training enhances spatial awareness, centering, economy of effort, extension of line, focus, and moment-to-moment playing of the actor. Students will perform scenes as actors with approved fight choreography that demonstrates their ability as actors, as well as basic mastery of skills and possible certification by the Society of American Fight Directors. Prerequisite: MPRA 310.
MPRA 421 Advanced Acting for the Classics
This advanced course continues the development of the actor through his/her exploration of the classical repertoire. Focusing on the development of character in two, three and multicharacter scenes from the Shakespearean, Restoration, and/or the Neo-classical French theatrical canon, the course builds on the techniques learned in prerequisite courses in scansion and dialect and prepares students for professional performance work. Prerequisite: MPRA 300.
MPRA 495 Performing Arts Senior Project
The learning experience culminates in a final production involving performance, directing, media, design, theory and practicum. Each student selects an area of specialization in which to showcase his or her work. Prerequisite: By permission of the professor and the department chair.
This course is designed as a practical approach to vocal and physical expression for the artist in the methods and techniques of modern performance. Through exercises and development of formal scenes, students will learn and implement the basic acting vocabulary of performance primarily through the study of the modern American canon of theater, television and film.
MPRA 106 Movement for Performance I
This class explores relaxation methods, performance techniques and physical flexibility that join the actor’s kinesthetic sense to the expressive,; connected and free use of the body as part of the story telling process of the actor’s body that is vitally necessary for character development. Various movement experts will be explored with the Alexander Technique as the connective underpinning of this course of study. Prerequisite: MPRA 103.
MPRA 200 American Musical Theater Survey
This course presents the history of musical theater in the United States from the early 18th century to the contemporary era, including cultural icons of American theater history. Through examples and analysis, the course seeks to develop the ability of students to listen to, experience and critique musical theater trends in a discerning manner. The design, fashion, musical structures, theater architecture and musical film genres of the era of study are integral to the lectures and research of the course. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
MPRA 201 Survey of Theater and Drama I
This course surveys the development and history of Western theater from the classical era to the present. The influences of theater architecture, technology, politics, literature and major contributions to the evolution of drama are considered. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
MPRA 204 Survey of Theater and Drama II
This course surveys the development and history of Western theater from 1600 to the present, with special attention to the rise of the new media of the 20th century. The influences of theater architecture, technology, politics, literature and major contributions to the evolution of drama are considered. Prerequisite: MPRA 201.
MPRA 206 Movement for Performance II
This course is a further intensive examination of movement patterning and the actor’s physical presence and choices made in character study. Actors will continue to develop their movement creativity and understand pattern choices through exercises, movement explorations, mask work and physical monologue study. Various movement experts will be explored with the Alexander Technique as the connective underpinning of this course of study. Prerequisite: MPRA 106.
MPRA 210 Voice for Performance I
This course introduces voice production, using the methodology of Kristin Linklater, Cicely Berry and Edith Skinner. The movement element explores the Alexander Technique, focusing on relaxation and creating the free actor tool of physicalization. Prerequisite: MPRA 103.
MPRA 211 Voice for Performance II
This comprehensive course explores advanced speech and articulation using contemporary and classical texts. Emphasis is placed on elocution, dialect, interpretation, freeing the natural voice and projection. Prerequisite: MPRA 210.
MPRA 215 Playwriting
The course teaches the fundamentals of playwriting, including character development, plot construction, conflict and the writing of believable dialogue. Students study and analyze classic dramas in order to fully understand the various techniques and styles used for the stage. Student scripts are extensively work-shopped and critiqued. Prerequisite: ENGL 180.
MPRA 220 Media Criticism and News Writing
This course explores the elements of constructive criticism and news writing. The basics of editing and the clarity of thought necessary for clearly communicating ideas and opinions are emphasized. Additional practicum time is required and assigned by the professor. Prerequisite: MPRA 103.
MPRA 226 Stagecraft Vocabularies of Live Performance
This course focuses on the onstage arrangement of actors and the intersection of design elements. Students will learn the vocabularies—both verbal and physical—to properly move and place themselves onstage, to enhance the possibilities of the playwright, the work of the director, and their own characterizations. Prerequisites: DSGN 101, MPRA 106.
MPRA 230 Professional Studies in Media Relations
By studying industry standard techniques and professional practices in media criticism, news writing, marketing, casting, unions, and contracts, students in this course will explore a variety of writing and editing approaches necessary for clearly communicating ideas and opinions through scholarly criticism, effective news writing techniques and oral adjudication. Prerequisites: MPRA 103, MPRA 201, MPRA 204.
MPRA 240 French Classical Theater
By reading and performing selections of plays from the classical French canon, students in this course will become thoroughly familiar with the great playwrights of the French classical tradition: Jean Racine, Pierre Corneille, Marivaux and Moli??re. Special emphasis will be placed on the all encompassing influence of classical culture on the playwrights to be studied, as well as the performative influences of the Italian commedia troupes. Every opportunity will be taken to view plays from the classical canon in performance, and students will perform their own scenes from selected plays as part of the school wide vernissage at the close of the quarter.
MPRA 250 Women in Dramatic Arts
This course examines the changing roles of women in the performing arts from the Restoration to the current time. Plays as well other supporting documents written by and about women will be read and discussed. The class will examine the different ways women’s lives and “issues” are conveyed through performance. The lives of women artists and their work, specifically women who have been visionary leaders in the world of the performing arts are the main focus of the course. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
MPRA 300 Theory and Acting for the Classics
This advanced course of theory and practice examines the works of Shakespeare and his contemporaries for style, execution and physicalization. Emphasis is placed on interpretation of roles, text and performance. Students explore scene work and analysis and create a canon of monologues for additional purposes. Prerequisites: MPRA 106, MPRA 210.
MPRA 310 Stage Combat I
Using the single-sword and unarmed combat, the actor will develop safe and effective means of demonstrating a believable skill set for the stage audience. This specialized form of actor movement develops physical and spatial awareness, grounding, centering, economy of effort, extension of line, focus, timing, action/reaction, moment to moment and impulse reaction. Prerequisites: MPRA 106, MPRA 210.
MPRA 314 Acting for the Camera I
This course enables students to gain hands-on experience in camera acting technique and methodology. The course includes cold reading, text work, immediate character development and dissection of dramatic action. Emphasis is placed on practical performance for video and film. Additional practicum time is required and assigned by the professor. Prerequisite: MPRA 103.
MPRA 315 Advanced Playwriting
This course is designed for students who would like to further develop their playwriting skills. Students’ plays are analyzed and critiqued in a workshop setting that includes read-through, walk-through and other performance formats to develop professional-quality work. Students have the opportunity to create, develop and revise full-length scripts for performance. Prerequisite: MPRA 215.
MPRA 330 Singing for the Actor
A studio class designed to prepare the actor for success in performance events that require singing. Students will learn and practice the basic fundamentals of singing (i.e. breath management, phonation, resonance, articulation, registration and interpretation) as related to acting and preparation for singing auditions. Prerequisites: MPRA 103, MPRA 106, MPRA 210.
MPRA 340 Scene Study
Focusing on the development of character in two and three person scenes, students in this advanced performance course learn to use a variety of method acting techniques to enhance of the possibilities to be found in a broad range of physical and vocal characterizations. Prerequisites: MPRA 103, MPRA 106, MPRA 210.
MPRA 375 Directing
Through the process of script analysis, the process of design, and the staging of live performance, students in this course will present for class critique two five-minute scenes and one short one-act play in its entirety. Emphasis for the course will be to demonstrate competence in directing for live performance and the ability to evaluate the work of colleagues. Prerequisites: MPRA 300, MPRA 340.
MPRA 400 Audition Techniques and Materials
Through the study of cold readings, improvisational and interview techniques, as well as prepared audition materials, students in this course will select, develop, and rehearse materials as related to casting opportunities in film, stage, concert and cabaret events. Students will also prepare industry-standard r??sum?? materials for presentation. Prerequisites: MPRA 300, MPRA 340.
MPRA 401 Special Topics in Performing Arts
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of performing arts and allows students to pursue projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
MPRA 404 Voice-over and Dialects
This is an advanced course in performance and professional practice. Students will study and apply the techniques of voice-over performance in radio, film, commercials, animation, television and other media. Students will acquire the techniques of the application of dialect in speech proceeding from the fundamental study of the International Phonetic Alphabet. Students will develop a “voice-over” reel for use in professional casting venues. Prerequisite: MPRA 400.
MPRA 410 Issues of Contemporary Acting Genres
This course introduces students to various types of acting styles, including theater of the absurd, environmental theater and poetic realism. Focus is placed on the works of Samuel Beckett, Eugene Ionesco, Jerzy Grotowski, Eugene O’Neill, Lillian Hellman, Tennessee Williams, August Wilson and Tony Kushner. Prerequisite: MPRA 201.
MPRA 414 Acting for the Camera II
In this course, students are expected to refine their on-camera technique. The course examines acting with special effects, replicating shots take after take, overcoming obstacles, timing commercials, honing advanced marketing and auditioning techniques, and more. Acting for single-camera shoots, studio three-camera, ADR (looping) and voice-over technique are also introduced. Prerequisite: MPRA 314.
MPRA 415 Stage Combat II
This course will refine stage violence techniques with the study of the rapier and dagger. Students will develop safe and effective means of demonstrating command of this weapon for an audience. This specialized movement training enhances spatial awareness, centering, economy of effort, extension of line, focus, and moment-to-moment playing of the actor. Students will perform scenes as actors with approved fight choreography that demonstrates their ability as actors, as well as basic mastery of skills and possible certification by the Society of American Fight Directors. Prerequisite: MPRA 310.
MPRA 421 Advanced Acting for the Classics
This advanced course continues the development of the actor through his/her exploration of the classical repertoire. Focusing on the development of character in two, three and multicharacter scenes from the Shakespearean, Restoration, and/or the Neo-classical French theatrical canon, the course builds on the techniques learned in prerequisite courses in scansion and dialect and prepares students for professional performance work. Prerequisite: MPRA 300.
MPRA 495 Performing Arts Senior Project
The learning experience culminates in a final production involving performance, directing, media, design, theory and practicum. Each student selects an area of specialization in which to showcase his or her work. Prerequisite: By permission of the professor and the department chair.
Metals and Jewelry
MTJW 102 Introduction to Metals and Jewelry
Students are exposed to a broad range of metalworking processes and techniques as well as the relative historical and social context. Students explore these processes by producing jewelry and small scale objects. Prerequisites: DRAW 100, DSGN 102.
MTJW 202 Form and Inspiration for Metals and Jewelry
Students are encouraged to identify the sources of their work and, using techniques mastered from previous courses, are required to develop a range of forms and processes that apply to project parameters or an enhanced personal vision. Students are expected to demonstrate a focused, conscious, consistent and, therefore, more productive design process. Prerequisite: MTJW 102.
MTJW 205 Rendering for Metals and Jewelry
This course provides instruction in rendering jewelry designs in a realistic manner, thereby allowing the production of professional, high quality designs for commercial jewelry manufacturers or individual clients. Students render in gouache and experiment with other media, including colored pencils and ink. Forms and surfaces are investigated, including metal hollowware, flatware, faceted and cabochon stones, beads and pearls. Orthographic, three-quarter view and technical layout are covered. Prerequisites: DRAW 230, DSGN 101, DSGN 102.
MTJW 210 Computer-aided Design for Metals and Jewelry
This course introduces students to principles of personal computer usage related to the jewelry and metal design professions. Students are expected to learn the use of network operating systems and operating systems, digital manipulation of scanned images, 2-D drafting and 3-D modeling to communicate jewelry-oriented form. Prerequisites: CMPA 100, MTJW 102.
MTJW 225 Metals and Jewelry Studio I: Technical Fabrication
This course continues to develop skills and techniques used in the fabrication of jewelry and metal as an art form. Students complete projects that refine existing competencies and introduce new techniques for constructing jewelry and objects. Prerequisite: MTJW 102.
MTJW 255 Metals and Jewelry Studio II: Design and Fabrication
This course develops fabrication and finishing skills. Students engage in critical thinking to design and execute complex metal objects with mechanisms. Emphasis is placed on developing individualized design methodologies that reflect application of process and material with regard to contemporary trends and historical context. Prerequisites: MTJW 210, MTJW 225.
MTJW 300 Metals and Jewelry Studio III: Forming
This course introduces metalsmithing techniques used in the fabrication of hollow constructions and the development and execution of hammer-formed pieces. Topics may include forging, raising, lap seam construction and shell construction. Students are introduced to a variety of hammers, stakes and mallets, and make and modify tools to suit specific needs. Model making and drawing are addressed as creative problem solving techniques for working with 3-D forms. Prerequisite: MTJW 255.
MTJW 301 Enameling
This course introduces the process of enameling on metal. This medium is viewed in its historic context and applied to the individual student’s personal focus in metals and jewelry. Students have the opportunity to gain proficiency through studio experience with emphasis placed on contemporary use and interpretation. Topics addressed may include cloisonne, champleve, plique-a-jour, Limoges, graffito, use of foils and metal techniques for fabrication as they apply to enamels and enameling. Prerequisite: MTJW 225.
MTJW 306 History of Metals and Jewelry
This course focuses on historic metals and jewelry and the techniques used from ancient to contemporary times. These techniques become the source for individual studio projects. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123, MTJW 202.
MTJW 307 Color on Metals
This course introduces the design and application of color on metal. Discussion of materials, designing for color, and appropriate techniques for handling of chemicals and electrochemical processes are addressed. Topics may include chemical patinas, electrochemical processes such as anodizing and plating, and nonchemical coloration. Students apply these processes to their own original work. Prerequisites: MTJW 225 or FURN 301 or IDUS 212.
MTJW 310 Light Metal Casting
This course introduces lost wax casting and its application to the design and production of jewelry and small art metal forms. Students use a variety of waxes as well as the tools and techniques necessary to develop and execute models for successful casting. Topics include model mold making, wax injection and related applications of production processes. Casting, fabrication and design techniques are employed together to achieve unified work. Prerequisites: MTJW 210, MTJW 255.
MTJW 311 Stone Setting
This course provides a thorough understanding of the technical principles of stone setting as applicable to jewelry. Students produce examples of commercial variations applied in the contemporary jewelry market. After completing intensive exercises, students execute a completed piece with a stone-set detail. Prerequisite: MTJW 255.
MTJW 312 Jewelry and Fashion
This studio course explores jewelry and its role in fashion. Emphasis is placed on jewelry innovation and the exploration of concept design in the fashion jewelry industry. These explorations lead to the development of designs and prototypes for a new collection. Prerequisites: MTJW 102, CMPA 100 or ELDS 205 or ELDS 225.
MTJW 320 Jewelry: Mechanisms and Devices
This course stresses the construction and integration of mechanisms into jewelry and small-scale metal objects. Emphasis is placed on the fabrication of technical examples, with an investigation of contemporary variations. Technical exercises lead to the design and execution of an object with a custom-designed mechanism. Prerequisite: MTJW 255.
MTJW 330 Working with Gold and Platinum
This course explores the unique characteristics of gold and platinum. Development of technical skills and appropriate application to design problems are addressed. Students produce professional-quality work. Prerequisites: MTJW 202, MTJW 255.
MTJW 345 Advanced Computer-aided Design for Metals and Jewelry
This course explores advanced computer modeling techniques associated with the design and production of jewelry. Students also gain exposure to the technical aspects of working with plastics on a jewelry scale. Utilizing CAD software, rapid prototyping machines and hand skills, students are exposed to new methodologies for the design and production of jewelry. Prerequisites: MTJW 202, MTJW 210, MTJW 255.
MTJW 352 Studio Jewelry and Design Practice
Students develop original designs appropriate to a limited edition studio incorporating the unique problems of cost and marketability. Strategies and techniques that allow students to produce a large number of pieces in a timely and cost efficient manner are applied to their designs. Prerequisite: MTJW 310.
MTJW 360 Metals and Jewelry Studio IV: Design Processes
This course stresses integration of design and progressive processes. Students are expected to broaden their technical vocabulary and explore projects of greater complexity. Development of individual vision is emphasized. Prerequisites: MTJW 202, MTJW 300, MTJW 306.
MTJW 403 One-of-a-kind Art Jewelry
This course focuses on the creation of one-of-a-kind art jewelry. Students are exposed to advanced techniques that resolve structural and aesthetic challenges while developing artistic vision. Emphasis is placed on the conceptual development of the work that explores the relationship between body and object. Prerequisites: MTJW 202, MTJW 255.
MTJW 409 Metals and Jewelry Senior Project
This course guides students through the design and execution of their senior thesis project. An emphasis on research analysis and evaluation of aesthetic and conceptual decisions is stressed. Students create a body of work that supports the continued development of their professional portfolio. Prerequisite: MTJW 360.
MTJW 410 Special Topics in Metals and Jewelry
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of metals and jewelry and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
MTJW 413 Professional Practices in Metals and Jewelry
This course serves as a forum to discuss and prepare for the concerns of the professional world. Emphasis is placed on portfolio refinement, presentation skills, interviewing strategies and professional practices involving money management, self-employment, studio setup, off-site production and other related issues. Prerequisite: MTJW 409.
Students are exposed to a broad range of metalworking processes and techniques as well as the relative historical and social context. Students explore these processes by producing jewelry and small scale objects. Prerequisites: DRAW 100, DSGN 102.
MTJW 202 Form and Inspiration for Metals and Jewelry
Students are encouraged to identify the sources of their work and, using techniques mastered from previous courses, are required to develop a range of forms and processes that apply to project parameters or an enhanced personal vision. Students are expected to demonstrate a focused, conscious, consistent and, therefore, more productive design process. Prerequisite: MTJW 102.
MTJW 205 Rendering for Metals and Jewelry
This course provides instruction in rendering jewelry designs in a realistic manner, thereby allowing the production of professional, high quality designs for commercial jewelry manufacturers or individual clients. Students render in gouache and experiment with other media, including colored pencils and ink. Forms and surfaces are investigated, including metal hollowware, flatware, faceted and cabochon stones, beads and pearls. Orthographic, three-quarter view and technical layout are covered. Prerequisites: DRAW 230, DSGN 101, DSGN 102.
MTJW 210 Computer-aided Design for Metals and Jewelry
This course introduces students to principles of personal computer usage related to the jewelry and metal design professions. Students are expected to learn the use of network operating systems and operating systems, digital manipulation of scanned images, 2-D drafting and 3-D modeling to communicate jewelry-oriented form. Prerequisites: CMPA 100, MTJW 102.
MTJW 225 Metals and Jewelry Studio I: Technical Fabrication
This course continues to develop skills and techniques used in the fabrication of jewelry and metal as an art form. Students complete projects that refine existing competencies and introduce new techniques for constructing jewelry and objects. Prerequisite: MTJW 102.
MTJW 255 Metals and Jewelry Studio II: Design and Fabrication
This course develops fabrication and finishing skills. Students engage in critical thinking to design and execute complex metal objects with mechanisms. Emphasis is placed on developing individualized design methodologies that reflect application of process and material with regard to contemporary trends and historical context. Prerequisites: MTJW 210, MTJW 225.
MTJW 300 Metals and Jewelry Studio III: Forming
This course introduces metalsmithing techniques used in the fabrication of hollow constructions and the development and execution of hammer-formed pieces. Topics may include forging, raising, lap seam construction and shell construction. Students are introduced to a variety of hammers, stakes and mallets, and make and modify tools to suit specific needs. Model making and drawing are addressed as creative problem solving techniques for working with 3-D forms. Prerequisite: MTJW 255.
MTJW 301 Enameling
This course introduces the process of enameling on metal. This medium is viewed in its historic context and applied to the individual student’s personal focus in metals and jewelry. Students have the opportunity to gain proficiency through studio experience with emphasis placed on contemporary use and interpretation. Topics addressed may include cloisonne, champleve, plique-a-jour, Limoges, graffito, use of foils and metal techniques for fabrication as they apply to enamels and enameling. Prerequisite: MTJW 225.
MTJW 306 History of Metals and Jewelry
This course focuses on historic metals and jewelry and the techniques used from ancient to contemporary times. These techniques become the source for individual studio projects. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123, MTJW 202.
MTJW 307 Color on Metals
This course introduces the design and application of color on metal. Discussion of materials, designing for color, and appropriate techniques for handling of chemicals and electrochemical processes are addressed. Topics may include chemical patinas, electrochemical processes such as anodizing and plating, and nonchemical coloration. Students apply these processes to their own original work. Prerequisites: MTJW 225 or FURN 301 or IDUS 212.
MTJW 310 Light Metal Casting
This course introduces lost wax casting and its application to the design and production of jewelry and small art metal forms. Students use a variety of waxes as well as the tools and techniques necessary to develop and execute models for successful casting. Topics include model mold making, wax injection and related applications of production processes. Casting, fabrication and design techniques are employed together to achieve unified work. Prerequisites: MTJW 210, MTJW 255.
MTJW 311 Stone Setting
This course provides a thorough understanding of the technical principles of stone setting as applicable to jewelry. Students produce examples of commercial variations applied in the contemporary jewelry market. After completing intensive exercises, students execute a completed piece with a stone-set detail. Prerequisite: MTJW 255.
MTJW 312 Jewelry and Fashion
This studio course explores jewelry and its role in fashion. Emphasis is placed on jewelry innovation and the exploration of concept design in the fashion jewelry industry. These explorations lead to the development of designs and prototypes for a new collection. Prerequisites: MTJW 102, CMPA 100 or ELDS 205 or ELDS 225.
MTJW 320 Jewelry: Mechanisms and Devices
This course stresses the construction and integration of mechanisms into jewelry and small-scale metal objects. Emphasis is placed on the fabrication of technical examples, with an investigation of contemporary variations. Technical exercises lead to the design and execution of an object with a custom-designed mechanism. Prerequisite: MTJW 255.
MTJW 330 Working with Gold and Platinum
This course explores the unique characteristics of gold and platinum. Development of technical skills and appropriate application to design problems are addressed. Students produce professional-quality work. Prerequisites: MTJW 202, MTJW 255.
MTJW 345 Advanced Computer-aided Design for Metals and Jewelry
This course explores advanced computer modeling techniques associated with the design and production of jewelry. Students also gain exposure to the technical aspects of working with plastics on a jewelry scale. Utilizing CAD software, rapid prototyping machines and hand skills, students are exposed to new methodologies for the design and production of jewelry. Prerequisites: MTJW 202, MTJW 210, MTJW 255.
MTJW 352 Studio Jewelry and Design Practice
Students develop original designs appropriate to a limited edition studio incorporating the unique problems of cost and marketability. Strategies and techniques that allow students to produce a large number of pieces in a timely and cost efficient manner are applied to their designs. Prerequisite: MTJW 310.
MTJW 360 Metals and Jewelry Studio IV: Design Processes
This course stresses integration of design and progressive processes. Students are expected to broaden their technical vocabulary and explore projects of greater complexity. Development of individual vision is emphasized. Prerequisites: MTJW 202, MTJW 300, MTJW 306.
MTJW 403 One-of-a-kind Art Jewelry
This course focuses on the creation of one-of-a-kind art jewelry. Students are exposed to advanced techniques that resolve structural and aesthetic challenges while developing artistic vision. Emphasis is placed on the conceptual development of the work that explores the relationship between body and object. Prerequisites: MTJW 202, MTJW 255.
MTJW 409 Metals and Jewelry Senior Project
This course guides students through the design and execution of their senior thesis project. An emphasis on research analysis and evaluation of aesthetic and conceptual decisions is stressed. Students create a body of work that supports the continued development of their professional portfolio. Prerequisite: MTJW 360.
MTJW 410 Special Topics in Metals and Jewelry
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of metals and jewelry and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
MTJW 413 Professional Practices in Metals and Jewelry
This course serves as a forum to discuss and prepare for the concerns of the professional world. Emphasis is placed on portfolio refinement, presentation skills, interviewing strategies and professional practices involving money management, self-employment, studio setup, off-site production and other related issues. Prerequisite: MTJW 409.
Music
MUSC 101 Music Appreciation
This course provides an introduction to the art of music listening and musical principles. A wide variety of musical literature is introduced ranging from classical music, theater and film, to jazz and popular music. The main focus of this course is to provide students with broad-based musical knowledge to form the foundation for musical listening skills and music theory. This course functions as the introductory course for the music performance minor as well as a general education elective for all students.
MUSC 130 World Music
An introduction to the music of the world’s peoples, this course studies music outside of the traditions of Western music and within its cultural context. A variety of music will be studied including music from Africa, India and Japan. Musical elements such as melody, harmony, rhythm, tone colors, form and analysis will be applied to music study through listening and aural exercises, written papers, class presentation and group discussion.
MUSC 140 Music Theory
This course is designed for all students pursuing careers in which music plays a vital role. The course focuses on the fundamentals of music: notation, rhythm, scales, tonality, keys and modes, intervals, transposition and chords. Rhythmic, harmonic and melodic principles are investigated through a variety of individual and group activities including written and aural exercises.
MUSC 240 Music Composition
This course directly applies fundamental music theory skills towards musical composition. The course includes a variety of assignments and exercises to further develop written and aural musical skills including aural ear training exercises, analysis of previously composed works and completion of short written composition exercises. Singing and/or instrumental experience is assumed as well as a strong interest in composition. Prerequisite: MUSC 140.
This course provides an introduction to the art of music listening and musical principles. A wide variety of musical literature is introduced ranging from classical music, theater and film, to jazz and popular music. The main focus of this course is to provide students with broad-based musical knowledge to form the foundation for musical listening skills and music theory. This course functions as the introductory course for the music performance minor as well as a general education elective for all students.
MUSC 130 World Music
An introduction to the music of the world’s peoples, this course studies music outside of the traditions of Western music and within its cultural context. A variety of music will be studied including music from Africa, India and Japan. Musical elements such as melody, harmony, rhythm, tone colors, form and analysis will be applied to music study through listening and aural exercises, written papers, class presentation and group discussion.
MUSC 140 Music Theory
This course is designed for all students pursuing careers in which music plays a vital role. The course focuses on the fundamentals of music: notation, rhythm, scales, tonality, keys and modes, intervals, transposition and chords. Rhythmic, harmonic and melodic principles are investigated through a variety of individual and group activities including written and aural exercises.
MUSC 240 Music Composition
This course directly applies fundamental music theory skills towards musical composition. The course includes a variety of assignments and exercises to further develop written and aural musical skills including aural ear training exercises, analysis of previously composed works and completion of short written composition exercises. Singing and/or instrumental experience is assumed as well as a strong interest in composition. Prerequisite: MUSC 140.
Museum Studies
MUSM 201 Introduction to Museum Principles and Methods
This course introduces the student to the history, philosophy and role of museums and collecting in society. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
MUSM 301 Museum Administration
This survey of museum organization and administration includes governance, policies, ethics, marketing and public relations, and funding and financial structures. Prerequisite: MUSM 201.
MUSM 302 Museum Curation and Collection Management
This study of the principles and methods of acquisition examines documentation, maintenance and utilization of collections, and aspects of special exhibitions including registration, cataloging, collection policies, conservation and scholarship. Prerequisite: MUSM 201.
MUSM 303 Museum Education
This study of the role of museums as educational institutions includes interpreting permanent collections, creating catalogs and other written and visual educational adjuncts, developing special exhibitions, lecturing, touring, managing volunteers and developing community outreach programs. Prerequisite: MUSM 201.
MUSM 304 Museum Conservation
This course examines the handling and care of a variety of museum objects, including those on display, in transit or in storage. Conservation practices related to cleaning and restoration, climate control, light levels and photography are also explored. Prerequisite: MUSM 201.
This course introduces the student to the history, philosophy and role of museums and collecting in society. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
MUSM 301 Museum Administration
This survey of museum organization and administration includes governance, policies, ethics, marketing and public relations, and funding and financial structures. Prerequisite: MUSM 201.
MUSM 302 Museum Curation and Collection Management
This study of the principles and methods of acquisition examines documentation, maintenance and utilization of collections, and aspects of special exhibitions including registration, cataloging, collection policies, conservation and scholarship. Prerequisite: MUSM 201.
MUSM 303 Museum Education
This study of the role of museums as educational institutions includes interpreting permanent collections, creating catalogs and other written and visual educational adjuncts, developing special exhibitions, lecturing, touring, managing volunteers and developing community outreach programs. Prerequisite: MUSM 201.
MUSM 304 Museum Conservation
This course examines the handling and care of a variety of museum objects, including those on display, in transit or in storage. Conservation practices related to cleaning and restoration, climate control, light levels and photography are also explored. Prerequisite: MUSM 201.
Musical Studio
MUST 103 Introduction to String Playing
This performance course is for beginning musicians in violin, viola and cello. The course covers the fundamentals of playing the instrument, reading music, composing music and conducting through various activities such as orchestra class, small group lessons, concert performance, recitals and concert attendance. Students are required to own or rent a musical instrument.
MUST 210 Keyboard Fundamentals
This course equips the student with the essential tools for developing musical knowledge and keyboard theory. Work in the areas of musical creativity through improvisation and harmonization, sight-reading and rhythmic solidity through ensemble playing, and ear training is provided. The development of beginning keyboard skills include: note reading in bass and treble clefs, fingering, rhythm, meter and key signatures, chords and scales. Students become acquainted with multiple periods, styles and composers. Prerequisite: MUSC 140.
MUST 220 Sight Singing
The art of singing at sight is essential for all students pursuing careers in which music plays a vital role and is an important skill in the pursuit of a professional level of musicianship. This course applies the fundamentals of music theory to developing a “hearing eye”, the ability to look at music and determine from sight alone how it will sound. Rhythmic and pitch exercises are investigated systematically starting with simple to compound meters and major to minor keys and modes. Both Solf??ge and Scale Degree systems are employed, and class activities include a variety of aural and written exercises. No vocal training is required and exercises are limited to a one-octave range. Prerequisite: MUSC 140.
MUST 260 Musical Theater Repertoire I
This course introduces students to the skills necessary to craft an interpretation of the songs that fall within the repertoire of American musical theater. The course is highly experiential, and students are expected to integrate the material through a series of in-class performances. Students are exposed to an extensive repertoire of musical theater and begin to build a portfolio of songs that has range, is personal and is thus suitable for auditions. Through examples and analysis, students learn to experience singing in a discerning manner and with a critical ear. Prerequisite: MUST 220.
MUST 350 Vocal Genre Performance I
This course provides the place for vocal performance students of varying interests such as cabaret, recording, voice-over, and performance art to research their particular interest and create a performance or recording; learn how to research performance styles and genres; gain valuable performance experience; define their particular interests as vocal music artists; and develop a work they may market professionally. Class combines in-class work and outside research and rehearsal that culminates in public performance (if applicable) or simple recording. Prerequisite: MUST 260.
MUST 360 Musical Theater Repertoire II
This course provides further guidance in the interpretation and performance of texts that fall in the musical theater genre. Students participate in solos, duets and other ensembles to build their repertoire and improve their craft. Performance is held to the highest professional standards, preparing students for the professional world. The course seeks to challenge students by incorporating pieces with a high degree of difficulty integrating more advanced skills into their performances. Prerequisite: MUST 260.
MUST 411 Musical Scene Study
In this course, students learn and perform material from selected shows. Scenes are examined with respect to the music’s dramatic function and full context. The course emphasizes character work and the art of crafting the performance of a song within a scene. Students work in ensembles, and the scenes cover a broad cross section of repertoire. Prerequisite: MUST 260.
MUST 412 Vocal Genre Performance II
Students in this course continue to build the skills to work independently in creating a full-length vocal performance piece; continue to research performance styles and genres; gain valuable performance experience; explore their particular interests as vocal music artists; and develop a work they may market professionally. Class combines in-class work and outside research and rehearsal that culminates in public performance (if applicable) or simple recording. Prerequisite: MUST 350.
MUST 440 Audition for Career in Vocal Music
This course concentrates on developing self-marketing skills, finding auditions and agents, and then preparing and executing skills specific to the audition process: finding material appropriate for the performer and the situation; covering different styles, periods and genres of musical material; and learning audition etiquette and good performance practices. Students practice acquired skills in a series of simulated auditions throughout the quarter. Prerequisite: MUST 260.
This performance course is for beginning musicians in violin, viola and cello. The course covers the fundamentals of playing the instrument, reading music, composing music and conducting through various activities such as orchestra class, small group lessons, concert performance, recitals and concert attendance. Students are required to own or rent a musical instrument.
MUST 210 Keyboard Fundamentals
This course equips the student with the essential tools for developing musical knowledge and keyboard theory. Work in the areas of musical creativity through improvisation and harmonization, sight-reading and rhythmic solidity through ensemble playing, and ear training is provided. The development of beginning keyboard skills include: note reading in bass and treble clefs, fingering, rhythm, meter and key signatures, chords and scales. Students become acquainted with multiple periods, styles and composers. Prerequisite: MUSC 140.
MUST 220 Sight Singing
The art of singing at sight is essential for all students pursuing careers in which music plays a vital role and is an important skill in the pursuit of a professional level of musicianship. This course applies the fundamentals of music theory to developing a “hearing eye”, the ability to look at music and determine from sight alone how it will sound. Rhythmic and pitch exercises are investigated systematically starting with simple to compound meters and major to minor keys and modes. Both Solf??ge and Scale Degree systems are employed, and class activities include a variety of aural and written exercises. No vocal training is required and exercises are limited to a one-octave range. Prerequisite: MUSC 140.
MUST 260 Musical Theater Repertoire I
This course introduces students to the skills necessary to craft an interpretation of the songs that fall within the repertoire of American musical theater. The course is highly experiential, and students are expected to integrate the material through a series of in-class performances. Students are exposed to an extensive repertoire of musical theater and begin to build a portfolio of songs that has range, is personal and is thus suitable for auditions. Through examples and analysis, students learn to experience singing in a discerning manner and with a critical ear. Prerequisite: MUST 220.
MUST 350 Vocal Genre Performance I
This course provides the place for vocal performance students of varying interests such as cabaret, recording, voice-over, and performance art to research their particular interest and create a performance or recording; learn how to research performance styles and genres; gain valuable performance experience; define their particular interests as vocal music artists; and develop a work they may market professionally. Class combines in-class work and outside research and rehearsal that culminates in public performance (if applicable) or simple recording. Prerequisite: MUST 260.
MUST 360 Musical Theater Repertoire II
This course provides further guidance in the interpretation and performance of texts that fall in the musical theater genre. Students participate in solos, duets and other ensembles to build their repertoire and improve their craft. Performance is held to the highest professional standards, preparing students for the professional world. The course seeks to challenge students by incorporating pieces with a high degree of difficulty integrating more advanced skills into their performances. Prerequisite: MUST 260.
MUST 411 Musical Scene Study
In this course, students learn and perform material from selected shows. Scenes are examined with respect to the music’s dramatic function and full context. The course emphasizes character work and the art of crafting the performance of a song within a scene. Students work in ensembles, and the scenes cover a broad cross section of repertoire. Prerequisite: MUST 260.
MUST 412 Vocal Genre Performance II
Students in this course continue to build the skills to work independently in creating a full-length vocal performance piece; continue to research performance styles and genres; gain valuable performance experience; explore their particular interests as vocal music artists; and develop a work they may market professionally. Class combines in-class work and outside research and rehearsal that culminates in public performance (if applicable) or simple recording. Prerequisite: MUST 350.
MUST 440 Audition for Career in Vocal Music
This course concentrates on developing self-marketing skills, finding auditions and agents, and then preparing and executing skills specific to the audition process: finding material appropriate for the performer and the situation; covering different styles, periods and genres of musical material; and learning audition etiquette and good performance practices. Students practice acquired skills in a series of simulated auditions throughout the quarter. Prerequisite: MUST 260.
Philosophy
PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy
This course provides a general introduction to the study of philosophy, including analysis of the soundness of arguments. Terms are precisely defined, and topics of contemporary relevance are explored.
PHIL 142 Studies in Existential Philosophy
This course examines the thought and literature of existentialism, a modern philosophy of human existence. Topics include the nature of angst, the struggle for individuality and authority, and the impact of mass institutions on the individual. The writings of S??ren Kierkegaard, Friedrich Nietzsche, Jean-Paul Sartre, Albert Camus, Franz Kafka and others are explored. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
PHIL 202 World Religions
This course introduces students to the study of comparative religions with a focus on comparing and contrasting in a descriptive fashion the fundamental concepts and beliefs of the world’s major religions, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Islam, Judaism and Christianity. Historical roots of the religions are traced. Students are encouraged to be open-minded and ecumenical in their approaches to religious perspectives.
PHIL 301 Aesthetics
This course introduces students to aesthetics as a branch of modern philosophy. Aesthetic investigation applies the basic analytical tools of philosophy to traditional concepts, arguments and theories of beauty and art. The course addresses the issues of the difference between art and no-art, distinctions between good art and bad art, the definition of beauty, the function of art, and the main classical and contemporary theories of art. Prerequisites: ARLH 208 or ARTH 207.
PHIL 350 Ethical Theories and Issues
This course is a philosophical study addressing contemporary moral problems including: world hunger, animal rights, abortion, euthanasia, pornography and legalization of drugs. Students read the main ethical concepts of leading philosophers. The latter is applied to and juxtaposed to contrasting views from prominent thinkers on contemporary moral problems. The moral issues to be studied in this course constitute the substance of political and social debate of our times. While it is not the task of this course to promote any one particular viewpoint, we examine and assess our own views as well as the viewpoints of others with the hope of appreciating the depth and complexity of both the problems and the myriad possible solutions to them. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
This course provides a general introduction to the study of philosophy, including analysis of the soundness of arguments. Terms are precisely defined, and topics of contemporary relevance are explored.
PHIL 142 Studies in Existential Philosophy
This course examines the thought and literature of existentialism, a modern philosophy of human existence. Topics include the nature of angst, the struggle for individuality and authority, and the impact of mass institutions on the individual. The writings of S??ren Kierkegaard, Friedrich Nietzsche, Jean-Paul Sartre, Albert Camus, Franz Kafka and others are explored. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
PHIL 202 World Religions
This course introduces students to the study of comparative religions with a focus on comparing and contrasting in a descriptive fashion the fundamental concepts and beliefs of the world’s major religions, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Islam, Judaism and Christianity. Historical roots of the religions are traced. Students are encouraged to be open-minded and ecumenical in their approaches to religious perspectives.
PHIL 301 Aesthetics
This course introduces students to aesthetics as a branch of modern philosophy. Aesthetic investigation applies the basic analytical tools of philosophy to traditional concepts, arguments and theories of beauty and art. The course addresses the issues of the difference between art and no-art, distinctions between good art and bad art, the definition of beauty, the function of art, and the main classical and contemporary theories of art. Prerequisites: ARLH 208 or ARTH 207.
PHIL 350 Ethical Theories and Issues
This course is a philosophical study addressing contemporary moral problems including: world hunger, animal rights, abortion, euthanasia, pornography and legalization of drugs. Students read the main ethical concepts of leading philosophers. The latter is applied to and juxtaposed to contrasting views from prominent thinkers on contemporary moral problems. The moral issues to be studied in this course constitute the substance of political and social debate of our times. While it is not the task of this course to promote any one particular viewpoint, we examine and assess our own views as well as the viewpoints of others with the hope of appreciating the depth and complexity of both the problems and the myriad possible solutions to them. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
Photography
PHOT 113 Photographic Foundations I
Through a combination of lectures, demonstrations, assignments and critiques, students learn to see photographically through an exploration of the basic tools, techniques and aesthetics of digital photography, with an emphasis on the creative use of camera controls, exposure, digital imaging software, and an awareness of the critical issues in contemporary photography.
PHOT 114 Photographic Foundations II
Expanding upon the basic photographic tools and techniques introduced in Photography Foundations I, students in this course gain an understanding of file management, digital printing techniques, controlled lighting possibilities, and in-depth imaging software skills. Also investigating critical issues in contemporary photography, the course is a combination of lectures, demonstrations, assignments and critiques with an emphasis on the creation of an advanced, cohesive final project. Prerequisite: PHOT 113.
PHOT 115 Black-and-white Technique
Exploring introductory and intermediate techniques of exposure, development, scanning and printing of black-and-white film and print materials, this course consists of a special emphasis on tonal control through the creative application of the Zone System. Areas of investigation include film scanning, paper characteristics, developer choice and fabrication, print size, multi filter printing and chemical after-treatment. Further concentration is placed on aspects of design, composition, perception and content in black-and-white photographs. Prerequisite: PHOT 114.
PHOT 206 Color Technique
This course explores the use of color as an aesthetic tool in the hands of the creative commercial or expressive photographer. While the emphasis is on the use of negative, reversal and Polaroid films and print materials, attention is also paid to color theory, perception, aesthetics and the use of alternative color processes. Prerequisite: PHOT 115.
PHOT 219 Photography Project Seminar I
This course leads students through an exploration of the use of the medium for personal expression. Students devise and produce a photographic project that expands on the techniques and processes mastered in previous courses. Prerequisites: PHOT 115, PHOT 206.
PHOT 220 Large-format Technique
This course provides a thorough introduction to 4x5 and 8x10 view camera technology and aesthetics by covering a number of image-making techniques and applications in the studio and on location. Landscape, architecture, portraiture, still life and specialized areas are covered. View cameras are provided by the college. Prerequisites: PHOT 115, PHOT 206.
PHOT 238 History of Photography I
This course examines the medium from its prehistory through the photo-secession and World War I. The use of photography as a commercial enterprise, a documentary tool, a cultural force and a means of personal expression is explored. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
PHOT 240 History of Photography II
This course examines the major issues and artists in photography from the early 20th century to the present. Although the emphasis is on photography as a fine art and its relationship to the other arts, topics include documentary photography and photojournalism, fashion and portraiture, and the use of photography in mass media. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
PHOT 306 Digital Imaging for the World Wide Web
Students are afforded the opportunity to communicate through the medium of photographs on the Web and obtain skills that have proven productive in the marketplace. Emphasis is placed on acquiring Web design proficiency through appropriate use of software and image editing tools. Image formatting possibilities are investigated, along with aesthetic/functional aspects of site navigation, design, sequence and consistency. Prerequisite: PHOT 114.
PHOT 313 Studio Lighting Technique
This course introduces the use of artificial lighting to create photographic illustrations in a controlled environment. Lighting techniques are demonstrated and applied in a series of photographic exercises with tabletop still life and portraiture. Both “hot lights” and electronic flash are used to achieve total control of composition, color, contrast and reflection. Emphasis is placed on the technical mastery of complex equipment, coupled with an aesthetic understanding of the physical principles of light. Prerequisites: PHOT 206, PHOT 220.
PHOT 317 Photographic Travel: The Foreign and the Familiar
This course offers the unique photographic opportunity and challenge of finding intimacy and familiarity in the foreign portrait and the foreign landscape. Slide lectures explore important aspects of traveling with a camera in a foreign country and investigate how other photographers have faced this challenge. Assignments focus on urban and rural landscapes and populations. Students may work in black and white and/or color and may use large- or small- format cameras. Prerequisite: PHOT 113.
PHOT 318 Light of Provence
Dedicated to the awareness and application of natural light, this course introduces students to the concept of using light to beautify and enhance their photographs. Through a series of practical exercises and individualized projects students explore the quality and attributes of the natural light found exclusively in the Provence region. Furthermore, students are made aware of the cultural and historical significance of Provence by drawing comparisons between contemporary and historical artists whose work has gained inspiration from the region’s unique ambience. Prerequisite: PHOT 113.
PHOT 319 Photography Project Seminar II
This advanced course extends students’ exploration of the use of the photographic medium for personal expression. Students devise and produce a photographic project that expands on the techniques and processes mastered in previous courses. Prerequisites: PHOT 219, PHOT 240, PHOT 313.
PHOT 320 Alternative Photographic Processes
This course explores a variety of nonsilver photographic printmaking and print-manipulation processes that depart from the more prevalent black-and-white, color and digital approaches. Processes covered may include hand-applied color, iron salt printing, gum printing, albumen printing, platinum and palladium printing, and others. Prerequisites: PHOT 114, PHOT 220.
PHOT 321 Advanced Color Printmaking
This upper-level elective is designed to allow students to pursue and resolve ideas and techniques introduced in Color Photography. Although emphasis is placed on advanced color printing techniques and aesthetics, students are encouraged to pursue their own personal directions using appropriate tools and techniques. Prerequisite: PHOT 206.
PHOT 323 The Contemporary Landscape
This course focuses on various philosophical, aesthetic and technical approaches to photographing the contemporary, human-altered landscape. Through slide lectures, field trips, supervised lab work and in-depth critiques, students are expected to increase their awareness of how their own personal responses to the landscape relate to those of other photographers dealing with the same contemporary issues. Materials and format are open, but students taking this course should have a working knowledge of black-and-white, color, and large-format photography. Prerequisites: PHOT 206, PHOT 220.
PHOT 324 Documentary Photography
This course introduces experienced black-and-white photographers to the documentary/journalistic branch of photography. Areas covered include history, major forms, styles, practitioners, techniques and practices of this important use of the medium. Prerequisite: PHOT 115.
PHOT 325 The Picture Story
This course offers the opportunity to expand skills in the area of photojournalism through hands-on experience in completing both spot news and short- and long-term essay assignments. Prerequisite: PHOT 324.
PHOT 326 Advanced Black-and-white Printmaking
This course examines the issues and materials involved in the evolution of a personal style of expressive black-and-white printmaking. Areas of investigation include paper characteristics, developer choice and fabrication, print size, multifilter printing and chemical after-treatment. Prerequisite: PHOT 115.
PHOT 330 The Fabricated Image
This course explores the issues involved in making photographs that are conceived as surrogates for reality. Areas of investigation include historical precedents, major movements and practitioners of style that lie outside the bounds of documentary photography or the aesthetics of straight art photography. Prerequisite: PHOT 313.
PHOT 332 Fashion Photography
This course is designed for students with a specific interest in developing a fashion photography portfolio. Through individual and collaborative assignments, students explore fashion photography in the studio and on location. Emphasis is placed on developing a “signature” style. Prerequisite: PHOT 313.
PHOT 334 Platinum and Palladium Printing
This advanced course explores the technical and aesthetic implications of the platinum/palladium process, one of the most beautiful and subtle of all photographic printing processes. Topics include compounding emulsions, hand coating, paper selection, development variables and techniques for making enlarged negatives. Prerequisite: PHOT 220.
PHOT 336 The Photographic Portrait
This upper-level elective provides students with a working knowledge of all major aspects of portraiture, including studio/commercial portraiture, photojournalistic/editorial portraiture, and the portrait as fine art, all within a context of historical and contemporary examples. A variety of lighting and camera techniques, basic business practices and career possibilities are covered. Prerequisite: PHOT 313.
PHOT 337 Photojournalism, Media and Culture
This course provides an opportunity for the advanced photography major who is interested in pursuing a career in visual communication to deal with the skills, theory, ethics and contemporary issues of newspaper and magazine photojournalism. Students work collaboratively and individually on a quarter-long newsworthy assignment that reflects a topic relevant to current issues in the community. Students produce a complete portfolio based on the chosen topic and through a final exhibition the work is presented in the community. Through the investigation and visual exploration of a story pertinent to the local or regional community, students are made more aware of the link between photojournalism, the media and culture. Prerequisite: PHOT 324.
PHOT 340 Inkjet Printing for Photography
From digital image capture to final inkjet output, this course is designed to give students a thorough understanding of all aspects of image management and printing. Through lectures, demonstrations and supervised usage, students gain practical, hands-on experience with digital imaging and the production of inkjet technology, printers and paper. Prerequisite: PHOT 219.
PHOT 345 Advanced Digital Imaging
This course, targeted to advanced photography students, emphasizes the philosophical and technical relationship between the camera and the computer. Students are expected to mesh their personal aesthetic with the multitude of possibilities available in electronic media. Appropriate presentation, software options and sequencing of imagery are stressed, along with historical examples that provide background for understanding this new medium. Prerequisite: PHOT 219.
PHOT 346 Mixed-media Photography
This course provides students with an overview of a broad variety of visual forms, media, operative concepts and theories that pertain to both historical and contemporary photographic practices. Students explore the impact of many of these issues through individual practices, lectures, assigned readings, class discussions and critiques. The primary practical work consists of a series of studio projects, in addition to an assigned journal/ sketchbook that is maintained throughout the quarter. Prerequisite: PHOT 320.
PHOT 370 Photography Seminar
As a world center for art, theater, design and fashion, New York remains a haven for both emerging and established artists. The city has the reputation of being one of few cities where the art world merges with the “real world.” This course investigates, specifically, the art of photography with visits to studios, galleries, agencies and potential photographic “sites.” It looks at the city as an incredibly fecund photographic resource, both in terms of pictures to be seen and pictures to be made. Various professional photographers are visited and consulted during the seminar and the class visits with people working on the production side of the medium as well.
PHOT 400 Business Practices for Photography
This course is designed to provide a comprehensive introduction to all aspects of the business of commercial photography. Students are guided through the job search, including r??sum?? writing and portfolio development. Additional topics include freelance work, studio management, basic accounting, copyright law, contracts, licensing agreements, negotiating fees, taxes and general business protocol. Prerequisite: PHOT 319.
PHOT 402 Developing a Personal Vision II
This advanced course extends students’ exploration of the use of the photographic medium for personal expression. Students devise and produce a photographic project that expands on the techniques and processes mastered in previous courses. Prerequisite: PHOT 475.
PHOT 403 Professional Practices for Fine Art Photography
Providing students with a comprehensive introduction to accepted practices in the marketing of fine art photography, this course takes a multifaceted approach to professional art business concerns. Course topics include how to approach galleries, portfolio-reviewing events, legal considerations, collectors, museum practices, portfolio preparation and self-promotion. Prerequisite: PHOT 219.
PHOT 405 The Photographic Book
In this course, students each photograph a specific subject. The resulting images are edited and sequenced to create a hand-constructed book. Prerequisites: PHOT 220, PHOT 240.
PHOT 413 Advanced Studio Lighting Technique
In this senior-level studio course, students’ skills are directed toward using controlled lighting to create a portfolio with which to enter the commercial marketplace. Emphasis is on pinpointing potential markets for photography and developing professionally lit and photographed images for a client within that market. Prerequisite: PHOT 313.
PHOT 415 Photography Portfolio
Photography students select work and develop portfolios that meet market standards of professional quality. This course provides comprehensive guidelines for the critique and evaluation of portfolios for commercial and other types of applications. Seminar type discussions address professional goals, business plans, marketing tools, and interviewing styles. Prerequisite: PHOT 319.
PHOT 440 Corporate Photography
Students develop a portfolio that demonstrates a mastery of the specialized techniques and aesthetics associated with corporate photography. Prerequisite: PHOT 319.
PHOT 445 Conceptual Photography Studio
A studio course directed to the successful analysis of methods for developing conceptual skills. There is a thorough and deep understanding of creative thinking versus critical thinking, and an investigation of the role of creative thinking in conceptualization, ‘brainstorming’, and non-linear image making. Prerequisite: PHOT 313.
PHOT 475 Photography Senior Project
The emphasis of this course is on developing a technically excellent body of work that evidences a strong personal aesthetic and an engagement with conceptual inquiry. Students receive and participate in intensive critique of photographic projects and be provided with personalized guidance and advice regarding careers in the field. Strategies for effective articulation of motivations, concepts, and influences are covered in depth; students gain the ability to situate their work in relation to contemporary and historical trends within the medium. Prerequisite: PHOT 319.
PHOT 480 Contemporary Issues in Photography
Students explore contemporary theoretical and critical concepts through relevant and interrelated readings, lectures, discussions, slide presentations, assignments and individual and group critiques. Prerequisites: PHOT 238, PHOT 240.
PHOT 490 Special Topics in Photography
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of photography and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
Through a combination of lectures, demonstrations, assignments and critiques, students learn to see photographically through an exploration of the basic tools, techniques and aesthetics of digital photography, with an emphasis on the creative use of camera controls, exposure, digital imaging software, and an awareness of the critical issues in contemporary photography.
PHOT 114 Photographic Foundations II
Expanding upon the basic photographic tools and techniques introduced in Photography Foundations I, students in this course gain an understanding of file management, digital printing techniques, controlled lighting possibilities, and in-depth imaging software skills. Also investigating critical issues in contemporary photography, the course is a combination of lectures, demonstrations, assignments and critiques with an emphasis on the creation of an advanced, cohesive final project. Prerequisite: PHOT 113.
PHOT 115 Black-and-white Technique
Exploring introductory and intermediate techniques of exposure, development, scanning and printing of black-and-white film and print materials, this course consists of a special emphasis on tonal control through the creative application of the Zone System. Areas of investigation include film scanning, paper characteristics, developer choice and fabrication, print size, multi filter printing and chemical after-treatment. Further concentration is placed on aspects of design, composition, perception and content in black-and-white photographs. Prerequisite: PHOT 114.
PHOT 206 Color Technique
This course explores the use of color as an aesthetic tool in the hands of the creative commercial or expressive photographer. While the emphasis is on the use of negative, reversal and Polaroid films and print materials, attention is also paid to color theory, perception, aesthetics and the use of alternative color processes. Prerequisite: PHOT 115.
PHOT 219 Photography Project Seminar I
This course leads students through an exploration of the use of the medium for personal expression. Students devise and produce a photographic project that expands on the techniques and processes mastered in previous courses. Prerequisites: PHOT 115, PHOT 206.
PHOT 220 Large-format Technique
This course provides a thorough introduction to 4x5 and 8x10 view camera technology and aesthetics by covering a number of image-making techniques and applications in the studio and on location. Landscape, architecture, portraiture, still life and specialized areas are covered. View cameras are provided by the college. Prerequisites: PHOT 115, PHOT 206.
PHOT 238 History of Photography I
This course examines the medium from its prehistory through the photo-secession and World War I. The use of photography as a commercial enterprise, a documentary tool, a cultural force and a means of personal expression is explored. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
PHOT 240 History of Photography II
This course examines the major issues and artists in photography from the early 20th century to the present. Although the emphasis is on photography as a fine art and its relationship to the other arts, topics include documentary photography and photojournalism, fashion and portraiture, and the use of photography in mass media. Prerequisite: ARTH 110.
PHOT 306 Digital Imaging for the World Wide Web
Students are afforded the opportunity to communicate through the medium of photographs on the Web and obtain skills that have proven productive in the marketplace. Emphasis is placed on acquiring Web design proficiency through appropriate use of software and image editing tools. Image formatting possibilities are investigated, along with aesthetic/functional aspects of site navigation, design, sequence and consistency. Prerequisite: PHOT 114.
PHOT 313 Studio Lighting Technique
This course introduces the use of artificial lighting to create photographic illustrations in a controlled environment. Lighting techniques are demonstrated and applied in a series of photographic exercises with tabletop still life and portraiture. Both “hot lights” and electronic flash are used to achieve total control of composition, color, contrast and reflection. Emphasis is placed on the technical mastery of complex equipment, coupled with an aesthetic understanding of the physical principles of light. Prerequisites: PHOT 206, PHOT 220.
PHOT 317 Photographic Travel: The Foreign and the Familiar
This course offers the unique photographic opportunity and challenge of finding intimacy and familiarity in the foreign portrait and the foreign landscape. Slide lectures explore important aspects of traveling with a camera in a foreign country and investigate how other photographers have faced this challenge. Assignments focus on urban and rural landscapes and populations. Students may work in black and white and/or color and may use large- or small- format cameras. Prerequisite: PHOT 113.
PHOT 318 Light of Provence
Dedicated to the awareness and application of natural light, this course introduces students to the concept of using light to beautify and enhance their photographs. Through a series of practical exercises and individualized projects students explore the quality and attributes of the natural light found exclusively in the Provence region. Furthermore, students are made aware of the cultural and historical significance of Provence by drawing comparisons between contemporary and historical artists whose work has gained inspiration from the region’s unique ambience. Prerequisite: PHOT 113.
PHOT 319 Photography Project Seminar II
This advanced course extends students’ exploration of the use of the photographic medium for personal expression. Students devise and produce a photographic project that expands on the techniques and processes mastered in previous courses. Prerequisites: PHOT 219, PHOT 240, PHOT 313.
PHOT 320 Alternative Photographic Processes
This course explores a variety of nonsilver photographic printmaking and print-manipulation processes that depart from the more prevalent black-and-white, color and digital approaches. Processes covered may include hand-applied color, iron salt printing, gum printing, albumen printing, platinum and palladium printing, and others. Prerequisites: PHOT 114, PHOT 220.
PHOT 321 Advanced Color Printmaking
This upper-level elective is designed to allow students to pursue and resolve ideas and techniques introduced in Color Photography. Although emphasis is placed on advanced color printing techniques and aesthetics, students are encouraged to pursue their own personal directions using appropriate tools and techniques. Prerequisite: PHOT 206.
PHOT 323 The Contemporary Landscape
This course focuses on various philosophical, aesthetic and technical approaches to photographing the contemporary, human-altered landscape. Through slide lectures, field trips, supervised lab work and in-depth critiques, students are expected to increase their awareness of how their own personal responses to the landscape relate to those of other photographers dealing with the same contemporary issues. Materials and format are open, but students taking this course should have a working knowledge of black-and-white, color, and large-format photography. Prerequisites: PHOT 206, PHOT 220.
PHOT 324 Documentary Photography
This course introduces experienced black-and-white photographers to the documentary/journalistic branch of photography. Areas covered include history, major forms, styles, practitioners, techniques and practices of this important use of the medium. Prerequisite: PHOT 115.
PHOT 325 The Picture Story
This course offers the opportunity to expand skills in the area of photojournalism through hands-on experience in completing both spot news and short- and long-term essay assignments. Prerequisite: PHOT 324.
PHOT 326 Advanced Black-and-white Printmaking
This course examines the issues and materials involved in the evolution of a personal style of expressive black-and-white printmaking. Areas of investigation include paper characteristics, developer choice and fabrication, print size, multifilter printing and chemical after-treatment. Prerequisite: PHOT 115.
PHOT 330 The Fabricated Image
This course explores the issues involved in making photographs that are conceived as surrogates for reality. Areas of investigation include historical precedents, major movements and practitioners of style that lie outside the bounds of documentary photography or the aesthetics of straight art photography. Prerequisite: PHOT 313.
PHOT 332 Fashion Photography
This course is designed for students with a specific interest in developing a fashion photography portfolio. Through individual and collaborative assignments, students explore fashion photography in the studio and on location. Emphasis is placed on developing a “signature” style. Prerequisite: PHOT 313.
PHOT 334 Platinum and Palladium Printing
This advanced course explores the technical and aesthetic implications of the platinum/palladium process, one of the most beautiful and subtle of all photographic printing processes. Topics include compounding emulsions, hand coating, paper selection, development variables and techniques for making enlarged negatives. Prerequisite: PHOT 220.
PHOT 336 The Photographic Portrait
This upper-level elective provides students with a working knowledge of all major aspects of portraiture, including studio/commercial portraiture, photojournalistic/editorial portraiture, and the portrait as fine art, all within a context of historical and contemporary examples. A variety of lighting and camera techniques, basic business practices and career possibilities are covered. Prerequisite: PHOT 313.
PHOT 337 Photojournalism, Media and Culture
This course provides an opportunity for the advanced photography major who is interested in pursuing a career in visual communication to deal with the skills, theory, ethics and contemporary issues of newspaper and magazine photojournalism. Students work collaboratively and individually on a quarter-long newsworthy assignment that reflects a topic relevant to current issues in the community. Students produce a complete portfolio based on the chosen topic and through a final exhibition the work is presented in the community. Through the investigation and visual exploration of a story pertinent to the local or regional community, students are made more aware of the link between photojournalism, the media and culture. Prerequisite: PHOT 324.
PHOT 340 Inkjet Printing for Photography
From digital image capture to final inkjet output, this course is designed to give students a thorough understanding of all aspects of image management and printing. Through lectures, demonstrations and supervised usage, students gain practical, hands-on experience with digital imaging and the production of inkjet technology, printers and paper. Prerequisite: PHOT 219.
PHOT 345 Advanced Digital Imaging
This course, targeted to advanced photography students, emphasizes the philosophical and technical relationship between the camera and the computer. Students are expected to mesh their personal aesthetic with the multitude of possibilities available in electronic media. Appropriate presentation, software options and sequencing of imagery are stressed, along with historical examples that provide background for understanding this new medium. Prerequisite: PHOT 219.
PHOT 346 Mixed-media Photography
This course provides students with an overview of a broad variety of visual forms, media, operative concepts and theories that pertain to both historical and contemporary photographic practices. Students explore the impact of many of these issues through individual practices, lectures, assigned readings, class discussions and critiques. The primary practical work consists of a series of studio projects, in addition to an assigned journal/ sketchbook that is maintained throughout the quarter. Prerequisite: PHOT 320.
PHOT 370 Photography Seminar
As a world center for art, theater, design and fashion, New York remains a haven for both emerging and established artists. The city has the reputation of being one of few cities where the art world merges with the “real world.” This course investigates, specifically, the art of photography with visits to studios, galleries, agencies and potential photographic “sites.” It looks at the city as an incredibly fecund photographic resource, both in terms of pictures to be seen and pictures to be made. Various professional photographers are visited and consulted during the seminar and the class visits with people working on the production side of the medium as well.
PHOT 400 Business Practices for Photography
This course is designed to provide a comprehensive introduction to all aspects of the business of commercial photography. Students are guided through the job search, including r??sum?? writing and portfolio development. Additional topics include freelance work, studio management, basic accounting, copyright law, contracts, licensing agreements, negotiating fees, taxes and general business protocol. Prerequisite: PHOT 319.
PHOT 402 Developing a Personal Vision II
This advanced course extends students’ exploration of the use of the photographic medium for personal expression. Students devise and produce a photographic project that expands on the techniques and processes mastered in previous courses. Prerequisite: PHOT 475.
PHOT 403 Professional Practices for Fine Art Photography
Providing students with a comprehensive introduction to accepted practices in the marketing of fine art photography, this course takes a multifaceted approach to professional art business concerns. Course topics include how to approach galleries, portfolio-reviewing events, legal considerations, collectors, museum practices, portfolio preparation and self-promotion. Prerequisite: PHOT 219.
PHOT 405 The Photographic Book
In this course, students each photograph a specific subject. The resulting images are edited and sequenced to create a hand-constructed book. Prerequisites: PHOT 220, PHOT 240.
PHOT 413 Advanced Studio Lighting Technique
In this senior-level studio course, students’ skills are directed toward using controlled lighting to create a portfolio with which to enter the commercial marketplace. Emphasis is on pinpointing potential markets for photography and developing professionally lit and photographed images for a client within that market. Prerequisite: PHOT 313.
PHOT 415 Photography Portfolio
Photography students select work and develop portfolios that meet market standards of professional quality. This course provides comprehensive guidelines for the critique and evaluation of portfolios for commercial and other types of applications. Seminar type discussions address professional goals, business plans, marketing tools, and interviewing styles. Prerequisite: PHOT 319.
PHOT 440 Corporate Photography
Students develop a portfolio that demonstrates a mastery of the specialized techniques and aesthetics associated with corporate photography. Prerequisite: PHOT 319.
PHOT 445 Conceptual Photography Studio
A studio course directed to the successful analysis of methods for developing conceptual skills. There is a thorough and deep understanding of creative thinking versus critical thinking, and an investigation of the role of creative thinking in conceptualization, ‘brainstorming’, and non-linear image making. Prerequisite: PHOT 313.
PHOT 475 Photography Senior Project
The emphasis of this course is on developing a technically excellent body of work that evidences a strong personal aesthetic and an engagement with conceptual inquiry. Students receive and participate in intensive critique of photographic projects and be provided with personalized guidance and advice regarding careers in the field. Strategies for effective articulation of motivations, concepts, and influences are covered in depth; students gain the ability to situate their work in relation to contemporary and historical trends within the medium. Prerequisite: PHOT 319.
PHOT 480 Contemporary Issues in Photography
Students explore contemporary theoretical and critical concepts through relevant and interrelated readings, lectures, discussions, slide presentations, assignments and individual and group critiques. Prerequisites: PHOT 238, PHOT 240.
PHOT 490 Special Topics in Photography
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of photography and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
Physics
PHYS 101 Introduction to Physical Science
This course is an introductory blend of many concepts in science for the art student with an emphasis on structure and application when appropriate. As the student investigates the concepts of the physical sciences, a new window is opened into the world they will shape, paint or design. Fundamental concepts in physics and chemistry that help guide their future manipulation of the world that surrounds them are studied and experienced. Exploring the earth and the volcanic forces that shape the continents, the sky with the most complex weather in the solar system and the stars above lead to a “greener” appreciation of this planet and hopefully inspire the artist. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or a score of 70 or greater on the mathematics competency exam.
PHYS 201 Applied Physics
This introductory level course is geared toward the needs of students in architecture. The course prepares students for technology courses in the major program and covers selected topics in the areas of mechanics, light, sound and electricity. Prerequisite: MATH 201.
This course is an introductory blend of many concepts in science for the art student with an emphasis on structure and application when appropriate. As the student investigates the concepts of the physical sciences, a new window is opened into the world they will shape, paint or design. Fundamental concepts in physics and chemistry that help guide their future manipulation of the world that surrounds them are studied and experienced. Exploring the earth and the volcanic forces that shape the continents, the sky with the most complex weather in the solar system and the stars above lead to a “greener” appreciation of this planet and hopefully inspire the artist. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or a score of 70 or greater on the mathematics competency exam.
PHYS 201 Applied Physics
This introductory level course is geared toward the needs of students in architecture. The course prepares students for technology courses in the major program and covers selected topics in the areas of mechanics, light, sound and electricity. Prerequisite: MATH 201.
Painting
PNTG 101 Painting Basics for the Non-major
This course provides foundation in the practices and materials associated with painting, and prepares students to work in oil and water based media. Working from direct observation, students develop an understanding of formal concerns as well as paint manipulation to produce strong representational paintings. Prerequisites: DRAW 100, DSGN 101.
PNTG 203 Oil-based Media Exploration
This course explores versatile processes for planning and developing a visual idea using oil-based media. The class examines both traditional and contemporary applications of media, including under-painting, fat over lean paint application, glazing, scumbling, impasto and alla prima. Students construct and prepare sound painting supports for canvas and panel as well as an oil-primed, sized linen support, and are taught safe handling of solvents and mediums. Prerequisites: DSGN 101, DRAW 101.
PNTG 206 Water-based Media Exploration
Students in this course explore versatile processes for planning and developing a visual idea using water-based media, with emphasis on acrylic painting techniques. The class examines both traditional and contemporary applications of media, including wet-into-wet, dry-brush paint application, masking and alla prima. Students prepare archival painting supports for water-based media, including paper, canvas and panel. Prerequisites: DSGN 101, DRAW 101.
PNTG 207 Watercolor
This course allows students with particular interests in the possibilities of watercolor to focus intensively on its expressive and depictive capacities. Prerequisite: PNTG 206.
PNTG 210 Color and the Painted Image
This course reviews basic color theory and introduces more advanced theory and color issues applicable to oil painting. Students are expected to learn how to use color better as a language in their painting through the hands-on analysis of work that employs color as a primary agent. Prerequisite: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206.
PNTG 215 Still-life Painting
With a focus on the conceptual, perceptual and technical evolution of the depiction of objects in the history of painting, this course provides an overview of the still life in painting. While the course concentrates on issues specific to this genre, attention is also given to the role of technique and theory in the expression of the masters and contemporary practitioners. Prerequisite: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206.
PNTG 302 Intermediate Painting
Using a structure that alternates studio sessions with lessons about practical issues of visual documentation, framing and other professional components, this course enables students to create work in a thematic series that develops their painting methods and personal concepts. Prerequisites: PNTG 203, PNTG 206.
PNTG 310 Life Painting
This course provides an overview of life painting, with a focus on the conceptual, perceptual and technical evolution of the human figure in the history of painting. While the course concentrates on issues specific to this genre, attention is also given to the role of technique and theory in the expression of the masters and contemporary practitioners. Models are available for the entire quarter. Prerequisites: DRAW 200, PNTG 203 or PNTG 206.
PNTG 312 Mixed Media
Using traditional and nontraditional materials, students in this course develop inventive experimental approaches to a variety of pictorial media, and examine how media, idea and composition relate. Students explore the boundaries between painting and sculpture when nontraditional materials are incorporated in collage and assemblage form. Prerequisite: PNTG 302.
PNTG 319 Painting Materials and Techniques
This course provides extended exploration of one major traditional painting medium or method associated either with a particular era or artist. Replication projects provide initial direct experience of the medium and method under investigation, prior to the creation of original work. Prerequisites: PNTG 203, PNTG 206.
PNTG 321 Portrait Painting
With an examination of the conceptual, perceptual and technical evolution of portraiture in the history of painting, this course provides an excellent overview of portrait painting. While the course concentrates on issues specific to this genre, attention is also given to the role of technique and theory in the expression of the masters and contemporary practitioners. Models are available for the entire quarter. Prerequisite: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206.
PNTG 325 Narrative Painting
This course introduces the historically complex role of the painter as narrator, concentrating on the balance of subject matter with aesthetic form. Students explore the unique pictorial requirements of narrative painting, such depictions of the passage of time. Students also investigate categories of contemporary narrative painting. Prerequisite: PNTG 310.
PNTG 327 Advanced Oil Painting
Using oil paint in both direct and indirect applications, students in this course advance and refine their artistic process and the formal aspects of their work. Students may work in a variety of modes on a variety of surfaces. The work of both historical and contemporary practitioners is considered. Prerequisite: PNTG 203.
PNTG 328 Advanced Watercolor
This course is designed for students with competent drawing skills who understand and are able to execute the rudiments of transparent watercolor techniques, such as flat wash, gradated wash and wet-in-wet. Students develop water media techniques, explore personal avenues of concept and work thematically. Prerequisite: PNTG 206 or PNTG 207.
PNTG 330 Large-format Painting
Students in this course learn to address the challenges and formulate strategies associated with making large-scale studio paintings from preparatory materials and explore the techniques and methods required for making large-format paintings. Students critique examples of large-scale work from contemporary art. Prerequisites: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206, and PNTG 310.
PNTG 331 Landscape Painting
This course provides an overview of landscape in painting, with a focus on the conceptual, perceptual and technical evolution of the landscape image in the history of painting. While the course concentrates on issues specific to this genre, attention is also given to the role of technique and theory in the expression of the masters and contemporary practitioners. Prerequisite: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206.
PNTG 332 Advanced Portrait Painting
Extending the technical base acquired in portrait painting, students advance and refine their representational drawing and painting skills. While the course addresses advanced issues specific to this genre, attention is also given to the role of technique and theory in the expression of the masters and contemporary practitioners. Models are available for the entire quarter. Prerequisite: PNTG 321.
PNTG 333 Mural Painting
This course introduces students to historical and contemporary approaches to mural painting, with an emphasis on the concepts and philosophies developed in the Mexican mural tradition. The course addresses materials, techniques, surface treatment, and archival issues relevant to mural painting. Studio practice is supplemented by lectures, films and on-site visits. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 101.
PNTG 334 Chinese Painting
This course introduces Chinese subjects and traditional painting techniques, where variation in ink, color, line and texture are all achieved by Chinese brushstroke. The philosophy and history of Chinese painting are addressed, helping students understand and develop the technique and concept of Chinese painting. Students are encouraged to combine Western and Eastern art to create their own personal work. Prerequisite: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206.
PNTG 340 Realist Painting
Representing the subtlety and nuance of the variety of color, perspective and form observed in the world requires a diverse range of technical and conceptual skills necessary for creating realist paintings from observation. The development of these skills is the focus of this course and includes the creation of the illusion of depth; proportion; anatomy; control of texture and smoothness to create a convincing paint surface; and utilization of value, hue and intensity to convey a sense of light and form. Additionally students learn about issues in realist painting in the context other painting modes. Prerequisites: DRAW 200, PNTG 203.
PNTG 341 Painting: Developing a Sense of Place
Designed to take advantage of experiences provided by a particular location, this course provides students the opportunity to visit historically or culturally significant sites in order to create a series of work in response to the site. Students determine the appropriate materials and techniques necessary for their work. Prerequisites: DRAW 100, DSGN 100, DSGN 101.
PNTG 350 Special Topics in Painting
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each new version focuses on specific issues in the field of painting and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
PNTG 355 Human Image and Metaphor
This course explores the various ways in which meaning is derived from the human image, whether directly, symbolically or metaphorically. The course addresses the relationship between form and content, and materials and processes. Students propose and execute their own projects based on personal and historical interpretations of the human figure. Students collectively explore discursive strategies while viewing the human image. Prerequisites: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206, PNTG 310.
PNTG 361 Painting: Developing a Personal Vision
Students create a cohesive body of work based on a studio proposal. Students develop appropriate goals in coordination with the professor to explore the language of color, shape and texture in relationship to expanded concepts. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 100, DSGN 101.
PNTG 366 Conceptual Art Practice
This course introduces students to various aspects of conceptual art and explores practical issues relevant to painting within current contemporary art. Technical expansiveness, theoretical development and the role of visuality are explored through projects and class discussion. Prerequisites: ARTH 207, PNTG 302.
PNTG 401 Alternative Media Exploration
This course provides an opportunity for students to move beyond the pictorial tradition of painting. Students explore the use of nontraditional materials to engage in spatial strategies, such as installation, or temporal strategies such as performance and new media. Emphasis is placed on the cross-media use of technology, as in kinetics, sound, light and video. Prerequisite: PNTG 302.
PNTG 404 Abstract Painting
By focusing on studio projects and assignments that develop a nonobjective approach to color, line and form, this course explores the historical sources of the abstract painting tradition, including both modern and postmodern variations. Prerequisite: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206.
PNTG 409 Advanced Painting
This open studio course allows advanced students to develop their strengths pertaining to their own interests and choices of materials as they work toward a cohesive body of work. Students have relevant reading and writing assignments, and complete a finished artist statement. Prerequisites: PNTG 310, PNTG 401.
PNTG 410 Advanced Life Painting
Extending the skill base acquired in Life Painting, this course focuses on the conceptual, perceptual and technical evolution of the human figure in the history of painting. While the course concentrates on advanced issues specific to this genre, attention is also given to the role of technique and theory in the expression of the masters and contemporary practitioners. Students gain experience with multiple figure compositions and complex environments. Models are available for the entire quarter. Prerequisite: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206.
PNTG 415 Painting Senior Seminar
This seminar course focuses on the direction of students’ studio output through critiques, discussions and writing assignments. Students receive reading assignments based on current critical writings as they begin to analyze the conceptual premises, cultural references and intellectual foundation of their artistic processes. Prerequisites: ARTH 207, PNTG 302.
PNTG 431 Advanced Landscape Painting
With a focus on the conceptual, perceptual and technical evolution of the landscape image in the history of painting, this course continues to develop the skill base begun in landscape painting. While the course concentrates on advanced issues specific to this genre, attention is also given to the role of technique and theory in the expression of the masters and contemporary practitioners. Prerequisite: PNTG 331.
PNTG 433 Advanced Mural Painting
This course continues to develop the skill base begun in Mural Painting. The course addresses materials, techniques, surface treatment and archival issues relevant to both interior and exterior mural painting. The course emphasizes the aesthetic, technical and social issues at the junction of architecture and contemporary painting. Studio practice is supplemented by lectures, films and on-site visits. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 101.
PNTG 444 Visiting Artist in Painting
This course offers undergraduate painting students one quarter of study with a visiting artist in the painting department. The course is organized around the conceptual and technical specialties of the visiting artist and culminates with a collaborative class project. Through critiques, discussions and writing, the visiting artist guides students in assignments and projects, fostering an understanding of the connections between idea, media, technique, scale, process and content. Students also gain an understanding of the visiting artist’s own process of idea development and professional practices. Prerequisites: PNTG 302.
This course provides foundation in the practices and materials associated with painting, and prepares students to work in oil and water based media. Working from direct observation, students develop an understanding of formal concerns as well as paint manipulation to produce strong representational paintings. Prerequisites: DRAW 100, DSGN 101.
PNTG 203 Oil-based Media Exploration
This course explores versatile processes for planning and developing a visual idea using oil-based media. The class examines both traditional and contemporary applications of media, including under-painting, fat over lean paint application, glazing, scumbling, impasto and alla prima. Students construct and prepare sound painting supports for canvas and panel as well as an oil-primed, sized linen support, and are taught safe handling of solvents and mediums. Prerequisites: DSGN 101, DRAW 101.
PNTG 206 Water-based Media Exploration
Students in this course explore versatile processes for planning and developing a visual idea using water-based media, with emphasis on acrylic painting techniques. The class examines both traditional and contemporary applications of media, including wet-into-wet, dry-brush paint application, masking and alla prima. Students prepare archival painting supports for water-based media, including paper, canvas and panel. Prerequisites: DSGN 101, DRAW 101.
PNTG 207 Watercolor
This course allows students with particular interests in the possibilities of watercolor to focus intensively on its expressive and depictive capacities. Prerequisite: PNTG 206.
PNTG 210 Color and the Painted Image
This course reviews basic color theory and introduces more advanced theory and color issues applicable to oil painting. Students are expected to learn how to use color better as a language in their painting through the hands-on analysis of work that employs color as a primary agent. Prerequisite: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206.
PNTG 215 Still-life Painting
With a focus on the conceptual, perceptual and technical evolution of the depiction of objects in the history of painting, this course provides an overview of the still life in painting. While the course concentrates on issues specific to this genre, attention is also given to the role of technique and theory in the expression of the masters and contemporary practitioners. Prerequisite: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206.
PNTG 302 Intermediate Painting
Using a structure that alternates studio sessions with lessons about practical issues of visual documentation, framing and other professional components, this course enables students to create work in a thematic series that develops their painting methods and personal concepts. Prerequisites: PNTG 203, PNTG 206.
PNTG 310 Life Painting
This course provides an overview of life painting, with a focus on the conceptual, perceptual and technical evolution of the human figure in the history of painting. While the course concentrates on issues specific to this genre, attention is also given to the role of technique and theory in the expression of the masters and contemporary practitioners. Models are available for the entire quarter. Prerequisites: DRAW 200, PNTG 203 or PNTG 206.
PNTG 312 Mixed Media
Using traditional and nontraditional materials, students in this course develop inventive experimental approaches to a variety of pictorial media, and examine how media, idea and composition relate. Students explore the boundaries between painting and sculpture when nontraditional materials are incorporated in collage and assemblage form. Prerequisite: PNTG 302.
PNTG 319 Painting Materials and Techniques
This course provides extended exploration of one major traditional painting medium or method associated either with a particular era or artist. Replication projects provide initial direct experience of the medium and method under investigation, prior to the creation of original work. Prerequisites: PNTG 203, PNTG 206.
PNTG 321 Portrait Painting
With an examination of the conceptual, perceptual and technical evolution of portraiture in the history of painting, this course provides an excellent overview of portrait painting. While the course concentrates on issues specific to this genre, attention is also given to the role of technique and theory in the expression of the masters and contemporary practitioners. Models are available for the entire quarter. Prerequisite: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206.
PNTG 325 Narrative Painting
This course introduces the historically complex role of the painter as narrator, concentrating on the balance of subject matter with aesthetic form. Students explore the unique pictorial requirements of narrative painting, such depictions of the passage of time. Students also investigate categories of contemporary narrative painting. Prerequisite: PNTG 310.
PNTG 327 Advanced Oil Painting
Using oil paint in both direct and indirect applications, students in this course advance and refine their artistic process and the formal aspects of their work. Students may work in a variety of modes on a variety of surfaces. The work of both historical and contemporary practitioners is considered. Prerequisite: PNTG 203.
PNTG 328 Advanced Watercolor
This course is designed for students with competent drawing skills who understand and are able to execute the rudiments of transparent watercolor techniques, such as flat wash, gradated wash and wet-in-wet. Students develop water media techniques, explore personal avenues of concept and work thematically. Prerequisite: PNTG 206 or PNTG 207.
PNTG 330 Large-format Painting
Students in this course learn to address the challenges and formulate strategies associated with making large-scale studio paintings from preparatory materials and explore the techniques and methods required for making large-format paintings. Students critique examples of large-scale work from contemporary art. Prerequisites: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206, and PNTG 310.
PNTG 331 Landscape Painting
This course provides an overview of landscape in painting, with a focus on the conceptual, perceptual and technical evolution of the landscape image in the history of painting. While the course concentrates on issues specific to this genre, attention is also given to the role of technique and theory in the expression of the masters and contemporary practitioners. Prerequisite: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206.
PNTG 332 Advanced Portrait Painting
Extending the technical base acquired in portrait painting, students advance and refine their representational drawing and painting skills. While the course addresses advanced issues specific to this genre, attention is also given to the role of technique and theory in the expression of the masters and contemporary practitioners. Models are available for the entire quarter. Prerequisite: PNTG 321.
PNTG 333 Mural Painting
This course introduces students to historical and contemporary approaches to mural painting, with an emphasis on the concepts and philosophies developed in the Mexican mural tradition. The course addresses materials, techniques, surface treatment, and archival issues relevant to mural painting. Studio practice is supplemented by lectures, films and on-site visits. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 101.
PNTG 334 Chinese Painting
This course introduces Chinese subjects and traditional painting techniques, where variation in ink, color, line and texture are all achieved by Chinese brushstroke. The philosophy and history of Chinese painting are addressed, helping students understand and develop the technique and concept of Chinese painting. Students are encouraged to combine Western and Eastern art to create their own personal work. Prerequisite: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206.
PNTG 340 Realist Painting
Representing the subtlety and nuance of the variety of color, perspective and form observed in the world requires a diverse range of technical and conceptual skills necessary for creating realist paintings from observation. The development of these skills is the focus of this course and includes the creation of the illusion of depth; proportion; anatomy; control of texture and smoothness to create a convincing paint surface; and utilization of value, hue and intensity to convey a sense of light and form. Additionally students learn about issues in realist painting in the context other painting modes. Prerequisites: DRAW 200, PNTG 203.
PNTG 341 Painting: Developing a Sense of Place
Designed to take advantage of experiences provided by a particular location, this course provides students the opportunity to visit historically or culturally significant sites in order to create a series of work in response to the site. Students determine the appropriate materials and techniques necessary for their work. Prerequisites: DRAW 100, DSGN 100, DSGN 101.
PNTG 350 Special Topics in Painting
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each new version focuses on specific issues in the field of painting and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
PNTG 355 Human Image and Metaphor
This course explores the various ways in which meaning is derived from the human image, whether directly, symbolically or metaphorically. The course addresses the relationship between form and content, and materials and processes. Students propose and execute their own projects based on personal and historical interpretations of the human figure. Students collectively explore discursive strategies while viewing the human image. Prerequisites: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206, PNTG 310.
PNTG 361 Painting: Developing a Personal Vision
Students create a cohesive body of work based on a studio proposal. Students develop appropriate goals in coordination with the professor to explore the language of color, shape and texture in relationship to expanded concepts. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 100, DSGN 101.
PNTG 366 Conceptual Art Practice
This course introduces students to various aspects of conceptual art and explores practical issues relevant to painting within current contemporary art. Technical expansiveness, theoretical development and the role of visuality are explored through projects and class discussion. Prerequisites: ARTH 207, PNTG 302.
PNTG 401 Alternative Media Exploration
This course provides an opportunity for students to move beyond the pictorial tradition of painting. Students explore the use of nontraditional materials to engage in spatial strategies, such as installation, or temporal strategies such as performance and new media. Emphasis is placed on the cross-media use of technology, as in kinetics, sound, light and video. Prerequisite: PNTG 302.
PNTG 404 Abstract Painting
By focusing on studio projects and assignments that develop a nonobjective approach to color, line and form, this course explores the historical sources of the abstract painting tradition, including both modern and postmodern variations. Prerequisite: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206.
PNTG 409 Advanced Painting
This open studio course allows advanced students to develop their strengths pertaining to their own interests and choices of materials as they work toward a cohesive body of work. Students have relevant reading and writing assignments, and complete a finished artist statement. Prerequisites: PNTG 310, PNTG 401.
PNTG 410 Advanced Life Painting
Extending the skill base acquired in Life Painting, this course focuses on the conceptual, perceptual and technical evolution of the human figure in the history of painting. While the course concentrates on advanced issues specific to this genre, attention is also given to the role of technique and theory in the expression of the masters and contemporary practitioners. Students gain experience with multiple figure compositions and complex environments. Models are available for the entire quarter. Prerequisite: PNTG 203 or PNTG 206.
PNTG 415 Painting Senior Seminar
This seminar course focuses on the direction of students’ studio output through critiques, discussions and writing assignments. Students receive reading assignments based on current critical writings as they begin to analyze the conceptual premises, cultural references and intellectual foundation of their artistic processes. Prerequisites: ARTH 207, PNTG 302.
PNTG 431 Advanced Landscape Painting
With a focus on the conceptual, perceptual and technical evolution of the landscape image in the history of painting, this course continues to develop the skill base begun in landscape painting. While the course concentrates on advanced issues specific to this genre, attention is also given to the role of technique and theory in the expression of the masters and contemporary practitioners. Prerequisite: PNTG 331.
PNTG 433 Advanced Mural Painting
This course continues to develop the skill base begun in Mural Painting. The course addresses materials, techniques, surface treatment and archival issues relevant to both interior and exterior mural painting. The course emphasizes the aesthetic, technical and social issues at the junction of architecture and contemporary painting. Studio practice is supplemented by lectures, films and on-site visits. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 101.
PNTG 444 Visiting Artist in Painting
This course offers undergraduate painting students one quarter of study with a visiting artist in the painting department. The course is organized around the conceptual and technical specialties of the visiting artist and culminates with a collaborative class project. Through critiques, discussions and writing, the visiting artist guides students in assignments and projects, fostering an understanding of the connections between idea, media, technique, scale, process and content. Students also gain an understanding of the visiting artist’s own process of idea development and professional practices. Prerequisites: PNTG 302.
Political Science
POLS 100 Introduction to American Government
This course introduces the fundamentals of American government and politics. Topics include political institutions such as Congress, the presidency and the courts; the role of political parties, interest groups and public opinion; political practices such as voting, civil rights and liberties; and an examination of specific policies pursued by the federal government.
POLS 110 Contemporary Issues in American Politics
This course highlights various contemporary social and political issues. Students are expected to investigate and evaluate arguments about current topics, such as reproductive rights, gun control, affirmative action, economic and environmental issues, welfare, education and health care policy.
POLS 120 Global Political Issues
Students examine a variety of contemporary global issues in this course, with an emphasis on emerging trends that are changing our world. Students investigate the linkages of a variety of economic, political and social issues from an international perspective reflecting a variety of points of view.
POLS 222 Campaigns and Elections
This course explores issues associated with modern political campaigns within a broader American and political context. Particular attention is paid to the impact of money, media coverage, campaign strategy and tactics, the effect of campaigns on voters’ choice and electoral outcomes. Recent campaigns are explored in depth. Prerequisite: POLS 100.
This course introduces the fundamentals of American government and politics. Topics include political institutions such as Congress, the presidency and the courts; the role of political parties, interest groups and public opinion; political practices such as voting, civil rights and liberties; and an examination of specific policies pursued by the federal government.
POLS 110 Contemporary Issues in American Politics
This course highlights various contemporary social and political issues. Students are expected to investigate and evaluate arguments about current topics, such as reproductive rights, gun control, affirmative action, economic and environmental issues, welfare, education and health care policy.
POLS 120 Global Political Issues
Students examine a variety of contemporary global issues in this course, with an emphasis on emerging trends that are changing our world. Students investigate the linkages of a variety of economic, political and social issues from an international perspective reflecting a variety of points of view.
POLS 222 Campaigns and Elections
This course explores issues associated with modern political campaigns within a broader American and political context. Particular attention is paid to the impact of money, media coverage, campaign strategy and tactics, the effect of campaigns on voters’ choice and electoral outcomes. Recent campaigns are explored in depth. Prerequisite: POLS 100.
Printmaking
PRMK 200 Introduction to Printmaking
This studio course introduces basic printmaking processes and equipment with equal emphasis on concept and technique. Students are introduced to a variety of print media and methods, such as monotype, relief, intaglio and lithography, and various approaches to making and printing plates in each medium. Students are expected to develop an understanding of the medium and to learn good studio habits; safe and responsive handling of tools, materials and grounds; and the knowledge required for basic manipulation of the processes used in the production of a printed image. Prerequisite: DRAW 100.
PRMK 202 Introduction to Etching
This introductory studio provides an introduction to etching and intaglio processes and the use of these processes to produce a creative graphic image. Students explore a variety of approaches to intaglio printmaking on different plate materials including zinc, copper and Plexiglas. Classes include demonstrations of all processes involved, discussion, and critique of both print content and technical competency. Students are expected to become familiar with the tools, media, processes and history of printmaking. Prerequisites: DRAW 100, DSGN 101.
PRMK 203 Introduction to Lithography
This course introduces hand lithography including stone and metal plate processes. Drawing media include litho crayon, litho pencil, tusche and ink wash, and the appropriate etching and printing techniques for each. Classes include discussion and critique of print content and concept together with technical skills involved in each phase of the lithography process. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 100.
PRMK 204 Relief Printmaking
This course introduces students to several approaches to relief printmaking and to techniques such as woodcut, linocut, relief etching and wood engraving. Using additive and reductive processes, students work in black-and-white and in color, learning the registration and printing of multiple blocks. Both traditional and experimental approaches are encouraged. Prerequisites: DRAW 100, DSGN 100.
PRMK 205 Monotype/Mixed Processes
This course investigates combined monotype techniques including both water-based and oil-based media. Registration and printing of black-and-white and color images are demonstrated. Over-printing, stenciling and transfer techniques are explored in both single- and multiple-plate processes. Students working at any level of printmaking, particularly those interested in applying their painting experience to the printed image, may develop their personal imagery by exploring the media involved. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 100.
PRMK 238 Survey of Printmaking
Students in this course are introduced to the rich and varied tradition of printmaking, including woodcuts, engravings, lithographs, silk screening, etchings and other graphic media. From the earliest eastern prints through 21st-century contemporary works on paper, students evaluate movements, trends and relevant developments in both fine art and commercial printmaking and their effects on each other. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
PRMK 301 Intermediate Etching
This course further explores intaglio printmaking with an emphasis on color work and strengthening printing skills. Students learn techniques for producing color prints using single and multiple plate processes, including hand coloring, à la poupée, and handmade separations. A balanced outcome between technical and conceptual development is stressed in discussions and critiques. Prerequisite: PRMK 202.
PRMK 306 Intermediate Lithography
A further investigation of lithographic printmaking, this course emphasizes color work and strengthening of printing skills. Students learn methods for producing color prints on stone and metal litho plate. Demonstrated techniques include transfer, monotype combinations, and the registration and printing of multiple plates. Critiques stress the relationship between conceptual concerns and technical processes. Prerequisite: PRMK 203.
PRMK 308 Introduction to Letterpress and the Book Arts
By means of traditional hand typesetting and historic book binding techniques, students experience the sequential nature of the printed page. Through a number of printing/publishing experiments and projects, students gain an understanding of the history of printing type, book formats, and fundamental terminology; and become familiar with letterpress and other related equipment. Emphasis is placed on typographic design, beginning bookbinding techniques and portfolio construction. Printing techniques focus on relief printing, intaglio and in some cases include lithography. Prerequisites: PRMK 200, PRMK 202, PRMK 203.
PRMK 311 Serigraphy
In this course, students learn the basic technical skills of screenprinting and investigate the screen print process. They explore methods to link screenprinting procedures to the development of their personal work. The course covers the fine art and commercial applications of screenprinting in the contemporary art world, including frame construction, registration, multiple color runs, stencil, drawing and digital output application. Prerequisites: DSGN 100, PRMK 200.
PRMK 317 Intermediate Letterpress and the Book Arts
In the diverse mediums of the contemporary print world, letterpress and the book arts hold a unique area explored by all major artists during their careers. Students engage in sophisticated projects of bookbinding, glue-less stitching, and unique constructions that define this area of print. Emphasis is on the sequential design of the book pages and alternative possibilities for conceptualizing the artist book. Prerequisite: PRMK 308.
PRMK 320 Monotype Printmaking
Traditionally offered as part of travel study program, this course provides students an opportunity to explore a mix of print processes that address a broad range of ideas, issues and aesthetics in the depiction and development of form. Such processes may be used by a variety of artists, including painters, designers and illustrators. Students may apply drawing or painting experience to the printed image by using the printmaking process to examine and depict a variety of functional forms in black and white and color. Prints incorporate sketches and photographs from local settings, including landscape and architectural forms, market items, furnishings and garden settings. Prerequisite: By permission of the department chair.
PRMK 330 Intaglio Printmaking
Traditionally offered as part of travel study program, this course is designed to take advantage of the inspiration of a particular location. Drawing on the rich historical traditions of the intaglio process, students explore etching as a means of recording the natural and built environments. Numerous styles are examined, as well as the various ways etching has been used to depict landscape and architecture. Students experience a variety of approaches to intaglio printmaking on different plate materials including zinc, copper and Plexiglas. Work is done both on-site and from sketchbook drawings completed on field trips. Classes include demonstrations of all processes, discussion and critique of print content and technical competency. Prerequisite: By permission of the department chair.
PRMK 350 Special Topics in Printmaking
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of printmaking and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
PRMK 401 Photographic Computer Applications for Printmaking
This course addresses the possibilities that computer applications bring to printmaking. The course examines methods for combining leading-edge digital technology with traditional print media including intaglio, lithography and relief. Demonstrations include scanning input, photo and image manipulation, color separating and output techniques used in making films for photomechanical print processes. This course serves as the linchpin between intermediate printmaking and individualized exploration at a more advanced level. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 100, and PRMK 202 or PRMK 203.
PRMK 404 Advanced Processes in Printmaking I
This advanced-level course investigates contemporary trends in printmaking, including digital and photomechanical processes. Color work is emphasized, combining the use of polymer films and presensitized plates with traditional grounds and techniques. Demonstrated techniques include transfer, positive and negative working plates, and four-color separation. Presswork encompasses the registration and printing of multiple plates and the production of a body of work that displays sound printing expertise and professional practice. The exploration of cross-media applications is encouraged, and students may choose to work in litho, intaglio or both. Students are expected to develop a body of work that articulates an inventive and conceptual use of the printed image and a clear personal vision. Prerequisite: PRMK 401.
PRMK 408 Advanced Processes in Printmaking II
This course provides students with focused study on thematically driven work with an emphasis on contemporary print practice and critical dialogue. Students may work in any print medium creating mature images that demonstrate expertise in the process, and issues in collaborative printmaking are explored through hands-on experiences. Prerequisite: PRMK 404.
PRMK 412 Photogravure
Photogravure printmaking is a complex antique photo etching process that produces rich images on paper. The potential of a continuous tone image on printmaking paper offers a wide range of implications to the photographic image including applications of color and drawing. Students explore the preparation of digital, analog and direct transparencies and their utilization in the process. Prerequisite: PRMK 401.
This studio course introduces basic printmaking processes and equipment with equal emphasis on concept and technique. Students are introduced to a variety of print media and methods, such as monotype, relief, intaglio and lithography, and various approaches to making and printing plates in each medium. Students are expected to develop an understanding of the medium and to learn good studio habits; safe and responsive handling of tools, materials and grounds; and the knowledge required for basic manipulation of the processes used in the production of a printed image. Prerequisite: DRAW 100.
PRMK 202 Introduction to Etching
This introductory studio provides an introduction to etching and intaglio processes and the use of these processes to produce a creative graphic image. Students explore a variety of approaches to intaglio printmaking on different plate materials including zinc, copper and Plexiglas. Classes include demonstrations of all processes involved, discussion, and critique of both print content and technical competency. Students are expected to become familiar with the tools, media, processes and history of printmaking. Prerequisites: DRAW 100, DSGN 101.
PRMK 203 Introduction to Lithography
This course introduces hand lithography including stone and metal plate processes. Drawing media include litho crayon, litho pencil, tusche and ink wash, and the appropriate etching and printing techniques for each. Classes include discussion and critique of print content and concept together with technical skills involved in each phase of the lithography process. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 100.
PRMK 204 Relief Printmaking
This course introduces students to several approaches to relief printmaking and to techniques such as woodcut, linocut, relief etching and wood engraving. Using additive and reductive processes, students work in black-and-white and in color, learning the registration and printing of multiple blocks. Both traditional and experimental approaches are encouraged. Prerequisites: DRAW 100, DSGN 100.
PRMK 205 Monotype/Mixed Processes
This course investigates combined monotype techniques including both water-based and oil-based media. Registration and printing of black-and-white and color images are demonstrated. Over-printing, stenciling and transfer techniques are explored in both single- and multiple-plate processes. Students working at any level of printmaking, particularly those interested in applying their painting experience to the printed image, may develop their personal imagery by exploring the media involved. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 100.
PRMK 238 Survey of Printmaking
Students in this course are introduced to the rich and varied tradition of printmaking, including woodcuts, engravings, lithographs, silk screening, etchings and other graphic media. From the earliest eastern prints through 21st-century contemporary works on paper, students evaluate movements, trends and relevant developments in both fine art and commercial printmaking and their effects on each other. Prerequisites: ARTH 110, ENGL 123.
PRMK 301 Intermediate Etching
This course further explores intaglio printmaking with an emphasis on color work and strengthening printing skills. Students learn techniques for producing color prints using single and multiple plate processes, including hand coloring, à la poupée, and handmade separations. A balanced outcome between technical and conceptual development is stressed in discussions and critiques. Prerequisite: PRMK 202.
PRMK 306 Intermediate Lithography
A further investigation of lithographic printmaking, this course emphasizes color work and strengthening of printing skills. Students learn methods for producing color prints on stone and metal litho plate. Demonstrated techniques include transfer, monotype combinations, and the registration and printing of multiple plates. Critiques stress the relationship between conceptual concerns and technical processes. Prerequisite: PRMK 203.
PRMK 308 Introduction to Letterpress and the Book Arts
By means of traditional hand typesetting and historic book binding techniques, students experience the sequential nature of the printed page. Through a number of printing/publishing experiments and projects, students gain an understanding of the history of printing type, book formats, and fundamental terminology; and become familiar with letterpress and other related equipment. Emphasis is placed on typographic design, beginning bookbinding techniques and portfolio construction. Printing techniques focus on relief printing, intaglio and in some cases include lithography. Prerequisites: PRMK 200, PRMK 202, PRMK 203.
PRMK 311 Serigraphy
In this course, students learn the basic technical skills of screenprinting and investigate the screen print process. They explore methods to link screenprinting procedures to the development of their personal work. The course covers the fine art and commercial applications of screenprinting in the contemporary art world, including frame construction, registration, multiple color runs, stencil, drawing and digital output application. Prerequisites: DSGN 100, PRMK 200.
PRMK 317 Intermediate Letterpress and the Book Arts
In the diverse mediums of the contemporary print world, letterpress and the book arts hold a unique area explored by all major artists during their careers. Students engage in sophisticated projects of bookbinding, glue-less stitching, and unique constructions that define this area of print. Emphasis is on the sequential design of the book pages and alternative possibilities for conceptualizing the artist book. Prerequisite: PRMK 308.
PRMK 320 Monotype Printmaking
Traditionally offered as part of travel study program, this course provides students an opportunity to explore a mix of print processes that address a broad range of ideas, issues and aesthetics in the depiction and development of form. Such processes may be used by a variety of artists, including painters, designers and illustrators. Students may apply drawing or painting experience to the printed image by using the printmaking process to examine and depict a variety of functional forms in black and white and color. Prints incorporate sketches and photographs from local settings, including landscape and architectural forms, market items, furnishings and garden settings. Prerequisite: By permission of the department chair.
PRMK 330 Intaglio Printmaking
Traditionally offered as part of travel study program, this course is designed to take advantage of the inspiration of a particular location. Drawing on the rich historical traditions of the intaglio process, students explore etching as a means of recording the natural and built environments. Numerous styles are examined, as well as the various ways etching has been used to depict landscape and architecture. Students experience a variety of approaches to intaglio printmaking on different plate materials including zinc, copper and Plexiglas. Work is done both on-site and from sketchbook drawings completed on field trips. Classes include demonstrations of all processes, discussion and critique of print content and technical competency. Prerequisite: By permission of the department chair.
PRMK 350 Special Topics in Printmaking
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of printmaking and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
PRMK 401 Photographic Computer Applications for Printmaking
This course addresses the possibilities that computer applications bring to printmaking. The course examines methods for combining leading-edge digital technology with traditional print media including intaglio, lithography and relief. Demonstrations include scanning input, photo and image manipulation, color separating and output techniques used in making films for photomechanical print processes. This course serves as the linchpin between intermediate printmaking and individualized exploration at a more advanced level. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 100, and PRMK 202 or PRMK 203.
PRMK 404 Advanced Processes in Printmaking I
This advanced-level course investigates contemporary trends in printmaking, including digital and photomechanical processes. Color work is emphasized, combining the use of polymer films and presensitized plates with traditional grounds and techniques. Demonstrated techniques include transfer, positive and negative working plates, and four-color separation. Presswork encompasses the registration and printing of multiple plates and the production of a body of work that displays sound printing expertise and professional practice. The exploration of cross-media applications is encouraged, and students may choose to work in litho, intaglio or both. Students are expected to develop a body of work that articulates an inventive and conceptual use of the printed image and a clear personal vision. Prerequisite: PRMK 401.
PRMK 408 Advanced Processes in Printmaking II
This course provides students with focused study on thematically driven work with an emphasis on contemporary print practice and critical dialogue. Students may work in any print medium creating mature images that demonstrate expertise in the process, and issues in collaborative printmaking are explored through hands-on experiences. Prerequisite: PRMK 404.
PRMK 412 Photogravure
Photogravure printmaking is a complex antique photo etching process that produces rich images on paper. The potential of a continuous tone image on printmaking paper offers a wide range of implications to the photographic image including applications of color and drawing. Students explore the preparation of digital, analog and direct transparencies and their utilization in the process. Prerequisite: PRMK 401.
Production Design
PROD 101 Introduction to Production Design
In this course, students are introduced to the fundamentals of production design for stage and screen including the application of costume, scenery, lighting and props and their importance in film, theater and television productions. The student is introduced to the impact that scene, light, costume elements and props have in a complete production or performance.
PROD 110 Drafting for Production Design
This course focuses on drafting for the entertainment designer with the intent of making the student fluent in the language of layout, shape, proportion, contour, mass, detail and the drafting standards set by the United States Institute for Theatre Technology.
PROD 130 Scenographic Fundamentals and Applications
Students learn the equipment, techniques and procedures of technical production for stage and screen. Wood working, metalworking and lighting equipment all are experienced and applied.
PROD 150 Introduction to Makeup Design
Makeup design is a subtle, yet essential, part of many artistic undertakings, including fashion, photography, filmmaking and theater. After gaining an understanding of the anatomical structures of the head, face and neck, and the effects of lighting on those structures, students explore makeup products and their applications to create a “natural” face, do corrective makeup, and create a character. Professional standards are emphasized in the application of skills to real situations.
PROD 200 Production Management and Administration
This survey course is designed to familiarize students with the organizational procedures of the theater production process. Major areas of study include stage management and production management, with some reference to video and film production management. Prerequisite: PROD 101.
PROD 210 Script Interpretation
This course develops students’ skills to identify relevant structure, plot and themes in script and text work. In addition, students learn the basic themes, structure and concepts that influence production design, performance and other facets of production for stage and screen. Research, critical thinking and analysis of script and text to develop design concepts for production design are also emphasized. The course also develops students’ skills to understand the structure, history and overall themes of published/produced work in screen and stage. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
PROD 212 History of Costume and D??cor
With a sound historical base, lifestyles and societal influences are examined to understand the look of each period. Emphasis is on a chronological examination and is the goal of this class. The sociological and aesthetic aspects influencing the architecture, furnishings and textiles of the period as well as the subtle use of color indicative to specific periods are addressed. Geographical needs that contribute to style and design also are considered. The goal is that students learn the essential need for conclusive and rigorous research. Prerequisite: PROD 101.
PROD 220 Lighting Design for Stage and Screen I
This course examines lighting design, from the germination of the idea to the final project. Through class discussion and critiques, students’ lighting concepts are developed and refined. Prerequisite: PROD 101.
PROD 221 Scenic Design for Stage and Screen I
In this course, students focus on the development of scenic design ideas and their application in theater, film and television. By developing, articulating, and defending design concepts, students demonstrate successful scenic design projects for theater, film and television. Prerequisite: PROD 101.
PROD 230 Introduction to Costume Design
This studio course explores the exciting and creative world of costuming for stage and screen. Assignments enable students to develop skills in areas such as rendering, swatching, play analysis, fabric modification, masks, hats, draping, accessorizing and productions. Additional practicum time is required and assigned by the professor. Prerequisite: PROD 210.
PROD 270 CAD for Production Design
This class focuses on hand drafting for the entertainment designer with the intent of making the student fluent in the language of layout, shape, proportion, contour, mass, detail and the drafting standards established by the Unites States Institute for Theatre Technology. Prerequisites: PROD 110, PROD 221.
PROD 280 Scenic Painting
Through hands-on projects, students learn a variety of methods to represent an array of surfaces and images by using scenic painting techniques and tools. They experience different medium and equipment necessary to accomplish these goals. Students develop an appreciation of the process and the role of the scenic artist in production. Prerequisites: PROD 110, PROD 221.
PROD 300 Rendering for Entertainment Design
Through study of various techniques and medium, design students produce drawings of scenery, costumes, and lighting essential to the production process. By researching influential designers of the 20th century, the student finds a means to communicate with fellow designers as well as evaluate a successful rendering. Prerequisites: PROD 101, PROD 220, PROD 221.
PROD 310 Designing the Public Event: Concept and Collaboration
This course focuses on the development of conceptualization for the production design disciplines of scenic, lighting, and costume design for the environment of a public performance event. Students in the course work as a team to develop the program and conceptual framework for a nontext based performance event of their choice. Nontraditional and cross disciplinary forms and venues are emphasized. Prerequisite: PROD 220 and PROD 221, or PROD 230.
PROD 320 Lighting Design for Stage and Screen II
Through the development of lighting projects, students in this course work to examine the process of lighting design projects from the germination of the idea to the final product. Students design lighting for events taking place in theaters, film projects, alternative spaces, as well as for media-based applications. Through class discussion and critiques, lighting concepts are challenged and developed. The projects result in two completely documented lighting designs. Students in this course are required to complete a lab component that focuses on practical applications. Prerequisite: PROD 220.
PROD 321 Scenic Design for Stage and Screen II
Using a broad range of drawing, ideation and presentation skills, students master the theoretical understanding and studio skills used in the professional arena of performance events, including stage productions, performance art pieces, installation projects, industrials, film, and television specific applications. Students actualize scenic projects and build portfolio level work. Prerequisite: PROD 221.
PROD 330 History of Costume in Film
In this course, students focus on the history and development of costume design and its application in theater, film and television. They also develop design concepts and articulate, defend and demonstrate successful costume and wardrobe projects for theater, film and television. Prerequisite: PROD 230.
PROD 380 Costume Rendering for Construction
This course explores the important connection between rendering and costume construction. Students are encouraged to experiment with various mediums and to develop skills in drawing. Sewing techniques specific to costume building are illustrated by practical application, experienced through opportunities to build for current productions. Prerequisite: PROD 330.
PROD 420 Advanced Costume Design
This studio course extends students’ technical and informational base in history and execution of costume and prop design. The course includes technical rendering, pattern drafting, full color costume plates with swatch sections, and the production of one specialized prop item and period garment. Additional practicum time is required and assigned by the professor. Prerequisite: PROD 330.
PROD 490 Production Design Portfolio
This course guides students through the design and execution of their final portfolio and features an emphasis on research and analysis of aesthetic and conceptual decisions. The end product is representative of the designer’s abilities and aesthetic sensibilities, and as such may serve as an introduction to potential employers. Prerequisite: PROD 321 or PROD 420.
In this course, students are introduced to the fundamentals of production design for stage and screen including the application of costume, scenery, lighting and props and their importance in film, theater and television productions. The student is introduced to the impact that scene, light, costume elements and props have in a complete production or performance.
PROD 110 Drafting for Production Design
This course focuses on drafting for the entertainment designer with the intent of making the student fluent in the language of layout, shape, proportion, contour, mass, detail and the drafting standards set by the United States Institute for Theatre Technology.
PROD 130 Scenographic Fundamentals and Applications
Students learn the equipment, techniques and procedures of technical production for stage and screen. Wood working, metalworking and lighting equipment all are experienced and applied.
PROD 150 Introduction to Makeup Design
Makeup design is a subtle, yet essential, part of many artistic undertakings, including fashion, photography, filmmaking and theater. After gaining an understanding of the anatomical structures of the head, face and neck, and the effects of lighting on those structures, students explore makeup products and their applications to create a “natural” face, do corrective makeup, and create a character. Professional standards are emphasized in the application of skills to real situations.
PROD 200 Production Management and Administration
This survey course is designed to familiarize students with the organizational procedures of the theater production process. Major areas of study include stage management and production management, with some reference to video and film production management. Prerequisite: PROD 101.
PROD 210 Script Interpretation
This course develops students’ skills to identify relevant structure, plot and themes in script and text work. In addition, students learn the basic themes, structure and concepts that influence production design, performance and other facets of production for stage and screen. Research, critical thinking and analysis of script and text to develop design concepts for production design are also emphasized. The course also develops students’ skills to understand the structure, history and overall themes of published/produced work in screen and stage. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
PROD 212 History of Costume and D??cor
With a sound historical base, lifestyles and societal influences are examined to understand the look of each period. Emphasis is on a chronological examination and is the goal of this class. The sociological and aesthetic aspects influencing the architecture, furnishings and textiles of the period as well as the subtle use of color indicative to specific periods are addressed. Geographical needs that contribute to style and design also are considered. The goal is that students learn the essential need for conclusive and rigorous research. Prerequisite: PROD 101.
PROD 220 Lighting Design for Stage and Screen I
This course examines lighting design, from the germination of the idea to the final project. Through class discussion and critiques, students’ lighting concepts are developed and refined. Prerequisite: PROD 101.
PROD 221 Scenic Design for Stage and Screen I
In this course, students focus on the development of scenic design ideas and their application in theater, film and television. By developing, articulating, and defending design concepts, students demonstrate successful scenic design projects for theater, film and television. Prerequisite: PROD 101.
PROD 230 Introduction to Costume Design
This studio course explores the exciting and creative world of costuming for stage and screen. Assignments enable students to develop skills in areas such as rendering, swatching, play analysis, fabric modification, masks, hats, draping, accessorizing and productions. Additional practicum time is required and assigned by the professor. Prerequisite: PROD 210.
PROD 270 CAD for Production Design
This class focuses on hand drafting for the entertainment designer with the intent of making the student fluent in the language of layout, shape, proportion, contour, mass, detail and the drafting standards established by the Unites States Institute for Theatre Technology. Prerequisites: PROD 110, PROD 221.
PROD 280 Scenic Painting
Through hands-on projects, students learn a variety of methods to represent an array of surfaces and images by using scenic painting techniques and tools. They experience different medium and equipment necessary to accomplish these goals. Students develop an appreciation of the process and the role of the scenic artist in production. Prerequisites: PROD 110, PROD 221.
PROD 300 Rendering for Entertainment Design
Through study of various techniques and medium, design students produce drawings of scenery, costumes, and lighting essential to the production process. By researching influential designers of the 20th century, the student finds a means to communicate with fellow designers as well as evaluate a successful rendering. Prerequisites: PROD 101, PROD 220, PROD 221.
PROD 310 Designing the Public Event: Concept and Collaboration
This course focuses on the development of conceptualization for the production design disciplines of scenic, lighting, and costume design for the environment of a public performance event. Students in the course work as a team to develop the program and conceptual framework for a nontext based performance event of their choice. Nontraditional and cross disciplinary forms and venues are emphasized. Prerequisite: PROD 220 and PROD 221, or PROD 230.
PROD 320 Lighting Design for Stage and Screen II
Through the development of lighting projects, students in this course work to examine the process of lighting design projects from the germination of the idea to the final product. Students design lighting for events taking place in theaters, film projects, alternative spaces, as well as for media-based applications. Through class discussion and critiques, lighting concepts are challenged and developed. The projects result in two completely documented lighting designs. Students in this course are required to complete a lab component that focuses on practical applications. Prerequisite: PROD 220.
PROD 321 Scenic Design for Stage and Screen II
Using a broad range of drawing, ideation and presentation skills, students master the theoretical understanding and studio skills used in the professional arena of performance events, including stage productions, performance art pieces, installation projects, industrials, film, and television specific applications. Students actualize scenic projects and build portfolio level work. Prerequisite: PROD 221.
PROD 330 History of Costume in Film
In this course, students focus on the history and development of costume design and its application in theater, film and television. They also develop design concepts and articulate, defend and demonstrate successful costume and wardrobe projects for theater, film and television. Prerequisite: PROD 230.
PROD 380 Costume Rendering for Construction
This course explores the important connection between rendering and costume construction. Students are encouraged to experiment with various mediums and to develop skills in drawing. Sewing techniques specific to costume building are illustrated by practical application, experienced through opportunities to build for current productions. Prerequisite: PROD 330.
PROD 420 Advanced Costume Design
This studio course extends students’ technical and informational base in history and execution of costume and prop design. The course includes technical rendering, pattern drafting, full color costume plates with swatch sections, and the production of one specialized prop item and period garment. Additional practicum time is required and assigned by the professor. Prerequisite: PROD 330.
PROD 490 Production Design Portfolio
This course guides students through the design and execution of their final portfolio and features an emphasis on research and analysis of aesthetic and conceptual decisions. The end product is representative of the designer’s abilities and aesthetic sensibilities, and as such may serve as an introduction to potential employers. Prerequisite: PROD 321 or PROD 420.
Psychology
PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology
This course provides an overview of the scientific study of behavior, mental processes, inter- and intra-personal relationships, emotions, motivations, personal development, personality, self, learning, perception and abnormal psychology. Students are introduced to the many different trends and theories of psychology. Classes focus on developing critical thinking skills.
PSYC 126 A Psychology of Self
This course explores various psychological theories and methods designed to facilitate an understanding of self and self in relation to others, moving beyond the general applications addressed in Introduction to Psychology.
PSYC 260 Creative Thinking Theories and Processes
Designed for students across all majors, this course provides students with an understanding of creative thinking as a psychological process and with skills for enhancing individual creative thinking and for promoting creative collaboration. Special attention will be given to situational factors that either support or diminish creative thinking. Students will examine their own creative thinking processes and that of other artists in their field.
PSYC 280 Psychology of Group Processes
This course is an introduction to the psychology of group processes, dynamics and functions from a scientific and experiential/hands-on perspective. Topics include group formation, leadership, productivity, motivation, norms, roles, conflict management, problem solving and decision making. Concepts are applied to a variety of groups, including work/business, athletic, social and educational groups. Prerequisite: PSYC 101.
PSYC 325 Psychology of Mass Media
A variety of theories and methodologies will be used in this course to investigate the effect of mass media on the citizens of today’s global communities. Students will study the types, techniques and effects of mass media on behavior, emotions and thoughts of individuals. Special emphasis is given to the media’s coverage of world events, and how the techniques of persuasion are used to shape and create values and mores. Prerequisite: PSYC 101.
This course provides an overview of the scientific study of behavior, mental processes, inter- and intra-personal relationships, emotions, motivations, personal development, personality, self, learning, perception and abnormal psychology. Students are introduced to the many different trends and theories of psychology. Classes focus on developing critical thinking skills.
PSYC 126 A Psychology of Self
This course explores various psychological theories and methods designed to facilitate an understanding of self and self in relation to others, moving beyond the general applications addressed in Introduction to Psychology.
PSYC 260 Creative Thinking Theories and Processes
Designed for students across all majors, this course provides students with an understanding of creative thinking as a psychological process and with skills for enhancing individual creative thinking and for promoting creative collaboration. Special attention will be given to situational factors that either support or diminish creative thinking. Students will examine their own creative thinking processes and that of other artists in their field.
PSYC 280 Psychology of Group Processes
This course is an introduction to the psychology of group processes, dynamics and functions from a scientific and experiential/hands-on perspective. Topics include group formation, leadership, productivity, motivation, norms, roles, conflict management, problem solving and decision making. Concepts are applied to a variety of groups, including work/business, athletic, social and educational groups. Prerequisite: PSYC 101.
PSYC 325 Psychology of Mass Media
A variety of theories and methodologies will be used in this course to investigate the effect of mass media on the citizens of today’s global communities. Students will study the types, techniques and effects of mass media on behavior, emotions and thoughts of individuals. Special emphasis is given to the media’s coverage of world events, and how the techniques of persuasion are used to shape and create values and mores. Prerequisite: PSYC 101.
School of Communication Arts
SCOM 490 Directed Collaborations
Under the supervision of a faculty member, students from a variety of disciplines will be presented with unique projects. Using traditional and digital tools for practical problem solving, students will create work that will be produced for the “client.” Cooperative learning, client relationships and teamwork will be some of many components within this project-driven studio environment. Prerequisite: By permission of the department chair.
Under the supervision of a faculty member, students from a variety of disciplines will be presented with unique projects. Using traditional and digital tools for practical problem solving, students will create work that will be produced for the “client.” Cooperative learning, client relationships and teamwork will be some of many components within this project-driven studio environment. Prerequisite: By permission of the department chair.
Sculpture
SCPT 101 Introduction to Sculpture
This studio course explores traditional and contemporary sculpture materials and processes. Emphasis is on both additive and subtractive methods of working. Goals include acquiring technical skills, understanding the physical and expressive possibilities of diverse materials, and learning safe, appropriate use of tools and materials. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 110 Beginning Sculptural Practices I
A thorough understanding of basic forming techniques is essential to the creation of sculpture. This course provides an introduction to forming with wood and metal. Emphasis is on acquiring technical skill and learning the safe and appropriate use of tools and materials. Study also addresses the impact of material and technique upon form and content. Historical and contemporary forming in wood and metal provide a theoretical basis for the studio work. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 115 Beginning Sculptural Practices II
The use of malleable materials and forming processes has a long tradition in sculpture and remains vital today. In part II of this sequence, students will develop technical skill in forming a variety of soft media. Study includes an introduction to modeling and mold making and explorations into nontraditional media and forming processes. Students will learn how their choice of material and process affect the physical, conceptual and psychological aspects of their work. The study of historical and contemporary practice provides a theoretical basis for the studio work. Prerequisite: SCPT 110.
SCPT 203 Additive and Subtractive Sculptural Processes
This course addresses processes for working in subtractive and additive methods of sculpture. Students learn traditional subtractive techniques using manual tools, including pointing, blocking, surfacing and finishing processes. The additive process is presented through techniques of fabrication and assemblage in a variety of materials including wood, found objects and mixed media. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 204 Moldmaking and Casting Sculptural Processes
The practical aspects of mold making and casting from molds, including mold construction in a variety of materials and techniques, are presented in this course. Students learn usage and applications of waste, slump, piece and rubber molds. Casting processes are conducted in a variety of materials, such as plastics, cast concrete/synthetic stone, metal and glass, as well as less traditional casting media. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 205 Figure Modeling in Clay and Plaster
Students explore traditional materials and processes for figurative sculpture using a live model. Emphasis is placed on traditional additive and casting methods of working. Slide presentations, critiques and instruction in the safe, appropriate use of tools augment studio work. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 210 Introduction to Woodcarving
This course introduces students to subtractive methods of carving wood. Students learn basic techniques and principles of carving, as well as safe tool use techniques. The course combines discussion and consideration of figurative and nonfigurative forms. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 212 Introduction to Forging
Forging metal has been an integral part of sculpture throughout time. Students in this course learn the basic skills needed to successfully manipulate metal through the forging process. An understanding and application of safe tool usage will be examined. Students will also be introduced to the historical and contemporary contexts of forging. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 223 Introduction to Sculptural Processes: Cold Glass
Emphasis is placed on contemporary approaches to cold glass work, moving past the media’s typical utilitarian uses and focusing on glass as a sculptural material. The techniques of cutting, etching, laminating, and sandblasting will be covered. Students analyze historical and contemporary issues in glass; both in terms of media usage and concept development as a point of departure to create unique work that exploit the unique properties of glass. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 225 Introduction to Sculptural Processes: Warm Glass
Students in this course learn to manipulate glass with hand and power tools. They also use available slumping and fusing technologies with digitally controlled glass and annealing kilns to explore the medium and its conceptual applications. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 230 Stone Carving
Students are introduced to the traditional techniques involved in carving stone and are expected to learn the safe, appropriate use and care of tools. Studio activities include the use of drawing as an ideation tool and the creation of maquettes as a tool to understand the development of form. Lectures, discussions, reading assignments and independent research complement studio work and develop conceptualization skills. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 240 Introduction to Proposals, Maquettes and Models
Maquettes, models and 2-D support materials are an important part of sculpture as well as public art. This course will focus on the technical application and construction of support material used in proposing successful projects. Students will learn a variety of hands-on skills and techniques to clearly communicate developed concepts in a visual context. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 250 Digital Applications in Sculpture I
This course explores the relationship between digital tools and sculptural practice. Lectures and hands-on activities are supplemented by 2-D vector based programs, digital photography software and 3-D modeling programs. Students learn how to use the computer as a design tool for sculpture and to prepare files for various outputs. Prerequisites: DSGN 102, CMPA 100 or CMPA 110 or ELDS 225.
SCPT 271 Introduction to Foundry
This course is an introduction to basic foundry techniques, designed to teach students the principles and vocabulary of cast metal. Through a variety of projects, students demonstrate the ability to translate and develop a sculptural idea through the processes of modeling, mold making, casting and finishing, including patination, polishing and other metal finishing techniques. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 275 Direct Metal Sculpture
The history and application of direct metal sculpture techniques is the focus of this course. Basic welding and forming techniques provide the basis for the exploration of 3-D form and sculptural practice. Emphasis is placed on the proper and safe use of equipment associated with creating welded sculpture. Students explore how line, plane and volume can be used as modes of sculptural expression. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 303 Sculptural Trends and Concepts
By examining the chronological development of sculptural practices and applications in a studio environment, students in this course gain a stronger understanding of the origins of contemporary sculpture while examining their personal role in relation to applications, contexts and trends. Studio projects will be based on research and understanding of sculptural developments since 1945. Prerequisite: SCPT 115.
SCPT 305 Portrait Sculpture
The sculptural portrait in the academic tradition, and the use of the sculpted head and figure for expression, are the starting points for this exploration of contemporary portraiture issues. Students will expand their observational skills to produce detailed and accurate works from direct observation. Additionally, this course addresses specific issues related to the completion of realistic portraits in direct and indirect methods, including bronze, cast resins, plaster, clay, and alternative materials. Prerequisite: SCPT 205.
SCPT 306 Intermediate Figurative Sculpture
Traditional materials are utilized to sculpt the human figure in the academic tradition. Detailed and accurate works will be created with emphasis on accurate proportional rendering of the figure(s). The course will cover specific issues related to the completion of realistic figurative sculpture, such as use of preliminary studies, references and anatomical resources, professional armature construction, use of materials, molds, and more. Prerequisite: SCPT 205.
SCPT 308 Material Manipulation and Visual Language
Through a deeper understanding of the connection between materials, processes and concepts, and with an emphasis on the exploration of materials and sensitivity to their appropriate application, this course is designed to expose students to materials and their manipulation as a means to connect material vocabulary and personal expression. Prerequisites: ARTH 207 and SCPT 115.
SCPT 310 Intermediate Carving
In this course, students work with a broad array of manual and powered tools that facilitate the subtractive production process. Students have the opportunity to carve in nontraditional materials, such as regular and aerated concrete, medium to high-density urethane and styrene foam, and various laminate materials such as wood, paper, glass and more. Prerequisite: SCPT 210.
SCPT 315 Technology in Sculpture
The integration of modern technology has become a common functional and conceptually relevant part of contemporary sculptural practice. Students in this course learn the essential assembly skills necessary to implement basic mechanical, electronic, pneumatic and other commonplace mechanical processes and electronic technologies into sculptural works. Prerequisite: SCPT 110.
SCPT 320 Intermediate Sculptural Practices
Contemporary sculptural practice demands expanding the potential meaning and message within 3-D forms. Traditional and contemporary historical research provides students the foundation to explore the elements of personal vision. Themes are developed thorough a series of student-generated and faculty supervised proposals and works. This course will act as a point of reflection for the sculpture major, offering the opportunity to develop proficiency in previously utilized materials and techniques. Prerequisites: SCPT 115 and any 200-level SCPT course.
SCPT 323 Intermediate Sculptural Processes in Glass
Building on previous experience with the media, students further explore the use of glass in sculptural applications through methods that cover both cold and warm techniques. This studio class offers the opportunity for students to focus on a particular glass process that reflects their aesthetic interest and sculptural vision. Prerequisites: DSGN 102, and either SCPT 223 or SCPT 225.
SCPT 360 Installation Art
This course explores many of the 20th-century sculptural issues related to installation art. Topics may include indoor and outdoor site-specific work, sculpture on a grand scale, and 3-D public art. Students are required to execute an installation piece complete with proposals and preliminary models. Prerequisite: SCPT 115.
SCPT 371 Intermediate Foundry
Expanding upon foundry knowledge acquired in previous study, this course serves as the basis for exploration into the expressive possibilities of cast metal. Emphasis is placed on the integration of conceptual direction with a variety of metal casting and patination techniques. Prerequisite: SCPT 271.
SCPT 375 Advanced Metal: Foundry and Welding
Students will develop advanced technical skills in welding and metal casting to create meaningful objects that express personal vision. Emphasis in this course will be on preliminary designing and construction of ideas and individual expression. All instruction will cover the safe and proper use of equipment and tools. Prerequisite: SCPT 370.
SCPT 379 Public Art Issues, Theory and Practice
This elective course is intended to provide an introduction to the broad subject of public art and the associated contemporary issues. Combining lecture and studio components, students will develop an understanding of the unique niche of public art, its history and its potential for their careers. Prerequisites: DSGN 102, SCPT 240.
SCPT 402 Sculpture in Context: Public Art
A project-based approach towards working in the public realm is utilized in this course. By producing project proposals based on Request for Proposals, students will examine the issues of public space, the role and interaction of the audience, the concept and context of form in the public realm. Prerequisite: SCPT 360.
SCPT 405 Sculpture in Context: Body as Concept
The human body continues to be the object of much of the world’s art in our times. This studio course addresses the body as a concept and examines this concept’s complexities and contradictions. The work in this course will approach the human body as the object of science, as a construction of memory, and as an expression of gender and status identity. Students will be charged with creating engaging and thoughtful work through metaphor, symbolism, analogy, spectacle, humor and site. Prerequisite: SCPT 205.
SCPT 406 Advanced Figurative Sculpture
This course will continue exploration of the figure through traditional and contemporary materials and processes. Although students will be working from direct observation, emphasis for the course is on the expressive potential of the media and the figure itself. Large-scale works will be encouraged and alternative materials and surface treatments will be explored. Prerequisite: SCPT 306.
SCPT 410 Advanced Carving Exploration
Synthesizing their technical, visual, conceptual, and historical interests into carved expressions that manifest a personal vision, students will have the opportunity to explore in-depth one material, such as marble, or to experiment with a wide array of traditional and nontraditional materials and their combinations. This course also requires students to research and utilize contemporary subtractive processes and state of the art technologies. Prerequisite: SCPT 310.
SCPT 420 Advanced Sculptural Practices
This course focuses on consistent visual vocabulary, media, process, clarity of thought and conceptual/theoretical issues and facilitates student preparation for the final year of study. Students will demonstrate significant research to support personal vision and serious aesthetic investigation resulting in a portfolio of work that integrate form and content. Prerequisite: SCPT 320.
SCPT 450 Computer Modeling for Sculptural Practices: Advanced Projects
Students explore their own personal visions using digital tools and computer software programs designed for the development of 3-D forms, spaces, objects, sites and processes. Students develop a critical basis for the evaluation of their use and explore the possibilities and implications of digital tools and processes. Prerequisites: CMPA 100, SCPT 250.
SCPT 460 Sculpture in Context: Time and Movement
Through an understanding of the 3-D world through experiments in 4-D elements, students examine what is possible in relation to kinetic approaches, time-based materials, and available technologies. By researching and exploring 4-D approaches, including performance and installation, as well as nontraditional material usage and technology, students develop projects that are experiential rather than object-based. Prerequisite: SCPT 360.
SCPT 488 Tool Making for the Sculpture Studio
Students will learn how to make the tools that they will need to furnish their own studios as professional sculptors and artists. Students will evaluate their own needs against their budgets, skills, and the demands of their specific artistic practice. A variety of contemporary studios will be considered as examples. Prerequisite: SCPT 320.
SCPT 490 Senior Seminar in Sculpture
The goal of this course is to develop a cohesive body of sculptural work, representative of the student’s personal vision. This work will be the result of both directed study given by the professor and independent research on the part of the student. Through the process of regularly scheduled critiques, the professor will guide the student through conceptual and formal problems to bring realization to the student’s individual direction. Students will examine their creative goals as artists and develop a personal aesthetic philosophy. Prerequisite: SCPT 420.
SCPT 499 Special Topics in Sculpture
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of sculpture and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
This studio course explores traditional and contemporary sculpture materials and processes. Emphasis is on both additive and subtractive methods of working. Goals include acquiring technical skills, understanding the physical and expressive possibilities of diverse materials, and learning safe, appropriate use of tools and materials. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 110 Beginning Sculptural Practices I
A thorough understanding of basic forming techniques is essential to the creation of sculpture. This course provides an introduction to forming with wood and metal. Emphasis is on acquiring technical skill and learning the safe and appropriate use of tools and materials. Study also addresses the impact of material and technique upon form and content. Historical and contemporary forming in wood and metal provide a theoretical basis for the studio work. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 115 Beginning Sculptural Practices II
The use of malleable materials and forming processes has a long tradition in sculpture and remains vital today. In part II of this sequence, students will develop technical skill in forming a variety of soft media. Study includes an introduction to modeling and mold making and explorations into nontraditional media and forming processes. Students will learn how their choice of material and process affect the physical, conceptual and psychological aspects of their work. The study of historical and contemporary practice provides a theoretical basis for the studio work. Prerequisite: SCPT 110.
SCPT 203 Additive and Subtractive Sculptural Processes
This course addresses processes for working in subtractive and additive methods of sculpture. Students learn traditional subtractive techniques using manual tools, including pointing, blocking, surfacing and finishing processes. The additive process is presented through techniques of fabrication and assemblage in a variety of materials including wood, found objects and mixed media. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 204 Moldmaking and Casting Sculptural Processes
The practical aspects of mold making and casting from molds, including mold construction in a variety of materials and techniques, are presented in this course. Students learn usage and applications of waste, slump, piece and rubber molds. Casting processes are conducted in a variety of materials, such as plastics, cast concrete/synthetic stone, metal and glass, as well as less traditional casting media. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 205 Figure Modeling in Clay and Plaster
Students explore traditional materials and processes for figurative sculpture using a live model. Emphasis is placed on traditional additive and casting methods of working. Slide presentations, critiques and instruction in the safe, appropriate use of tools augment studio work. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 210 Introduction to Woodcarving
This course introduces students to subtractive methods of carving wood. Students learn basic techniques and principles of carving, as well as safe tool use techniques. The course combines discussion and consideration of figurative and nonfigurative forms. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 212 Introduction to Forging
Forging metal has been an integral part of sculpture throughout time. Students in this course learn the basic skills needed to successfully manipulate metal through the forging process. An understanding and application of safe tool usage will be examined. Students will also be introduced to the historical and contemporary contexts of forging. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 223 Introduction to Sculptural Processes: Cold Glass
Emphasis is placed on contemporary approaches to cold glass work, moving past the media’s typical utilitarian uses and focusing on glass as a sculptural material. The techniques of cutting, etching, laminating, and sandblasting will be covered. Students analyze historical and contemporary issues in glass; both in terms of media usage and concept development as a point of departure to create unique work that exploit the unique properties of glass. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 225 Introduction to Sculptural Processes: Warm Glass
Students in this course learn to manipulate glass with hand and power tools. They also use available slumping and fusing technologies with digitally controlled glass and annealing kilns to explore the medium and its conceptual applications. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 230 Stone Carving
Students are introduced to the traditional techniques involved in carving stone and are expected to learn the safe, appropriate use and care of tools. Studio activities include the use of drawing as an ideation tool and the creation of maquettes as a tool to understand the development of form. Lectures, discussions, reading assignments and independent research complement studio work and develop conceptualization skills. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 240 Introduction to Proposals, Maquettes and Models
Maquettes, models and 2-D support materials are an important part of sculpture as well as public art. This course will focus on the technical application and construction of support material used in proposing successful projects. Students will learn a variety of hands-on skills and techniques to clearly communicate developed concepts in a visual context. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 250 Digital Applications in Sculpture I
This course explores the relationship between digital tools and sculptural practice. Lectures and hands-on activities are supplemented by 2-D vector based programs, digital photography software and 3-D modeling programs. Students learn how to use the computer as a design tool for sculpture and to prepare files for various outputs. Prerequisites: DSGN 102, CMPA 100 or CMPA 110 or ELDS 225.
SCPT 271 Introduction to Foundry
This course is an introduction to basic foundry techniques, designed to teach students the principles and vocabulary of cast metal. Through a variety of projects, students demonstrate the ability to translate and develop a sculptural idea through the processes of modeling, mold making, casting and finishing, including patination, polishing and other metal finishing techniques. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 275 Direct Metal Sculpture
The history and application of direct metal sculpture techniques is the focus of this course. Basic welding and forming techniques provide the basis for the exploration of 3-D form and sculptural practice. Emphasis is placed on the proper and safe use of equipment associated with creating welded sculpture. Students explore how line, plane and volume can be used as modes of sculptural expression. Prerequisite: DSGN 102.
SCPT 303 Sculptural Trends and Concepts
By examining the chronological development of sculptural practices and applications in a studio environment, students in this course gain a stronger understanding of the origins of contemporary sculpture while examining their personal role in relation to applications, contexts and trends. Studio projects will be based on research and understanding of sculptural developments since 1945. Prerequisite: SCPT 115.
SCPT 305 Portrait Sculpture
The sculptural portrait in the academic tradition, and the use of the sculpted head and figure for expression, are the starting points for this exploration of contemporary portraiture issues. Students will expand their observational skills to produce detailed and accurate works from direct observation. Additionally, this course addresses specific issues related to the completion of realistic portraits in direct and indirect methods, including bronze, cast resins, plaster, clay, and alternative materials. Prerequisite: SCPT 205.
SCPT 306 Intermediate Figurative Sculpture
Traditional materials are utilized to sculpt the human figure in the academic tradition. Detailed and accurate works will be created with emphasis on accurate proportional rendering of the figure(s). The course will cover specific issues related to the completion of realistic figurative sculpture, such as use of preliminary studies, references and anatomical resources, professional armature construction, use of materials, molds, and more. Prerequisite: SCPT 205.
SCPT 308 Material Manipulation and Visual Language
Through a deeper understanding of the connection between materials, processes and concepts, and with an emphasis on the exploration of materials and sensitivity to their appropriate application, this course is designed to expose students to materials and their manipulation as a means to connect material vocabulary and personal expression. Prerequisites: ARTH 207 and SCPT 115.
SCPT 310 Intermediate Carving
In this course, students work with a broad array of manual and powered tools that facilitate the subtractive production process. Students have the opportunity to carve in nontraditional materials, such as regular and aerated concrete, medium to high-density urethane and styrene foam, and various laminate materials such as wood, paper, glass and more. Prerequisite: SCPT 210.
SCPT 315 Technology in Sculpture
The integration of modern technology has become a common functional and conceptually relevant part of contemporary sculptural practice. Students in this course learn the essential assembly skills necessary to implement basic mechanical, electronic, pneumatic and other commonplace mechanical processes and electronic technologies into sculptural works. Prerequisite: SCPT 110.
SCPT 320 Intermediate Sculptural Practices
Contemporary sculptural practice demands expanding the potential meaning and message within 3-D forms. Traditional and contemporary historical research provides students the foundation to explore the elements of personal vision. Themes are developed thorough a series of student-generated and faculty supervised proposals and works. This course will act as a point of reflection for the sculpture major, offering the opportunity to develop proficiency in previously utilized materials and techniques. Prerequisites: SCPT 115 and any 200-level SCPT course.
SCPT 323 Intermediate Sculptural Processes in Glass
Building on previous experience with the media, students further explore the use of glass in sculptural applications through methods that cover both cold and warm techniques. This studio class offers the opportunity for students to focus on a particular glass process that reflects their aesthetic interest and sculptural vision. Prerequisites: DSGN 102, and either SCPT 223 or SCPT 225.
SCPT 360 Installation Art
This course explores many of the 20th-century sculptural issues related to installation art. Topics may include indoor and outdoor site-specific work, sculpture on a grand scale, and 3-D public art. Students are required to execute an installation piece complete with proposals and preliminary models. Prerequisite: SCPT 115.
SCPT 371 Intermediate Foundry
Expanding upon foundry knowledge acquired in previous study, this course serves as the basis for exploration into the expressive possibilities of cast metal. Emphasis is placed on the integration of conceptual direction with a variety of metal casting and patination techniques. Prerequisite: SCPT 271.
SCPT 375 Advanced Metal: Foundry and Welding
Students will develop advanced technical skills in welding and metal casting to create meaningful objects that express personal vision. Emphasis in this course will be on preliminary designing and construction of ideas and individual expression. All instruction will cover the safe and proper use of equipment and tools. Prerequisite: SCPT 370.
SCPT 379 Public Art Issues, Theory and Practice
This elective course is intended to provide an introduction to the broad subject of public art and the associated contemporary issues. Combining lecture and studio components, students will develop an understanding of the unique niche of public art, its history and its potential for their careers. Prerequisites: DSGN 102, SCPT 240.
SCPT 402 Sculpture in Context: Public Art
A project-based approach towards working in the public realm is utilized in this course. By producing project proposals based on Request for Proposals, students will examine the issues of public space, the role and interaction of the audience, the concept and context of form in the public realm. Prerequisite: SCPT 360.
SCPT 405 Sculpture in Context: Body as Concept
The human body continues to be the object of much of the world’s art in our times. This studio course addresses the body as a concept and examines this concept’s complexities and contradictions. The work in this course will approach the human body as the object of science, as a construction of memory, and as an expression of gender and status identity. Students will be charged with creating engaging and thoughtful work through metaphor, symbolism, analogy, spectacle, humor and site. Prerequisite: SCPT 205.
SCPT 406 Advanced Figurative Sculpture
This course will continue exploration of the figure through traditional and contemporary materials and processes. Although students will be working from direct observation, emphasis for the course is on the expressive potential of the media and the figure itself. Large-scale works will be encouraged and alternative materials and surface treatments will be explored. Prerequisite: SCPT 306.
SCPT 410 Advanced Carving Exploration
Synthesizing their technical, visual, conceptual, and historical interests into carved expressions that manifest a personal vision, students will have the opportunity to explore in-depth one material, such as marble, or to experiment with a wide array of traditional and nontraditional materials and their combinations. This course also requires students to research and utilize contemporary subtractive processes and state of the art technologies. Prerequisite: SCPT 310.
SCPT 420 Advanced Sculptural Practices
This course focuses on consistent visual vocabulary, media, process, clarity of thought and conceptual/theoretical issues and facilitates student preparation for the final year of study. Students will demonstrate significant research to support personal vision and serious aesthetic investigation resulting in a portfolio of work that integrate form and content. Prerequisite: SCPT 320.
SCPT 450 Computer Modeling for Sculptural Practices: Advanced Projects
Students explore their own personal visions using digital tools and computer software programs designed for the development of 3-D forms, spaces, objects, sites and processes. Students develop a critical basis for the evaluation of their use and explore the possibilities and implications of digital tools and processes. Prerequisites: CMPA 100, SCPT 250.
SCPT 460 Sculpture in Context: Time and Movement
Through an understanding of the 3-D world through experiments in 4-D elements, students examine what is possible in relation to kinetic approaches, time-based materials, and available technologies. By researching and exploring 4-D approaches, including performance and installation, as well as nontraditional material usage and technology, students develop projects that are experiential rather than object-based. Prerequisite: SCPT 360.
SCPT 488 Tool Making for the Sculpture Studio
Students will learn how to make the tools that they will need to furnish their own studios as professional sculptors and artists. Students will evaluate their own needs against their budgets, skills, and the demands of their specific artistic practice. A variety of contemporary studios will be considered as examples. Prerequisite: SCPT 320.
SCPT 490 Senior Seminar in Sculpture
The goal of this course is to develop a cohesive body of sculptural work, representative of the student’s personal vision. This work will be the result of both directed study given by the professor and independent research on the part of the student. Through the process of regularly scheduled critiques, the professor will guide the student through conceptual and formal problems to bring realization to the student’s individual direction. Students will examine their creative goals as artists and develop a personal aesthetic philosophy. Prerequisite: SCPT 420.
SCPT 499 Special Topics in Sculpture
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of sculpture and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the subject of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
School of Design
SDES 115 Applied Creative Thinking
Successful students need to be able to create multiple ideas and concepts using creative thinking and innovation within the context of nonlinear problem solving. This course prepares students to envision and communicate a large range of new ideas and solutions to nonlinear problems by developing skills in framing, imaging and group interaction as they apply the process of design conceptualization outside of the familiar domain of studio skills. In a series of simulations and group exercises, the student will acquire confidence in idea facilitation through working successfully with others in a creative mode following a series of creative thinking techniques.
SDES 490 Collaborative Experiences
Each topic varies from quarter to quarter. By working in multidisciplinary teams, students will be solving current challenges and problems in the design field. Collaborative opportunities between departments and industry will be the focus of this course. Students will be exposed to the challenges and benefits of working in teams composed by people from a variety of fields. Prerequisite: By permission of the department chair.
Successful students need to be able to create multiple ideas and concepts using creative thinking and innovation within the context of nonlinear problem solving. This course prepares students to envision and communicate a large range of new ideas and solutions to nonlinear problems by developing skills in framing, imaging and group interaction as they apply the process of design conceptualization outside of the familiar domain of studio skills. In a series of simulations and group exercises, the student will acquire confidence in idea facilitation through working successfully with others in a creative mode following a series of creative thinking techniques.
SDES 490 Collaborative Experiences
Each topic varies from quarter to quarter. By working in multidisciplinary teams, students will be solving current challenges and problems in the design field. Collaborative opportunities between departments and industry will be the focus of this course. Students will be exposed to the challenges and benefits of working in teams composed by people from a variety of fields. Prerequisite: By permission of the department chair.
Sequential Art
SEQA 100 Introduction to Sequential Art
Introducing the components of sequential art, this course explores visual narrative theories and techniques. Students will become familiar with the discipline of sequential art and the various standard tools and techniques involved. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 101.
SEQA 202 Drawing for Sequential Art
Focusing on observational and interpretive drawing skills as they apply to visual storytelling for sequential art, students in this class will develop their drafting facility and learn how characters are constructed and integrated into graphic environments. Prerequisite: DRAW 200.
SEQA 205 Survey of Sequential Art
Highlighting significant works of sequential art including their historical roots and major influences, students in this survey analyze trends, styles, techniques, subject matter and works of important artists across the sequential art spectrum. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
SEQA 215 Materials and Techniques for Sequential Art
Examining the technical craft of sequential art production, students in this course focus on a variety of traditional skills, techniques and tools associated with illustrating a comic narrative. Prerequisite: SEQA 202.
SEQA 220 Cartooning
This course examines and explores the art of cartooning. Students create and develop their own single- and multipanel comic strips, as well as editorial and political cartoons. Prerequisite: DRAW 101.
SEQA 224 Character Design and Storyboarding for Animation
Emphasizing the observational skills and attention to detail that help a creator define and individualize cartoon characters and backgrounds, students in this course create appropriate model sheets for character animation and generate storyboards. Prerequisite: SEQA 215.
SEQA 244 Comic Book Scripting
Covering dialogue, captions, sound effects, panel and page layouts, and the relationship of image to text in dramatic situations, students in this course develop narrative ideas and express them in written form, from the basic plot to the finished script. Prerequisites: ENGL 123, SEQA 100.
SEQA 277 Digital Coloring and Lettering Applications for Comics
Focusing on digital problems and concerns relevant to creating a sequential narrative, students in this course develop their understanding of color theory, digital coloring techniques, digital lettering and sound effects, and the use of appropriate applications as they relate to visual storytelling. Prerequisite: SEQA 215.
SEQA 304 Advanced Drawing for Sequential Art
This course is intended to further develop techniques introduced in Drawing for Sequential Art and is aimed at helping students develop enhanced drawing skills that specifically apply to sequential art. Prerequisite: SEQA 202.
SEQA 306 Comics Painting
This course is designed for students who wish to explore fully painted sequential art. Students create pages of comics storytelling, with particular emphasis on applying watercolor, acrylics and other media. Prerequisite: SEQA 215.
SEQA 308 Special Topics in Sequential Art
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of sequential art and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
SEQA 310 Painting for Comics Covers
The dynamic elements for successful design and execution of graphic novel covers are explored through a series of demonstrations and projects focusing on general color theory the treatment of light and shade, representation of depth, surface textures, environment and the human form. Prerequisites: SEQA 202, SEQA 215.
SEQA 311 Conceptual Illustration
This course enables students to explore comprehensively the characters, themes and environments of their own creation. Prerequisite: SEQA 224.
SEQA 312 Advanced Storyboarding
This course helps students increase their knowledge of storyboarding and how it applies to the advertising, animation and motion picture fields. Students break down ideas and scenes sequentially to promote visual storytelling. Prerequisite: SEQA 224.
SEQA 317 Getting Published and Self-publishing
Students are introduced to the business of researching, marketing, packaging and distributing comics. Approaches to selling work to mainstream comics companies are emphasized, along with the business of independent publishing. Students may have the opportunity to participate in a comics publication. Prerequisite: SEQA 277.
SEQA 325 Environments, Props and Structures
Underscoring the vital visual elements that are often overlooked when illustrating a believable visual story, students in this course study and illustrate building interiors, exterior environments, vehicles and other objects from different perspectives and in a variety of locations. Prerequisite: SEQA 202.
SEQA 326 Conceptual Maquette Design
Through the manipulation of various sculptural materials, this course introduces students to the process of designing maquette characters for 3-D rendering. The students will learn to work with diverse types of character designs, styles, proportions and genres. They will study classical and contemporary sculptural techniques and will subsequently learn to utilize the various working methods described. Prerequisite: SEQA 224.
SEQA 337 Fantasy Illustrations
In this course, students produce a variety of projects beyond panel-to-panel comics formats, incorporating fantasy or science fiction themes and comics-related subjects. Prerequisite: SEQA 277.
SEQA 340 Superhero Comics
This course showcases the art of drawing superheroes. Students are introduced to techniques for making characters dynamic and pages exciting through the use of camera angles, page layout and perspective. These techniques help students pace stories and choose views that best accentuate the characters’ heroic abilities. Prerequisites: SEQA 277, SEQA 325.
SEQA 344 Advanced Writing for Comics
This nonstudio course builds upon content from Comic Book Scripting. Particular emphasis is placed on problems posed in scripting for longer works, such as graphic novels. Prerequisite: SEQA 244.
SEQA 345 Figure Drawing for Sequential Art
This course focuses on the basic form, anatomy and gesture of key human elements that are essential in creating effective sequential art. Aided by a thorough understanding of anatomy, students refine rendering techniques and construct 3-D representations. Prerequisite: SEQA 202.
SEQA 352 Constructive Human Anatomy for Sequential Art
In this course, students will gain a thorough working knowledge of the form and dynamics of the human body through applied sculptural, observational and rendering techniques. Specific attention is paid to how these techniques can be applied to visual storytelling. Prerequisite: SEQA 202.
SEQA 354 Speed Sketching for Sequential Art
This course focuses on improving the students’ ability to execute a drawing of a reasonable likeness of an original or imagined subject in a limited amount of time. Sketches will continue to be used to build complex drawings and will be applied to storytelling for sequential art. Prerequisite: SEQA 202.
SEQA 360 Mini-comics
Concentrating on skills associated with printing, bookbinding and packaging, students develop a variety of mini-comics that showcase their sequential art in the form of handmade publications. Prerequisite: SEQA 215.
SEQA 362 Constructive Anatomy for Drawing the Hands and Feet
A thorough working knowledge of the form and dynamics of the human hand and foot is given to the student through a complete exploration o
Introducing the components of sequential art, this course explores visual narrative theories and techniques. Students will become familiar with the discipline of sequential art and the various standard tools and techniques involved. Prerequisites: DRAW 101, DSGN 101.
SEQA 202 Drawing for Sequential Art
Focusing on observational and interpretive drawing skills as they apply to visual storytelling for sequential art, students in this class will develop their drafting facility and learn how characters are constructed and integrated into graphic environments. Prerequisite: DRAW 200.
SEQA 205 Survey of Sequential Art
Highlighting significant works of sequential art including their historical roots and major influences, students in this survey analyze trends, styles, techniques, subject matter and works of important artists across the sequential art spectrum. Prerequisite: ENGL 123.
SEQA 215 Materials and Techniques for Sequential Art
Examining the technical craft of sequential art production, students in this course focus on a variety of traditional skills, techniques and tools associated with illustrating a comic narrative. Prerequisite: SEQA 202.
SEQA 220 Cartooning
This course examines and explores the art of cartooning. Students create and develop their own single- and multipanel comic strips, as well as editorial and political cartoons. Prerequisite: DRAW 101.
SEQA 224 Character Design and Storyboarding for Animation
Emphasizing the observational skills and attention to detail that help a creator define and individualize cartoon characters and backgrounds, students in this course create appropriate model sheets for character animation and generate storyboards. Prerequisite: SEQA 215.
SEQA 244 Comic Book Scripting
Covering dialogue, captions, sound effects, panel and page layouts, and the relationship of image to text in dramatic situations, students in this course develop narrative ideas and express them in written form, from the basic plot to the finished script. Prerequisites: ENGL 123, SEQA 100.
SEQA 277 Digital Coloring and Lettering Applications for Comics
Focusing on digital problems and concerns relevant to creating a sequential narrative, students in this course develop their understanding of color theory, digital coloring techniques, digital lettering and sound effects, and the use of appropriate applications as they relate to visual storytelling. Prerequisite: SEQA 215.
SEQA 304 Advanced Drawing for Sequential Art
This course is intended to further develop techniques introduced in Drawing for Sequential Art and is aimed at helping students develop enhanced drawing skills that specifically apply to sequential art. Prerequisite: SEQA 202.
SEQA 306 Comics Painting
This course is designed for students who wish to explore fully painted sequential art. Students create pages of comics storytelling, with particular emphasis on applying watercolor, acrylics and other media. Prerequisite: SEQA 215.
SEQA 308 Special Topics in Sequential Art
The topic of this course varies from quarter to quarter. Each seminar focuses on various issues in the field of sequential art and allows students to pursue individual projects related to the topic of the course. Prerequisites: Vary according to topic.
SEQA 310 Painting for Comics Covers
The dynamic elements for successful design and execution of graphic novel covers are explored through a series of demonstrations and projects focusing on general color theory the treatment of light and shade, representation of depth, surface textures, environment and the human form. Prerequisites: SEQA 202, SEQA 215.
SEQA 311 Conceptual Illustration
This course enables students to explore comprehensively the characters, themes and environments of their own creation. Prerequisite: SEQA 224.
SEQA 312 Advanced Storyboarding
This course helps students increase their knowledge of storyboarding and how it applies to the advertising, animation and motion picture fields. Students break down ideas and scenes sequentially to promote visual storytelling. Prerequisite: SEQA 224.
SEQA 317 Getting Published and Self-publishing
Students are introduced to the business of researching, marketing, packaging and distributing comics. Approaches to selling work to mainstream comics companies are emphasized, along with the business of independent publishing. Students may have the opportunity to participate in a comics publication. Prerequisite: SEQA 277.
SEQA 325 Environments, Props and Structures
Underscoring the vital visual elements that are often overlooked when illustrating a believable visual story, students in this course study and illustrate building interiors, exterior environments, vehicles and other objects from different perspectives and in a variety of locations. Prerequisite: SEQA 202.
SEQA 326 Conceptual Maquette Design
Through the manipulation of various sculptural materials, this course introduces students to the process of designing maquette characters for 3-D rendering. The students will learn to work with diverse types of character designs, styles, proportions and genres. They will study classical and contemporary sculptural techniques and will subsequently learn to utilize the various working methods described. Prerequisite: SEQA 224.
SEQA 337 Fantasy Illustrations
In this course, students produce a variety of projects beyond panel-to-panel comics formats, incorporating fantasy or science fiction themes and comics-related subjects. Prerequisite: SEQA 277.
SEQA 340 Superhero Comics
This course showcases the art of drawing superheroes. Students are introduced to techniques for making characters dynamic and pages exciting through the use of camera angles, page layout and perspective. These techniques help students pace stories and choose views that best accentuate the characters’ heroic abilities. Prerequisites: SEQA 277, SEQA 325.
SEQA 344 Advanced Writing for Comics
This nonstudio course builds upon content from Comic Book Scripting. Particular emphasis is placed on problems posed in scripting for longer works, such as graphic novels. Prerequisite: SEQA 244.
SEQA 345 Figure Drawing for Sequential Art
This course focuses on the basic form, anatomy and gesture of key human elements that are essential in creating effective sequential art. Aided by a thorough understanding of anatomy, students refine rendering techniques and construct 3-D representations. Prerequisite: SEQA 202.
SEQA 352 Constructive Human Anatomy for Sequential Art
In this course, students will gain a thorough working knowledge of the form and dynamics of the human body through applied sculptural, observational and rendering techniques. Specific attention is paid to how these techniques can be applied to visual storytelling. Prerequisite: SEQA 202.
SEQA 354 Speed Sketching for Sequential Art
This course focuses on improving the students’ ability to execute a drawing of a reasonable likeness of an original or imagined subject in a limited amount of time. Sketches will continue to be used to build complex drawings and will be applied to storytelling for sequential art. Prerequisite: SEQA 202.
SEQA 360 Mini-comics
Concentrating on skills associated with printing, bookbinding and packaging, students develop a variety of mini-comics that showcase their sequential art in the form of handmade publications. Prerequisite: SEQA 215.
SEQA 362 Constructive Anatomy for Drawing the Hands and Feet
A thorough working knowledge of the form and dynamics of the human hand and foot is given to the student through a complete exploration o